NOILO 11

NOLLALH

LIBRAR

SaluYvVud!I1 LIBRARIES

1 LIBRAR

SAIYVUGIT_LIBRAR

INSTITUTION NOILNLIL

INSTITUTION

Saiuvygy

SaIuvug

GIT LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YV4Y

g g g : .

Y : = ae = 47 = =

Yy ot z : y pp =

Ys WL J ; Ya ; ty, ° z

Ais : May aS ISAS AN . Yn Mf,

ts AS oO rf mA WS oO bi le pa BF Oo

AY Z : SS Nae a xian Z

Y= A ee - =

NOILNLILSNI SA!1YVUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

7 i Z ih a:

: a 2 - %."

= . pe < UW fas =

lad cS Vf Uf! y cS )

pa, mM a. ope Je —t yi

O aii oO a j ‘on FINOs we

Me me a =e > ‘e

i'di7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS SI1uva

ie < ve z 200 uy Vd 4

2 z: 3 9 o és 8 Ue

0 a = am ASX canta (SY

a pa =

Pe) ra me) “ni Po) we “a

i _ ae ata - \ag)

A Zz ¥ Zz m 2 a

TION NOLLALILSNI SAIYVYUA!IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT.

” = 2) = Ti 21 im Oe F

= 5 = .< =< > x NS

= > 3 ie 5 = Wo

. Tr O a oi aa NAY

ae S| z g 2

. 2 = 2 = = =

2 = > ‘ = Res Ss x

a. 2 7) = Yn a 2) Ai

SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uVut

Zz ie -% ee > | n i

Ww WwW tap) ar wn QS tu SHE

= : = 2 4 SNe a

ar "* ~ <t + * VA

5 c : 2 NS 5

we eh a re | md Ne Be |

TION NOILNLILSNI SJIMUVUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

ad a =< r z. 7 ae

: : : : - :

5 >) 5 es) ss mee

te Sea - i oh

ey — XS A a = % usd

a NOE, ie a

2 en Ale mn Z m

a4 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3AIYV

at 7 io2) rad —) = (o 2) :

‘a = = = ma =

| = ~ oe mh m8 at

Y 5 XK Z S : , 5 z

— : \ NS ec pens . ys 4 — eae

= ae = SW =F = alk

Ww ue aa “n gts > wo pris yet a

TION NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS Saluvy dy LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT

Z ) Zz nf ; a

Liat Ww Lil wn tu) Wg “yd

Z = - = = Vin ~

= zs ae a < i pes 3

or auf a ce ot fe he pee ~~}

ea 3 an in rs) st 5

ay = siti hee ae bi >

Y¥Giy7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31¥

Prod Lay

AM — We AECL aT Cc a“ LZ ASONES. i ——— A LO =.

LIBRAR

LIBRAF

NOILOLI

NYINOSHLINS SAIHYVuUdIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILN4

INSTITUTION NOLLALI

INSTITUTION NOILALI

S3IYYN@IN-LIBRAR

INSTITUTION

S3IYVYRSTT

INSTITUTION NOJLALILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSIuvyualT LIBRA

NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUgl

z= op] uw : = *"

, < = hr . = WY; =

; a = get ; 4 L, ss

- s\n i i Ym; X

WS ERO aE BO he Ex

s = os 2 a

LILSNI NVINOSHLINS SAZtYVUGIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOtLN:

BRARIES SMITHSONIAN

= = _ yn

- 2 us 2 + ut

: : : 2 :

_ : = cS c =

- “4 am

aul, m ~~ — mM

O y ve ra = ra) ii

Za as a ot ‘=. i

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Saruyuai7_ LIBRA

=. ae pe =

> io S = 6

E 2 : x E

I = ru > _

Br a = mw —

a - o = a

z . ne Z Hf . ie

NVINOSHLINS S3IHVYUEIT SMITHSONIAN

rd ” z ” =

= = ie = <

z -_ "2 =i -

(@) aw . '@) ; ra oO

a La = a dh

- = | a z =

Ss >

= 5 5 3 =

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS

wn a ep) pate

uw = ud os vf :

wn “ as ~ =

<x} me << a <t Cc

oc pox X a x 4

- S Z S e S

ny PF a | a >. 7 i.

S31uvuUatIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION

i Zz r z= Pa

a 5 ta = 7 a 3

se) ee ow = o _

> | rai Aw — - wD =

: D - 2° m3 2

ep) i < Ww = on ad

ARIES SMITH INSTITUTION NOILALILSNIE NVINOSHLINS SS3ITYVYYat) :

= aod = ,

~— *\ y OL : a “Ye y

os S SSX = ti, Zs : We LA »

ANY SO TA AYE SG bi li = eo. ba prt _ ot

NS z EN ey ee mee = ©

~~ 2 A ene f = d

ILILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S43 hyYVvuad cme BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION ee

Ti Ww a ts | a .

Pw\ a oe = is ‘sell x

— oxen ‘aad Lt me

WY OC a 5 0 . 5 2

: Zz et = J 2 | ad

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS Sa3ryuvVugIi7 LIBR:

$) a

Aye hee

Veer

ho i

JOURNAL

ee omotocical

SOCIETY of

BRITISH COLUMBIA

SCUDDER—The Gerridae (Hemiptera) of British Columbia

_ MADSEN and DAVIS—A progress report on the use of

‘a female-baited traps as indicators of codling moth popu-

lations

_ FINLAYSON and CAMPBELL— Toxicity of insecticides to

two strains of Hylemya platura (Meig.) (Anthomyidae:

Diptera)

~ MORGAN and ARRAND— Additional Syrphidae from the

Oliver and Osoyoos districts of British Columbia

~ BORDEN and DEAN— Observations on Eriocampa ovata

L. (Hymenoptera Tenthredinidae) infesting red alder in

southwestern British Columbia _

BANHAM—Native hosts of western cherry fruit fly (Dip-

tera: Tephritidae) in the Okanagan Valley of British

Columbia

“DOWNING and MOILLIET—Occurrence of Phytoseiid

mites (Acarina: Phytoselidae) in apple orchards in south

central British Columbia

KITCHING—The Psyllidae of British Columbia with a key

to species

‘| BOOK REVIEW

|| ERRATUM

JOURNAL

of the

ENTOMOLOGICAL

SOCIETY of

BRITISH COLUMBIA

Vol. 68. Issued August 1, 1971

SCUDDER—The Gerridae (Hemiptera) of British Columbia

MADSEN and DAVIS—A progress report on the use of

female-baited traps as indicators of codling moth popu-

URUMOTISME NA fates bois cos sss als Me Wee we Oe bs

FINLAYSON and CAMPBELL—Toxicity of insecticides to

two strains of Hylemya platura (Meig.) (Anthomyidae:

MONET ete cae rss doe a ee dS OPS ww ww ee Sw we

MORGAN and ARRAND—Additional Syrphidae from the

Oliver and Osoyoos districts of British Columbia .....

BORDEN and DEAN— Observations on Eriocampa ovata

L. (Hymenoptera Tenthredinidae) infesting red alder in

southwestern British Columbia ................

BANHAM—Native hosts of western cherry fruit fly (Dip-

tera: Tephritidae) in the Okanagan Valley of British

AP OMITNOT AP oe te od Gee hee ee eee

DOWNING and MOILLIET—Occurrence of Phytoseiid

mites (Acarina: Phytoseiidae) in apple orchards in south

central British Columbia ..................00.

KITCHING—The Psyllidae of British Columbia with a key

GIS CIES Ee cas ee ae aM ge wave one a ee 4 a we

Rea GEN LOW oo a as ee ee ee Se

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumMBrIA, 68 (1971), Aug. 1, 1971

Directors Of The Entomological Society Of

British Columbia For 1970-71

President

D.G. FINLAYSON

Research Station,

6660 N.W. Marine Drive, Vancouver 8

President-Elect

R. RING

University of Victoria

Past President

W. T. CRAM

Research Station,

6660 N.W. Marine Drive, Vancouver 8

Secretary-Treasurer

N. V. TONKS

2819 Graham Street, Victoria

Honorary Auditor

P. ZUK

Vancouver

Editorial Committee

H. R. MacCARTHY, Chairman C. V.G. MORGAN

Vancouver Summerland

Directors

J. H. BORDEN, Simon Fraser University

A. T.S. WILKINSON, Vancouver J. CHAPMAN, Victoria

R. D. McMULLEN, Summerland R. S. DOWNING, Summerland

J. Entomou. Soc. Brit. Cotumsta, 68 (1971), Aua. 1, 1971 3

THE GERRIDAE (HEMIPTERA) OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

G. G. E. SCUDDER!

ABSTRACT

Eight species of Gerris are recorded from British Columbia. The dis-

tribution and co-existence is documented and a key to species is included.

INTRODUCTION

Downes (1927) has reported six species of

Gerridae from British Columbia, namely G. buenoi

Kirk., G. incognitus D. & H.,G. incurvatus D. & H.,

G. notabilis D. & H., G. remigis Say and G.

rufoscutellatus Latr. Drake & Harris (1934) added

G. nyctalis D. & H. to the list and noted that G.

-rufoscutellatus did not occur in North America; this

has been confirmed by Kelton (1961). Three ad-

ditional species have been recorded from British

Columbia in the very early literature, G. marginatus

Say (Parshley, 1921),G. dissortis D. & H. (Criddle,

1926) and G. gilletti Leth. & Sev. (Bueno, 1925).

However, these latter species have not been

recognised in recent studies on the fauna of the

province.

In research on the fauna of saline lakes in the

interior of British Columbia (Scudder, 1969a), I

have discovered two additional species that have not

previously been recorded from the Province, namely

G. comatus D. & H. and G. pingreensis D. &. H. It

thus is appropriate to review the records of this

family in British Columbia, to assess their occurrence

and distribution, and to give a key to the species.

MATERIAL AND METHODS

Most of the material considered in this paper is

located in the Spencer Entomological Museum at the

University of British Columbia (U.B.C.). The

waterbodies mentioned in the Cariboo and Chilcotin

areas of the interior are listed in full in Scudder

(1969a, 1969b). Additional records from insects in

the Canadian National Collection (C.N.C.) have also

been obtained.

RESULTS

This study has shown that eight species of Gerris

are present in British Columbia. The records of G.

dissortis, G. gilletti, G. marginatus and G.

rufoscutellatus have not been confirmed.

The eight species and their distribution are as

follows:

' Department of Zoology, University of British Columbia,

Vancouver.

Gerris buenoi Kirkaldy *’’

Gerris buenoi Kirkaldy 1911, Ent. News 22: 246

(Orig. descr.)

Gerris buenoi, Drake & Harris, 1934, Ann. Carnegie

Mus. 23: 195 (Descr.)

Gerris buenoi, Brooks & Kelton, 1967, Mem. ent.

Soc. Can. 51:47 (Descr.)

A small species, recognised by the pale lateral

pronotal stripe, and the short and broad genital

segments. It is known mostly from macropterous

specimens in B.C., but short-winged and apterous

individuals also are present. The species is widely

distributed in the province on small freshwater lakes

and ponds. Observations on the life history of this

species have been made by Hoffman (1924) and the

fifth instar larva has been described by Sprague

(1967).

B.C. Material examined: Brunson L., vi

(G.G.E.Scudder); Boitano L., v_ (G.G.E.S.);

Cariboo, 83 mile, v (G.G.E.S.); pothole near

Boitano L., vi (G.G.E.S.); Chilecotin — Moon’s L.,

East L., Box 17, Nr. Phal., Crescent pothole, iv-v

(G.G.E.S.); Clinton, 6 mile lake, vi (G.G.E.S.);

Dutch Creek, vi (G.G.E.S.); Fort St. John, vi (A. B.

Acton); Kamloops, ix (G.J.Spencer); Lac du Bois

area (LB3) near Kamloops, v (G.G.E.S.); Kin-

basket, vi (G.G.E.S.); Loon Lake, v (G.G.E.S.);

Malahat, viii, ix (W.Downes); Manning Park,

beaver pond, viii (G.G.E.S.); Marion Lake, v (G.

Jamieson); McIntyre Lake, vi (G.G.E.S.); Nicola,

vii (G.J.S.); Osoyoos, iii (H.B.Leech); Quesnel, vi

(G.J.S.); Quick, viii (G.J.S.); Saanich Distr., vi, ix

(W.D.); Springhouse, v-vi (G.G.E.S.); Steelhead, ix

(G.G.E.S.); Vancouver, ix (W.D.); Victoria, vii

(W.D.); Westbank, ix (W.D.); Westwick Lake, v-vi

(G.G.E.S.); Williams Lake Distr., v (G.G.E.S.); W.

Crescent Valley, v (J. Sheppard) (U.B.C.). Creston,

v (G. Stace-Smith); Summerland, iv (A.N.Gartrell)

(C.N.C).

Range: a transcontinental species occurring

throughout the northern part of the United States

and southern Canada (Drake & Harris, 1934;

Moore, 1950; Strickland, 1953; Brooks & Kelton,

1967; Cheng & Fernando, 1970). I have also seen

specimens from Mile 550, Alaska Highway,

31.v.1962 (I. Stirling). Recorded previously from

4 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971

Saanich by Parshley (1921) and Vancouver by

Downes (1927).

Gerris comatus Drake & Harris £7, |”

Gerris comatus Drake & Harris 1925. Ohio J.Sci.

25:270 (Orig. descr.)

Gerris comatus, Drake & Harris,

Carnegie Mus. 23:193 (Descr.)

Gerris comatus, Brooks & Kelton, 1967, Mem. ent.

Soe. Can. 51: 46 (Descr.)

1934, Ann.

This species is without a pale lateral stripe on the

pronotum. The male has distinct lateral tufts of long

hairs on the genital segment (segment VIII) and the

female has the connexivum of segment VII not

greatly incurved dorsally. Macropterous insects

outnumber micropterous forms (9:1) in the B.C.

material studied. The species seems to be confined to

the central and northern interior of the province. The

fifth instar larva has been described by Sprague

(1967).

B.C. Material examined: Brunson L., vi

(G.G.E.S.); Cariboo, pothole near Boitano L., vi

(G.G.E.S.); Cariboo, Sorenson L., v (G.G.E.S.);

Cariboo, Springhouse, v (G.G.E.S.); Cariboo, 155

mile, Old Cariboo Hwy., v (G.G.E.S.); Chilcotin,

Moon’s L., East Lake, v-vi (G.G.E.S.); Fort St.

John, vi (A.B.A.); Stuart L., viii (G.J.S.); Van-

derhoof, viii (G.J.S.); Williams Lake Distr. vi

(G.G.E.S.) (U.B.C.). Rolla, vii (P.N.Vroom)

(C.N.C.).

Range: from the Atlantic coast, east to Montana,

being recorded from most of the intervening states

(Drake & Harris, 1934). In Canada recorded from

Ontario (Drake & Harris, 1934: Cheng & Fernando,

1970), Quebec (Moore, 1950), Alberta (Strickland,

1953), Manitoba, and Saskatchewan (Brooks &

Kelton, 1967). Not previously recorded from B.C.

Gerris incognitus Drake & Harris T4,9 V2

Gerris incognitus Drake & Harris 1925, Proc. Biol.

Soc. Wash. 38: 73 (Orig. descr.)

Gerris incognitus, Drake & Harris, 1934, Ann.

Carnegie Mus. 23: 193 (Descr.)

A species with pale lateral stripe to the pronotum,

and male with distinct lateral tufts of long hairs on

the genital segment (segment VIII). Macropterous

and apterous forms occur in about equal numbers in

the material examined. This species has been

recorded mostly in the southern parts of the province

and on the west coast. However, it does occur in the

Kootenays and the interior.

B.C. material examined: Cariboo, 83 mile, v

(G.G.E.S.); Courtenay, ii; Galiano Is., iv

(G.G.E.S.); Hat Creek, vii (G.J.S.); Kimberley,

North Star Mt., slough at 4,500 ft., v (I. Stirling) ;

Lakelse Lake, v (R. Drent); Kamloops, vi (G.J.S.)

Marion Lake, v-vi, viii (J. Maynard; G.J.);

Qualicum, v (W.D.); Queen Charlotte Is.: Port

Clements, Tlell, iii (A.B.A.); Texada Is., Paxton L.,

v (G. Larsen); Vancouver, iii, v-vi (G.J.S.;

G.G.E.S.; H.B.L.); W. Crescent Valley, v (J.S.)

(U.B.C.) Mission City, vi (E. Mason); Mt.

Revelstoke, vii (G.J.S.); Squamish, 3200 ft., viii

(G.J.S.) (C.N.C.).

Dr. L. Kelton informs me that the C.N.C. also

contains specimens from Rolla.

Range: A western North American species for

the most part, being recorded from Washington,

Oregon, California, Montana, Idaho, British

Columbia (Kaslo) (Drake & Harris, 1934).

However, it is also reported from Quebec (Drake &

Harris, 1934; Moore, 1950). Recorded from

Goldstream in B.C. by Downes (1927).

Gerris incurvatus Drake & Harris /, © , ’

Gerris incurvatus Drake & Harris 1925, Proc. Biol.

Soc. Wash. 38: 71 (Orig. descr.)

Gerris incurvatus, Drake & Harris, 1934, Ann.

Carnegie Mus. 23:192 (Descr.)

A moderate sized species, without a pale stripe

laterally on the pronotum, and the male without

lateral tufts of long hairs on the genital segment. The

species is widely distributed in the province.

Macropterous and short-winged forms have been

examined and the former is most abundant in the

B.C. material studied.

B.C. material examined: Endiver, vi (G.G.E.S.);

Hat Creek, vii (G.J.S.); Kamloops, vi, viii (G.J.S.);

Malahat, ix (W.D.); Marion Lake, iv-viii (J.M.;

G.J.); Nicola, vi-vii (G.J.S.); Saanich Distr., ix

(W.D.); Saanich Distr., Elk L., iv (W.D.); Van-

couver, v-vi (G.J.S.; H.B.L.); Vernon, ix (W.D.);

previously determined by H. B. Hungerford as G.

marginatus; Victoria, vii (W.D.); Wellington, vi;

West Vancouver, Lions Bay, v (G.J.S.) (U.B.C.).

Copper Mt., v (G.S.-S.); Douglas Lake, vii (N.C.);

Minnie Lake, vii (N.C.) (C.N.C.).

Material from Summerland and White Lake is

also present in the C.N.C.

Range: A western species, recorded from

Washington, Oregon, California, Idaho, Montana

and British Columbia (Drake & Harris, 1934).

Drake & Harris (1934) also record the species from

Illinois. It was recorded from Saanich and Vernon by

Downes (1927), who also noted that this is the

species that was reported from Beaver Lake as G.

marginatus by Parshley (1921).

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumstiA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971 5

eric notabilis Drake & Hottes

Gerris notabilis Drake & Hottes 1925, Ohio J.Sci.

25:46 (Orig. descr.)

Gerris notabilis, Drake & Harris, 1934, Ann.

Carnegie Mus. 23: 189 (Descr.)

Gerris notabilis, Brooks & Kelton, 1967,

Mem.ent.Soc.Can. 51: 45 (Descr.)

A rather large and slender, somewhat rufous

species, with sternum VII of male simply

emarginate. It is widely distributed in the province.

Drake & Harris (1934) note that the species usually

inhabits streams and is only known as _ the

macropterous form.

B.C. material examined: Adams River, viii

(G.J.S.); Aleza Lake, vii (H. Barclay); Cariboo,

pothole near Boitano Lake, vi (G.G.E.S.); Brunson

Lake vi (G.G.E.S.); Cariboo, Springhouse, v

(G.G.E.S.); Cedarvale, viii (G.J.S.); Chilcotin, v-vi

(G.G.E.S.); Duncan, ix (W.D.); Endiver, vi

(G.G.E.S.); Florence Lake, xi (G.M.Neal); For-

bidden Plateau, viii; Goldstream, vii (K.F.Auden) ;

Haney, ix (W.D.); Hat Creek, vii (G.J.S.); Jesse Is.,

vi (G.J.S.); Kamloops, vi (G.J.S.); Kinbasket, vi

(G.G.E.S.); Lake Cowichan, Vi-viii

(R.W.Pillsbury); 5 mi. E. of Lone Butte, vii

(A.Jansson); Malahat, ix (W.D.); Marion Lake, v,

viii (J.M.; G.J.); McIntyre Lake, vi (G.G.E.S.);

New Westminster, ix (W.D.); Nicola, vii (G.J.S.);

30 Mls. E. of Prince George, viii (G.G.E.S.);

Saanich, vi (W.D.); Vancouver, v (G.J.S.); Van-

couver, Mt. Seymour, vii (H.B.L.); Vancouver, Mt.

‘Seymour, Nacy Lake, ix (R. Leech); Vernon, x

(W.D.); Vanderhoof, vii (G.J.S.); Victoria, ix

(G.J.S.); Walhachin, vii (E.R.Buckell); Westwick

Lake (outlet of Sorenson Lake), v (G.G.E.S.); W.

Crescent Valley, v (J.S.) (U.B.C.). Copper Mt., v

(G.S.-S.); Keremeos, vii (J.E.H.Martin); Minnie

Lake, vii (N.C.); Mission City, v (G.J.S.); Sum-

merland, ix (A.N.G.); Vaseaux Lake, v (A.N.G.);

Westbank, iv (A.N.G.) (C.N.C.).

In the C.N.C. there are specimens also from

Kitimat, Mt. Adams, Mt. Revelstoke, Queen

Charlotte Is., and Terrace.

Range: California, Oregon, British Columbia,

Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, Utah, Colorado, Iowa

(Drake & Harris, 1934), Alberta (Brooks & Kelton,

1967). Recorded from Saanich and Vernon by

Downes (1927), who notes that this was reported by

Parshley (1919) as G. rufoscutellatus.

Gerris nyctalis Drake & Hottes >.’

Gerris nyctalis Drake & Hottes 1925, Ohio J.Sci. 25:

47 (Orig. descr.)

Gerris nyctalis, Drake & Harris, 1934, Ann. Car-

negie Mus. 23: 190 (Descr.)

This species is very similar toG. remigis, but the

male of G. nyctalis has a broader keel on the genital

segment: usually apterous, but macropterous in-

dividuals are known (Drake & Harris, 1934). I have

not seen material of this species from British

Columbia, but Dr. L. A. Kelton informs me that

there is material from Yahk in the C.N.C.

Range: Idaho, Colorado, Montana, Washington,

California, eastern British Columbia, Newfoundland

(Drake & Harris, 1934), Quebec (Moore, 1950),

Alberta (Strickland, 1953).

Gerris pingreensis Drake & Hottes -

Gerris pingreensis Drake & Hottes 1925, Ohio J.Sci.

25: 49 (Orig. descr.)

Gerris pingreensis, Drake & Harris, 1934, Ann.

Carnegie Mus. 23: 194 (Descr.)

Gerris pingreensis, Brooks & Kelton,

Mem.ent.Soc.Can. 51: 46 (Descr.)

A moderate sized species without long silvery hair

tuft on the genital segment of the male, but with a

pale lateral stripe on the pronotum and abdominal

sternum VII with a median longitudinal impression.

The species would seem to be confined to the interior

and northern part of British Columbia. Apterous

individuals seem to outnumber macropterous forms

(3:1).

B.C. material examined: 45 mls. N. of Atlin, vi

(A.B.A.); Boitano L., v (G.G.E.S.); pothole near

Boitano L., vi (G.G.E.S.); Chilcotin: Barkley Lake,

Box 17, Moon’s Lake, Round-up Lake, v-vi

(G.G.E.S.); Clinton (LE 4), viii (G.G.E.S.); Dease

Lake, viii-ix (I.S.); Fort St. John, vi (A.B.A.);

Kamloops, Lac du Bois area, v-vi (G.G.E.S.); Loon

Lake, v (G.G.E.S.); Meadow Lake, v (G.G.E.S.);

Nicola, vii (G.F.S.); Sorenson Lake, v (G.G.E.S.);

Westwick Lake, v (G.G.E.S.) (U.B.C.)

Range: streams and lakes at higher altitudes of

Montana, Colorado, Idaho, Alberta (Drake &

Harris, 1934; Strickland, 1953), Alberta,

Saskatchewan, Manitoba (Brooks & Kelton, 1967),

Quebec (Moore, 1950), Yukon-NWT, 4.vii .1944

(P.A.Larkin). Not previously recorded from British

Columbia.

1967,

Gerris remigis Say ° ~

Gerris remigis Say 1832, Heter, New Harmony: 35

(Orig. descr.)

Gerris remigis, Drake & Harris, 1934, Ann. Car-

negie Mus. 23: 189 (Descr.)

6 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBtiA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971

Gerris remigis, Brooks & Kelton, 1967, Mem.ent.-

Soc.Can. 51: 45 (Descr.)

A large and robust species, with pronotum rather

brownish. It is widely distributed in the province:

both apterous and macropterous forms are present,

but the former predominate by far. The life history

and habits of the species have been studied by Bueno

(1917) and Riley (1921, 1922). This species

frequents small brooks with rapid current (Sprague,

1967). The fifth instar larva is described and figured

by Sprague (1967).

B.C. material examined: Alta Lake, v (J.

Scudder); Cultus Lake, iv, viii, x (J. Boone; R.D.;

G.G.E.S.); Cayuse River, vii (G.S. Brown); Coal

Creek., 1.5 mls. S. Pt.-no-Pt., v (R.D.); Courtenay;

Departure Bay, vi (G.J.S.); Hatzic Prairie, ix;

Jordan River, vi (K. Taylor); Kelsey Bay, vii

(G.G.E.S.); Lakelse Lake, v (R.D.); Lynn Valley,

vii (H.B.L.); Marion Lake, ii, v, viii (G.J.; J.M.);

Milner, viii (G.G.E.S.); Nanaimo, vi (G.J.S.);

Nicola, vii (G.J.S.); Osoyoos, v (M. H. Ruhman);

Paul Lake (Kamloops), viii (W. A. Clemens);

Pavilion Lake, vi (G.G.E.S.); Penticton, iv

(E.R.B.); 9m. and 12m., E of Princeton, iii

(H.B.L.); Roberts Lake (Vancouver Is.), vii

(G.G.E.S.) ; Royal Oak, vii (G.J.S.); Saanich Distr.,

x (W.D.); Salvus, viii (G.J.S.); Sweltzer Creek, iv.

(R.D.); Trout Lake, x (M. Miyaona); Vancouver,

viii (K.F.A.); Vernon, ix (H.B.L.); Victoria, vii

(K.F.A.; G.J.S.); Walhachin, vi (G.J.S.); W.

Crescent Valley, v (J.S.) (U.B.C.). Errock Lake, nr

Deroche, vii (G.J.S.); Keremeos, vii (J.E.H.M.);

Mission City, vii (W.R.M.Mason); Oliver, ix

(C.B.Garrett); Qualicum Bay, vi (R. Coyles);

Summerland, viii (A.N.G.) (C.NC.).

In the C.N.C there is also material from Kleena ©

Kleene.

Range: widely distributed in North America, and

recorded from Canada in the north to Mexico and

Guatemala in the south (Drake & Harris, 1934).

Recorded previously from Vernon and Saanich by

Downes (1927), and Jordan Meadows by Hardy

(1949).

KEY TO GERRIDAE OF

BRITISH COLUMBIA

Males

1. Venter with sternum VII simply emarginate

(Hig Nes are a5 a ee ne notabilis D. & H.

— Venter with sternum VII double emarginate . .2.

2. Larger species (over 11.00 mm.); first genital

segment with a strong keel ................. 3.

— Smaller species (under 11.00 mm.); first genital

segment with a weak keel .................. 4,

3. Species 11.50 - 16.0 mm. in length and brownish

on the pronotum; genital keel narrower (Fig. 2)

—Species 11.50 - 13.0 mm. in length and quite

fuscous on pronotum; genital keel broader (Fig.

3) oS Sy ee nyctalis D. & H.

4, First genital segment with a tuft of long silvery

hairs on each side of keel (Figs. 4-5) ......... a:

— First genital segment without a tuft of long

silvery hairs on each side of keel (Figs. 6-8) . . .6.

5. Pronotum with pale stripe laterally; hairs on

genital segment in a line (Fig. 4)

wihiu dee LENG delet ene ae incongitus D. & H.

— Pronotum without pale stripe laterally; hairs on

genital segment in a tuft or group (Fig. 5) ......

oo dash liie Saves © eee eee comatus D & H

6. Pronotum with pale stripe laterally .......... ie

— Pronotum without pale stripe laterally; genitalia

asin Figs 6:4. .¢e or incurvatus D. & H.

7. First genital segment as broad as long (Fig. 7);

sternum VII without a median longitudinal

POOVE iyo os aed Hones ee buenoi Kirk.

— First genital segment longer than wide (Fig. 8);

sternum VII with a median longitudinal groove

(Pigs 8)! oh iti oben eee pingreensis D. & H.

Female?

1. Pronotum laterally with pale stripe .......... 2,

— Pronotum laterally without a pale stripe ..... 6.

2. Large and rather slender species, length 15.0-

20.0 mm.; with very long legs; colour rather

rufous; male stripe on pronotum laterally, usually

continuous with the rather pale posterior part of

the pronotum ............... notabilis D. & H.

— Smaller species, less than 16.0 mm. in length;

pale lateral stripe to pronotum not continued

posteriorly: <2is.44 4. hea eee 3.

3. Larger and robust species, over 11.0 mm. in

length: ¢ 50:4. Fin 25 ADA ee ee remigis Say.

—Smaller and less robust species, less than 11.0

mm. in length. 2.6.0.4 oe ae eee 4,

4. Genital segment rather quadrate (Fig. 16);

tergum VIII dorsally with lateral prominences

(Fig. 17); small species, 7.0-8.5 mm. in length.

— Genital segments not quadrate (Figs. 12-15) . .5.

5. Lateral margins of anterior abdominal sterna not

broadly pale, but fuscous to margin (Fig. 11);

sterna very hirsute ........ pingreensis D. & H.

— Lateral margins of anterior abdominal sterna

broadly pale (Fig. 9); sterna not densely hirsute

sigh tt nd ES CR a eee incognitus D. & H.

6. Connexival spines on segment VII, when

viewed from above, greatly incurved and

directed towards centre of tergum (Fig. 13) ...

eats UR ae ACen ate ee incurvatus D & H

J. Envomo.. Soc. Brit. CotumBrIA, 68 (1971), Ava. 1, 1971 q

—Connexival spines on segment VII, when

viewed from above, not greatly incurved, but

directed caudad (Fig. 15) ....comatus D & H

2G. nyctalis not included.

Coexistaence in Gerris

‘(Gause’s Principle, Gause’s Hypothesis or the

Competitive Exclusion Principle holds that two

species with similar ecology cannot live together

in the same place indefinitely (Gilbert et al.,

1952; Hardin, 1960). During the course of

studies on the aquatic insects of British

Columbia, several localities have been found

where more than one species of Gerris may be

observed together and breeding at the same time.

Area Water body S

Fraser Borvane i. Dd

PEeees Westwick L. x

MenliaGyice im, xX

Bruns On, Ti. os

BOK. all. Be

Moon's. L. ne

Boitvanoe PH ae x

. HBS (mre ac Ke

du Bois)

Lower Fraser

Valley INO Tr sien. x

While the biology of these species has yet to be

worked out in detail, it seems worthwhile to

record the occurrence of this situation. Table I

presents the localities where this coexistence has

been observed, and the species involved are

noted. Work now being undertaken hopefully

will clarify the biological significance of this

coexistence in Gerris.

Acknowledgments

I am indebted to Dr. L. A. Kelton for infor-

mation on the Gerridae in the Canadian National

Collection, and Mrs. M. D. Jensen for the illus-

trations. This paper results from research

supported by the National Research Council of

Canada.

Sjosenl sss

mn 9) oa

ia 3 op) op)

p p d cd

op “4 av) r co) op)

5 S > = oO) =

p QO M & M Q0

cant oO is (a0) QO “4

= O o) p S 'S

O SI S, O “d o

oO “d a Si Qy M

x x

x x xX

x x x xe

TABLE 11. Records of coexistence of species of Gerris in British Columbia. Water bodies arranged

in order of decreasing salinity.

References

Brooks, A. R. and Kelton, L. A., 1967. Aquatic and semiaquatic Heteroptera of Alberta, Saskatche-

wan, and Manitoba (Hemiptera). Mem. ent. Soc. Canad. 51:1-92.

Bueno, J. R. de la Torre, 1917. Life-history and habits of the larger water-strider, Gerris remigis

Say (Hem.), Ent. News 28:201-208.

Bueno, J. R. de la Torre, 1925. On a small collection of Heteroptera from British Columbia. Canad.

Ent. 57:280-286.

Cheng, L. and Fernando, C. H., 1970. The Water-Striders of Ontario (Heteroptera: Gerridae). Life

Sci. Misc. Publ. R. Ont. Mus. 23 pp.

8 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumpBtA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971

Criddle, N., 1926. The Entomological record, 1925. Ann. Rpt. ent. Soc. Ont. 56 :94-107.

Downes, W., 1927. A preliminary list of the Heteroptera and Homoptera of British Columbia. Proc.

ent. Soc. B.C. 23:1-22.

Drake, C. J. and Harris, H. M., 1934. The Gerrinae of the Western Hemisphere (Hemiptera). Ann.

Carnegie Mus. 23:179-240.

Gilbert, O., Reynoldson, T. B. and Hobart J., 1952. Gause’s Hypothesis: an examination. J. anim.

Kcol. 21:310-312.

Hardin, G., 1960. The competitive exclusion principle. Science 131:1292-1297.

Hardy, G. A., 1949. A report on a study of Jordan Meadows, Vancouver Island. Rpt. Prov. Mus.

B.C. 1948: K20-K46.

Hoffman, W. E., 1924. The life histories of three species of Gerridae (Heteroptera, Gerridae). Ann.

ent. Soc. Amer. 17:419-430.

Kelton, L. A., 1961. A new species of Gerris F. from Yukon and Alaska (Hemiptera: Gerridae).

Canad. Ent. 93:663-665.

Moore, G. A., 1950. Check-list of Hemiptera of the Province of Quebec. Contr. Inst. Biol. Univ.

Montreal 26:1-49.

Parshley, H. M., 1919. On some Hemiptera from Western Canada. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich.

71:1-35.

Parshley, H. M., 1921. A report on some Hemiptera from British Columbia. Proc. ent. Soc. B.C.

18:13-24.

Riley, C. F. C., 1921. Responses of the Large Water-strider, Gerris remigis Say to contact and

light. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 14:231-290.

Riley, C. F. C., 1922. Food during captivity of the Water-striders, Gerris remigis Say and

Gerris marginatus Say (Hemiptera). Ent. News 33:86-88.

Scudder, G. G. E., 1969a. The fauna of saline lakes on the Fraser Plateau in British Columbia.

Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 17:430-439.

Scudder, G. G. E. 1969b. The distribution of two species of Cenocorixa in inland saline lakes

of British Columbia. J. ent. Soc. B.C. 66:32-41.

Sprague, I. B., 1967. Nymphs of the genus Gerris (Heteroptera: Gerridae) in New England. Ann.

ent. Soc. Amer. 60:1038-1044.

Strickland, E. H., 1953. An annotated list of the Hemiptera (S.L.) of Alberta. Canad. Ent. 85

193-214.

Figs. 1-8. Ventral view of genitalia of male Gerris. 1, G. notabilis; 2, G. remigis; 3, G. nyctalis;

4, G. incognitus; 5, G. comatus; 6, G. incurvatus; 7, G. buenoi; 8, G. pingreensis. Scale line

= 1.00 mm.: colour pattern not indicated.

J. Enromot. Soc. Brit. CotumstiA, 68 (1971), Aua. 1, 1971

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumMBiA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971

Figs. 9-17. 9-11, Side view of abdomen of female Gerris: 9, G. incognitus; 10, G. incurvatus; 11,

G. pingreensis. 12-15, dorsal view of terminal part of abdomen of female Gerris: 12, G. incogni-

tus; 13, G. incurvatus; 14, G. pingreensis; 15, G. comatus. 16-17, structure of end of abdomen

in female G. buenoi: 16, ventral view; 17, dorsal view. Scale line =1.00 mm.: colour pattern shown

only on pregenital segments in Figs. 9-11.

J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CotumsBtisA, 68 (1971), AucG. 1, 1971

A PROGRESS REPORT ON THE USE OF

FEMALE-BAITED TRAPS AS INDICATORS OF

CODLING MOTH POPULATIONS!

H. F. MADSEN AND W. W. DAVIS

Research Station, Canada Department of Agriculture,

Summerland, British Columbia.

ABSTRACT

Traps containing live female codling moths, Laspeyresia pomon-

ella (L.), as lures were used to indicate native codling moth populations

in 2 orchards in the Kelowna area of British Columbia. In one orchard the

traps captured an average of fewer than 1 male codling moth per week with the

exception of 2 traps along one side of the orchard. These 2 traps caught 45 per

cent of all males trapped in the orchard, and codling moth entries were found in

this vicinity. A spray to control codling moth was applied to 4 outside rows of

trees on this side but the remainder of the orchard was not sprayed. No fruit

injured by codling moth was found in the nonsprayed portion of the orchard.

In the second orchard the traps captured an average of 5 moths per week. No

sprays were applied to the trees and, at harvest, 9.3 per cent of the apples

were injured by codling moth. These preliminary data indicate that traps bait-

ed with female codling moths can be used to indicate levels of codling moth

populations and also to indicate if chemical control is necessary.

INTRODUCTION

Developments in the field of insect sex

pheromones has led to a number of practical uses for

these lures. They have been employed to reduce pest

populations (Guerra, Garcia and Leal 1969) and as

survey tools to detect low pest populations (Dean and

Roelofs 1970).

Sex traps as a lure for male codling moths,

Laspeyresia pomonella (L.), are baited with either

live female codling moths (Proverbs, Newton and

Logan 1966) or extracts of the female abdomens

(Butt and Hathaway 1966). They have been used to

time spray applications, to assess field activity of the

moths (Batiste 1970), and to provide information on

the ratio of sterile to native moths in a program of

control by the sterility method (Proverbs, Newton

and Logan 1969). One area which has received little

attention is the use of sex traps to determine

population levels of codling moth and to estimate the

potential fruit damage at harvest. With such in-

formation, a grower could judge whether a spray is

warranted and thus base his codling moth control

program on need rather than on a routine preven-

tative schedule. The first step taken to obtain in-

formation of this nature was to install female-baited

traps in locations where sprays were not applied and

then attempt to correlate moth capture with the

infestation at harvest. This paper reports our first

study of the use of sex traps to establish a population

level for the codling moth.

' Contribution No. 318, Research Station, Summerland, British

Columbia.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The codling moth pheromone traps used in this

study were similar to those described by Proverbs,

Newton and Logan (1966), and each trap contained

10 virgin females. As little data were available on

how many traps should be installed to assess a

codling moth population, the figure of 1 per acre

was chosen based on field experience from the

codling moth sterility program (Proverbs, Newton

and Logan 1969) and on the availability of man-

power to maintain trap records. Two orchards were

used in the study; one was a grower-operated

planting (Price orchard) and the other an ex-

perimental orchard (Substation) operated by the

Canada Department of Agriculture. Both orchards

were located at Kelowna, B.C.

The Price orchard is a mixture of young and old

trees on a rectangular shaped area of approximately

15 acres. The largest planting within the orchard is a

block of mature McIntosh apple trees 15 rows deep

by 10 rows wide, and a block of medium sized Red

Delicious trees 27 rows deep by 19 rows wide. The

McIntosh trees are bordered on the north by a mixed

planting of young Golden and Red Delicious trees (8

rows long by 18 rows wide) and on the south by

approximately 2 acres of newly planted, nonbearing

trees. The orchard is in the center of a commercial

apple producing area. All the adjoining orchards are

routinely sprayed for codling moth control. The area

was carefully searched for abandoned trees that

might provide a source of codling moths, but none

were found within a mile of the Price orchard. Price

12 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brir. Cotumsra, 68 (1971), AuG. 1, 1971

had not sprayed his orchard for codling moth control

for 3 seasons, and he stated that his packinghouse

records did not show codling moth damage during

this three year period. A total of 15 pheromone traps

were placed in the orchard so that they were

uniformly distributed amongst the bearing trees.

The Substation orchard consisted of 5 acres of

mature McIntosh and Spartan apple trees which had

not been sprayed for codling moth control for 3

years. The per cent infestation at harvest in 1967 and

1968 was 9.7 and 26.8 respectively. In the winter of

1968-1969, temperatures dropped to a low of -32. C.

which caused a high mortality of overwintering

codling moth larvae. As a result, the 1969 harvest

infestation was only 3.7 per cent. Five traps were

placed in the orchard, distributed evenly among the

trees.

The traps were collected weekly, and replaced by

others containing recently emerged virgin females.

Captured male codling moths were counted and

recorded in the laboratory.

The infestation at harvest was determined by

examining samples of apples for the number of

codling moth entries and stings. At the Price orchard,

it was not.possible to obtain harvest samples in the

field, and the codling moth injury was determined by

examining the culls after the fruit was graded in the

packinghouse. At the Substation, the harvest sample

consisted of 5 boxes per tree on 20 trees selected at

random from the test area

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Male codling moth activity as determined by sex

trap catches for the two orchards is illustrated in Fig.

1. The flight periods of the moths were similar in the

2 trap locations, but more moths were captured at

the Substation. A seasonal average of 82 moths per

trap were captured at the Substation compared with

31 at the Price orchard. The majority of the moths at

the Price orchard were recorded from 2 traps along

the south end of the McIntosh block. Forty-five per

cent of the total moths were captured in this portion

of the orchard. The population peaked from mid-

July to mid-August and, based upon previous flight

data, these moths were probably second brood. The

orchard had been examined for first brood entries

prior to this time, but none was found. At the

Substation, first brood entries were

relatively cormmon.

When the 2 traps in the Price orchard showed

relatively high numbers of moths in mid-July the

fruit throughout the orchard was carefully checked

for second brood entries. Infested fruit was found

only in the McIntosh trees and most of this was along

the south edge of the block. The entries were found in

groups which indicated activity by relatively few

females. The first entries were found on 21 July, and

however,

the number of infested fruits increased through late

July and early August. All infested apples observed

in the field were collected and dissected. Each

contained early instar larvae which was further

evidence that the infestation was due to second brood

activity. Because the number of entries were in-

creasing, the grower treated the outside 4 rows of the

McIntosh block along the south side with azin-

phosmethyl in August. No further entries were

observed for the remainder of the season.

Since so many moths were captured along the

south end of the McIntosh trees, it seemed likely that

they originated outside the Price orchard. Almost all

of the entries were found along the side which ad-

joined 2 acres of nonbearing, recently planted trees.

An examination of cull fruit from the Price or-

chard did not show any apples infested with codling

moth. This does not suggest the harvest infestation

was zero, as pickers often discard fruit that is ob-

viously wormy. The data do indicate that the in-

festation was very low and would not have justified a

routine codling moth spray. If the high counts in the

2 traps in the McIntosh trees are omitted, the total

seasonal moth catch per trap in the rest of the or-

chard would be 17, or less than 1 moth per trap per

week. By contrast, the weekly catch in the Substation

orchard was 5 per trap.

At the Substation, second brood codling moth

entries were evident by the end of July and fresh

damage was observed throughout August. The

harvest examination showed that 9.3 per cent of the

apples were injured by codling moth.

Our preliminary investigations suggest that traps

baited with female codling moths can be used to

indicate levels of codling moth populations and

whether control measures are necessary. In the Price

orchard the majority of the traps caught less than one

moth per week, and this population did not result in

significant fruit loss. The relatively high population

indicated by the traps in one section of the orchard

necessitated a spray, and this was the only treatment

required for pest control in the orchard. Such a

program represents a considerable saving to the

grower when compared with a_ conventional

schedule.

More information is required before sex traps can

be used with confidence to indicate codling moth

population levels. The traps capture only males, and

data are needed on female activity. It is difficult to

determine whether males attracted to female-baited

traps originate in the orchard where the traps are

located or come from a more distant source. Proverbs

(unpublished data) has shown that marked male

moths can travel for a distance of 4 miles from their

release site. There are indications that sex traps do

not accurately reflect population levels when codling

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971 ile

moth numbers are high (Howell, U.S.D.A., Fruit traps within an area been determined. Data thus far

Insects Laboratory, Yakima, Washington, personal obtained, however, indicate that codling moth sex

communication). The optimum number of traps per __ traps show promise for determining population levels

unit area is not known nor has the best distribution of and periods of moth activity in the field.

? PRICE ORCHARD — KELOWNA

13 SUBSTATION —- KELOWNA

MOTHS PER TRAP

ia. 2 10

20 i ya cues eco) a ay g 95

MAY JUNE Ney, AUG SEPT

Fig. 1. Male codling moths captured in female-baited traps at the Price and Substation orchards,

Kelowna, B.C. 1970.

14 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Auc. 1, 1971

References

Batiste, William C. 1970. A timing sex-pheromone trap with special reference to codling moth

collections. J. Econ. Entomol. 63:915-918.

Butt, B. A. and D. O. Hathaway. 1966. Female sex pheromone as attractant for male codling

moths. J. Econ. Entomol. 59:476-477.

Dean, R. W., and W. L. Roelofs. 1970. Synthetic sex pheromone of the red-banded leaf roller

as a survey tool. J. Econ. Entomol. 63:684-686.

Guerra, A. A., R. D. Garcia, and M. P. Leal. 1969. Suppression of populations of pink boll-

worms in field cages with traps baited with sex attractant. J. Econ. Entomol. 62:741-742.

Proverbs, M. D.,J. R. Newton and D. M. Logan. 1966. Orchard assessment of the sterile male

technique for control of the codling moth, Carpocapsa pomonella (L) (Lepidoptera:

Olethreutidae). Can. Entomol. 98:90-95.

Proverbs, M. D., J. R. Newton and D. M. Logan. 1969. Codling moth control by release of

radiation-sterilized moths in a commercial apple orchard. J. Econ. Entomol. 62:1331-1334.

TOXICITY OF INSECTICIDES TO TWO STRAINS OF

HYLEMYA PLATURA (MEIG.)

(ANTHOM YIDAE: DIPTERA)!

D. G. FINLAYSON AND C. J. CAMPBELL

ABSTRACT

Using the topical-application and impregnated-paper methods base-

line toxicity data were obtained for male and female flies of a susceptible

and a cyclodiene-insecticide resistant strain of the seed-corn maggot, Hylemya

platura (Meig.). As shown by topical application the resistance factor with

dieldrin for male and female flies was 337.8 and 342.7 respectively. However,

the LCs. by exposure to dieldrin-impregnated papers could not be obtained for

the resistant strain at the concentrations tested. There was no cross-resistance

to six other insecticides: two from each of the major groups of organocarba-

mate, organochlorine, and organophosphorous insecticides. Both methods are

useful for determining the toxicity of insecticides and offer ways for agricul-

turists to determine if spray practices have failed or were faulty, or if resist-

ance is developing within a species.

INTRODUCTION

Infested onions were collected at Victoria,

British Columbia in August, 1964 to establish a

colony of onion maggots (Hylemya antiqua (Meig.))

resistant to cyclodiene insecticides. These collections

yielded two species of flies: one was the onion fly;

the other, somewhat smaller, was identified by the

late Dr. J.G.T. Chilcott, of the Entomology

Research Institute, Ottawa, as the seed-corn maggot,

(Hylemya platura (Meig.) = Hylemya cilicrura

(Rond.)). The onion seed had been treated with

aldrin, which suggested that the smaller flies might

also be resistant to the cyclodiene group of the

organochlorine insecticides.

In 1961 Begg reported resistance of this type in

two closely related species of root maggots, H.

cilicrura and H. liturata which feed on flue-cured

' Contribution No. 221 Research Station, Research Branch,

Canada Agriculture, 6660 N.W. Marine Drive, Vancouver 8,

British Columbia.

tobacco in southwestern Ontario. Laboratory tests at

Chatham, Ontario (Harris et al., 1962) with field-

collected adults and comparison with laboratory-

reared flies of the Chatham susceptible strain of H.

platura, indicated that the field-collected flies were

resistant to dieldrin but susceptible to diazinon.

Although it was reported by Miller and McClanahan

(1960) that the ratio of H. platura to H. liturata

averaged 9:1 in 1958, by 1961 H. liturata had

become the dominant species (Harris et al., 1962).

Attempts by Telford and Brown (1964) to compare

the degree of dieldrin resistance in the two species

with laboratory-reared flies proved unsuccessful. Not

only were they unable to rear H. liturata but H.

platura reared from collections made at Delhi proved

to be as susceptible as the Chatham strain. H.

liturata field-collected from St. Thomas and Delhi

were highly resistant.

Preliminary tests (Finlayson and Noble, 1964)

J. ENromou. Soc. Brrr. COLUMBIA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971 15

by exposing laboratory-reared flies from the Victoria

source, to papers impregnated with several insec-

ticides indicated that both males and females were

resistant to dieldrin, but susceptible to diazinon and

malathion. Concurrently, Harris et al., (1966) ob-

tained evidence of a low level of resistance to

cylodiene insecticides in H. platura from the tobacco-

growing areas of southwestern Ontario. More

recently seed-corn maggot resistance to aldrin has

been reported in Illinois (Harris, 1969).

For this experiment the susceptible strain of flies

from Chatham was obtained from Dr. C. R. Harris

and colonies of the Victoria and Chatham strains

were reared in the laboratory to compare methods of

application and the degree of toxicity of selected

insecticides representing the major groups:

organocarbamates, organochlorines, and

organophosphorus compounds. Two methods of

application were chosen; topical application to

determine the median lethal dose LD,, for male and

female flies for both strains and the impregnated-

paper method, developed by the WHO for

mosquitoes, to provide a simple method suitable for

tests by agriculturalists. This paper reports the

findings.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Mass rearing of H. platura flies

Adults were maintained in cages approximately

60 x 60 x 60 cm with clear plastic on the sides and

top, lumite plastic screen at the rear, and the front

fitted with a small access port within a large door,

(Fig. 1). The small port, with plastic screen, allowed

movement of air and served for adding food and for

adding or withdrawing oviposition pots.

Adult food was a 5% sugar solution in a 125 ml

Erlenmeyer flask stoppered with a wick of shredded

paper towelling; a mixture of molasses and con-

densed milk, 1:6, poured over bread in a 10 cm petri

dish; and a dry mixture of Brewers’ yeast, yeast

hydrolysate, and soya flour, 3:1:3, spread in the

bottom of a shallow 10 cm petri dish. Pollen was

added to the dry mixture whenever it was available.

The breeding population was maintained at

approximately 150 flies per cage and the conditions

in the rearing room were maintained as close to

optimum as possible: day temperature, 24°C; night

temperature, 21°C; photoperiod 16 hours; and

relative humidity 50-75% (Harris et al., 1966).

Ovipostion pots were new one-pint (0.5 liter) ice

cream containers. The pots were one-third filled with

a moist peat-sand mixture (1:1), five or six 2 to 3-em

cubes of potato were added and covered with a paste

of soybean flour, Brewers’ yeast, and wheat flour

(1:1:1), covered with the peat-sand mixture to two-

thirds full, seeded with 10 to 15 dwarf pea seeds and

20 to 30 oat seeds, then covered lightly with the peat-

‘sand mixture and kept moist. Oviposition pots were

removed in four to seven days and placed in a

holding cage similar to the oviposition cage, to allow

development.

Flies were withdrawn from the holding cages at

three to four day intervals, with a vacuum aspirator

into a 1000 ml Erlenmeyer flask with a 2 cm foam

pad at the bottom of the flask, held with food for 24

hours, then used for toxicity experiments. The flies

tested were thus two to five days old. Surplus flies

were used to determine dosage ranges and for

maintinaing the colony.

Topical Application

Stock solutions were prepared by dissolving in

acetone a known amount of the insecticide, of pure or

technical grade. The test solutions were prepared

either by serial dilution or dilution of aliquots from

the stock solution. From preliminary trials to

determine the approximate LD,,, five levels of

dosages were prepared; two above, two below and

the estimated median lethal dose. These doses should

cause 10-90% mortality.

Impregnated Papers

Papers from two sources were used. From the

WHO came papers with dieldrin or DDT dissolved

in risella oil and malathion in olive oil-lonol CP.

Prepared at this laboratory were papers with

diazinon, in corn oil-acetone (1:2), and lindane in

risella #17-trichlorethylene (1:1). Dieldrin-

impregnated papers using the risella #17-

trichlorethylene solvent were also prepared and

tested at the laboratory. We used No. 1 Whatman

filter papers, 15 cm square, which we prepared by

moistening with 2 ml of the solution, the paper being

held on a bed of nails. After partial drying they were

attached with clips to a line in a fume hood to dry for

24 hours. The preliminary trials provided in-

formation for the range of papers needed. ‘The papers

were labelled and dated prior to treatment so that old

papers would not be used.

Treatment of the flies

Two- to five-day-old flies were provided with 5%

sucrose for 24 hours after removal from _ the

emergence cage. Each replicate consisted of at least

120 flies, which were immobilized with carbon

dioxide and sexed. Each replicate consisted of 10

males and 10 females for each range of the test in-

secticide and the same for an untreated control. With

topical applications the solution was administered by

two methods: by a calibrated micrometer through a

# 26 hypodermic needle bent at right angles and

16 J. EnromMoct. Soc. Brir. CotumMbtiA, 68 (1971), Auc. 1, 1971

Fig. 1. Cages used for rearing large numbers of seed-corn maggot Hylemya platura (Meig.).

Fig. 2. WHO plastic tubes separated by slide-bar with hole exposed; Left, exposure tube with

impregnated paper; Right, holding tube.

J. Enromot. Soc. Brit. CotumBrA, 68 (1971), Aua. 1, 1971 17

filed square at the tip, fitted to a syringe in a Syringe

Microburet Model No. SB2'; and by a micro-

pipette?. The standard dosage of | Jil was applied to

the dorsum of the thorax of the anesthetized fly and

the 10 flies per dosage were placed in a plastic tube

closed at each end with a screw cap fitted with plastic

screening. Control flies were treated in the same

manner, with | jil of acetone. When all the flies for a

replicate had been treated they were held for one

hour in the treatment area to ensure recovery of the

control group from the anaesthetic. They were then

transferred to the holding area for 24 hours under

controlled temperature of 22 + 2°C, relative

humidity 50-60% and continuous lighting. To

reduce variability the order of treatment was varied

so that each group was subject to long and short

periods of anaesthesia. To avoid toxic effects from

carbon dioxide the flies were never held under

anaesthesia for more than 30 minutes.

Impregnated papers were inserted with the

treated side inward in WHO plastic tubes which were

fitted with a slide bar (Fig. 2), and the 10 male or

female anaesthetized flies were placed in the ex-

posure tube. One hour later the flies were transferred

to the holding tube through the hole in the slide-bar.

'Micro- Metric Instrument Co., Cleveland, Ohio.

CHATHAM

nn N

fo) (o)

PE RCENTAGE MORTALITY

(o}

MALE °

.0005_ .0

FEMALE °---

Ol .005 Ol .O5

PERCENTAGE CONCENTRATION

The exposure tube was removed and the treated flies

in the holding tube placed in the holding area for 24

hours.

Percentage mortality was recorded 24 hours after

treatment. The criterion for death was inability to

walk or fly. When mortality in the control group

exceeded 20 percent the results for the complete

replicate were discarded. Five replicates for each

insectcide were tested, with male and female flies

from both strains. Percentage mortality for each

insecticide was corrected using Abbott’s formula

(Abbott, 1925).

Results from the topical application were

averaged and the slope, LD, in jig/g of fly (ppm),

and the fiducial limits were calculated in accordance

with Finney (1962). The resistance factor (LD 50

Victoria strain’ LD;, Chatham strain) was cal-

culated for both sexes and each insecticide.

Results from the impregnated-paper method were

averaged and graphs prepared by line of best fit and

the LC;, (median lethal concentration) read from

the graphs. The resistance factor (LC;. Victoria

strain/LC,, Chatham strain) was calculated where

possible.

?Drummond Scientific Co., Bromall, Pa.

DIELDRIN

VICTORIA

0.5 1.0

Fig. 3. Dosage-mortality regression lines, determined by topical application of dieldrin, for male

and female Hylemya platura Chatham and Victoria strains.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brir. CoLumsta, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971

I AA SOL LAL SC LE SSD

Bo = eS" €8°? 2S°O + 06°47 1S" €. = 19"°? 90°€ L7°O + O6°E ureyyeug

£6°O Gore; -9enc 79°S T7°O + B7°C S0°T OU °C. - = Gers 4e°€ 67°90 + GL°E | eTuojoTy

UOTUyE TEN

1Z°OU = 81°? 16°83 €S°0 + 60°C Gr = 10°s C6°S 8€°O + 98°e = ureuyeUg

8T°z T9°Te - L6°ST 19°8T iO +2076 T° Z6°EZ = OS°LT Du°0e ~ SC°O % GIS - SEaOqOTA

SUB PUTT

LO, — SET 97°T 8S°O + 6e°7 CTE 590° GSe°T = sn S°0 + 79° «= reyeUD

L9°27E 96°86S - 09° Tet 06°00G: 22°0 = S5°e BL° LEE S5°60S = HS°TSE. 2e°ec? Sc°O + Gece ‘BLuonOT)

UtTIpTotq

G6°0 — €8°0 83°0 89°O + 63°8 06°0 - §9°0 SL°O 26°0 466°C iteuzeyy

98°O f3°0 = 69°0 9L°0 90°T + B4°L 60° 06°0 - €L°0 T8°O 98°O + TE°9 eTL04oTA

UOUTZETG

ST°9% - O€°9T OL°S6T 95°O + 96°2 C6°9L - 97°ZT = te*YT) = og + BETTY «= reueUg

» iy bast co. ie = ce SS eU49 92°0 + 0° €2°E m7°9S = 69°LE 16°S7 YO ¥ 60°Z eTAOVOTA

Tad

T° OUI 27° SZ, 08°06 B8E°O + 19°Z ET°SSs — 26°49 85°SL § 6€°0 + Gz°E = wegqeug

8Z°O 9L°OE = €9°0% SU°Se ZE°O + GSE%Z BE°O Te°Ge.= Creu 60°T? 2Z€°O + 9¢°s eBTa0TOTA

TxArTeqIe9

GL°C = G9°z GI's 1€°0 + 69°2 18°€ = 49° BT°E T€°0 + T9°% - wreuyeug

05°O 46°L - OTT 85°T O7°O + S8°z €7°0 79°T- 00°T Oe T9°O + B1°E eTIOFOTA

uemyoqie9

enn e@ OS ul @ e OS

yeu0/°4°TA aT ATS euTT yeug/* PTA aT AT euTT

104OeI JO SqUtTT rd uoTsseIset 104025 JO SqTUTT am uoTsseised sotty

eoue4s Tsay Teponpty aT Jo as Sedots aoue4stsey Tetonpty O7q] yo ag fadoTg Jo uTexs

fquouyzeo.y,

aTewagy oTeW

‘eanyeld BAUla[AH Jo Sulerjs OM} JO salyy afeuley pue seu 07 suorjeodde [eo1do, Aq saptoroesut payoajas Jo AWOIXO] “1 ATAWL

J. ENroMoL. Soc. Brir. CotumBrA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971 19

Results and Discussion

Table 1 shows that male and female flies of the

Victoria strain were respectively 337.8 and 342.7

times more resistant to dieldrin than the susceptible

strain from Chatham. However, males and femals of

the two strains were more or less equally susceptible

to carbaryl, carbofuran, DDT, diazinon, lindane and

malathion. The resistance factor ranged only from

(0.28 for carbaryl to 3.44 for lindane. McLeod et al.,

(1969) reported a resistance factor of 727 for aldrin

in a strain of H. platura from Delhi near Chatham,

but like ourselves, they also reported no cross-

resistance to DDT and diazinon. Diazinon was the

most toxic insecticide tested; the LD, for both male

and female flies for the two strains was less than 1.0

pe/e fly.

When we examine the

regression lines for topical applications (Fig. 3-6) it is

quite obvious that the patterns of susceptibility for

male and female flies of the same strain are similar.

In all cases the lines are close and parallel or form a

very shallow cross, the angle of intersection never

exceeding 10 degrees. The regression lines (Fig. 3)

for dieldrin inidicate that the Chatham strain is

homozygous susceptible and that the Victoria strain

dosage-mortality

is homozygous resistant. The slightly higher LD,,

for lindane and DDT with the Victoria strain can

hardly be interpreted as development of resistance.

Nor can resistance be suspected in the Chatham

strain where slightly more carbaryl and carbofuran

had to be applied. ‘These would appear to be merely

strain characteristics.

The dosage-mortality curves from the im-

pregnated paper method for 5 of the 7 insecticides

are shown in Fig. 7. From this figure the LC 5) values

were read for both sexes of each strain for 4 of the 7

insecticides and the resistance factors were calculated

(Table 2).

The resistance factors for the organophosphorus

insecticides, diazinon and malathion, were similar by

both methods. When the resistance factors were

calculated for the organochlorine insecticides, DDT

was 5.1 times higher by the impregnated paper

method than by topical application, and lindane was

4.6 times. The resistance factor for dieldrin was

hardly calculable because mortality to the Victoria

strain from exposure to 4% papers was only 8.2%

for males and 6.1% for females. In all probability the

absorbed insecticide was detoxified.

TABLE 2. Toxicity of selected insecticides on male and female flies of two strains of Hylemya

platura exposed to impregnated papers.

Insecticide eo of strains of flies Resistance

factor

Victoria Chatham Vict -/Chat.

DDT

male 2-10 0.11, 18.42

female 2.60 0.165 yet

Diazinon

male 0.0275 0.0335 0.82

female 0.0390 0.0360 1.08

Dieldrin

male o= 0.0094, =

female = 0.0135 =

Lindane

male 0.105 0.0096 10.94

female 0.095 0.020 hold

Malathion

male 1.20 1.10 1.09

female 1.20 1.94 0.62

20 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brrr. CoLumBrA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971

D.D.T. D.D.T.

CHATHAM VICTORIA

=> .004 .008 .016 .00625 .0125 .025 .05 Ol

us 98

°C) LINDANE LINDANE F

< CHATHAM VICTORIA}

.0O! .002 .004 .008 005 Ol .02 .04

PERCENTAGE CONCENTRATION

Fig. 4. Dosage-mortality regression lines, determined by topical application of organochlorine

insecticides, for male and female Hylemya platura Chatham and Victoria strains.

J. Enromo.. Soc. Burr. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971

3°

DIAZINON

VICTORIA

DIAZINON

CHATHAM

.00025 .0005 .00I

.00025 .0005 .00! .002

MALATHION al MALATHION

CHATHAM ’ VICTORIA

PERCENTAGE MORTALITY

(o)

.0005 .00! .002 .004

0005 001 .002 .004

PERCENTAGE CONCENTRATION

Fig. 5. Dosage-mortality regression lines, determined by topical application of organophosphorous

insecticides, for male and female Hylemya platura Chatham and Victoria strains.

a2 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brir. CotumBtiA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971

CARBARYL

CHATHAM

CARBARYL

VICTORIA

2 10

—J

@ 2

02 04 08 16

ty 98

(90

CARBOFURAN CARBOFURAN

CHATHAM VICTORIA

MALE °— ae

FEMALE °--------- °

.0007 .00!14 .0028 .0056 .0007.0014 .0028 .0056

PERCENTAGE CONCENTRATION

Fig. 6. Dosage-mortality regression lines, determined by topical application of organocarbamate

insecticides, for male and female Hylemya platura Chatham and Victoria strains.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA, 68 (1971), Augc. 1, 1971 23

CHATHAM

VICTORIA

70 if

50 <q ¢

= /

30 f

a ane

=I * DIELORIN /

= MALATHION

/ DIAZINON Z DIELORIN

o | LINDANE / “MALATHION

s * DIAZINON

rT)

tad :

oO i

a LINDANE ;

uJ 7

QO 96

WwW

—

507 <{

WwW

307

/o.DT.

DIAZINON (LINDANE

DIAZINON

MALATHION /

MALATHION

DIELDRIN

0.D.T.

DIELORIN

001 005.01 0.1 1.0

PERCENTAGE CONCENTRATION OF IMPREGNATED PAPERS

Fig. 7. Regression lines for five insecticides determined by exposure of male and female Hylemya

platura, Chatham and Victoria strains, to impregnated papers.

24 J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brir. CoLtumsra, 68 (1971), Aua. 1, 1971

We were unable to determine the LC,, for the

organocarbamate insecticides which automatically

prevented the calculation of resistance factors for the

two strains. When the Victoria strain of flies was

exposed to carbaryl impregnated papers, higher

mortality was recorded from | or 2% papers than

from 4% papers. When the Chatham strain was

exposed to carbaryl papers, 50% mortality was not

reached even with 20% impregnated papers. Ex-

posure to carbofuran papers presented similar

difficulties. Knockdown in both species occurred at

various concentrations. However, by the end of the

24-hour holding period from 90-100% of the flies

had recovered. The effects of topical applications

were similar but to a lesser degree. At the con-

centrations applied topically all flies were im-

mobilised one hour after treatment, but 24 hours

later many had recovered, as shown by the dosage-

mortality regression lines. Detoxification of car-

bofuran within the flies appears to be the only ex-

planation.

While the impregnated-paper method affords a

‘simple and valid technique for assessing the ap-

proximate susceptibility of strains of a species to an

insecticide it is clear that the resistance factor

determined from the LC; could lead to wrong

conclusions. The topical application of a known

dosage gives more accurate results leading to firm

conclusions. For indications of developing resistance

the impregnated-paper method might be used, but if

toxicological conclusions are to be valid then ac-

curate dosages must be known.

Acknowledgments

The authors gratefully acknowledge technical

assistance from Dr. H. R. MacCarthy and pre-

paration of the figures by Mr. H. Severson, both

of the Vancouver Research Station.

References

Abbott, W. S. 1925. A method of computing the effectiveness of an insecticide. J. Econ. Entomol.

18:265-267.

Begg, J. A. 1961. A note on resistant root maggots, Hylemya spp., as pests on flue-cured tobacco

in southwestern Ontario. Canad. Entomol. 93:1022.

Finlayson, D. G. and M. D. Noble. 1964. Preliminary studies on resistance to insecticides, seed-corn

maggot, Hylemya cilicrura (Rond.)=H. platura (Meig.). Pesticide Research Report

(1964) 214-215. (Compiled by Canada Comm. Pesticide Use in Agriculture Cat. No.

A-41-7/1964).

Finney, D. J. 1952. Probit Analysis. Cambridge Univ. Press, 318 pp.

Harris, C. R. 1969. Seed-corn maggot resistance to aldrin in Illinois. J. Econ. Entomol. 62:

957-958.

Harris, C. R., G. F. Manson, and J. H. Mazurek. 1962. Development of insecticidal resistance by

soil insects in Canada. J. Econ. Entomol. 55:777-780.

Harris, C. R., J. L. Hitchon, and G. F. Manson. 1966. Distribution of cyclodiene-insecticide

resistance in the seed maggot complex in relation to cropping practices in southwestern

Ontario. J. Econ. Entomol. 59:1483-1487.

Harris, C. R., H. J. Svec, and J. A. Begg. 1966. Mass rearing of root maggots under controlled

environmental conditions: seed-corn maggot, Hylemya cilicrura; been seed fly, H. litur-

ata; Euxesta notata; and Chaetopsis sp. J. Econ. Entomol. 59:407-410.

McLeod, D. G. R., C. R. Harris, and G. R. Driscoll. 1969. Genetics of cyclodiene-insecticide

resistance in the seed-corn maggot. J. Econ. Entomol. 62:427-432. )

Miller, L. A. and R. J. McClanahan. 1960. Life-history of the seed-corn maggot, Hylemya

cilicrura (Rond.), and H. liturata (Mg.) (Diptera: Anthomyiidae) in southwestern

Ontario. Can. Entomol. 92:210-221.

Telford, J. N.. and A. W. A. Brown. 1964. Resistance to cyclodience insecticides in root maggots

infesting tobacco. Can. Entomol. 96:758-764.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brir. CoLumMBIA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971 25

ADDITIONAL SYRPHIDAE FROM THE

OLIVER AND OSOYOOS DISTRICTS

OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

C. V. G. MORGAN! AND J. C. ARRAND?

ABSTRACT

A list of 9 species of adult Syrphidae in 7 genera is presented with

their hosts and month of catpure in 1969 in the vicinity of Oliver and Osoyoos

in British Columbia.

Allan (1969) published a list of 39 species of

adult Syrphidae collected in 1967 and 1968 mostly

in southern areas of the Okanagan Valley of British

Columbia. In 1969 he made further collections in the

vicinty of Oliver and Osoyoos, but before he was able

to summarize these he was forced to retire because of

ill health. The 9 additional species collected by him

in 1969 are listed in the accompanying table. ‘These

were identified by Dr. J. R. Vockeroth, Entomology

Research Institute, Canada Department of

Agriculture, Ottawa, Ontario.

' Contribution No. 319, Research Station, Canada Department

of Agriculture, Summerland, British Columbia.

British Columbia Department of Agriculture, Vernon, British

Columbia.

Allan began these collections with the hope of

finding species that, if reared in large numbers and

released in orchards, would control aphids. However,

except for some preliminary attempts to rear certain

species, he was unable to proceed beyond collecting

and sorting specimens.

Most of the 48 species in 23 genera collected by

him in 1967, 1968, and 1969 are new records for the

Okanagan Valley; 18 species and 6 genera are new

records for British Columbia. In addition, 10 species

remain unnamed. The number of new species

collected in this one area of the Okanagan Valley

illustrates our lack of knowledge of the Syrphidae of

British Columbia.

Reference

Allan, D. A. 1969. Syrphidae collected mostly in southern areas of the Okanagan Valley, British

Columbia. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 66:19-21.

Syrphidae from the Oliver and Osoyoos districts

of British Columbia, 1969

Number of

specimens

Species collected

Arctophila flagrans 0.5. ale

Chrysotoxum sp. 6

Epistrophe nitidicollis Mg. 1

Helophilus hybridus lw. 1

Phalacrodira tarsata (Zett.) 1

P. Sp. a

Toxomerus marginatus (Say) 2D

a. occidentalis Cn. imei

Volucella bombylans (L.) uf

Place

collected Host Date

Osoyoos Unknown August

Osoyoos Unknown June—Sept.

Oliver Mustard May

Osoyoos Unknown June

Osoyoos Dandelion June

Oliver Unknown Apri

Oliver Mustard, June-Aug.

garden flower

Oliver, Osoyoos Mustard, June-July

dandelion

Osoyoos Unknown July

26 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtuMBrA, 68 (1971), Aua. 1, 1971

OBSERVATIONS ON ERIOCAMPA OVATA L.

(HYMENOPTERA: TENTHREDINIDAE) INFESTING

RED ALDER IN SOUTHWESTERN BRITISH COLUMBIA!

J. H. BORDEN AND W. F. DEAN?

Pestology Centre, Department of Biological Sciences,

Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, British Columbia

ABSTRACT

As in Quebec, Eriocampa ovata L. in British Columbia is bivol-

tine, parthenogenetic and overwinters as a prepupa. Unlike E. ovata in

Quebec, the first instar larvae emerge on the lower side of the leaf, and pass

through 6 or 7 rather than 5 or 6 larval instars. Defoliation characteristically

leaves only the midrib and main secondary veins. In limited areas, small trees

may be completely defoliated.

The red-backed sawfly, Eriocampa ovata L.,

introduced into Canada from Europe at an un-

determined date, is now widespread on Alnus spp.

throughout the country (Ross 1951; Raizenne

1957; Bouchard 1960). In British Columbia, one

specimen was taken in Vancouver by Hopping and

Leech on August 26, 1932 (J. W. E. Harris, pers.

comm.). Although it is of little economic importance

on either continent, it may severely defoliate young

trees in eastern Canada (Bouchard 1960). Bouchard

(1960) described the life history, morphology and

characteristics of all the life stages of E. ovata on

Alnus rugosa var. americana (L.) in Quebec.

In 1968, we observed E. ovata defoliating red

alder (Alnus rubra Bong.) regeneration on Burnaby

Mountain (elev. 1200 ft.), and have since noted

similar defoliation in various locatilities in the lower

mainland of this province. Our objectives were to

note its habits, and its effect on 4. rubra, with special

attention to possible differences between the biology

of EF. ovata in eastern Canada and British Columbia.

As in Quebec (Bouchard 1960), E. ovata appears

to be bivoltine in B.C. Adults, first observed on May

7 and 6 in 1969 and 1970, respectively, were con-

tinually present until the end of August, but were

most numerous from mid May to early June, and

from late June through July. Moreover, 16 adults

emerged in rearing from June 30 to September 4. No

males were collected or reared.

In the laboratory, 3 adults displayed a charac-

teristic oviposition behaviour similar to that

described by Bridgeman (1878). After wandering

over the upper surface of a leaf and following its

perimeter for some distance, the insect approached

the central axis of the leaf, facing the petiole, and felt

for the mid rib with the tip of its abdomen. It placed

the ovipositor one to 2 mm from the mid rib, cut

' Supported by an operating grant from the National Research

Council of Canada.

2Associate Professor and Insect Rearing Technician, respec-

tively.

through the surface at an angle toward the main leaf

vein, straightened its abdomen, inserted an egg deep

into the mid rib, and withdrew the ovipositor. The

entire process took 150 +445 sec. (mean of 10

Ovipositions by 3 females). It then moved forward

and repeated the process, laying the next egg very

near to or touching the preceeding one.

The oviposition scars are externally evident (Fig.

1). Internally, the eggs lie inside the vein, the

cephalic pole facing ventrally and towards the leaf tip

(Fig. 2). Eggs were rarely found in secondary veins,

but in the laboratory, adults offered a_ limited

number of leaves frequently oviposted into secondary

veins once sites on the mid rib were taken. In 50

field-collected, infested leaves, there was a mean of

9.02 eggs per leaf (range, 1 to 25) and 3.67 per

clutch (range, 1 to 10). The earliest field record of

eggs was May 12 in both 1969 and 1970, and for

larvae, May 15, 1969, but not until June 10, 1970

(following a period of unseasonally cool weather.

Two eggs in the laboratory hatched in 10 and 11

days at 24 C.

Bouchard (1960) observed that first instar larvae

on A. rugosa var. americana were impeded from

leaving the incubation site by sclerotized leaf tissue.

However, on A. rubra they easily chewed through

and ingested the lower epidermis of the leaf, and

unlike E. ovata in Quebec (Bouchard 1960) began

to feed on the lower rather than the upper surface of

the leaf.

All larval instars except the last are covered by a

white, woolly, epidermal secretion (Fig. 3). Of

fourteen larvae successfully reared individually, 9

passed through 6 larval instars over an average

period of 18.2 days (range, 14 to 22 days) and 5 had

7 larval instars over 21.4 days (range 17 to 25 days).

In Quebec E. ovata has 5 or 6 larval instars

(Bouchard 1960).

Damage caused by E. ovata feeding was often

extreme on young alder seedlings and saplings.

J. ENromMo.u. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA, 68 (1971), Auc. 1, 1971 of

Fig. 1. E. ovata oviposition scars on upper surface of red alder leaf. One scar designated by arrow.

Fig. 2 E. ovata eggs inside mid rib of red alder leaf as viewed from above.

Fig. 3 Feeding E. ovata larva skeletonizing leaf in characteristic manner.

Fig. 4 Alder sapling defoliated by E. ovata except for current year’s apical growth.

Fig. 5 Leaves from defoliated red alder skeletonized by E. ovata.

28 J. Enromo.u. Soc. Brit. CotumstiA, 68 (1971), AuG. 1, 1971

However, the current year’s apical growth was

usually untouched (Fig. 4). Even after larvae have

left the tree, the white exuviae on the branches

implicate E. ovata as the principal defoliator. The

alder sawfly, Hemichroa crocea (Fourc.) was not

available for comparison, but defoliation by EF. ovata

can easily be separated from that by two chrysomelid

beetles, Pyrrhalta punctipennis (Mannerheim) and

the alder flea beetle, Altica ambiens (LeConte). The

beetles chew holes in a leaf, at first leaving even the

thinnest veins intact, while EF. ovata consumes the

fine veins (Fig. 3) and often so completely

skeletonizes a leaf that only the mid rib and main

secondary veins remain (Fig. 5).

A few late instar larvae were found in the field as

late as October 18, 1969. The last instar larva drops

without feeding from the tree on the same day as the

final moult, and burrows into the soil where it forms

a cocoon within 5 cm from the surface. Dissection of

30 cocoons throughout the winter disclosed only

prepupae until the first 2 weeks of May when further

development became evident.

We found no parasites or evidence of parasitism

throughout the study.

Acknowledgments

We thank the Entomology Research Institute,

Canada Department of Agriculture for identify-

ing specimens, Mr. B. Jenkins for assistance in

the study, and Mr. R. G. Long for photography.

References

Bouchard, P. 1960. La tenthrede a thorax rouge de l’aulne, Eriocampa ovata (L) (Hymenoptera:

Tenthredinidae). Ann. Soc. Ent. Que. 6:69.80.

Bridgeman, J. B. 1878. On parthenogenesis in the Tenthredinidae. The Ent. 11:191-192.

Raizenne, H. 1957. Forest sawflies of southern Ontario and their parasites. Can. Dept. Agric.

Publ. No. 1009.

Ross, H. H. 1951. p. 61. In: C. F. W. Musebeck and K. V. Krombein, Hymenoptera of America

north of Mexico, U.S. Dept. Agric., Agric. Mon. No. 2.

RESPIRATION AND CIRCULATION

Compiled and edited by

P.L. ALTMAN and D.S. DITTMER

1971

Federation of Amer. Soc. for

Exptl. Biol., Bethesda, Md.

Pp. xxv and 930. U.S. $30.00

The fifth in a series prepared for specialists, this

large, heavy book is a _ stupendous work of

organization and system, indexing and filing, a

Handbuch in the German tradition, of Teutonic

thoroughness. Of the 315 contributors and reviewers,

78 are from the U.S.A., 6 from the U.K., 4

from Canada, and the rest from 19 other countries.

The arrangement is in 1] sections. In order, these

are: general principles; basic physical and chemical

data; thorax and ventilation; airways and gas

movement; blood gases; heart and pumping action;

vascular system and blood distribution; capillaries

and the exchange system; invertebrate respiration ;

invertebrate circulation; plant respiration and fluid

movement. Although the emphasis is thus on man

and other vertebrates, the book will be important to

anyone in active research on invertebrates and even

plants, in the appropriate disciplines. It offers

perhaps the swiftest and most effortless means of

acquiring background, comparing fresh with

previous work, avoiding duplication and entering the

contemporary and established literature. To judge by

a sample count on 400 pages there must be close to

6,000 references.

There are 232 tables, some of them enormous,

e.g. Table 229, Translocation of growth regulators

and herbicides in vascular plants; this is 49 pp. long

and includes 369 references for 582 items. Some

other tables of direct interest to entomologists

concern: inhibition of 0, consumption; comparative

anatomy of circulatory systems; electrical and

mechanical properties of cardiac muscle; heart

rates; hemolymph volumes; hemocytes; and car-

bohydrates in hemolymph. The names of the con-

tributors are shown with the tables. Insects are well

represented and the information is easily accessible

even where it is embedded in large tables, by using

the 83-page index and two mirror-image appendixes

of 20 pages each, with matching common and

scientific names. It is a pleasure to draw attention to

this vast accumulation of organized and .accessible

data, the value and veracity of which is attested by

the names of the distinguished compilers, con-

tributors and authors.

A copy is available in the society’s library, by

courtesy of the Federation of American Societies for

Experimental Biology, to whom we are grateful.

H. R. MacCarthy

J. Exromo.. Soc. Brir. CotumBtiaA, 68 (1971), Auc. 1, 1971 29

NATIVE HOSTS OF WESTERN CHERRY FRUIT FLY

(DIPTERA: TEPHRITIDAE) IN THE OKANAGAN VALLEY

OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

F. L. BANHAM!

ABSTRACT

In the Okanagan Valley, bitter cherry, Prunus emarginata Dougl.,

the principal host of the western cherry fruit fly, Rhagoletis indifferens

Curran, was found at 3 locations only but may occur elsewhere in the Okana-

gan Valley in restricted habitats. The rare occurrence and unreliable fruiting

habit indicate its existence is marginal. Adult R. indifferens were trapped on

this host even though no fruit was present. This indicates that bitter cherry and

probably, the less preferred native host, western choke cherry, P. virginiana

var demissa (Nutt.) Torr., are both important to the ecology of isolated, low,

endemic populations of R. indifferens in the central and possibly northern

Okanagan Valley. No instances were found where endemic populations of R.

indifferens on native hosts might have formed a host strain adapted to the

earlier maturing, introduced, cultivated cherries. Widespread infestations of

this pest have adapted to development on cultivated sweet and semi-sweet

cherries and appear to be a recently introduced race that is distinct from the

endemic populations on native hosts. R. indifferens on cultivated cherries

had an earlier emergence peak that those on the native hosts and were not

associated with the presence of bitter cherry.

INTRODUCTION

The western cherry fruit fly, Rhagoletis in-

differens Curran, was first recorded in the Okanagan

Valley in 1968 (Madsen, 1970). In 1969 and 1970,

widely dispersed infestations were reported from

Vernon in the north to Okanagan Falls about 66

miles south (Anon. 1969, 1970). None has been

found in the Oliver-Osoyoos area at the southern end

of the valley or immediately west in the Similkameen

Valley.

In 1930, S. C. Jones recorded bitter cherry,

Prunus emarginata Dougl. as a native host of. R.

indifferens in Oregon (Blanc and Keifer, 1955). In

California, Blanc and Keifer traced adults from

cultivated cherries to bitter cherry and believed the

flies infesting cherry orchards originated from the

native host. Frick et al. (1954), in Washington,

showed that western choke cherry, Prunus virginiana

var.demissa (Nutt.) Torr., was also a native host of

R. indifferens but was less important than bitter

cherry. According to Blanc and Keifer, the

distribution of R. indifferens ranges from California

into British Columbia and coincides with the

distribution of bitter cherry. Bush (1966) defined the

distribution of R. indifferens as ranging from north-

central California to south-eastern British Columbia.

Both descriptions of the distribution indicated it does

not extend so far south or north as the extremes of

distribution of bitter cherry.

Peters and Arrand (1968), stressed the im-

‘Contribution No. 320. Research Station, Canada Department

of Agriculture, Summerland, British Columbia.

portance of bitter cherry as a host reservoir from

which R. indifferens could reinfest cultivated

cherries in the Kootenay Valley of British Columbia.

Madsen (1970), conducted a cursory survey in the

Okanagan Valley in 1969, for the occurrence of

native host plants but encountered only western

choke cherry. A more intensive search for both hosts

was conducted in 1970. The results of this survey

and discussion of the ecological relationships bet-

ween R. indifferens and the native and cultivated

hosts in the Okanagan Valley are presented here.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

A search for bitter cherry in the Okanagan Valley

was conducted in April and May, 1970 in all

locations known or suspected to have favorable

habitats similar to those described by Lyons (1954)

and Hosie (1969). An intensive search for this host

was also made in the Okanagan Mission and

Westbank areas near cultivated cherry plantings

where crop damage was caused by R. indifferens in

1968 and 1969. Vigorous stands of choke cherry at 3

widely separated sites with no bitter cherry nearby,

were sampled for R. indifferens as possible alternate

hosts. These were at Lambly Creek, 6 miles north of

Westbank, adjacent to an abandoned sweet cherry

orchard; at the Research Station, Summerland,

about |/3-mile from sweet cherries; and at the

Upper Bench, Penticton, adjacent to a block of sweet

cherries.

Bitter cherry was found at 3 sites in the

30 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971

Okanagan Valley. These were: at Deeper Creek, 6

miles south of Okanagan Mission; at Caesars, | mile

south of Nahun; and at Ewing, 2.5 miles north of

Fintry. All sites were within 1/4-mile of the shoreline

of Okanagan Lake. The largest stand at Caesars was

scattered over an area of about 2.5 acres and the

smallest at Deeper Creek consisted of 18 large trees

and numerous seedlings. Unsprayed, cultivated

sweet cherries were located 1/2- and 1/4-mile from

these stands.

Host plants at all sites were sampled for adults by

trapping with sticky boards similar to those

described by Kaloostian and Yeomans (1944). These

were made from 14-inch plywood 54% x 114%

inches painted yellow on one face and covered with

Stikem (polymerized butene, methylpropene and

butane 97% ; inert ingredients, 3%. Michel and

Pelton Co., 5743 Landregan Street, Emeryville,

California, 94608, U.S.A.). At each site, 5 to 12

traps were hung on branches of trees 4 to 8 feet above

the ground. These were changed at about 14-day

intervals. Two glycine-lye bait pans, described by

Barnes and Madsen (1963), were set-out at one of

these sites and 10 at another. Each 6-inch diameter

bait pan was made from a 1|-gallon plastic bleach

container filled with 8 oz of glycine-lye mixture and

suspended in a tree as described by Peters and

Arrand (1968). Both types of trap were set-out

commencing May 27, and inspected at 7- to 14-day

intervals until September 24. The bait pans were

serviced at each inspection by removing all trapped

insects and other debris and either replacing the

glycine-lye mixture or adding water to replace that

evaporated from the original volume. Most iden-

tifications of R. indifferens on sticky board traps

were made in the field with or without the aid of a

hand lens. Specimens trapped in bait pans were

identified in the field but when too many were

present these were collected by straining the solution

and taking them to the laboratory for identification.

Adults were identified by wing patterns as illustrated

by Bush (1966). The mature fruit of native host

plants was also sampled and examined for larvae. If

available, samples of not less than 5 lb of fruit were

collected at each site. These were placed over 4-mesh

wire screen for 21 days at room temperature to

permit larvae infesting the fruit to mature and be

extracted.

RESULTS

P. emarginata was found growing in association

with the following trees and shrubs: Douglas fir,

Pseudotsuga menziesii var. glauca (Beissn.) Franco;

black cottonwood, Populus trichocarpa Torr. and

Gray; Pacific willow, Salix lasiandra_ Benth.;

mountain or thinleaf alder, Alnus tenuifolia Nutt. ;

water birch, Betula occidentalis Hook.; western red

cedar, Thuja plicata Donn.; Douglas maple, Acer.

glabrum Torr. var douglasii (Hook.) Dipp.; and

western choke cherry, Prunus virginiana var.

demissa (Nutt.) Torr.

At all sites the peak of bitter cherry bloom was

about May 5, similar to that of most cultivated

varieties of sweet cherries. Following fruit set, there

was a heavy June drop and a further heavy drop in

the latter half of July. By August 5, no fruit remained

on the trees at any site and all showed symptoms of

stress from the hot, dry conditions.

Surveys conducted in Okanagan Mission and

Westbank near cultivated sweet and semi-sweet

cherry plantings where crops had been damaged by

R. indifferens in 1968 and 1969, showed that choke

cherry was abundant, particularly near Okanagan

Mission. No bitter cherry was found; the closest

known stand was at Deeper Creek, about 6 miles

from two Okanagan Mission cherry orchards where

damage was found. High hills separated these

commercial blocks of cherries from the Deeper Creek

site.

No bitter cherry was found during limited sur-

veys in the Oliver-Osoyoos areas of the southern

Okanagan Valley or in the adjacent Similkameen

Valley. Bitter cherry was found at Armstrong, im-

mediately north of the Okanagan Valley and was

common at Salmon Arm, a further 20 miles north.

Heavy crops of fruit matured at both locations.

Two adult R. indifferens were taken on sticky

board traps at Ewing during the periods July 24 to

August 5 and August 14 to 20, respectively. None

was taken at Deeper Creek or Caesars on sticky

board traps or in bait pans. Late season examination

of bitter cherry fruit from Armstrong and Salmon

Arm revealed abundant evidence of recent larval

feeding damage including the presence of breather

holes cut through the skin but all larvae had matured

and left the fruit. R. indifferens adults have been

found at Salmon Arm (Anon., 1969) and there have

been unconfirmed reports of sporadic damage in

cultivated cherries.

Western choke cherry is abundant and

widespread in the Okanagan and Similkameen

valleys and in the Armstrong and Salmon Arm

districts. Heavy crops of fruit were observed in all

areas. Black choke cherry, P. virginiana var.

melanocarpa (A. Nels.) Sarg., is also abundant and

widespread in the two latter areas. During the —

surveys, no evidence of larval feeding damage was

found in mature fruit of either species. Western

choke cherry was found wherever bitter cherry was

recorded in the Okanagan Valley. No adult R. in-

differens were taken on sticky board traps in stands

of choke cherry at any of the 3 principal sites

J. Entomot. Soc. Brir. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Aua. 1, 1971 apt

sampled nor were any larvae extracted from fruit

collected at these sites.

DISCUSSION

This study has established that bitter cherry is

present in the Okanagan Valley but it occurs only in

widely separated, restricted habitats. None of the

stands was over 2.5 acres and all were within 1/4-

mile of Okanagan Lake. Based on site studies at the 3

locations discovered, it is most likely to occur in

protected areas with higher than normal humidity

and soil moisture as are found in gullies and near

streams. This and the fact that the plants suffered

heat and moisture stress during the unusually hot,

dry summer of 1970, resulting in a complete,

premature fruit drop, confirms that the central

Okanagan Valley is marginal to the greater

distribution of this species (Lyons, 1954). None was

found nor is likely to be found in the southern end of

the valley or in the adjoining Similkameen Valley

where summer conditions are even hotter and drier

than those in the central areas where bitter cherry

was found. The climate is more moderate at the

north end of the Okanagan Valley, particularly at the

north-west end of Okanagan Lake so that other bitter

cherry sites may well be present.

The trapping of 2 adults in a stand of bitter

cherry at Ewing, shows that this host plant is a factor

in the ecology of isolated, low, endemic populations

of R. indifferens in the central and possibly, northern

Okanagan Valley. Trap catches were probably

reduced by the lack of fruit to attract emerged adults

and stimulate feeding, mating and oviposition. The

presence of fruit on bitter cherry attracted adyplt R.

indifferens at Creston, British Columbia, in 1970.

Fly catches on sticky board traps were correlated

directly with the presence or absence of fruit.

For endemic populations of R. indifferens to exist

when bitter cherry produces no fruit, newly emerged

females must seek cultivated cherry or the secondary

native host, choke cherry, although no adults were

taken on sticky board traps hung in this host nor

were any larvae collected from fruit that was at a

suitable stage of maturity for oviposition and larval

development. Cultivated cherry is restricted to

irrigated areas and annually produces light to heavy

crops depending on spring frosts, whereas choke

cherry is abundant, widespread and annually

produces fruit. Two adult R. indifferens were taken

on bitter cherry at Ewing, July 24 to August 5 and

August 14 to 20. These dates are much later than the

emergence peak of June 9 to 26, for this species in

cultivated sweet and semi-sweet cherries and after

crop harvesting. Choke cherry with abundant,

immature fruit at these dates may enable R. in-

differens to survive when fruit of the principal native

host is not available.

The rare occurrence of bitter cherry, apparently

restricted to the central and possibly, northern

Okanagan Valley, is unlikely to have influenced the

rapid spread of R. indifferens in cultivated cherry

plantings throughout most of the valley. Widespread

infestations of this insect on cultivated cherries

probably did not evolve from populations on bitter

cherry in these areas. This is supported by lack of

evidence to indicate that the endemic populations of

R. indifferens on native hosts have formed a host

strain adapted to development in fruits of the in-

troduced, earlier maturing, cultivated host. No

adults were trapped in 2 unsprayed, cultivated

cherry plantings located 1/4- and 1/2-mile from

stands of bitter cherry and both owners reported no

infested fruit had ever been found. In addition, no

other plantings of cultivated cherries up to 6 miles

from bitter cherry have been infested with R. in-

differens to indicate the possibility that a shift to the

introduced host had occurred. These results are in

contrast with those of Simkover (1953), who

reported that in the laboratory R. indifferens exhibit

a preference for cultivated cherries over the principal

native host and with those of Bush (1966) who

reported that a continual shift occurs from the native

to the cultivated host in cherry growing areas of

northern California. Both indicate the occurrence of

adaption from the native to the introduced host. It is

concluded that isolated, endemic populations of R.

indifferens occur principally on bitter cherry and

occasionally on choke cherry at such low levels that

adaption to the cultivated host is unlikely in the

Okanagan Valley.

The marginal existence of bitter cherry with

occasional or frequent crop failures and the resulting

necessity to depend on the less suitable choke cherry

may explain why R. indifferens was not a pest in the

Okanagan Valley before 1968. The sudden

widespread occurrence of this pest in cultivated

cherry plantings here may be similar to that in

Montana. There, R. indifferens occurs in cherry

growing areas beyond the range of bitter cherry and

according to Bush (1966), is a recent introduction.

Thus, in the Okanagan Valley, there may be 2

distinct host races of R. indifferens; an isolated, low,

endemic race on the native hosts and a widespread,

recently introduced race on cultivated sweet and

semi-sweet cherries. Elsewhere, the rapid spread of

this pest in commercial cherry plantings has occurred

mainly in areas where bitter cherry is abundant.

Recent examples include the Kootenay Valley of

British Columbia (Arrand and Peters, 1968), the

Yakima Valley, (Eide et al., 1949) and _ the

Wenatchee area (Fricket al., 1954) of Washington.

In the Okanagan Valley, R. indifferens infesting

32 J. ENroMoL. Soc. Brir. COLUMBIA, 68 (1971), AuG. 1, 1971

irrigated commercial cherries has a greater tolerance

to summer temperature extremes than its principal

native host. Irrigation, besides supporting the in-

troduced host, may be essential for survival of the

insect under these conditions. Bush (1966) reported

that Rhagoletis species appear to be less tolerant of

dry conditions than their hosts. The apparent lack of

bitter cherry in the Oliver-Osoyoos areas at the

adjacent Similkameen Valley is unlikely to prevent

the eventual establishment of this pest in these areas.

Acknowledgment

Mr. T. B. Lott, Plant Pathologist (retired),

Summerland, B.C. identified plant species and

helped locate stands of bitter cherry in the

Okanagan Valley. This invaluable assistance is

southern end of the Okanagan Valley and in the gratefully acknowledged.

References

Anon. 1969. Report on the cherry fruit fly survey Okanagan Valley 1969. Can. Dept. Agr. Plant

Protection Div. Mimeo. Circ. Sept. 4, 1969. 1-9.

Anon. 1970. Report on the cherry fruit fly survey Okanagan Valley 1970. Can. Dept. Agr. Plant

Protection Div. Mimeo. Circ. Sept. 3, 1970. 1-2.

Arrand, J. C. and W. S. Peters. 1968. A record of Rhagoletis indifferens Curran from Creston,

British Columbia. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia. 65:40.

Barnes, M. M. and H. F. Madsen. 1963. Analyzing the threat of the husk fly. Diamond Walnut

News. 45(3):5-7.

Blanc, F. L. and H. H. Keifer. 1955. The cherry fruit fly in North America. Morphological

differentiation between the eastern and western subspecies of the cherry fruit fly, Rhago-

letis cingulata (Loew). Calif. Dept. Agr. Bull. 44:77-78.

Bush, Guy L. 1966. The taxonomy, cytology and evolution of the genus Rhagoletis in North

America (Diptera, Tephritidae). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Univer. 134(11):431-562.

Eide, P. M., F. T. Lynd and H. S. Telford. 1949. The cherry fruit fly problem in eastern Wash-

ington. Wash. Agr. Expt. Sta. Circ. 72:1-8.

Frick, Kenneth E., Harold G. Simkover and H. S. Telford. 1954. Bionomics of the cherry fruit

flies in eastern Washington. Wash. Agr. Expt. Sta. Tech. Bull. 13:1-66.

Hosie, R. C. 1969. Native trees of Canada. Queen’s Printer, Ottawa. 7th ed., 380 p.

Kaloostian, G. H. and M. S. Yeomans. 1944. A sticky board trap used in scouting for pear psylla.

U.S. Dept. Agr. ET-220. Mimeo. Circ. 1-12.

Lyons, C. P. 1954. Trees, shrubs and flowers to know in British Columbia. J. M. Dent & Sons

(Canada) Ltd. Vancouver. 1952. Rev. 194 p.

Madsen, Harold F. 1970. Observations on Rhagoletis indifferens and related species in th

Okanagan Valley of British Columbia. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia. 67:13-16.

Peters, W. S. and J. C. Arrand. 1968. The control of cherry fruit flies in the Kootenay area of

British Columbia. Brit. Columbia Dept. Agr. Bull. 68-6:1-6.

Simkover, H. G. 1953. Rhagoletis cingulata on wild and cultivated cherries in eastern Washington.

J. Econ. Ent. 46(5):896-897.

ERRATUM VOL. 67, PAGE 28

Delete “The skunk was ... three days’ and

insert: The skunk was placed in an outdoor cage, in

a site known to be suitable for development of D.

andersoni, and was infested with about 8000 larvae

on 9 July 1968. No development of larvae was noted

and no nymphs appeared. Later the skunk was caged

over water and infested with about 6000 larvae on 10

September 1968. No fed larvae were seen on the

skunk or in the water tray during the next three days.

J. ENromou. Soc. Brrr. COLUMBIA, 68 (1971), Aug. 1, 1971 3s

OCCURRENCE OF PHYTOSEHID MITES (ACARINA:

PHY TOSEIIDAE) IN APPLE ORCHARDS IN

SOUTH CENTRAL BRITISH COLUMBIA

R. S. DOWNING AND T. K. MOILLIET'!

ABSTRACT

Sprayed and nonsprayed apple trees in the interior of British Colum-

bia were sampled from 1967-70 for mites belonging to the family Phytoseiidae.

Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt and T. columbiensis Chant were the

only species commonly found in sprayed orchards. T. occidentalis was more

abundant. In nonsprayed orchards, T. caudiglans Schuster was practically

the only phytoseiid found in the Okanagan and Similkameen valleys whereas it

and Phytoseius macropilis (Banks) were the most common mites found in

samples from higher rainfall districts bordering the Shuswap and Arrow Lakes.

T. pyri Scheuten was less widely distributed than the above mites but was

found in large numbers on nonsprayed trees in the Shuswap area and at

Summerland in a dwarf apple orchard that is irrigated by overhead sprinklers.

Five other species of phytoseiids were found but in very small numbers.

INTRODUCTION

During the past 2 or 3 years, predaceous mites

belonging to the family Phytoseiidae have become

important to the British Columbia fruit industry.

These mites have controlled some _ species of

phytophagous mites better and much more cheaply

than acaricides. In 1968, a publication (Downing

and Arrand 1968) outlining the procedures of in-

tegrated control including information on habits,

recognition and conservation of phytoseiids, was

made available to orchardists. Since then many

British Columbia fruitgrowers, with the help of the

provincial Department of Agriculture, have become

familiar with the use of predaceous mites in apple

pest control programs. During this time the

population density of the phytoseiids increased to

such an extent that many growers were able to omit

most acaricidal sprays that were usually required.

Other apple growing areas of the world are

having similar success with phytoseiid mites but

often different species are involved. For example, in

Missouri apple orchards, Neoseiulus (= Amblyseius)

fallacis (Garman) and Galendromus

(=Typhlodromus) longipilis (Nesbitt) according to

Poe and Enns (1969) are the most important

phytoseiids. Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt

(Hoyt 1969) is the predominant species in the State

of Washington U.S.A. whereas in England

Typhlodromus pyri Scheuten (Collyer 1964) is the

most important phytoseiid.

Anderson et al. (1958) listed a total of 28 species

of phytoseiids in British Columbia. Fourteen were

found in orchards but only 3 occurred in relatively

' Contribution No. 310, Research Station, Summerland, British

Columbia.

large numbers: Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt,

T. caudiglans Schuster (referred to as T. rhenanus by

Anderson et al. ) and Phytoseius macropilis (Banks).

At this time, phytoseiid mites could not survive in

sprayed orchards. Consequently their numbers were

not sufficient to suppress populations of

phytophagous mites. Now the situation has changed.

This report describes the current status of

phytoseiids in apple orchards in south central British

Columbia.

METHODS

Most of the collections of phytoseiid mites were

made from 1967-1970 in the dry Okanagan and

Similkameen valleys (18-36 cm. annual

precipitation) where the majority of apple orchards

in British Columbia are located. Collections were

also taken from locations with higher rainfall (50-

100 cm. annual precipitation) such as the fruit

growing areas near Shuswap, Arrow and Christina

lakes. Samples were usually collected during the

growing season when the majority of phytoseiids

were on the leaves. When collections were made

during the winter, spring or fall, overwintering sites

such as twigs, bark, and sometimes duff at the base

of the trees were sampled. Leaf samples were

processed by the method of Henderson and Mc-

Burnie (1943) as modified by Morgan et al. (1955.

Pieces of twig and bark were examined for mites

under a binocular microscope. The duff samples

were processed in a Berlese funnel using a glass plate

collector. The perimeter of the plate was treated with

a sticky substance to prevent the mites from

escaping. Identification of the phytoseiid mites listed

in this report was based on the generic concepts and

keys of Chant (1957, 1959, 1965).

RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS

Major Species

Five species of phytoseiids were generally the

most abundant in the collections and under certain

conditions could play a prominent part in the control

of phytophagous mites.

Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt. At present

this is without doubt the most important predaceous

phytoseiid in sprayed orchards. In Okanagan and

Similkameen apple orchards where spray programs

have been adjusted to allow its maximum survival,

this predator has been the main factor in control of

McDaniel spider mite, Tetranychus mcdanieli

McG., which was previously the most feared of all

phytophagous mites. T. occidentalis is not so ef-

fective against the European red mite, Panonychus

ulmi (koch). However, if oil is applied to apple trees

at the half-inch green bud stage to kill most of the red

mite winter eggs, T. occidentalis will usually hold the

surviving mites under control so that a summer

acaricide is seldom necessary. ‘This predator also

feeds on and suppresses population growth of the

apple rust mite, Aculus schlechtendali (Nalepa).

However, the apple rust mite is an excellent alternate

food source for T. occidentalis as it is present during

late May and early June when the other two

phytophagous mites are scarce.

T. occidentalis was found in all areas sampled

except those with a very high rainfall. It was found in

extremely small numbers in nonsprayed orchards

presumably because of competition from other

predators including different species of phytoseiids

and its inability to survive on foods such as pollen

(Laing 1959), when animal prey is not available.

This species survives in sprayed orchards because it

has developed strains with a high degree of tolerance

to organic phosphate insecticides, such as azin-

phosmethyl, that are used for control of the codling

moth, Laspeyresia pomonella (L).

The overwintering habits of T. occidentalis play a

significant role in its survival. If its preferred prey,

the McDaniel spider mite is present and wintering on

the trunks of apple trees, T. occidentalis will also

winter there and probably be protected from freezing

by snow cover. If, on the other hand, the European

red mite is the main prey, then T. occidentalis will

spend the winter in the aerial parts of the tree on

twigs etc. near red mite winter eggs. These locations

offer little or no protection from cold weather. This

was well demonstrated after the winter of 1968-69

when temperatures in the Okanagan Valley dropped

to -25°C or lower. T. occidentalis suffered almost

complete mortality where it wintered in the aerial

parts whereas it survived with little mortality where

it wintered on the trunks.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brir. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971

In apple orchards where integrated control is

practised, European red mite and apple rust mite are

generally present whereas the McDaniel spider mite

is not. This is because T. occidentalis is highly ef-

ficient as a predator of the McDaniel spider mite but

much less effective against the other two mites. In

such orchards T. occidentalis therefore winters

mainly in the aerial parts of the tree and con-

sequently is subject to periodic kills by cold winters.

T. caudiglans Schuster is the most abundant and

often the only phytoseiid in nonsprayed orchards in

the Okanagan, Similkameen and Arrow Lake

regions. It has been collected from all the areas

sampled including the high rainfall area of Seymour

Arm on Shuswap Lake.

T. caudiglans is much more tolerant of cold than

T. occidentalis. Where the two mites wintered

together in the aerial parts of apple trees during

periods of -25° to -35°C there was almost 100%

survival of T. caudiglans but almost 100% mortality

of T. occidentalis. Live T. caudiglans were also

collected from the North Thompson area after a

winter during which a temperature of -43°C was

recorded. This species, unlike T. occidentalis,

survives during periods of low prey density because it

is able to feed on pollen (Putman 1962). Probably

the greatest weakness of this predator is its inability

to survive the pesticides used in orchards. Unlike T.

occidentalis, it is very susceptible to the organic

phosphate insecticides that are used for codling moth

control.

T. columbiensis Chant. Chant (1959) described

this species from a specimen he collected in 1956

from wild cherry at Hedley, B.C. in the Similkameen.

Valley. Since then T. columbiensis has been found in

most areas of the Okanagan and Similkameen

valleys. It is present but less common in the Shuswap

and Arrow lake districts. Very few specimens have

appeared in samples from non-sprayed orchards.

After the extremely cold winter of 1968-69 which

severely reduced populations of T. occidentalis, large

populations of T. columbiensis were found in some

orchards. In some instances they comprised close to

90% of the phytoseiid population. However, in 1970

when T. occidentalis had recovered from the cold |

winter and was at a high population density, T.

columbiensis accounted for only about 3% of the ©

phytoseiids in those orchards. The apparent com- |

petition from T. occidentalis may explain the rise and —

fall of T.

columbiensis populations.

organophosphate resistant strains of this mite may be

developing. Resistant strains would assist integrated _

control.

Laing (1969) and Lee and David (1968) showed

However, _

because this rise of T. columbiensis took place in |

sprayed orchards there is good reason to suspect that _

J. Entomou. Soc. Brir. CotumBiaA, 68 (1971), Auga. 1, 1971 35

that 7. occidentalis does not feed on pollen, leaves, or

fungus spores as alternate food sources when prey

mites are not available. Our experiments showed that

T. columbiensis is able to survive and lay eggs when

fed a diet of pollen and therefore should be able to

survive during the early part of the growing season

when numbers of prey mites are low.

Phytoseius macropilus (Banks). This was the

most common phytoseiid collected in the Shuswap

region where the annual precipitation is 50-65 cm. It

was also found in the Arrow Lake district. It has not

been taken in samples from sprayed orchards or from

any orchard in the Okanagan or Similkameen valleys

except from a nonsprayed orchard west of and 500

m. above Oliver.

T. pyri Scheuten. T. pyri is probably the best

known and has the greatest world wide distribution

of all members of the family Phytoseiidae. However,

its distribution in the interior of British Columbia is

very limited. It has been taken from nonsprayed

apple trees near Christina Lake and in the Shuswap

region, particularly around Sicamous and Mara

Lake where it was the main species present. It, along

with T. caudiglans, is the main mite predator in a

dwarf apple orchard that is irrigated by overhead

sprinklers at the Summerland Research Station.

Perhaps overhead sprinkling is creating conditions

similar to those in high rainfall areas where T. pyri is

more common. If so, this predator may become more

widespread, as overhead sprinkling becomes more

widely practised. According to Collyer (1964), and

from observations here, T. pyri is an effective

predator. It could be very useful for control of

phytophagous mites in British Columbia apple

orchards if organic phosphate resistant strains of the

mite could be developed.

Minor Species

The following five phytoseiids were found only in

certain collections and in very limited numbers and

do not appear very promising as predators in apple

orchards.

T. soleiger (Ribaga) has been found only in

nonsprayed orchards at Silverton, Christina Lake

and at a high elevation (800 m.) in the Okanagan

Valley.

T. arboreus Chant is very similar in appearance

toT. columbiensis but has been found only once in a

sample from a semi-neglected apple orchard in

Summerland.

T. smithi Schuster was found on twigs from a

nonsprayed apple tree near Vavenby.

Amblyseius cucumeris Oudemans is usually

found on low growing plants including grape vines

but was taken once from a leaf sample of apple trees

in Kelowna.

A. fallacis (Garman) is one of the most important

phytoseiids in the eastern United States and is able to

survive in sprayed orchards in Missouri (Poe and

Enns 1969). It is comparatively scarce in apple

orchards of the interior of British Columbia but a few

have been taken from semi-neglected apple trees in

Summerland.

References

Anderson, N. H., C. V. G. Morgan, and D. A. Chant. 1958. Notes on occurrence of Typhlo-

dromus and Phytoseius spp. in southern British Columbia (Acarina: Phytoseiinae). Can.

Ent. 90:275-279.

Chant, D. A. 1957. Descriptions of some phytoseiid mites (Acarina: Phytoseiidae). Part I. Nine

new species from British Columbia with keys to the species of British Columbia. Can.

Ent. 89:289-299.

Chant, D. A. 1959. Phytoseiid mites (Acarina: Phytoseiidae). Part II. A taxonomic review of the

family Phytoseiidae with descriptions of 38 new species. Can. Ent. 91 (Suppl. 12) 121 pp.

Chant, D. A. 1965. Generic concepts in the family Phytoseiidae (Acarina: Mesostigmata). Can.

Ent. 97:351-374.

Collyer, Elsie. 1964. A summary of experiments to demonstrate the role of Typhlodromus pyri.

Scheut. in the control of Panonychus ulmi Koch in England. Proc. Ist int. Cong.

Acarology, Fort Collins (1963) pp. 363-371.

Downing, R. S. and J. C. Arrand. 1968. Integrated control of orchard mites in British Columbia.

B.C. Dept. Agr. Publ. 68-4.

Henderson, C. F. and H. Y. McBurnie. 1943. Sampling technique for determining populations of citrus

red mite and its predators. U.S. Dept. Agr. Circ. 671.

Hoyt, S. C. 1969. Integrated control of insects and biological control of mites on apple in Wash-

ington. J. econ. Ent. 62:74-86.

Laing, J. E. 1969. Life history and life table of Metaseiulus occidentalis. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer.

62:978-982.

Lee, M. S. and D. W. Davis. 1968. Life history and behaviour of the predatory mite Typhlodro-

mus occidentalis in Utah. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 61:251-255.

36 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Auac. 1, 1971

Morgan, C. V. G. et al. 1955. Methods for estimating orchard mite populations, especially with

the mite brushing machine. Can. Ent. 87:189-200.

Poe, Sidney L. and Wilbur R. Enns. 1969. Predaceous mites (Acarina: Phytoseiidae) associated with

Missouri orchards. Trans. Missouri Acad. Sc. 3(1969) 69-82.

Putman, Wm. L. 1962. Life-history and behaviour of the predaceous mite, Typhlodromus (T)

caudiglans Schuster (Acarina: Phytoseiidae) in Ontario with notes on the prey of related

species. Can. Ent. 94:163-177.

THE PSYLLIDAE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA WITH

A KEY TO SPECIES

R. L. KITCHING!

ABSTRACT

A list is presented of the 38 plant-lice or Psyllidae recorded from

British Columbia. Keys to the species are given with locality records, together

with an additional 28 species recorded from adjacent areas of Alberta, Wash-

ington and Alaska. The keys are adapted from those given in monographs by

Crawford (1914), Caldwell (1938a) and Tuthill (1943) with the addition of ten

species not included in their keys.

INTRODUCTION

The Psyllidae (=Chermidae) of British

Columbia have been neglected as a group and no

comprehensive check-list has been published since

Downes’ (1927) list which consisted of eight species

only. Two monographs on the group for the whole of

North America have been produced, namely those of

Crawford (1914) and Tuthill (1943), but the latter

work covered the sub-families Triozinae and

Psyllinae only. Other writers, notably Klyver

(1932b), Caldwell (1936, 1937, 1940), Strickland

(1938, 1939) and Jensen (1956), have described

species and published records of the occurrence of

psyllids from British Columbia and adjacent areas

and the list of Hemiptera of North America by Van

Duzee (1917) also contains some records for the

region. The list given below is based upon these

works and upon the collection of the late W. Downes

preserved in the Spencer Entomological Museum of

Subfamily: LIVITNAE

Genus: Livia Latreille

Species: — caricis Crawford 1914

Genus: Aphalara Forster

Species: °*calthae (Linnaeus 1861)

rumicis Mally 1894

angustipennis Crawford 1911

veaziet Patch 1911

nebulosa kincaidi Ashmead 1910

vanceuverensis Klyver 1932

?persicaria Caldwell 1937

' Institute of Animal Resource Ecology, University of British

Columbia, Vancouver 8, Canada.

the University of British Columbia and brought to

my attention by Dr. G. G. E. Scudder.

CHECK-LIST OF THE PSYLLIDAE

RECORDED FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA

In this list the nomenclature follows Crawford

(1914) and Tuthill (1943) and, therefore, conflicts

to some extent with that of Caldwell (1938a). I base

this choice on what appears to be the most common

modern usage both in North America and among

_European workers (eg. Kloet and Hincks, 1964).

‘The reference following the author and date of each

species gives the source of my record which is a

published work except when drawn from the

Downes’ collection (“Downes coll.’) or from the notes

of Downes preserved with the collection (‘Downes

notes’). I have given the oldest reference I could find

in each case although I do not claim that these are

the earliest records of the occurrence of each species

in the province.

Crawford 1914.

Downes coll.

Klyver 1932b

Downes 1927

Downes coll.

Klyver 1932b

Waddell 1952

? Calthae is not accepted by Caldwell (1937) as a North

American species and he has described several further species

including persicaria from North American material previously

ascribable to calthae (see keys and notes below).

J. Enromou. Soc. Brir. COLUMBIA, 68 (1971), Aug. 1, 1971 37

Subfamily: TRIOZINAE

Genus: Tricza Forster

Species: maura Forster 1848

quadripunctata Crawford 1910

albifrens Crawford 1910

frentalis Crawford 1910

inversa Tuthill 1939

varians Crawford 1910

incerta Tuthill 1943

eccidentalis Tuthill 1939

lengicernis Crawford 1914

Subfamily: PSYLLINAE

Klyver 1932b

Downes’ notes

Tuthill 1943

Klyver 1932b

Tuthill 1939

Van Duzee 1917

Tuthill 1943

Tuthill 1939

Crawford 1914

Genus: Psylla Geoffroy

Species: alni_ (Linnaeus 1758) Downes 1927

caudata Crawford 1914 Klyver 1932b

galeafermis Patch 1911 Downes coll.

fleccesa Patch 1909 Downes coll.

trimaculata Crawford 1914 Klyver 1932b

striata Patch 1911 Tuthill 1943

ceryli Patch 1912 Tuthill 1943

°?stricklandi (Caldwell 1939) Downes’ notes

magnicauda Crawford 1914 Tuthill 1943

buxi (Linnaeus 1758) Downes coll.

pyriccla Forster 1848 Downing, Morgan & Proverbs 1956

parallela Crawford 1914 Klyver 1932b

miner Crawford 1914 Crawford 1914

*?latiferceps Tuthill 1943 Downes’ notes

Genus: Arytaina Forster

Species: — fuscipennis Crawford 1914 Crawford 1914

rebusta Crawford 1914 Tuthill 1943

pubescens Crawford 1914 Downes coll.

sparticphila (Forster 1848) Downes 1957

Genus: — Psyllepsis Low

Species: —fraxiniccla (Forster 1848) Downes coll.

Genus: Euphyllura Forster

Species: arbuti Schwartz 1904 Klyver 1932b

arctestaphyli Schwartz 1904 Klyver 1932b

KEYS TO THE SPECIES OF Columbia. The keys to these additional species are

PSYLLIDAE RECORDED FROM based on the published descriptions and exact

BRITISH COLUMBIA AND references are given. Except where otherwise stated,

ADJACENT AREAS place names in parentheses represent records within

The keys that follow include all the species listed

above together with additional species recorded from

Alberta, Washington State and Alaska south of the

63° N parallel. I include these because the list above

cannot claim to be complete and species recorded

from adjacent areas may well be found within the

borders of the province. The keys are based upon

those of Crawford (1914), Caldwell (1938a) and

Tuthill (1943) suitably abridged and added to. I

have added eight species of Aphalara and one of

Psylla that were not included in these works al-

though none of the nine is recorded yet from British

* These two species of Psylla are marked with a question mark

in Downes’ notes and I can locate no further records for them. I

retain them as records needing confirmation.

British Columbia.

KEY TO SUB - FAMILIES

OF THE PSYLLIDAE

(AFTER CRAWFORD 1914)

1. Frons not covered by genae; genae not

produced into conical processes; front ocellus

at extremity of frons. ..................... 2

—.Frons covered by genae; genae_ usually

produced into conical processes (‘genal

cones’); front ocellus embedded between vertex

QNGIENAC ee iaee ice ak ee 5

2. Vertex flat and horizontal, with frons beneath it

in the form of a narrow (usually elongate)

sclerite from clypeus to front ocellus; wings

often more or less thickened and maculated.

eT ee ee eer ore LIVIINAE

38 J. ENTOMOL.

—. Vertex rounded downward in front, not

horizontal, with frons as a distinct sclerite

usually forming a uniformly smooth surface

with vertex and genae; wings usually mem-

branous............. PAUROPSYLLINAE

3. Basal tarsal segment of hind-legs without a pair

of black claw-like spines at their tip; radius,

media and cubitus usually diverging at same

point from basal vein; wings usually angulate

ALE ADO NIP Pepe re ea tad ef oie ood TRIOZINAE

. Basal tarsal segment of hind-legs with two

black claw-like spines at tip; the three veins not

diverging at the same point from basal vein but

media and cubitus with a common stem; wings

rarely angulate at apex. ...... PSYLLINAE

One other sub-family of psyllids, the CAR-

SIDARINAE, is recorded from North America but I

have found no records for farther north than Ohio

(Caldwell 1938a). This sub-family is distinguished

from all others by having ‘a head deeply cleft in

front, with the antennae attached to the truncate

anterior ends on each side of the cleft’ (Crawford,

1914).

KEY TO GENERA OF

THE LIVIINAE

(AFTER CRAWFORD 1914)

1. Eyes greatly flattened, not hemispherical;

vertex longer than broad; pronotum extending

far down laterally toward coxae; wings

thickened.................... Livia Latreille

—. Eyes more or less hemispherical; vertex not

longer than broad......... Aphalara Forster

KEY TO SPECIES OF

THE LIVIINAE

Genus: Livia

Only one species of Livia, caricis Crawford, is

recorded from the region and is characterised by

Crawford as follows: ‘length seldom more than

3mm., often less, vertex not deeply emarginate in

front, scarcely raised on margins, flagellum of an-

tennae usually about two and a half times as long as

segment II; forceps of male usually short, stout, not

pyriform, truncate at apex; wings not maculated,

semi-transparent, thick and transversely wrinkled.’

(Glacier, Duncan, Riske Creek and Kamloops).

Genus: Aphalara

1. Clypeus much elongated, more or less cylin-

drical, rounded or truncate at apex extending

down and forward. ...... ‘calthae’ group. .8

(Recorded as calthae L. from Quesnel, Stanley

and Soda Creek).

—. Clypeus sub-globose or pyriform, not

elongated, more or less adpressed to face. . . . .2

. Wings distinctly maculated or banded. ...... 3

. Wings not distinctly maculated or banded. . .7

. Forceps of male clavate, with inwardly directed

tooth or inner anterior margin, subapically. . . 4

w | to

Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971

Forceps of male not clavate at apex, without

inner subapical tooth. %) 747) .909) 1 e 6

4. Wings clear with an irregular brown band

running diagonally across their apices; colour

of body reddish to flavous. ..rumicis Mally

(Chilliwack).

—. Wings opaque, whitish, covered more or less

densely with brown spots. ................ E

9. Wing spots running together to form maculae,

more numerous distally; general colour grey

with yellowish or brownish tinge on head and

thorax and dark transverse stripes on dorsum

of abdomen. ........ vancouverensis Klyver

(Recorded and described from Duncan).

. Wing spots small, round; general colour

greenish yellow with whitish stripes on dorsum

of thorax... 35222 angustipennis Crawford

(Vernon, Quesnel and Soda Creek).

6. Posterior process of male anal valve tapering

uniformly to apex, not lanceolate; forceps

deeply bifurcate with two long, thin processes;

antennae one and a half times as long as head

Width 2. 3.2.44... Mae cee alaskensis Ashmead

(Recorded from Fox Point, Alaska and

Easton, Washington (Crawford 1914)).

. Posterior process of male anal valve con-

spicuously lanceolate, petiolate at base; forceps

T-shaped; antennae 11/4 times head width.

epee irar ree Te. nebulosa kincaidi Ashmead

(Chilliwack and Triangle Island).

7. Forceps of male with caudal margins appearing

straight or slightly concave; dorsal valve of

female genital segment relatively straight with

rather abruptly upturned apex; antennae

varying in length, at least as long as head

Widths. cao, ce veaziei Patch

(Victoria, Quesnel and Prince George).

Forceps of male with caudal margins distinctly

sinuate or convex in lateral aspects; female

genital segment with dorsal valve sinuate or, if

appearing straight, apex not upturned; an-

tennae almost twice as long as head width.

Ledeuenait: dene eee fumida Caldwell

(Recorded by Strickland (1939) from several

localities in Alberta).

‘8. Body entirely black. .manitobaensis Caldwell

(Recorded by Strickland (1939) from

Wabumun, Alberta).

. Body orange to red but not entirely black ... .9

9. Fore-wings not hyaline often with dark areas,

bands or spots

. Fore-wings hyaline. .....................0

10. Fore-wings with a sub-apical brown band and

spot on the commissural margin; membrane

yellowish). 4). oA ee dentata Caldwell

constructed from Caldwell’s original descriptions (1937, 1938b) of |

the species previously designated as calthae. I was restricted,

therefore, to the characters included in his descriptions. The four |

species, confusa, simila, persicaria and loca, will be found —

difficult to separate, especially the females, and this should not

be attempted without Caldwell’s (1937) diagrams of the genitalia

to hand (e.g. the females of confusa and simila are separated on |

the length of the proboscis-like extension of their dorsal valves).

J. Enromot. Soc. Brrr. CoLUMBIA, 68 (1971), Aug. 1, 1971 39

(Records from Medicine Hat, Alberta in

Strickland (1938)).

—. Fore-wings with no bands or spots, ter-

minations of all veins usually have surrounding

dark areas, sub-apical faint brown cloud may

be'present.................. curta Caldwell

(Recorded by Strickland (1938) from

Beaverlodge, Alberta).

SEN Pg hich. ue kad nis we awd ean 8 12

3 Ue 15

12. Forceps of genitalia having relatively long

anterior-mesal processes widely separated at

their tips from the apices of the forceps ....13

—. Anterior-mesal processes of forceps relatively

short and not widely separated from the apices

of the forceps at their tips. .............. 14

13. Tips of forceps squarely truncate.

| Se ee er confusa Caldwell

(Recorded from several localities in Alberta

by Strickland (1938)).

—. Tips of forceps tapering and rounded.

ME Set Or win dels e x Fn ern loca Caldwell

(Recorded from several localities in Alberta

by Strickland (1938)).

14. Anterior-mesal processes short and _ closely

adpressed to bodies of forceps with tip not quite

reaching apices of forceps, forcep tip more or

less square.............. persicaria Caldwell

(Creston).

—. Anterior-mesal processes short but not closely

adpressed to bodies of forceps, forcep tip

oblique. .............0...004 simila Caldwell

(Recorded by Strickland (1938) from

Wabamun, Alberta).

15. Dorsal valve of genitalia with a proboscis-like,

downward pointing extension, circum-anal ring

of even width all round. ................. 1

—. Dorsal valve with no proboscis-like extension:

circum-anal ring with an apron-like distal

SXCCNSION, 2... ole cae ii

16. Head greatly deflexed. ..... confusa Caldwell

—. Head not greatly deflexed... . simila Caldwell

17. Dorsum of dorsal valve sinuate beyond anal

opening, apex of this valve narrowing to a nose-

like apex; anal vein finely serrate.

Oe Ste aided Xe dda wh persicaria Caldwell

—. No nose-like apex to the dorsal valve; anal vein

not finely serrate.

PPP Ok dna bpaxevecae ck loca Caldwell

A further species, Aphalara hebecephala,

described by Caldwell in 1936 is recorded by

Strickland from Alberta but I found Caldwell’s

description too incomplete to include the species in

this key.

One final word on the ‘calthae group’ and that is

that if Caldwell’s supposition holds, that the North

American ‘calthae’ are, in fact, several closely

related species, then we may expect that more species

will be described and determination to a particular

species at this stage must be made with cir-

cumspection which will be removed only after further

work on the group.

THE PAUROPSYLLINAE

Only one species of this sub-family, namely

Calophya triozomima Schwartz, is recorded from

the region, by Strickland (1939) from Medicine Hat,

Alberta. Crawford (1914) characterises the species

as follows: ‘genal cones not longer than broad,

usually much reduced; wings more or less angulate

at apex, hyaline, transparent, shining, pterostigma

short and small; prescutum long’.

KEY TO GENERA OF

THE TRIOZINAE

(AFTER TUTHILL 1943)

1. Radius, media and cubitus arising from basal

vein at same point. ....................4. 2

—. Radius, media and cubitus not arising at same

point, radius and media or media and cubitus

with a short, common petiole.

Sr era Hemitrioza Crawford

. Genae produced as usually conical processes at

least moderately long (usually half as long as

vertex or longer). ........... Trioza Forster

—. Genal processes, if present, very short, conical

or pad-like, sometimes lacking, or genae

smoothly, spherically swollen.

Senha ath cindees ...........Paratrioza Crawford

KEY TO SPECIES OF

THE TRIOZINAE

(AFTER TUTHILL 1943)

Genus: Trioza

1. Hind tibiae with two inner apical spines. ... .2

—. Hind tibiae with three inner apical spines. . . .9

2. Genal processes longer than vertex

re Pere et ret pulla Tuthill

(Recorded by Tuthill (1943) from

Washington).

—. Genal processes not longer than vertex (usually

distinctly shorter). ....................... 3

3. Antennae at least twice as long as width of

heads: 24 cnuee eee oe longicornis Crawford

(Vancouver)

—. Antennae less than twice as long as width of

head (rarely over 13/4 times as long). ........ 4

4, Marginal cells of fore-wings very small; female

genital segment over half as long as rest of

abdOmen’. is.) 45 ¢ fc ig at Oe ee b)

—. Marginal cells typical size for Trioza; female

genital segment less than half as long as rest of

abdomel: 25.4 dtd cednes eles a eeme nea 6

5. Dorsal valve of female genital segment straight

and acute apically; length about 4 mm.

re re ee eee ee ee occidentalis Tuthill

(Recorded and described from Kaslo Creek).

—. Dorsal valve of female genital segment up-

turned and blunt apically; length about 3.5

THN 5. facets toe a Te oe rubicola Tuthill

10.

11.

12,

. Fore-wings immaculate. .

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brir. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Aug. 1, 1971

(Described by Tuthill (1943) from Tacoma,

Washington).

. Antennae 114 times as long as width of head.

Antennae at least 134 times width of head

Pi LAE AED ctr cee okie ae varians Crawford

(From British Columbia (Van Duzee, 1917)).

. General colour black; female genital segment

straight and acute........... incerta Tuthill

(From British Columbia (Tuthill, 1943)).

General colour green to orange, head often

black; female genital segment shorter, strongly

curved ventrally. ......................4. 8

. Vertex strongly bulging anteriorly; caudal

lobes of male proctiger short, only half as long

as axial portion ........... minuta Crawford

(Recorded by Strickland (1938) from several

localities in Alberta and by Tuthill (1943) from

Washington).

. Vertex not strongly bulging; caudal lobes of

male proctiger as long as axial portion.

ee Lee ee eee ee ee maura Forster

fiitsemarity Island).

. Thorax very strongly arched; male proctiger

arcuate caudally but not produced into an

extended lobe; both valves of female genital

segment straight, about equal in length, ventral

valve not upcurved to meet dorsal valve. .. . 10

. Thorax moderately arched; male proctiger

with a prominent caudal lobe (either apical or

basal) ; female genital segment with at least the

ventral valve strongly upcurved. .......... 11

Fore-wings with four dark spots on posterior

margin........... quadripunctata Crawford

(Quesnel and Soda Creek).

.albifrons Crawford

(From British Columbia (Tuthill, 1943)).

Male proctiger with caudal lobes as long as

axial portion, lobe never entirely basal; an-

tennae 114 or more than 114 times as long as

widthor heads. 205: 624 sete (ae eee 12

. Caudal lobe of male proctiger much shorter

than axial portion, lobe basal in origin; an-

tennae | 1/3 times as long as width of head.

rr ree ree: inversa Tuthill

(From British Columbia (Tuthill, 1943)).

Forceps of male in lateral view parallel sided,

not enlarged apically; species about 3 mm. in

length; colour typically orange with black tarsi

and antennae but may be much darker with

brown markings........... sulcata Crawford

(Recorded by Strickland (1938) from Ed-

monton, Alberta).

Forceps of male in lateral view slender basally,

enlarged apically; species about 3.5 mm. in

length; colour orange-red to brown with darker

antennae, genal processes and abdomen.

CE een on inner ts frontalis Crawford

(Victoria).

Genus: Paratrioza

A single species of this genus, cockerelli (Sulc) is

recorded from the region, from several localities in

Alberta by Strickland (1938, 1939). The species is

characterised by Tuthill (1943) as follows: ‘a small

(3 mm. to tip of folded wings) species with hyaline

fore-wings and having genae produced as small but

distinct conical processes’.

Genus: Hemitrioza

Again a_ single species of this genus,

washingtonia Klyver, is recorded from the area.

The species was described from a single individual

from Toppenish, Washington by Klyver (1932b).

Tuthill (1943) characterised it as follow: ‘species

with costal margins of fore-wings not strongly ar-

ched, Rs long, straight, extending beyond furcation

of media; general colour brown, forewings im-

maculate’.

KEY TO GENERA OF

THE PSYLLINAE

(AFTER TUTHILL 1943)

1. Genal processes large, flattened, contiguous, on

same plane as vertex; fore-wings thickened,

rugose, rhomboidal. ....Euphyllura Forster

—. Genal processes not flattened, rarely con-

tiguous; fore-wings usually membranous,

sometimes thickened and rugose but not

rhomboidal.. .. 5.5.2... \.an enon eae 2

2. Pleural suture of prothorax extending to middle

of lateral margin of pronotum, propleurites

equal dorsally. ..... .... =. 332: eee ae 3

. Pleural suture of prothorax oblique,

propleurites not equal dorsally.

paoliois gene ee Psylla Geoffroy

3. Genal processes sharply depressed from plane

of vertex parallel toit ....... Arytaina Forster

—. Genal processes not depressed from plane of

vertex. js ee Psyllopsis Low

KEY TO SPECIES OF

THE PSYLLINAE

(MODIFIED FROM TUTHILL 1943)

Genus: Psylla

1. Eyes borne on prominent stalk-like portion of

the head)... ose ager negudinis Mally

(Recorded by Strickland (1938) from Ed-

monton, Alberta).

. Eyes not borne on prominent stalk-like portion.

2. Antennae twice as long as width of head or

longer... 66.5546 60). oe ee ee 3

width of head

3. Smaller (up to 3.5 mm. to tip of folded wing

species; yellowish green wings, not clear or

hyaline; distal third of antennae dark,

segments without dark annuli..

(From British Columbia (Tuthill, 1943)).

. Antennae distinctly less than twice as long as _—

_ striata Patch |

—. Larger (more than 4.5 mm. to tip of folded —

J. ENromMo.. Soc. Brit. CotuMBiA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971 41

10.

13.

wings) species; without above combination of

MBRGCLCES a0 be ose eee oe ee ee ee 4

. Pterostigma present, prominent. ........... b)

Pterostigma obsolete or nearly obsolete. .... . 7

. Genal processes no longer than basal width,

typically rounded apically....alni (Linnaeus)

(Sooke and Victoria).

Genal processes longer than basal width,

SHanper apically. ......02c.s2 see es sees: 6

. Female genital segment 3/4 as long as rest of

body; male forceps enlarged apically.

ce eae caudata Crawford

(Vancouver (Klyver, 1932b)).

Female genital segment not over 1/2 as long as

rest of body; male forceps nearly parallel,

margined to apices.

5h I eae eee ere galeaformis Patch

(Quesnel and Soda Creek).

. Female genital segment larger than rest of

abdomen, slender, styliform, abruptly enlarged

basally; male forceps not notched apically.

Me Silane Mase in le floccosa Patch

(Quesnel and Soda Creek).

. Female genital segment shorter than rest of

abdomen, stout; male forceps notched apically.

A en oe trimaculata Crawford

(From Thormanby Island and Esquimalt, by

Klyver (1932b) who regarded the variety

astigmata Crawford as a separate species).

. Small (2-2.5 mm.) species; genal processes

separate basally, strongly divergent ; fore-wings

more or less fumate ...................... 9

. Larger (more than 2.5 mm.) species; genal

processes separate basally, less _ strongly

divergent; fore-wings not usually fumate

(except in pyricola and alaskensis). ...... 10

. Head and thorax very prominently pubescent.

PR eter Push La tele AB wt hirsuta Tuthill

(From Satus Creek, Washington (Tuthill,

1943)).

Head and thorax not pubescent.

MORAN wide ase eng tne ces ates coryli Patch

(From British Columbia (Tuthill, 1943)).

Female genital segment distinctly longer than

rest of abdomen and male forceps simple . . . 11

Female genital segment at most as long as rest

of abdomen or, if longer, male forceps not

SIT 0) (SN aA ea eet ae rr 15

Antennae | 2 / 3 times as long as width of head

DP TENOR iy Rs ere ee oe eee ee | 4

. Antennae | 1/3 to 1 1/2 times as long as

width of head ............. buxi (Linnaeus)

(Vancouver).

Apex of dorsal valve of female genital segment

curved ventrally............... hartigii Flor

(Recorded from Edmonton, Alberta).

. Apex of dorsal valve of female genital segment

PIBCUNN CO 6255 6 Wea Loo Baca wk POs Ges 1}

Ventral valve of female genital segment with

sharp apex; large species (4-4.5 mm.).

2 Na rr stricklandi Caldwell

(Recorded from several localities in Alberta by

Strickland (1939)).

—. Ventral valve of female genital segment with

DluntsapeXec ete oa cw ee eee 14

14. Ventral valve of female genital segment

distinctly shorter than dorsal valve, latter

evenly upcurved ; male forceps arched to black,

blunt apices ......... magnicauda Crawford

(From British Columbia (Tuthill, 1943)).

—. Ventral valve of female genital segment nearly

as long as dorsal valve, latter very abruptly

upturned apically; male forceps slender,

gradually narrowing to apices.

pe es Pe ae ey Pe eae tuthilli (Caldwell)

(Recorded by Strickland (1939) from

Medicine Hat, Alberta).

15. Antennae slightly longer than width of head.

BS Ae Mate, 4k es Oe eae parallela Crawford

(Chilliwack, Chilcotin and Nicola Lake,

(Klyver 1932b)).

(see also couplet 22 below).

—. Antennae at least 1 1/3 times as long as width

of head (sometimes slightly less in alaskensis).

rg eee ee ere ee ee: 16

16. Male forceps simple, blunt to acute apically

(not truncate); greenish white ............ Le

—. Male forceps not simple. ................ 20

17. Genal processes almost as long as vertex; light

green species................ alba Crawford

(Recorded by Tuthill (1943) from

Washington).

—. Genal processes not over 2/3 as long as vertex;

dark coloured species. .................. 18

18. Fore-wings with a black spot at apex of clavus,

often somewhat fumate. ................. 19

—. Fore-wings immaculate. .americana Crawford

(Recorded by Tuthill (1943) from Banff

Springs, Alberta).

19. Pterostigma narrow. ...°*pararibesiae Jensen

(Recorded by Jensen (1956) from Ellensberg,

Washington).

(see also couplet 20).

—. Pterostigma large. .......... pyricola Forster

(Interior of British Columbia (Downing et al.,

1956)).

20. Fore-wings with a prominent dark spot at apex

Ol ClAVIS eee ‘pararibesiae Jensen

(see couplet 19 above).

—. Fore-wings immaculate (except pterostigma

may be dark, more or less fumate in

alaskensis) <0. 0. cue ee ae eee ee 24

21. Male forceps narrowed before apex, then

enlarged and truncate, somewhat T-shaped in

Appearance! a tao een Minin Meee ee ai

> The species, pararibesiae, was described and separated from

ribesiae (Crawford) by Jensen (1956) along with notapennis

Jensen. Of these three only one, pararibesiae, is recorded from

the area of interest; ribesiae being recorded from no nearer than

Oregon and notapennis being restricted to California. From Jen-

sen’s descriptions I surmise that the complex of all three species

would key out as ribesiae in Tuthill’s (1943) key. I have there-

fore retained Tuthill’s method of determination as a means of

identifying pararibesiae in the region being considered here.

42 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brir. CotumMBIA, 68 (1971), Aua. 1, 1971

—. Male forceps not T-shaped. .............. 23

22. Length to tip of folded wings 3 mm.

ie er eines eae ee ae ae parallela Crawford

(see couplet 15 above).

—. Length to tip of folded wings 3.5 to 4mm.

Or eer eer ee) aaa minor Crawford

(Victoria and Vancouver (Crawford, 1914)).

(note that americana flava = minor flava —

see Tuthill, 1943).

23. Male forceps broad, apices very broadly

truncate and heavily sclerotised.

Pie MA ad hae PIE latiforceps Tuthill

(Quesnel (Downes, but with a question mark

against the determination), recorded by Tuthill

(1943) from Easton, Washington).

—. Male forceps otherwise. ................. 24

24. Male forceps strongly sinuate on caudal

THA OM on opine ee ee eee sinuata Crawford

(Recorded from Edmonton and Nordegg,

Alberta by Strickland (1938)).

—. Male forceps otherwise. .................25

25. Entire apical portion of forceps hooked, heavily

pubescent ; female genital segment shorter than

rest of abdomen............. uncata Tuthill

(Recorded by Tuthill (1943) from Banff

Springs, Alberta).

—. Forceps bearing a small apical hook, scarcely

visible in lateral view; female genital segment

as long as or longer than rest of abdomen.

ed mnamdres cee toe alaskensis Ashmead

(Recorded from Fox Point and Seldovia,

Alaska by Tuthill (1943)).

Genus: Arytaina

1. Fore-wings conspicuously maculate, spotted or

entirely darks ante sno. nce ee aa ete 2

—. Fore-wings not conspicuously maculate, often

more or less evenly fumate. ............... 4

2. Fore-wings with prominent pterostigma.

Cee Se ie hot ee pubescens Crawford

(Penticton).

—. Fore-wings with pterostigma almost or com-

pletely obsolete. .....................005. 3

3. Fore-wings entirely dark; male forceps

bilobate.............. fuscipennis Crawford |

(North Bend).

—. Fore-wings white with brown spots or maculae;

male forceps not bilobate.

Us atls Phe ee robusta Crawford

(From British Columbia (Tuthill, 1943)).

4, Pterostigma lacking. . .spartiophila (Forster)

(Victoria).

—. Pterostigma prominent. . . .ceanothi Crawford

(Recorded from Easton, Washington by

Tuthill (1943)).

Genus: Psyllopsis

A single species of this genus is recorded from this

region. This is fraxinicola (Férster) from Victoria.

Tuthill (1943) characterises the species as follows:

‘unicolourous, including wings, greenish yellow,

wings hyaline’.

Genus: Euphyllura

1. Veins Rs and M (including branches) of fore-

wings very strongly sinuate; wings brown

basally, light apically. ...... arbuti Schwartz

(Galiano).

—. Veins Rs and M not or only very slightly

sinuate; wings generally brownish with red

VEINS. (Jou 4400 arctostaphyli Schwartz

(Merritt).

Note that in the above keys the most exact

localities recorded for the species from British

Columbia are given. Species occurring in adjacent

areas but not within the province are included only

when a definite record has been published.

Acknowledgments

Iam most grateful to Dr. G. G. Scudder for

suggesting the area of this study and for reading

an early draft of this paper. I thank, also, Miss

Kathleen Stuart of the Spencer Entomological

Museum who ran checks on my keys.

References

Caldwell, J. S. 1936. Seven new species of the genus Aphalara (Homoptera: Chermidae). Ohio

J. Sci. 36:220-223.

Caldwell, J. S. 1937. Some North American relatives of Aphalara calthae Linnaeus. Ann. ent.

Soc. Am. 30:563-571.

Caldwell, J. S. 1938a. The jumping plant-lice of Ohio (Homoptera: Chermidae). Bull. Ohio biol.

Surv. 6:228-281.

Caldwell, J. S. 1938b. Three new species of psyllids and the description of the allotype of Livia

opaqua Cald. (Homoptera: Psyllidae). Ann. ent. Soc. Am. 31:442-444.

Caldwell, J. S. 1940. Three new species of Psyllidae with notes on others. Ohio J. Sci. 40:49-50.

Crawford, D. L. 1914. A monograph of the jumping plant-lice or Psyllidae of the New World. Bull.

U.S. natn. Mus. 85:186 pp.

Downes, W. 1927. A preliminary list of the Heteroptera and Homoptera of British Columbia. Proc.

entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 23:1-22.

Downes, W. 1957. Notes on some Hemiptera which have been introduced into British Columbia. Proc.

entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 54:11-13.

J. Entomou. Soc. Brir. CoLuMBIA, 68 (1971), Aue. 1, 1971 43

Downing, R. S., Morgan G. V. G. and Proverbs, M. D. 1956. List of insects and mites attacking

tree-fruits in the interior of British Columbia. Proc. entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 52:34-35.

Jensen, D. D. 1956. New species of Psylla from western United States and biological notes. Can.

Ent. 88:101-109.

Kloet, G. S. and Hincks, W. D. 1964. A check-list of British Insects. 2nd edition (revised). Handbk.

Ident. Br. Insects 11:1-120.

Klyver, F. D. 1932b. New records and two new species of Chermidae from British Columbia and

Washington with biological notes. Pan-Pacif. Ent. 8:11-17.

Strickland, E. H. 1938. The Chermidae (Homoptera) of Alberta. Can. Ent. 70:200-206.

Strickland, E. H. 1939. Further notes on Psyllidae taken in Alberta (Homoptera). Can. Ent.

4@1:212-215.

Tuthill, L. D. 1939. New species of Psyllidae from the western United States. Iowa St. Coll. J. Sci.

13:181-186.

Tuthill, L. D. 1948. The psyllids of America north of Mexico (Psyllidae: Homoptera). Iowa St. Coll.

J. Sci.17:443-660.

Van Duzee, E. P. 1917. Catalogue of the Hemiptera of America north of Mexico excepting the

Aphididae, Coccidae and Aleyrodidae. Univ. Calif. tech. Bull. Coll. agric. exp. Sta. 2:1-902.

Waddell, D. B. 1952. A preliminary list of the Hemiptera of the Kootenay valley. Proc. entomol.

Soc. Brit. Columbia 48:93-96.

NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS

Since this society no longer has any support except from subscriptions it

has become necessary to institute a page charge. This has initially been set at

cost: $12.00. The page charge includes all extras except coloured illustrations,

provided that such extras do not compromise more than 40% of the published

pages. Coloured illustrations will be charged directly to the author. Authors, not

attached to universities or official institutions, who must pay these charges from

their personal funds and are unable to do so, may apply for assistance when sub-

mitting a manuscript.

Reprints are sold only in even hundreds and at the following prices:

Number of pages 1-4 5-8 9-12 13-16 17-20 21-24 25-28

First 100 copies $22.0 “Sy B42 55 70 87 106

Each extra 100 6 8 10 12 14 16 18

Author’s discounts (up to 40%) may be granted to authors who certify

at the time of ordering that they are buying reprints at personal expense.

Authors ordering personal reprints in addition to those ordered by an institution

will be billed at the rate for extra hundreds.

Papers for the Journal need not have been presented at meetings of the

Entomological Society of British Columbia, nor is it mandatory, although pref-

erable, that authors be members of the society. The chief condition for publica-

tion is that the paper have some regional origin, interest, or application.

Contributions should be sent to:

H.R. MacCarthy,

6660 N.W. Marine Drive,

Vancouver 8, B.C.

44 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA, 68 (1971), Auc. 1, 1971 ,

Manuscripts should be typed double-spaced on one side of white, line- —

numbered paper if possible, leaving generous margins. The original and two

copies, mailed flat, are required. Tables should be on separate, numbered sheets,

with the caption on the sheet. Captions for illustrations should also be on sep-

arate numbered sheets, but more than one caption may be on a sheet. Photo-

graphs should be glossy prints of good size, clarity and contrast. Line drawings

should be in black ink on good quality white paper.

The style, abbreviations and citations should conform to the Style

Manual for Biological Journals published by the American Institute of Biological

Sciences.

BACK NUMBERS

Back numbers of this journal are available from the Secretary-

Treasurer, from volume 45 (1949) to the present, at $4.00 per volume. Certain

earlier back numbers are also available, but only on special request to the

Secretary-Treasurer.

Address inquiries to:

N. V. Tonks, Secretary-Treasurer,

2819 Graham Street,

Victoria, B.C.

METRIC CONVERSION

Contributors of papers on laboratory studies should use the metric system exclusively.

Use of the metric system in reporting the results of field studies is a desirable ultimate

objective. Since it is difficult to replace immediately such standard concepts as lb/

acre by the unit kg/hectare, yards by meters, or miles by kilometers, the following

table of conversion factors is presented.

1 in.=2.54 cm 1 ft3—=28.3 dm3 1 cm=—0.394 in

1 yard—0.914 m 1 acre—0.405 hectares 1 m=3.28 ft—1.094 yards

1 mile=—1.61 km 1 lb/acre=1.12 kg/hectare 1 km=0.621 mile

1 lb.—453.6 g 1 lb/in2(psi)=70.3 g/cm2 1 kg=2.2 lb

1 gal (U.S.)=8.785 liters 1 lb/gal (U.S.)=120 g/liter 1 liter—0.264 gal (U.S.)

1 gal (Imp) —4.546 liters 1 lb/gal (Imp)—100 g/liter 1 liter=0.220 (Imp)

1 dm3—0.0353 fts

1 hectare—2.47 acres

1 kg/hectare—0.89 lb/acre

1 g/m2z—0.0142 psi

1 g/liter=0.83 1b/100 gal (U.S.)

=1000 ppm

1 g/liter=1 1b/100 gal (Imp)

JOURNAL

of the

N et al: ea Sets. and berince of inbecticdes sha doe aboieniti

maggot damage . . .

Perens |! GENERAL

ie fungi Beauveria bassiana and Metarrhizium anisopliae in cultures

he root weevil Nemocestes incomptus Horn (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) .

A simple ne efficient method of rearing tant hae hoverflies ee

. i at ou sea wate

lg notes on a green boiworn.: Lethophane ectreti. Grr.

eras Sk sae aes ee in the Phage a cies of British

A Eien Zea beetle from the Pacific Northwest, new to North

merica . .

and BERRYMAN—Larval iapause in - Seolytus neenorelis eC hleapierut

. . ° ° . . . . . ° . .

TAXONOMIC

pe LEECH— Additional récubile ae spiders (Araneida) and harvestmen

ee) for British Columbia

; TO CONTRIBUTORS... . 2 a as i ae ease e .

JOURNAL

of the

ENTOMOLOGICAL

SOCIETY of

BRITISH COLUMBIA

Vol. 69 Issued August 1, 1972

ECONOMIC

McMULLEN— Taeniothrips orionis oviposition and feeding injury on cherries . . . 3

McMECHAN, MORGAN and WARDLE—Erosion of azinophosmethy! from apple leaves

by rain and overtree irrigation... .... 2... ee eee ee ee ee es 3

FINLAYSON et al.—Insecticides against tuber flea beetle on potatoes in British

Columbia (Chrysomelidae: Coleoptera)... . 2... ......2.---62008- 9

FINLAYSON et al.—Rates, methods, and persistence of insecticides used for preventing

CalrolmMmArPOLGamaper, «0s s),3 G@ sce cls 4 2 Sues SO ae ew = 14

GENERAL

CRAM—The fungi Beauveria bassiana and Metarrhizium anisopliae in cultures

of the root weevil Nemocestes incomptus Horn (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) . 21

FRAZER—A simple and efficient method of rearing aphidophagous hoverflies (Diptera:

ETUC V3 Vio art ae Ga i eo a a a eg ea 23

FIELDS and McMULLEN—Aggregation sites and behavior of two species of Hip-

podamia (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae) in south-central British Columbia : 25

FORBES—Innervation of the stylets of the pear psylla, Psylla pyricola iHomonters:

Psylliade), and the greenhouse whitefly, Trialeurodes vaporarium (Homoptera:

EN PCr 0G 10 2) REI ae ae a a ee ee ee 27

MADSEN—Biological notes on a green fruitworm, Lethophane_ georgii Grt.

(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae), attacking apples in the Okanagan Valley of British

AGosltienis AGee ee ee ee ee cock ts yr Ses A Re ee ee 31

McMULLEN and SKOVSGAARD—Seasonal history of the balsam woolly aphid in

coactal Britisn Columbia ..5% 4. «4 2 4 285 2 4 wo fa ee ee ee 33

GRAY and DYER—Flight-muscle degeneration in spruce beetles, Dendroctonus

rufipennis (Coleoptera: Scolytidae). . .....- ee ee ee ee 41

JANSSON and SCUDDER— Corixidae (Hemiptera) as predators: rearing on frozen

ame sR peta dee tn Sk we Ae ye dks Soe oes esl ee Gee Se oe 44

SCUDDER — Industrial melansim: a possibility in British Columbia .......... 46

PUTHZ—A European staphylinid beetle from the Pacific Northwest, new to North

EN er COMMER kt tat B eta ms toi Wa Sot dae ce Sia NTE ep oer ae 49

SCOTT and BERRYMAN—Larval diapause in Scolytus ventralis (Coleoptera:

CONV RIUME) lar Meese .eoke) ce vere) a) ete ees) ae Gul sk | Gt acca See eee te a 50

TAXONOMIC

MACKAUER and CAMPBELL—The establishment of three exotic aphid parasites

(Hymenoptera: Aphidiidae) in British Columbia. . . ..........2.2.. 54

HAMILTON—The leafhopper genus Empoasca subgenus Kybos in the southern

interior of British Columbia... .. 2... 2... eee ee ee es 38

BRAGG and LEECH—Additional records of spiders (Araneida) and harvestmen

(Phalangida) for British Columbia... . 2... 2... ee ee ee ee 67

SCUDDER and JAMIESON—The immature stages of Gerris (Hemiptera) in British

Mite Lea nxn iy ae anon 20 oe eee Gees Sh aes SS) 92s) canes ES NS) es (az

Se PGe UE NEE WS cee ok ee ew Ow SL He GL) ee EE Re eS 53, 80

J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. Cotumsra, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 —

Directors of the Entomological Society of

British Columbia for 1971 - 1972

President

R. RING

University of Victoria

President-Elect

J. A. CHAPMAN

Pacific Forest Research Centre

506 West Burnside Road, Victoria

Past President

D. G. FINLAYSON

Research Station, C.D.A.

6660 N.W. Marine Drive, Vancouver 8

Secretary-Treasurer

N. V. TONKS

2819 Graham Street, Victoria

Honorary Auditor

P. ZUK

Vancouver

Editorial Committee

H. R. MacCARTHY, Chairman C. V. G. MORGAN

Vancouver Summerland

Directors

R. DOWNING, Summerland T. FINLAYSON (Mrs.), Vancouver

J. A. CHAPMAN, Victoria J. RAINE, Vancouver

P. W. WOOD, Castlegar

Z Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CoLtumstIA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972 3

TAENIOTHRIPS ORIONIS OVIPOSITION AND

FEEDING INJURY ON CHERRIES!

R. D. MCMULLEN

Research Station, Canada Department of Agriculture

Summerland, British Columbia

ABSTRACT

Oviposition by overwintered Taeniothrips orionis Treherne in the

ovaries of cherry flowers and immature fruits during early May caused injury

which resulted in dimple-like depressions on the mature fruits. The damage

was widespread in the Okanagan Valley in 1971. First brood adults oviposited

in cherry fruits during late June and early July but the injury caused at this

time was less pronounced. Feeding injury by larvae caused russeting on fruits

and chlorotic areas paralleling secondary veins on leaves.

Treherne (1924) described Taeniothrips

-orionis from specimens collected in the lower

Fraser Valley of British Columbia on Acer

-macrophyllum, cultivated apple, pear and

Nuttalia cerasiformis. Bailey (1949)

-redescribed the species and mentioned that it is

most commonly found at high elevations

during the spring and summer in the flowers of

various shrubs and trees. He listed the

distribution of T. orionis as British Columbia,

Washington, Montana, Wyoming, Colorado

and California. Bailey and Knowlton (1949)

recorded it from Utah. The first reported

instance of economic injury by T. orionis was

on cabbage, lettuce and potatoes, near Kenai,

Alaska (Washburn, 1958). The following

describes oviposition injury by adults and

feeding injury by larvae of T. orionis on cherry.

In mid-May, 1971, approximately 2 weeks

after full bloom of sweet cherries, very small

depressions similar to a pin prick were ob-

served on cherry fruits. At this time the cherry

fruits were approximately 5 mm in diameter

and the injury was not very discernible. As the

fruits developed the injured tissue around the

depressions failed to grow as rapidly as

uninjured tissue, which resulted in the for-

mation of dimples (Figure 1). A large number

of cherry fruits were dissected during the 3rd

week of May and a few thrips eggs were found

in small cavities beneath the epidermis at the

bottom of the dimples. No adult thrips were

found on the cherry trees at this time but Ist

and 2nd instar thrips larvae were common on

leaves. Adults reared from collections of these

nymphs were identified as T. orionis by Dr. W.

R. Richards, Entomological Research In-

stitute, Ottawa. Presumably overwintered

adult T. orionis oviposited in the flower

‘Contribution No. 343, Research Station, Summerland.

ovaries during bloom or shortly after.

In cherry orchards where thrips larvae were

extremely abundant, feeding on the epidermis

of fruits caused a noticeable russeting (Figure

2). Severely russetted fruits split as they grew

due to the inability of the injured epidermis to

expand. Larvae feeding on leaves caused the

injury shown in Figure 3. The injury was

restricted to the lower surface and was most

common on young succulent leaves. The in-

jured areas were chlorotic and tended to be

distributed parallel and adjacent to secondary

veins.

Oviposition injury on fruits was most

obvious during the latter 2 weeks of June when

the fruits began to color. The dimples turned

deep red while the rest of the fruit was pale

(Figure 4). When the cherries ripened and the

red color was uniform, the dimples were less

noticeable (Figure 5).

First generation larvae matured to adults

during the 3rd and 4th weeks of June. Females

of this generation also oviposited in the fruits.

At this time the fruits were nearly full size,

therefore the oviposition sites did not develop

distinct dimples. The oviposition scars were

difficult to differentiate from lenticels until the

eggs hatched. After the eggs hatched the scars

were slightly larger than lenticels. Eggs were

also laid in leaf petioles and main veins. Second

brood larvae fed mainly on young succulent

leaves and matured to adults during the last

week of July and the Ist week of August. No

evidence of a 3rd brood on cherry trees was

observed.

Injury was more variable between orchards

than within orchards, and all varieties of sweet

and semi-sweet cherries were susceptible.

Approximately 10% of the total cherry crop in

4 J. ENToMoL. Soc. Brit. CotumstaA, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972

Fig. 1. Dimples on immature fruit caused by oviposition at, or shortly after bloom.

Fig. 2. Larval feeding injury on an immature fruit.

Fig. 3. Larval feeding injury on a leaf.

Fig. 4. Appearance of dimples on fruit in late June. The injured areas were deep red, the

remainder of the fruit pale yellowish-green.

Fig. 5. Dimples on a mature fruit.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumMBrIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 5

the Okanagan Valley was affected. Injury

varied from 0 to 2% in orchards which were

sprayed with diazinon at petal fall for control

of fruittree leafroller. Diazinon, 2 quarts 50%

E.C. per acre applied on June 29 gave 100%

reduction of adult and late instar ‘arvae.

References

Bailey, S. F. 1949. A review of R. C. Treherne’s species of Thysanoptera. Can. Entomol. 81:153-158

51:230-234.

| Bailey, S. F. and G. F. Knowlton. 1949. The Thysanoptera of Utah. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash.

Treherne, R. C. 1924. Thysanoptera known to occur in Canada. Can. Entomol. 56:82-88.

Washburn, R. H. 1958. Taeniothrips orionis Leh., A thrips destructive to vegetables in Alaska.

J. Econ. Entomol. 51:274.

EROSION OF AZINPHOSMETHYL FROM APPLE LEAVES

BY RAIN AND OVERTREE IRRIGATION!

A.D. MCMECHAN, C. V. G. MORGAN and G. A. WARDLE

Research Station, Canada Department of Agriculture

Summerland, British Columbia

ABSTRACT

Three sprays of azinphosmethyl wettable powder were applied for

seasonal control of the codling moth, Laspeyresia pomonella (1.), in a semi-

dwarf apple orchard. A rain of 1.75 cm, occurring 6 hours after a spray applica-

tion, removed 41% of the deposit from the leaves; a rain of 1.00 cm, occurring

16 days after an application, did not remove any residue. Residues in the

treetops were eroded more rapidly in blocks with overtree irrigation than in

those with undertree irrigation. But there was no difference in the erosion

rate in the overtree-irrigated orchard whether 5.1 cm of water was applied

biweekly or 2.5 cm was applied weekly. There was a trend to poorer control of

the codling moth with overtree irrigation.

INTRODUCTION

There has been concern for many years that

overtree irrigation of apple trees may remove

pesticides and thus reduce control of the

codling moth. Laspeyresia pomonella(L.). In a

small-scale experiment in 1961 with Golden

Delicious trees, Williams showed that 1

overtree sprinkling, applied 5 days after a

spray of azinphosmethyl, removed a large

amount of the residue and that-a rain of 0.33

cm that fell 2 days after spraying removed an

even larger amount. A number of workers have

investigated the influence of rain, or simulated

rain, on the removal of other pesticides. Much

of this work is summarized by Ebeling (1963)

and Linskens, Heinen, and Stoffers (1965).

Our experiment, conducted throughout the

1971 growing season, was designed to measure

the effects of overtree irrigation on the erosion

of azinphosmethyl residues from apple leaves

and on the control of the codling moth. The

amounts of residue removed by rain were also

measured whenever possible.

‘Contribution No. 342 of the Research Station.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The experiment was conducted in 3 ad-

jacent blocks (I, 11, III) of semi-dwarf apple

trees on M.VII rootstocks. There were 8

varieties in each block, planted randomly.

Each block consisted of 7 rows with 12 to 15

trees per row. The rows were spaced 4.6 m

apart and the trees 2.3 m apart. Height of the

trees was about 3.7 m.

Each block was divided into 4 plots of 3

rows each; the 7th row served as a buffer

between the sprayed plots. Three sprays of

90% azinphosmethyl wettable powder were

applied for codling moth control on 2 June, 23

June, and 28 July, at the currently recom-

mended rate of 0.23 kg/ ha in plot I, and at

rates of 0.17 and 0.11 kg / ha in plots 2 and 3

respectively. Plot 4 was sprayed with water

only: it served as a check on codling moth

infestation at harvest and asa blank for residue

analysis. No other pesticides were applied

during the season. The sprays were applied

with an experimental, low-volume, airblast

6 J. ENtomot. Soc. Brit. CoLumMsta, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972

sprayer using 55 | of water per ha:

The blocks were irrigated from May to

September. Block I received 5.1 cm of water

every 2 weeks by undertree sprinkling. Blocks

II and III were irrigated by _ overtree

sprinkling: block II received 2.5 cm every

week and block III 5.1 cm every two weeks.

No irrigation was applied until at least 1 week

after a spray application.

The following rains occurred during the

experiment: 1.75 cm accompanied by strong

winds on 2 June, starting 6 hr after the spray

had dried; 0.89 cm on 8 June; 1.19 cm on 13

June; 0.15 cm on 22 June; 0.30 cm on 23

June, starting 5 hr after the spray had dried;

0.46 cm on 25 June; and 1.00 cm during 9-10

July.

Leaves for analysis of azinphosmethyl]

residues were sampled 20 times during the

season: before and after each spray ap-

plication, before and after each irrigation, and

Application rates, 2° June

kg/ha Range Average

Oz23 1,0-1.6 LSS

One. diet Sao) ae

Ove. 0.7-0.9 0.6

Figure 1A shows the average residues of

azinphosmethyl on the leaves on sampling

dates throughout the summer, where blocks

were irrigated by undertree and _ overtree

sprinklers. Overtree sprinkling weekly with 2.5

cm of water did not remove any more residue

than overtree sprinkling biweekly with 5.1 cm.

The residues, eroded more rapidly in the

overtree-irrigated blocks than in the undertree-

irrigated block, but the differences were barely

Irrigation pase ae ee

method ae Pe ECS hy) eRe

m pe/ ome

Overtree, Biel ak

weekly 2.3 1 ee5

ee TES,

Overtree, Balt 0.87

biweekly PIES AB)

dae 1 @2

Undertree Biety ee

PAA: Lr

2 ABR IES

following periods of rain. A sample consisted of

a total of 25 leaves picked from 4 trees in the |

centre row of each plot at each of 3 levels: 1.2, |

2.3 and 3.4 m above the ground. Azin-

phosmethyl was determined by the Miles .

method (1964). |

The codling moth infestation at harvest was _

determined by examining all the fruit on the

trees and on the ground for stings and entries.

Unfortunately, the crop was light and variable,

ranging from 0 to 500 apples per tree.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The initial deposits of azinphosmethyl! on

the leaves varied widely between blocks, in-

dictating that large differences would be —

required to show the effects of sprinkling on the

erosion of spray deposits. The greatest varia- —

tion was at the 3.4-m level where the range of

spray deposits (ug / cm’) on the 3 spray dates

for the 3 application rates was:

23 June 28 July

Range Average Range Average

0. /=L58 dl 10-2. Lk

1.1-1.7 gay dei Lok

0.8-0.9 0.8 0. 9=s,3 Le

significant (P = 0.05) only at the 3.4-m level.

The following table shows the per cent of

the original deposits left on the leaves at the

different levels 3 weeks after the spray of 23

June.

There was no significant difference

(P= 0.05) between blocks with different

irrigation treatments in the percentage of

original deposits still remaining at the 1.2 and

2.3-m levels. Evidently the insecticide eroded

% of original

deposits remaining

on leaves after

Residue on leaves

after 3 weeks

pe/ ome 3 weeks

0.49 40

0.70 4g

0.73 61

0.41 47

0.78 56

Onn 70

0.77 DY

0.9L 58

0.83 (é

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumsriA, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972 7

A ——————- Undertree sprinkled biweekly

---------Overtree sprinkled weekly

2.0 —— — — —Overtree sprinkled biweekly

és

oO)

5 B _——— At 12-m level

-—- ---——--At 2.3-m level

2.0 —— - —-At 3.4-m level

21 2324 28 30

“23 89

15 16

June

6 7

13 4

July

Fig. 1. Average residues of azinphosmethyl on leaves on 20 dates:

A—in blocks irrigated by overtree and undertree sprinklers (insecticide rates and levels in trees

combined)

B—sampled from 3 levels in the trees (insecticide rates and irrigation methods combined).

from tree-tops by overtree irrigation was not re-

deposited on leaves in the lower levels of the

trees.

Figure 1B shows the average residues of

azinphosmethy] on leaves sampled at 3 levels in

the trees throughout the summer. Though

residues were highest at the 2.3-m level and

lowest at the 3.4-m level, the only instance

where the initial deposits at these 2 levels

differed significantly (P = 0.05) was on 2 June.

Regardless of the magnitude of the initial

deposits, the residues eroded at approximately

the same rate at each of the 3 sampling levels.

This agrees with the work of Gunther et al.

(1946) who found that the rate of decrease of

DDT residues is independent of the original

deposits.

Rains occurring soon after spray ap-

plication removed large amounts of insecticide.

For example, the 1.75 cm that fell 2 June

starting 6 hr after the spray had dried, and

lasting for 10 hr, removed 41% of the initial

deposit; the much lighter rainfall of 0.30 cm

on 23 June, starting 5 hr after spray ap-

plication, and lasting for 3.5 hr, removed 12%

of the inital deposit. When dry weather

followed a spray application the erosion rate

was much slower. For example, during the dry

8 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumsiA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972

l-week period following the spray of 28 July

the initial deposit eroded only 7% .

Residues that had been on the leaves for

long periods were not eroded as readily as

freshly-applied sprays. For example, the

average residue on leaves in all plots on 7 July,

14 days after spray application, was 0.65

yg / cm’. Though a rain of 1.0 cm fell during

19 hr on 9-10 July the average residue on 12

July was still 0.64 ng / cm’. No irrigation was

applied between 7 and 12 July.

Overtree sprinkling is likely to have an

effect similar to rain on the removal of residue

and therefore we _ believe that overtree

irrigation should be delayed as long as possible

after spray application. Further work is

required to determine how soon _ overtree

irrigation can be applied after spraying without

causing serious erosion of spray deposits.

It is interesting to note that azinphosmethy]

residues declined more rapidly, and to lower

levels, in the wet weather of June than in the

drier periods of July and August. Cool tem-

peratures usually occur with the wet weather of

June and this extends the period of codling

moth emergence. These 2 factors, rapid residue

decline and cool wet weather, may explain why |

good control of first-brood codling moth is not |

readily obtained in some years.

Because the crop was so light and variable |

no definite conclusions could be drawn from |

there |

appeared to be no difference in the control —

achieved with 0.23 and 0.17 kg/ha of —

the codling moth counts. However,

azinphosmethyl. Control appeared poorer with

0.11 kg/ha. Percentage codling moth in-

festation for the 3 rates of azinphosmethyl! was

5, 9, and 8, respectively; infestation in the |

check was 43%. The effect of irrigation

method on codling moth control appeared

more pronounced; there was a trend to poorer

control with overtree irrigation. The infestation

in the block sprinkled undertree averaged 2% ;

in the block sprinkled overtree weekly, 6% ;

and in the block sprinkled overtree biweekly,

12% . Respective percentages in the checks

were 39, 42 and 45.

Acknowledgements

We wish to acknowledge the assistance of

B. J. Madsen and G. D. Halvorson in the

management of irrigation, application of sprays,

and sampling of leaves and fruit.

References

Ebeling, W. 1963. Analysis of the basic processes involved in the deposition, degradation,

persistence, and effectiveness of pesticides. Residue Rev. 3: 35-163.

Gunther, F. A., D. L. Lindgren, M. I. Elliot and J. P. Ladue. 1946. Persistence of certain DDT

deposits under field conditions. J. Econ. Entomol. 39: 624-627.

Linskens, H. F., W. Heinen, and A. L. Stoffers. 1965. Cuticula of leaves and the residue problem.

Residue Rev. 8: 136-178.

Miles, J. R. W. 1964. A new colorimetric method for determination of residues of Guthion and

Ethyl Guthion and their oxygen analogs. J. Ass. Off. Agric. Chem. 47: 882-885.

Williams, K. 1961. Note on the effect of rain, and sprinkler irrigation, on the persistence of

spray residues of Guthion and Sevin on apple leaves. Can. J. Plant Sci. 41: 449-451.

J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CoLumstA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 9

INSECTICIDES AGAINST TUBER FLEA BEETLE ON

POTATOES IN BRITISH COLUMBIA

(CHRYSOMELIDAE: COLEOPTERA)

D. G. FINLAYSON, M. J. BROWN, C. J. CAMPBELL,

A. T. S. WILKINSON AND I. H. WILLIAMS!

ABSTRACT

To protect potatoes from damage by larvae of the tuber flea beetle,

Epitrix tuberis Gent., in silt and sandy clay loam soils, carbofuran

(Furadan) fensulfothion (Dasanit), and fonofos (Dyfonate) were applied as

12-inch band or broadcast, treatments, rotovated to a depth of 4 inches and

rows of potatoes planted in the treated areas. Three supplementary drenches

were applied at about 2-week intervals to include the emergence period of the

second generation adults. In silt loam the untreated and fonofos band-treated

plots produced 31 and 40% marketable tubers, respectively, against 92 to

100% for the other treatments. In sandy loam the comparable figures were 0.5

and 4.5% against 10 to 97%. Residues in the tubers ranged from none detected

in fonofos treatments to 0.23 ppm of fensufothion and its sulfone in potatoes

from the band treatment.

INTRODUCTION

The tuber flea beetle, Epitrix tuberis Gent.

(Fig. 1C), was present in the lower Fraser

Valley by 1940 (Glendenning, 1945) and in

the southern interior by 1944 (Neilson and

Finlayson, 1953). It became well established

and its spread to other potato areas is recorded

(Fulton and Banham, 1960). The adults feed

on the leaves (Fig. 1B) and the larvae on the

tubers (Fig. 1A). Damage by this pest does not

cause a reduction in yield, but it reduces the

number of marketable tubers.

Early experiments with foliar applications.

reduced the adult populations and resulted in

decreased oviposition (Finlayson and Neilson,

1954). This method was replaced by soil

incorporation of persistent cyclodiene

organochlorines (Banham, 1960). In coasta}

British Columbia where late blight and aphids

are additional problems, a combined foliar

application of a fungicide and an insecticide

also controlled the beetles.

In 1964 aldrin and dieldrin failed to

prevent larval damage in the Salmon River

Valley near Vernon. Experiments in the

laboratory showed that the flea beetles were

resistant to DDT and dieldrin both there and

at Lavington, and to DDT as far north as

Pavilion. However, they remained highly

susceptible to diazinon and presumably to

other organophosphorus compounds (Banham

and Finlayson, 1967). By 1970, nearly all

organochlorine insecticides had been removed

‘Research Branch, Canada Agriculture, 6660 N.W. Marine

Drive, Vancouver 8, B.C.

by legislation from agricultural use in British

Columbia.

By 1968 Banham (1965, ’67, ’68) had

demonstrated conclusively that none of the

organophosphorus or carbamate insecticides

investigated could produce more than 50%

marketable tubers by single or split ap-

plications applied in the soil. In contrast

Wilkinson (1968, °69) found that both fonofos

(Dyfonate) and carbofuran (Furadan) would

protect potatoes from wireworm damage in

peat soil. Concurrently Finlayson (1968) had

shown that fensulfothion (Dasanit) and

carbofuran although excellent soil insectcides,

lacked the persistence necessary to protect root

crops from the damaging second and third

generation of soil insects.

In 1971 the recommendation for tuber flea

beetle control was carbaryl (Sevin) in the

interior and endosulfan (Thiodan) at the coast,

applied as spray or dust at approximately 1

lb/ acre / application at 10-day intervals until

harvest. The recommendation for wireworms

was fonofos or carbofuran, but conflicting

reports of failures of carbofuran in some soils in

the interior of British Columbia placed doubt

on its efficacy. With these problems in mind

experiments were designed to investigate the

rates, methods and persistence of _ these

compounds for potato growing.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

In sandy clay loam at Kelowna and in silt

loam at Vernon, granular _ fensulfothion,

fonofos and carbofuran were applied to the soil

10 J. ENTomMo.L. Soc. Brit. CoLumMBIA, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972

surface at 0.66 lb toxicant per acre in a 12-inch

band, and at 5 lb toxicant per acre broadcast.

The insecticides were rotovated immediately

after application to a depth of 4 to 5 inches and

seed potatoes of Foundation grade were sown

at 1-foot intervals by hand in the treated areas

in rows 3 feet apart. Each location included 32

plots consisting of a broadcast and a band

treatment for each of the 3 compounds; | plot

treated with carbaryl (Sevin), the currently

recommended treatment; and an _ untreated

plot; all in 4 replications. A plot consisted of 4

rows 25 feet long.

In addition to the granular applications the

broadcast and band-treated plots received 3

supplementary sprays at | lb toxicant /acre/

application in 100 gal water to wet the plants

and the soil about the base of the

plant to reduce the population of adults and

thus oviposition. The sprays were applied at

about 2-week intervals starting in mid-July to

coincide with the emergence of second-

generation adults. Carbaryl was applied at | lb

toxicant acre application in 100 gal water

when approximately 75% of the plants had

emerged and was repeated 9 times at 10-day

intervals until 10 days before harvest.

At harvest 100 marketable tubers with a

minimum diameter of 1.5 inch, were dug at

random from the 2 central rows of each plot. A

sub-sample of 50 tubers from each plot was

peeled, and the flea beetle damage was assessed

by counting the number of larval tunnels. The

damage was grouped in 6 categories: 0 larval

tunnels; 1 to 4; 5 to 9; 10 to 14; 15 to 19;

and 20 or more. Tubers having less than 10

larval tunnels were considered marketable

(Banham, 1960). The data were examined by

analysis of variance and the results compared

by Duncan’s multiple range test (Duncan,

1959).

For residue analysis, 10 tubers from each

replicate were quartered longitudinally and one

quarter from each tuber was put into a plastic

bag and frozen. The frozen samples were later

macerated in a Waring Blendor, pooled by

Fig. 1. A. Potato showing severe damage by larvae of tuber flea beetle. B. Holes in potato leaf

from adult feeding. C. Tuber flea beetle (X 20).

J. Entomon. Soc. Brit. CoLtumstiA, 69 (1972), AuaG. 1, 1972 11

treatments, mixed thoroughly and held in

refrigeration during completion of the analysis.

Sub-samples of the various treatments were

analysed as follows:

fensulfothion. Determined by the method for

carrots of Williams et al. (1971) but the second

cleanup column containing Norit A and Celite

was eliminated. Recovery from fortified

potatoes at the 0.2 ppm level was: fen-

sulfothion, 102% and its sulfone 90% .

fonofos. Determined by the same procedure as

for fensulfothion except that a 180 cm gas

chromatographic column was used instead of

the 80 cm one used for fensulfothion. Using

this procedure fonofos was eluted in Fraction 1|

and its oxygen analog in Fraction 2. Recovery

from fortified potatoes at the 0.5 ppm level was

fonofos 106% and its oxygen analog 93% .

carbofuran. Determined by a modification of

the method for corn stover described by Cook

et al. (1969). Modifications included sub-

stitution of alumina for Nuchar-Attaclay and

silica-gel in the cleanup column, and the use of

a Coulson conductivity detector instead of a

microcoulometric detector. Recovery from

fortified potatoes at the 0.1 ppm level was:

carbofuran, 81% and 3-hydroxycarbofuran.

90% .

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The average population of second-

generation adult flea beetles in mid-July was

10 times higher at Kelowna than at Vernon.

Foliage feeding and adult beetles were readily

seen in the Kelowna plots and tubers from

volunteer plants were badly damaged.

Table 1 shows the results of examination of

the tubers.

From the table it is clear that 9 applications

with carbaryl did not prevent damage under a

severe infestation. It was evident also that

TABLE I. Potatoes' in each damage category and percentage marketable after various treatments

against tuber flea beetles in British Columbia, 1971.

Treatment Larval tunnels per potato %

O 7-4 5-3 10-14 15-19 20+ nanketaules

- Kelowna

fensulfothion band 74 83 oe 6 eS 1 OS: Oma

m broadcast 108 60 2c 8 O 2 95.0 a

fonofos band O 5 4 12 12 167 ode

2S broadcast 27 30 27 19 19 78 Le sOac

carbofuran band ho 58 39 25 LY; 19 69.5 b

: broadcast 99 75 20 3 2 = 97.0 a

carbaryl O 12 8 14 14 152 160.0: d

Untreated O O aL 3 4 192 Oso)

Vernon

fensulfothion band 102 77 Wy al O 98.0 a

4 broadcast 160 LO O O O O 100.0 a

fonofos band 33 31 15 ney 10 g4 Bee)

mn broadcast 111 54 19 7 6 3 92.0 a

carbofuran band 100 67 26 4 il 2 96.5 a

mt broadcast 160 36 4 O O O 100.0 a

carbaryl 147 4k 5 3 O aL 98.0 a

Untreated # 22 33 22 19 97 S100

Pitty tubers, minimum diameter 1.4 inches, from each of 4 replicates, total 200.

“Percentages followed by the same letter are not significantly different at the 5‘ level.

under heavy infestations treatments with

fonofos were unable to prevent damage. Even

under light attack at Vernon protection given

by fonofos was inferior to that given by fen-

sulfothion and carbofuran.

Band treatments had much lighter ap-

plications per unit area than _ broadcast

treatments, and they did not give good

protection in all cases.

The results of the residue analyses are

shown in Table 2. The treatments which af.-

forded the least protection also had the lowest

residues. There was no residue of fonofos in the

Kelowna

Insecticides

Band Broadcast

fensulfothion 0.09 0.08

fens. sulfone 0.14 0.10

fonofos a z

fono. O-analog ND ND

carbofuran ND 0.05

3-hydroxy carb. 0.06 O.15

ND = None detected

T «= Trace

4.5 inches in June. At Vernon the rainfall was

about 30% lower. The rainfall, irrigation, and

the topography of the land allowed large areas

of the Kelowna site to be inundated for several

hours at a time. Although the water solubility

of carbofuran is only 700 ppm at 25°C it

appears that the residues in the untreated

potatoes may have resulted from its systemic

properties and the flooding described.

The cost per acre of the two compounds

which afforded protection were:

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumpstA, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972

tubers at harvest.

Potatoes from untreated plots, especially at —

Kelowna, contained both carbofuran and its 3-

OH metabolite. Analysis of potatoes from the —

fensulfothion-treated plots also showed that

there was a trace of carbofuran and its 3-OH |

from —

Kelowna but little or none in those from |

metabolite present in the samples

Vernon. The explanation appears to lie with

weather, irrigation, and the solubility of

carbofuran. Rainfall at the Kelowna site was

approximately 2 inches in the week preceding —

application, 0.4 inches immediately after and —

The authors gratefully acknowledge technical

advice from Dr. H. R. Mac Carthy and prepara-

tion of the figure by Mr. H. Severson, both of

the Vancouver Research Station, and technical

assistance from Messrs. J. C. Arrand, G. G.

and A.

Chambers all of the British Columbia Depart- |

Anderson, H. Parsons, G. Carter

ment of Agriculture.

References

Banham, F. L. 1960. Soil insecticides for control of the tuber flea beetle, Fpitrix tuberis Gent. |

in the interior of British Columbia. Can. J. Plant Sci. 40:165-171.

Banham, F. L. 1965. Control experiments using soil-incorporated insecticides. Pesticide Res. Report

(Can. Dept. Agr., Ottawa). 102-104.

TABLE II. Residues in ppm in potatoes after various treatments against tuber flea beetles in

British Columbia, 1971.

Vernon

Untreated Band Broadcast Untreatenl

Tt 0.04 0.09 AW

ND 0.04 0.06 ND

ND ND T ND

ND ND ND ND

0.03 ND 0.03 < 0.02

0.07 0.04 0.07 <0.02

fensulfothion carbofuran

Broadcast + sprays $46.90 $49.20

Band + sprays $20.20 $22.75

Acknowledgements

J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CoLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 13

Banham, F. L. 1967. Control experiments using soil-incorporated insecticides. Ibid. 121-122.

Banham, F. L. 1968. Field trials of soil-incorporated insecticides against the tuber flea beetle.

Ibid. 126-127.

Banham, F. L., and D. G. Finlayson. 1967. Resistance to organochlorine insecticides in the tuber

flea beetle, Epitrix tuberis Gent. (Coleoptera:Chrysomelidae), in British Columbia.

J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia, 64:17-22.

Cook, R. F., R. P. Stanovick, and C. C. Cassil. 1969. Determination of carbofuran and its

carbamate metabolite residues in corn using a nitrogen-specific gas chromatographic

detector. J. Agr. Food Chem. 17:277-282.

Duncan, D. B. 1955. Multiple range and multiple F tests. Biometrics 11:1-42.

Finlayson, D. G., and C. L. Neilson. 1954. Experiments on the insecticidal control of the tuber

flea beetle, Epitrix tuberis Gent. in the interior of British Columbia. Can. J. Agr.

Sci. 34:156-160.

Fulton, H. G., and F. L. Banham. 1960. A brief history of the tuber flea beetle, Epitrix

tuberis Gent., in British Columbia. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 57:47-49.

Glendenning, R. 1945. The tuber flea beetle in British Columbia and its control. Can. Dept.

Agr. Publ. 22 (Processed).

Neilson, C. L., and D. G. Finlayson. 1954. Notes on the biology of the tuber flea beetle, Epitrix

tuberis Gentner (Coleoptera:Chrysomelidae) in the interior of British Columbia. Can. Ent.

85:31-32.

Wilkinson, A. T. S. 1968. Chemical control of wireworms. Pesticide Res. Report (Can. Dept. Agr.,

Ottawa). 99-100.

Wilkinson, A. T. S. 1969. Chemical control of wireworms. Ibid. 121-122.

Williams, I. H., R. Kore, and D. G. Finlayson. 1971. Determination of residues of Dasanit and

three metabolites by gas chromatography with flame photometric detection. J. Agr. Food

Chem. 19:456-458.

14 J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumstiA, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972

RATES, METHODS, AND PERSISTENCE OF INSECTICIDES

USED FOR PREVENTING CARROT MAGGOT DAMAGE!

D. G. FINLAYSON, M. J. BROWN, C. J. CAMPBELL AND I. H. WILLIAMS

ABSTRACT

Fourteen carbamate and organophosphorus insecticides for preventing

damage by carrot maggot, Psila rosae (Fab.), were applied as granules in the

seed furrow at 2 locations in muck soil, and supplemented with 2, 3, 4, or 8

sprays of the same materials during the season. The spray applications were

made at 40 and 70 days after seeding; 30, 50, and 70 days; 30, 50. 70, and 90

days; 40, 70, and 100 days. Diazinon, the currently recommended treatment,

was applied 8 times at 10-day intervals from 30 to 100 days. All the granules

except chlorfenvinfos and ethion reduced the number of emergent seedlings.

The reduction was 40% in plots treated with diazinon, thionazin, Chemagro

7375, Nemacur, pirimiphos-methyl, and TD-8550. Maggot damage was neg-

ligible until 100 days after seeding, but by 160 days only plots treated with

carbofuran, fensulfothion, ethion and 3 of the numbered compounds had less

than 20% damage. Residues of pesticides in the carrots ranged from 0.12 ppm

of ethion 30 days after the final application, to 1.28 ppm of thionazin 10 days

after. Residues in carrots held in storage at 5°C for 30, 60, and 90 days,

increased with the period of storage, except those from plots treated with

chlorfenvinphos.

INTRODUCTION MATERIALS AND METHODS

When strains of carrot rust fly, Psila rosae The insecticides used in the primary and

(Fab.), became resistant to organochlorine secondary experiments are listed alphabetically

insecticides, experiments were conducted after

1961 to determine methods and rates or ap-

plications of insecticides which would prevent

damage by the rust fly maggot yet produce

carrots free of residues. From 1961 to 1963

promising carbamate and organophosphorus

insecticides were applied at various rates in the

seed furrow. None was persistent enough to

prevent damage for more than a _ single

generation (Finlayson et al., 1964). Further

experiments (Finlayson et al., 1966) showed

that damage could be reduced below 5%_ if

furrow applications were supplemented by

drenches, but the method usually resulted in

residues in the carrots at harvest (Finlayson et

al., 1970). The = only insecticide which

protected the carrots from damage without

leaving residues in excess of established

tolerance was diazinon (Finlayson et al.,

1968). However, the need to spray every 10

days from 30 days after seeding to 10 days

before harvest made the cost almost

prohibitive. Experiments were continued with

the most promising compounds to determine

effective methods at reduced rates which would

lower costs and residues. This paper reports on

an experiment designed to investigate the use

of fewer sprays at various periods after seeding.

‘Research Station, Canada Dept. of Agriculture, 6660 N.W.

Marine Drive, Vancouver 8, B.C.

and identified chemically in Table 1. Common

names are used except where these have not yet

been assigned. (Kenaga and Allison, 1969).

At two locations in muck soil, granular

insecticides at | oz toxicant per 1000 row-feet

were applied in the furrow with the seed.

Carrots, var. Hi Pak, were sown at 0.5 g per 20

feet of row with a V-belt rod-row seeder. The

seed and the insecticide were separated in the

belt by a fine layer of soil over the seed. In-

furrow applications in the primary experiment

were supplemented with 2, 3, or 4 sprays

(Table 3) at staggered intervals after seeding,

at | lb toxicant per acre per application in 100

gal water. The schedules were: 40 and 70

days; 30,50, and 70; 40, 70, 100; and 30, 50,

70 and 90. In-furrow applications of the

secondary experiment were supplemented 30,

90, and 70 days after seeding. Diazinon, the

currently recommended treatment, was applied

in the furrow at | oz toxicant per 1000 feet and

sprayed 8 times at 10-day intervals starting 30

days after seeding, at 10 oz toxicant per acre in

100 gal water.

Treatments in the primary experiment were

randomized and replicated four times at each

location. Each plot consisted of four 20-foot

rows. Treatments in the secondary or trial

experiment were randomized and replicated

only twice. The effectiveness of the insecticides

_ J. Entomot. Soc. Brit Cotumpta, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 15

| TABLE 1. Chemical definitions of insecticides used for preventing damage by carrot maggots.

1:4 mixture m-(l-ethylpropyl)phenyl methylcarbamate

m-(1-methylbutyl)phenyl methylcarbamate

Bux

carbofuran

bamate

Chemagro 7375 Unknown

chlorfenvinphos

diazinon

phosphorothioate

ethion

fensulfothion

N-2596

Nemacur

pirimiphos-ethy1?

2, J-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-7-benzofuranyl methylcar-

2-chloro-1-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)vinyl diethyl phosphate

0,0-diethyl O-(2-isopropyl-4-methyl-6-pyrimidyl )

0,0,0,0'-tetraethyl S,S'-methylenebisphosphorodithioate

0,0-diethyl O-p-[ (methyl sulfinyl ) phenyl] phosphorothioate

S-(p-chlorophenyl) O-ethyl ethanephosphonodithioate

ethyl 4-(methylthio)-m-tolyl isopropylphosphoramidate

2-diethylamino-4-methylpyrimidin-6-yl diethyl

2-diethylamino-4-methylpyrimidin-6-yl dimethyl

S-(N-methoxycarbonyl-N-methylcarbamoyl-methy1l)

dimethylphosphonothiolothionate

phosphorothionate

pirimiphos-methy1*

phosphorothionate

TD-85507

thionazin

trichloronate

‘Chemical definitions from Pesticide Research Report 1970

315-332. Compiled by Can. Comm. Pesticide Use Agriculture,

Ottawa.

was assessed by counting the number of

emergent seedlings in 2 meters of row and by

examining scrubbed carrots, harvested 160

days after seeding, for maggot tunnels; one or

more tunnels per root constituted a damaged

carrot.

At intervals of 10, 30, and 50 days after the

final application five carrots were taken from

each replicate treated with carbofuran,

chlorfenvinphos, ethion, fensulfothion and

thionazin. The carrots were washed and placed

in frozen storage for analysis. Large samples

were also taken 50 days after the final ap-

plication from the plots treated at 40, 70, and

100-days, then placed in open bags in

refrigeration at 5° C. Sub-samples of these were

taken after 30, 60, and 90 days refrigeration,

washed and put into frozen storage prior to

analysis to determine the effect of refrigerated

Storage on residues.

Q,0-diethy1l 0-2- pyrazinyl phosphorothioate

O-ethyl 0-2,4,5-trichlorophenyl ethylphosphonothioate

The frozen samples of treated and un-

treated carrots were shredded on a Braun

Multimix, thoroughly intermixed and 50 g sub-

samples were analysed as follows:

Chlorfenvinphos, ethion and thionazin were

extracted with ethyl acetate following the

procedure of Storherr and Watts (1965).

Cleanup was by sweep co-distillation (Watts

and Storherr (1965) ) and analysis was by gas

chromatography on a 6 ft column of 4% OV

101 and 6% OV 210 using a flame photometric

detector in the phosphorus mode. Recoveries

from fortified carrots were as_ follows:

chlorfenvinphos, 1.0 ppm, 97%; ethion, 0.1

ppm, 111%; and thionazin, 1.0 ppm, 82%.

Fensulfothion residues were determined by the

method of Williams et al (1971) using flame

photometric detection.

Carbofuran analyses were made by modifying

the method described by Cook et al (1969) for

16 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972

corn. The modifications included substitution

of alumina for Nuchar-Attaclay and silica gel

in the cleanup column, and the use of a

Coulson conductivity detector (Coulson, 1966)

instead of a microcoulometric detector.

Recoveries from fortified carrots at 0.5 ppm

were: carbofuran, 101% and _ 3-hydoxy-

carbofuran, 108%.

The percentage solid matter in the frozen

shredded carrots after refrigeration at 5 C for |

0, 30, 60, and 90 days was determined by two

methods. In the first, 100 g samples were oven- |

dried at 100°C, air cooled and brought to |

constant weight at room temperature in a |

desiccator over calcium chloride. In the second,

2 g samples were boiled in xylene and the water |

collected in a Bidwell and Sterling distilling

receiver (1925).

TABLE 2. Average number of emergent carrot seedlings in 2 meters of row after treatments to |

prevent damage by carrot maggots.

Treatment Number of

seedlings

Bux 45.0

carbofuran DLO

Chemagro 7375 LEIS

chlorfenvinphos 63.5

diazinon 34.0

ethion 6725

fensulfothion 47.0

N-2596 48.5

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Seedling emergence was unsatisfactory for

determining the effects of the insecticides on

the seeds at the Kennedy location because a

layer of blue clay which extended over several

plots resulted in very restricted germination.

Counts were taken only at the Spranger

location. Some effects are recorded in Table 2.

Only chlorfenvinphos and ethion treatments

produced as many seedlings per unit length of

row as untreated plots. Chemagro 7375,

Nemacur, pirmiphos-methyl, and TD-8550, all

exploratory compounds, had less than half the

number of seedlings found in untreated plots.

Seedling numbers in the diazinon-treated plots

were about half those in untreated plots, a

disadvantage to its use since it was first

recommended. Thionazin caused similar

reductions.

Treatment Number of

seedlings

Nemacur 2750

pirimiphos-ethyl Da sO

pirimiphos-methyl 29.5

TD-8550 2D SO

thionazin 34 8

trichloronate 56.8

Untreated 65.0

Damage from first and second generation

maggots was almost negligible 100 days after

seeding. By 130 days damage was evident in

untreated and diazinon-treated carrots and at

160 days losses in yield were evident (Table 3).

Of the insecticides in the primary experiment

only carbofuran, fensulfothion and thionazin

were consistently effective in preventing

damage. Three sprays at 40, 70, and 100 days

appeared to be the best schedule for preventing

damage. In the secondary experiment (Table

4) all except N-2596 and _pirimiphos-methy]

averaged less than 20% damage. Chemagro

7375 and Nemacur had less than 10 % damage

but their reduction of seedling emergence offset

their usefulness.

Residue analysis was restricted to the five

most effective insecticides. The results from

samples taken 10, 30, and 50 days after final

J. EnToMoL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumstiA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972

‘suotjeordde Aeids yyai4-

‘sXeids g 10 p ‘¢ ‘Zz snid uoneodde sejnueis MOLINy-uy,

Br He = = = 2 = Or Hs peyeorjzug

0°92 - - - 0°92 - - a7euoTOTYoO TIA

Get = Omit O°+ G°Z 9°+ - uTZeUOTUy

6°¢S = Chik o°G 6°9 6°¢ - uotTyZof Tnsuey

Sail = 3 - Toe Gale = uoTYze

L°8e ice G = = = - uOUTZEeTP

ae 2 ae 6°S Oe 9°ST - soydutauajazoTyo

aXe = tT eae O°O G°ST Cr - NOT wernjoqsreo

OF LE a = = OTL = - HG uerinzyoqreo

te be = = = C1Go te - xng

wreg Jesueidg

2) Sin = 3 . = 9° St peyeorqzug

O°S2 = = = O7Ge ~ - ayeUuoIOTYOTI4

C°CL = G*eL G°ST L500 Gece uTzeuotyy

ere = Es Q°6 O°h 0°9 - uotyzosTnsuay

ee)! = au 4°9T = uotyyze

ein OTe = = - ~ - uOUTZeTp

6°42 = tae Cate 4° OS Geol, - soydutauess0Tyo

Sorel = Of08 eae O*TT igual x DOT Uernfoqres

C°6 = = - G°6 - - HG weinjoqreo

1° oS a a a c°9e 9°9¢ a xng

’ sureg Xpouuey

3(O0T"** (06 ‘Od (OOT (02

adelaay ‘Ot *OS) ‘OS 0S) ~=*02 =SOt) ‘OS ‘O¢) (OZ ‘Ot) pezyesrzuy eptotzyoesuy

at 2 al 9 artic at ¢ al +

( ) pettdde etem skeads Sutpees szeyge sfkep pue taroe/qt ut eyey

‘quowliiedxe Arewtid

a4} Ul SapldIjIesUI JO seqyeI PUL SPOYJEW SNOWeA SBuISN ‘SuIpses 19}Je SABP OO 3 SjJOLIeD 0} sjosseul Aq aseuIep asejUB.Ieg *§ ATAVL

18 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumstiA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 |

TABLE 4. Percentage damage by maggots to carrots at 160 days after seeding, in the secondary |

experiment. !

LL SOC, CITC I ES TT SR eS

Treatment

Chemagro 7375 -

N-2596 260

Nemacur 230

pirimiphos-ethyl 19.6

pirimiphos-methyl 68.0

TD~8550 a

‘In-furrow applications followed by 3 sprays 30, 50, and 70 days

atter seeding.

treatment, are shown in Table 5. Some

reduction of residue occurred in this period,

probably as a result of dilution by growth, but

in most treatments it did not diminish by as

much as 50%.

Residues in samples from the 40-70-100

day schedule of treatments taken 50 days after

the final application and held at 5°C for 30,

60, and 90 days, are given in Table 6. Except

for those treated with chlorfenvinphos there

was a general increase in the residues per unit

weight over the storage period. We assumed

that this resulted from a loss of water by the

carrots in storage. Weights of the shredded

samples, oven-dried at 100°C, or dehydrated

by boiling in xylene, are shown (Table 6). It

appears from the results that more than water

is removed by the oven-drying method. These

results are comparable to those of Bidwell and

Sterling (1925) who discuss the advantages

and disadvantages of each method. From the

table it can be seen that the apparent increase

in residue is associated with the change of

Kennedy Farm

Spranger Farm

26.9

Dell

1, 23

P30

water content of the carrots during storage.

The extra solid matter per unit weight, as

determined by the xylene method, ranged from

27.8% for chlorfenvinphos treated carrots to

33.9%for those treated with thionazin. These

findings are different from those of Read

(1971) who found that until approximately 80

days after planting rutabagas absorbed fen-

sulfothion, which then decreased at a relatively

constant rate; and that residues present at

harvest decreased quickly to non-detectable

levels in storage. Suett (1971) found that from

a single application at seeding concentrations

above | ppm could be present in marketable

carrots 12-14 weeks after application at

recommended rates. The rates of uptake

declined as carrot growth slowed and _ sub-

sequently the amounts of chlorfenvinphos,

fonofos residues in carrots

diazinon and

changed very little.

In the U.K. Wheatley (1971) and _ in

Canada Finlayson et al (1966) have shown

J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. CotumBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972

pezoezyep suON = CN

1G: Hl? 94° . QE" ge" IN 6." AOE Sicha = eH" te’ aN 0S

O° 90° TS° = Ge° i c= ae 60° 96° = 92° 4T° CN Of

BO0°T GO* 4S" = ay Gila 20 2Or BO. seis z T6° 6L* 60" OT 06-04-05-0¢

ce 6055 92" = ies Oe> 20 eis 907 ay - ee 907 0 OS

9S° 4L° St? cs Ce: el Oe G9* 90° Se" = ele 80° S0O° O¢

sy x - = 2 = = 92° GO”. 4° = 9g * 60° dN OL -Col- 02-07,

ea 907. ye" ce. ae T° CN Gt° A Che She eae 9S* eal. Soke OS

oa * GO* “Is eis 9g ° St° dn 9s° 90° 0O¢° ee QS° Lu 80° o4

G6° GO* TS° 91° deve Ot = 60> c6° GO* TS" 4g ° 09° 9e* 0° OT OZ-0S-0¢

eG ZO (Oe Og ee ee TO" 4° OTe ocs 02° Og * 90° 90° OS

Et 40° os ee” ere He* SO* c9Q° 90° Se2° tone G¢° Nie ge SSO: os

be - CG] 62" qe * OS* Lo OOF OR* Ol -9e~ Ro yar OL sam On 04-07

: ae ee: ae ee: i ee ee ees

O 0 ms By is a =, = 5 s EH a B td &

2 a a on On =I O << on Ko

S & c fe) 5 Qu O = c S O 5 Oo O b

ns ie = Ky 8 tb - ee 5 i) B H QO ©

a. O a O Oo Sc N ime) Kh o) O S 0 Hh

= o = > 4 7 fe) fe) 3) na K ct ct

. o § 5. 6 OE . oF cs 6 8 of

° E : S : : ei

=) 2p oO =) on i)

Oo e oO e n

a 0) ct

soyoueirp

Jesueidg kpouuey

‘aplorqoasut Jo uorqeordde [euly ay} 103Je SAep Qc pue ‘og ‘OT Use Seydues joured ul widd UI senpIsey “¢ ATAVL

JO eTnpeyog

20 J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972

that damage from carrot maggots can be

prevented by preseeding applications of

pesticides to the soil, by post-emergence ap-

plications to the foliage, and by combinations

of the two. Regardless of method the carrots

harvest. The results of this experiment are no

exception. As long as 50 days after final ap-

plication, residues close to or above acceptable

levels are still present in the carrots when

treated at rates and with methods necessary for

have contained objectionable residues at protection.

TABLE 6. Effect of refrigerated storage for various periods, on carrots harvested 50 days after

the final application of insecticide.

Days Percentage solids Rosas

at Oven Xylene

Insecticide 50C dried method 2 M Total

carbofuran O OAS S 2ce ©202 0226 0. 28

40 11.99 14.0 ©O.10 Oa 0.25

60 sO 14.6 0.06 Os25 ©. Si:

90 5267 16.4 ND Onee 0233

chlorfenvinphos O Meese 13.60 DED - Os 34

40 bec 14.8 0.05 = 0.059

60 2. 15.0 O20 ~ Os16

90 13.45 16.6 207 - 02,07

fensulfothion O ieee 1220 0.26 0.09 O. 35

30 WR ZAL 14.0 0.20 0.08 0.28

60 Pee 2 1 14.6 Oe 35 OFA On 5

90 ere lee) O25 O.t2 0.63

thionazin O 10.88 224 0.68 <= 0.68

30 11.90 12© 0.82 - 0.82

60 ieee 14.4 0.60 - 0.60

90 12.66 1656 1.08 - MAO'S

P = Parent compound, M = Metabolite, ND = None Detected

References

Cook, R. F., R. P. Stanovick, and C. C. Cassil. 1969. Determination of carbofuran and its

carbamate metabolite residues in corn using a nitrogen-specific gas chromatographic

detector. J. Agr. Food Chem. 17:277-282.

Bidwell, G. L., and W. F. Sterling. 1925. Preliminary notes on the direct determination of

moisture. Ind. Eng. Chem. 17: 147-149.

Coulson, D. M. 1966. Selective detection of nitrogen compounds in electrolytic conductivity gas

chromatography. J. Gas Chromatogr. 4: 285-287.

Finlayson, D. G., H. G. Fulton, and I. H. Williams.

residues in carrots. J. Econ. Entomol. 63: 1304-1306.

Finlayson, D. G., H. G. Fulton, and M. D. Noble. 1964. Experiments against carrot rust fly

(Psila rosae (F)) resistant to cyclodiene organochlorine insecticides. Proc. Entomol.

Soc. Brit. Columbia 61: 13-20.

Finlayson, D. G., H. G. Fulton, and M. D. Noble. 1966. Integrated control of cyclodiene-resistant

carrot rust fly. J. Econ. Entomol. 59: 1082-1085.

Finlayson, D. G., I. H. Williams and H. G. Fulton. 1968. Residues of diazinon in carrots after

treatment against cyclodiene-resistant carrot rust fly. J. Econ. Entomol. 61: 1174-1176.

1970. Fensulfothion and_ thionazin

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972

Kenaga, E. E., and W. E. Allison. 1969. Commercial and experimental organic insecticides. Bull.

Ent. Soc. America. 15: 85-148.

Storherr, R. W., and R. R. Watts. 1965. A sweep co-distillation cleanup method for organophos-

phate pesticides. I Recoveries from fortified crops. J. Ass. Offic. Agr. Chem. 48: 1154-1158.

Suett, D. L. 1971. Persistence and degradation of chlorfenvinphos, diazinon, fonofos and phorate

in soils and their intake by carrots. Pestic. Sci. 2: 105-112.

Watts, R. R., and R. W. Storherr. 1965. A sweep co-distillation cleanup method for organophos-

phate pesticides. II Rapid extraction method for crops. J. Ass. Offic. Agr. Chem. 48:

1158-1160.

Wheatley, G. A. 1971. Pest control in vegetables: some further limitations in insecticides for

cabbage root fly and carrot fly control. Proc. 6th Br. Insectic. Fungic. Conf. 386-395.

Williams, I. H., R. Kore, and D. G. Finlayson. 1971. Determination of residues of Dasanit and

three metabolites by gas chromatography with flame photometric detection. J. Agr. Food

Chem. 19:456-458.

THE FUNGI BEAUVERIA BASSIANA AND

METARRHIZIUM ANISOPLIAE IN CULTURES OF THE

ROOT WEEVIL NEMOCESTES INCOMPTUS HORN

(COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE)

W.T. CRAM

Research Station, Canada Department of Agriculture

Vancouver, British Columbia

The woods weevil, Nemocestes incomptus

Horn, is a native root weevil which causes

serious damage to strawberries in coastal

British Columbia. Freshly emerged adults were

collected in large numbers from a strawberry

planting in early September 1971, and con-

fined in screen-covered quart sealers in the

laboratory at room temperature. About 200

adults were kept in each sealer and fed fresh

wet strawberry foliage daily. By early October

most of the adults had died. White fungus was

seen at their leg joints and mouthparts. When

apparently healthy, freshly collected adults

were confined singly with a dead, fungus-

covered adult they died within two to three

days. The fungi on the dead weevils were

identified as Beauveria bassiana (Fig. 1A) and

Metarrhizium anisopliae (Fig. 1, A and B).

These fungi are well known and have many

insect hosts. The importance of these fungi in

controlling root weevil adults or larvae in the

field is not known but warrants further in-

vestigation.

Acknowledgement

Gerard M. Thomas, Division of Entomology,

University of California, Berkeley, kindly iden-

tified the fungi.

22 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumBIA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972

Fig. 1. A. Beauveria bassiana on Nemocestes incomptus adult.

B. Early stage of Metarrhizium anisopliae on N. incomptus adult. |

C. Late stage of M. anisopliae on N. incomptus adult showing prismatic masses of spores. |

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CorumstiaA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 DS

A SIMPLE AND EFFICIENT METHOD OF REARING

APHIDOPHAGOUS HOVERFLIES (DIPTERA: SYRPHIDAE)

B. D. FRAZER:

ABSTRACT

Syrphid larvae and their aphid prey are reared together with minimal

maintenance on caged broad bean plants. An essential feature of the cage for

adults is a feeding platform raised well off the floor for the diet of cube sugar,

water and freeze-dried pollen. Since mating occurs in flight, the cage must be

higher than wide or deep.

INTRODUCTION

During investigations on the biotic mor-

tality agents of aphids, the predators most

often present in southwest British Columbia

were syrphid larvae. Before their importance to

aphid control could be assessed it was

necessary to rear the various species in

numbers for laboratory studies.

Few species of aphidophagous syrphids

have been reared successfully because of their

dietary and _ behavioral requirements; the

adults need carbohydrate and _ protein to

mature their eggs and the larvae need living

aphids. The food of the adult is usually pollen

and nectar. Sugar or honey water are sub-

stitutes for nectar, but in practice the adults

often stick to gauze or paper wetted with

sugary solutions. The collection of enough

aphids to feed larvae is time consuming and not

efficient if the feeding is done without plants,

because many aphids die before they are eaten.

The rearing system discussed here solves

these problems and has been very successful

with the species studied.

METHODS AND MATERIALS

Unopened catkins of hazelnut trees Corylus

sp. were collected in April, placed over

radiators on sheets of paper and allowed to

open. The dried catkins were screened and the

pollen collected, freeze-dried and vacuum-

packed in glass ampoules sealed with heat.

Gravid females, caught in the field, were

brought into the rearing room, and allowed to

Oviposit on leaves or plants infested with

aphids. The rearing room was maintained at

20+0.5C, 70-80% RH and light was provided

16 hr per day. When the eggs hatched, the

larvae were allowed to feed for 1 or 2 days

before being transferred with a moist #00

sable hair brush, to newly-sprouted broad bean

plants, Vicia faba L. var. Exhibition Long Pod,

growing in UC mix C, Fertilizer I (Matkin and

Chandler, 1957) in 15 cm round, plastic pots.

‘Research Station, Canada Dept. of Agriculture, 6660 N.W.

Marine Drive, Vancouver 8, B.C.

One larva was transferred to each plant in each

pot. Nine pots were set in a cage for rearing the

larvae and the plants were heavily infested with

the pea aphid, Acyrthosiphon pisum (Harris).

Within 10 to 14 days when the larvae had

matured and pupated in the soil, the plants

were cut down, and the soil was allowed to dry

out. After a further 21 to 28 days the adults

emerged, and were transferred to another cage

(Fig. 1) and fed cube sugar, water and

hazelnut pollen (Fig. 2). In 4 or 5 days, broad

bean plants 10 to 15 cm high and infested with

the black bean aphid, Aphis fabae Scopoli,

were placed in the cage with the adults and left

for 3 or 4 hr. The eggs produced were then

handled as described for eggs from field-caught

flies.

The cages for the adults are 45 cm wide, 60

cm long and 75 cm high and havea 20 x 20 cm

platform 35 cm from the floor. The two side

walls are of saran screening, the back and top

of Kodapak clear sheets, and the front of wood

with a 15 x 15 cm hole covered by a sliding

door.

The cover of the cages for the larvae rests

on a 15 cm high stand. The dimensions are 50

cm wide, 60 cm long and 30 cm high. The sides

are covered with saran screening and the top

with Kodapak. The top of the stand has 9 holes

in it so that when the pots are in place, they are

suspended in the holes by their rims over

watering trays.

DISCUSSION

Black bean aphids are ideal for stimulating

oviposition because they are small, sedentary,

and not easily dislodged from the plant. If pea

aphids are used for this purpose many are

knocked or fall from the plants and wander

about the cage causing the syrphids to oviposit

on the cage. However, pea aphids are well

suited as prey for the larvae because they are

large, have a rapid rate of population increase,

and are not toxic to the plants or to the syrphid

larvae. Their mobility allows them to use all

available areas of the plant.

24 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972

*“@SGbCBeeSt et ecu. ~-%

s |

¢)

Fig. 1. Cage for rearing adult aphidophagous syrphids.

Fig. 2. Elevated feeding platform in the cage.

Female flies can produce eggs more or less

continuously but it is best not to allow them to

do so. If eggs are laid over an extended period

or are very numerous, the larvae will eat the

unhatched eggs and smaller larvae. Provision

of an infested plant for 8 hr twice a week

results in large numbers of eggs of the same

age. Newly hatched, uniform larvae are left on

the plants to feed because they are easier to

transfer when they have grown.

The combined rearing of the larvae and

aphids eliminates the need for mass rearing of

the prey species, which is usually the limiting

factor in rearing predators. Set up correctly,

the 9-pot cages are well balanced predator-prey

ecosystems and no further addition of aphids is

needed. Emerging adults reach the surface of

dry UC mix quicker than if soil is used. Cutting

the plants makes their capture easy.

The large size and shape of the adult cage

(Fig. 1) and presence of the platform (Fig. 2)

are essential features, for most syrphids mate in

flight and seldom visit the floor of a cage. In

small cages without platforms, the adults flew

only if frightened and seldom fed.

The adult diet of dry sugar cubes, tap water

and freeze-dried vacuum-packed pollen

produced the best results and was the simplest

of the diets tested. Yeast, soya bean flour, and

yeast hydrolysate mixtures became caked on

the flies’ feet and abdomens, and condensed

milk and molasses mixtures on bread, saran

paper or cheese cloth trapped the flies. Honey

and sugar solutions were accepted by the flies

but they were messy and required frequent

attention and renewal. With the method

described routine maintenance involves only

the refilling of the water flask every second

day, bi-monthly replacements of the sugar

cubes and bi-weekly additions of pollen.

Species successfully reared by this method

were: Syrphus torvus O.S., S. ribesii (L), S.

opinator O.S., Metasyrphus spp., and Scaeva

pyrastri (L).

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Dr. J. R. Vockeroth,

Entomology Research Institute, Canada

Department of Agriculture, Ottawa for identi-

fying the syrphid species.

References

Matkin, O. A. and P. A. Chandler. 1957. The U.C. system for producing healthy container-

grown plants, K. F. Baker (ed.) California Agr. Expt. Sta. Manual 23, p. 73.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 25

AGGREGATION SITES AND BEHAVIOR OF TWO SPECIES

OF HIPPODAMIA (COLEOPTERA: COCCINELLIDAE) IN

SOUTH-CENTRAL BRITISH COLUMBIA

G. J. FIELDS' AND R. D. MCMULLEN:

ABSTRACT

Hippodamia caseyi Johnson and H. oregonensis Crotch over-

winter in aggregation sites on mountain tops in south-central British

Columbia. Each species selects distinctive overwintering sites. During the

summer, H. caseyi is distributed mainly in the valleys and lower mountain

elevations, particularly in irrigated alfalfa fields. H. oregonensis is restricted

to subalpine and alpine areas during the summer. Availability of suitable over-

wintering sites may be a limiting factor in the abundance of H. caseyi.

INTRODUCTION

Many species of Coccinellidae are

recognized as important and _ valuable

predators of insect and mite pests throughout

the world. However, in the Okanagan region of

British Columbia this group of insects has

received only passing attention from economic

entomologists.

Successful pest control through the pest

management concept depends largely upon

manipulation of crop ecosystems, making

maximum use of natural enemies of pests. To

this end, it is essential to attain a more com-

plete knowledge of the life histories and factors

affecting the abundance and efficiency of

beneficial species. The object of this in-

vestigation was to study the life histories and

habits of two species of Hippodamia that form

hibernation aggregations on mountain tops in

south-central British Columbia.

METHODS

From the last week of May through Oc-

tober 1970, various agricultural crops, native

plants and mountain top aggregation sites were

examined periodically for the presence of

coccinellids. The sweep net and beating tray

methods were used to sample vegetation for

beetles. Intensive sampling from the valley to

the tops of the mountains was done during

periods of dispersal and assembly of the beetles

at the aggregation sites.

The area examined was the Okanagan

Valley from Osoyoos north to Summerland

including the highest mountains immediately

to the east and west. The elevation of the valley

in this area varies from 278 m in the south to

~ 'Pestology Centre, Dept. of Biological Sciences, Simon Fraser

University, Burnaby 2. B.C.:; Present address, Mid-Columbia

Experiment Station, Hood River, Oregon, U.S.A.

“Canada Department of Agriculture. Research Station, Sum-

merland, British Columbia.

343 m in the north. The elevation of the

highest mountain in the area is 2303 m. An-

nual precipitation at Osoyoos and Summerland

averages approximately 20 and 27 cm

respectively. At higher elevations the annual

precipitation is much greater and occurs mostly

as snow. The climax vegetation of the valley is

yellow pine, sage brush and antelope brush.

However, much of the valley bottom has been

modified by irrigated farming. The major crops

are pome fruits, stone fruits, grapes, corn,

alfalfa and vegetables. With increasing

elevation, east and west, the climax vegetation.

changes to Dry Forest with yellow pine,

Douglas fir and western larch; to Subalpine

Forest with lodgepole pine, aspen, Englemann

spruce and alpine fir; to Alpine Arctic at the

highest elevations with dwarf willows,

saxifrages and false heathers.

OBSERVATIONS AND DISCUSSION

Aggregation Sites. Overwintering

aggregation. sites of Hippodamia_ caseyi

Johnson were identified on five mountains:

Baldy Mountain (2303 m), Mount Kobau

(1975 m), Beaconsfield Mountain (2196 m),

Apex Mountain (2248 m) and Sheep Rock

(2200 m). Overwintering aggregations of

Hippodamia oregonensis Crotch were also

found on all of these mountains except Mount

Kobau. H. caseyi was the most abundant

species on each of the mountains except on

Sheep Rock.

The aggregation sites of the two species

differed both in physical features and location.

Typically, the sites occupied by H. caseyi were

located on the south facing upper-most slopes

of the mountains, among fractured boulders

covered with lichens. The beetles clustered in

crevices between the rocks. The crevices were,

in almost all cases, free of soil and vegetation.

26 J. EnTomot. Soc. Brit. CoLumsta, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972

Rocks lying on, or partially buried in soil, but

with cavities under them were never found to

shelter beetles. The aggregation sites become

free of snow earlier in the spring than most

other parts of the mountain tops because of

their southerly exposure and the combined

effects of topography and wind which result in

shallow snow packs.

H. oregonensis aggregation sites were

located in all quadrants on the upper-most

slopes of the mountains. Typical sites were

beneath rock slabs lying on, or partially buried

in soil but with crevices beneath them and with

grasses and sedges growing immediately

around them. The aggregation sites were

always in areas where exposure to winds result

in relatively shallow snow packs.

In most instances both species were present

in any one aggregation, but the minority

species usually represented less than one

percent of the total. Only the two above-

mentioned species were found in aggregations

on the mountain tops.

Observations of the aggregation sites in

early June, when large snowfields were still

present and in mid-October when the first

permanent snow had fallen, indicated that both

species remain in the aggregation sites through

the winter. In western Washington, Edwards

(1957) described large swarms of H. orego-

nensis near the summits of Pinnacle Peak

in June, 1952, and on Yakima Peak in Sep-

tember, 1952. He also noted large numbers of

dead beetles beneath slabs of rock. He assumed

that these had been trapped and killed by cold

weather and that the beetles normally returned

to lower elevations to hibernate. Chapman

(1954) and Chapman et al. (1955) reported

large aggregations of ladybird beetles, in-

cluding H. caseyiand H. oregonensis near the

summits of several mountains in western

Montana. Indirect evidence was noted that the

beetles remained at these aggregation sites

through the winter.

Dispersal from Aggregation Sites.

Dispersal of beetles of both species from the

aggregation sites began in early June when

there were still extensive snow fields on the

upper mountain slopes but the aggregation

sites were free from snow. The vigor and

rapidity of dispersal of the two species differed.

Adult H. caseyi flew strongly in a downhill

direction at low elevations above the ground.

Within a week of the first flights a few H.

caseyi were collected in the valley. However,

samples taken from the valley to the mountain

tops indicated that the rate of dispersal of the

main body of beetles from the aggregation sites

was slow. Dispersal of H. caseyi from Mount

Kobau, the lowest peak, was complete by mid-

June and from Baldy Mountain, the highest

peak, by the end of June. On Baldy Mountain,

however, a few aggregations of from about 50

to 500 beetles remained in situ through the

summer. During July and August, H. caseyi

adults and immature stages were found at all

elevations from the valley to the upper slopes of

the mountain but with the greatest population

densities occurring at or near the valley bot-

tom, particularly in alfalfa fields.

Dispersal activity by H. oregonensis began

at the same time as H. caseyi but the rate of

dispersal was slower. Flights by beetles leaving

the mountain top were random in direction and

of short duration which resulted in a gradual

spread downward from the upper slopes. For a

few weeks after dispersal began, adults of H.

oregonensis were most commonly found

feeding on the pollen of wild flowers, par-

ticularly Ranunculus spp., from near the tops

of the mountains down to about 1800 m.

Reproduction occurred on a number of species

of shrubs and herbs through July and August.

H. oregonensis apparently is a subalpine to

alpine species because it was not found at

elevations lower than 1700 m.

Formation of Aggregations. The

movement of beetles to the mountain top

aggregation sites was gradual, beginning in

early September and ending by mid-October

when the first permanent snow occurred.

During early September, adults of H. caseyi

were most commoly observed feeding on

aphids on plants between the elevations of 400

m to 900 m but rarely at higher elevations.

Through September to mid-October, numbers

at the lower elevations decreased to nil while

the numbers seeking shelter in aggregation

sites on the tops of the mountains gradually

increased.

No attempt was made, during this study, to

estimate absolute numbers of each species in

the aggregation sites. This was partly due to

the physical impossibility of moving sufficient

rock and partly because of the fear of

disturbing too much of the aggregation sites

and thus destroying their attractiveness for the

beetles. On the five mountain tops, H. caseyi

was on the average about one thousand times

more abundant than H. oregonensis. H. caseyi

was more abundant on Baldy Mountain than

any of the others. On this mountain top a very

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972 PAE

rough estimate of the volume of beetles present

in the third week of June was 5000 cm:.

It is apprent from this investigation that H.

oregonensis is of no value as a predator of

aphids on cultivated crops because of its

restricted distribution. It may be important in

the natural control of aphids on subalpine and

alpine ranges. H. caseyi may be of value,

however, as a predator of aphids on cultivated

crops, particularly alfalfa.

This investigation also suggests that the

availability of suitable aggregation sites may be

a limiting factor in the natural abundance of H.

caseyi. The number of mountains of sufficient

altitude and with features suitable for

aggregation sites for H. caseyiare limited and

the area comprising the five mountain top

aggregation sites is very small compared with

the total of the whole study area. It is hoped

that this report will stimulate further in-

vestigation into the feasibility of manipulating

H. caseyi populations to benefit aphid control

on agricultural crops in south-central British

Colum bia.

Acknowledgements

This investigation was financed from a

National Research Council of Canada Operating

Research Grant to Dr. B. P. Beirne, Director,

Pestology Centre, Simon Fraser University, who

was responsible for general supervision of the

work of the senior author.

References

Chapman, J. A. 1954. Studies on summit-frequenting insects in western Montana. Ecology 35: 41-49.

Chapman, J. A., J. I. Romer and J. Stark. 1955. Ladybird beetles and army cutworm adults

as food for grizzly bears in Montana. Ecology 36: 156-158.

Edwards, J. G. 1957. Entomology above timberline: II. The attraction of ladybird beetles to

mountain tops. Coleopterists’ Bull. 11: 41-46.

INNERVATION OF THE STYLETS OF THE PEAR PSYLLA,

PSYLLA PYRICOLA (HOMOPTERA:

THE GREENHOUSE WHITEFLY,

VAPORARIORUM (HOMOPTERA:

PSYLLIDAE), AND

TRIALEURODES

ALEYRODIDAE)!

A. R. FORBES

Research Station, Canada Department of Agriculture,

Vancouver 8, British Columbia

ABSTRACT

The fine structure of the stylets of the pear psylla, Psylla pyricola

Foerster,

and the greenhouse whitefly,

Trialeurodes vaporariorum

(Westwood), is described from sections studied in the electron microscope.

Their mandibular stylets are innervated, each containing two dendrites.

INTRODUCTION

The discovery of nerves in the stylets of

aphids (Forbes, 1966, 1969; Parrish, 1967;

Saxena and Chada, 1971), an adelgid (Forbes

and Mullick, 1970), a leafhopper (Forbes and

Raine, in press), and in Rhodnius (Pinet,

1963, 196%) suggested that the stylets of all the

Hemiptera-Homoptera may be _ innervated.

The present paper demonstrates nerves in the

stylets of a representative of each of the

Psylloidea and Aleyrodoidea, two super-

families of the Homoptera in which innervation

of the stylets has not previously been shown.

The pear psylla, Psylla pyricola Foerster,

and the greenhouse whitefly, Trialeurodes

‘Contribution No. 248, Research Station, 6660 N.W. Marine

Dr., Vancouver 8, British Columbia.

vaporariorum (Westwood), are the subjects of

the present report.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Adult pear psylla were from pear and adult

greenhouse whiteflies were from fuschia. The

heads were dissected from the insects, fixed in

5% glutaraldehyde, post-fixed in 1% osmium

tetroxide, and dehydrated in a graded series of

ethanol. The pear psylla heads were embedded

in Spurr Low-Viscosity Embedding Medium

(Polysciences, Inc., Warrington, Penna.). The

whitefly heads were embedded in Epon 812 by

the method of Luft (1961). Sections were cut

with glass knives on an LKB Ultrotome III,

mounted on grids with carbon-colloidicn

supporting films, and subsequently stained

28 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumstiA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972

Fig. 1. Electron micrograph of a cross-section of the stylet bundle of a pear psylla, Psylla

pyricola (Foerster). Each central duct contains two dendrites. CD, central duct; FdC, food canal;

MdsS, mandibular stylet; MxS, maxillary stylet; SC, salivary canal.

Fig. 2. Electron micrograph of a cross-section of the stylet bundle of a greenhouse whitefly,

Trialeurodes vaporariorum (Westwold). Each central duct contains two dendrites. The cell

membranes and pair of neurotubles of each dendrite are clearly visible, as is the cuticular sheath

surrounding the dendrities. Abbreviations as in Fig. 1.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumnrraA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 29

with uranyl acetate and lead citrate. They were

examined in a Philips 200 electron microscope.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The mouthparts of the pear psylla and

greenhouse whitefly are similar to those of

other Homoptera, a fact undoubtedly

associated with the uniform piercing and

sucking phytophagous feeding habits of the

group. The mouthparts consist of two pairs of

chitinous needle-like stylets, a labium, and a

labrum. The stylets are well adapted for

piercing plant tissue and for extracting juices.

The basic structure of the stylets of the pear

psylla and the greenhouse’ whitefly is

remarkably similar. In cross sections of their

stylet bundles (Figs. 1 & 2), the outer pair is

the mandibular stylets; the inner is_ the

maxillary stylets. The whole stylet bundle is

compact since the inner surfaces of the

mandibular stylets are contoured to conform

with the outer surfaces of the maxillary stylets.

In the greenhouse whitefly, marked projections

at the margins of the mandibular stylets wrap

around the maxillary stylets to aid in the

coaptation of the stylet bundle. The maxillary

stylets of both are interlocked by a series of

ridges and grooves to form the larger food

canal and the smaller salivary canal between

their apposed inner surfaces. The maxillary

stylets are not bilaterally symmetrical. The

salivary canal is contained almost entirely in

one stylet, the other forming only the closing

wall. The food canal is centrally located,

formed by the apposition of the food canals in

both maxillary stylets. Midway in the stylet

bundle of the pear psylla, the salivary canal is

approximately 0.5y in diameter and the food

canal is approximately 1.5y in diameter. In the

greenhouse whitefly the salivary and food

canals are smaller, measuring 0.25y and 0.9y

respectively. When the insects feed, saliva is

pumped down the salivary canal and plant sap

is sucked up the food canal. The functional

mouth, then, is at the tip of the maxillary

stylets.

The mandibular stylets have a central duct

running from the base to near the tip. Midway

in the stylet, the diameter of this duct is ap-

proximately 0.75 in the pear psylla and 0.6y

in the greenhouse whitefly. The central duct in

each mandibular stylet contains two dendrites.

Each dendrite consists of a cell membrane,

neurotubules, and a structureless material,

probably a_ fluid, which surrounds the

neurotubules. The dendrite itself is closely

surrounded by a cuticular sheath. The central

duct is probably filled with fluid in life, but

appears empty in fixed sections. The fine

structure of the dendrites is particularly clear

in the section of the stylet bundle of the

greenhouse whitefly (Fig. 2). The maxillary

stylets do not contain nerves.

For many years, stylets of the Hemiptera-

Homoptera were generally considered to be

needle-like non-living, chitinous bristles. The

existence of central ducts in the mandibular

stylets was known, but nerves were not

associated with them until Pinet (1963)

showed bipolar neurons in the bases and nerves

running into the shafts of both the mandibular

and maxillary stylets of Rhodnius prolixus

Stal. Forbes (1966, 1969) later traced two

dendrites from the base to near the tip of the

mandibular stylets of the green peach aphid,

Myzus persicae (Sulzer). There were several

previous indications of the existence of these

nerves in aphids. Bradley (1960, 1962) found

that amputating the tip of a mandibular stylet

or inserting the intact stylet tip into various

solutions prevented feeding but greatly in-

creased larviposition. He suggested that this

response demonstrated the presence of nerves

in the stylets and observed that their central

duct contained material that could be pulled as

a thread from the cut end of the stylet. Wensler

(1962) showed that the cabbage aphid,

Brevicoryne brassicae (L.), perceives. the

specific feeding stimulus, sinigrin, with the

stylets after they have penetrated the leaf

surface.

The nerves in the stylets are undoubtedly of

fundamental importance in the selection of

hosts and feeding sites and in otherwise

monitoring substrates at the stylet tips.

Probing and feeding behavior, which has been

well studied in aphids, indicates that these

nerves supply contact chemoreceptors. Indeed,

the work of Wensler (1962) mentioned above

seems to confirm this concept.

Both the pear psylla and greenhouse whitefly

are virus vectors. Their stylets and method of

feeding are ideally suited for the acquisition

and transmission of plant viruses. The pear

psylla has been shown to transmit pear decline

virus (Jensen et al, 1964) and the greenhouse

whitefly is the vector of beet pseudo-yellows

virus in California (Duffus, 1965). More than

25 other plant virus diseases are transmitted by

other whiteflies (Costa, 1969).

Acknowledgements

The author gratefully acknowledges the excel-

30 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972

lent technical assistance of Miss B. Schroeder. Entomology Research Institute, Ottawa, On-

Dr. R. D. McMullen, Research Station, Sum- _ tario, confirmed the identity of the greenhouse

merland, British Columbia, supplied living whitefly. Mr. J. H. Severson prepared the figures |

specimens of pear psylla. Dr. W. R. Richards, for publication.

References

Bradley, R. H. E. 1960. Effect of amputating stylets of mature apterous viviparae of Myzus

persicae. Nature 188:337-338.

Bradley, R. H. E. 1962. Response of the aphid Myzus persicae (Sulz.) to some fluids applied

to the mouthparts. Can. Entomol. 94: 707-722.

Costa, A. S. 1969. White flies as virus vectors. p. 95-119. In Viruses, vectors, and vegetation.

K. Maramorosch (ed.) Interscience Publishers, New York.

Duffus, J. E. 1965. Beet pseudo - yellows virus, transmitted by the greenhouse whitefly

(Trialeurodes vaporariorum). Phytopathology 55: 450-453.

Forbes, A. R. 1966. Electron microscope evidence for nerves in the mandibular stylets of the

green peach aphid. Nature 212:726.

Forbes, A. R. 1969. The stylets of the green peach aphid, Myzus persicae (Homoptera:

Aphididae). Can. Entomol. 101:31-41.

Forbes, A. R. and D. B. Mullick. 1970. The stylets of the balsam woolly aphid, Adelges

piceae (Homoptera: Adelgidae). Can. Entomol. 102: 1074-1082.

Forbes, A. R. and J. Raine. The stylets of the six-spotted leafhopper, Macrosteles fascifrons

(Homoptera:Cicadellidae). Can. Entomol. In press.

Jensen, D. D., W. H. Griggs, C. Q. Gonzales, and H. Schneider. 1964. Pear decline virus trans-

mission by pear psylia. Phytopathology 54: 1346-1351.

Luft, J. H. 1961. Improvements in epoxy resin embedding methods. J. Biophys. Biochem. Cytol.

9:409-414.

Parrish, W. B. 1967. The origin, morphology, and innervation of aphid stylets (Homoptera).

Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 60: 273-276.

Pinet, J. M. 1963. L’innervation sensorielle des stylets mandibulzires et maxillaires de Rhodnius

prolixus Stal. (Insecte Hémiptere Hétéroptere. C. R. Hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci., Paris 257:

3666-3668.

Pinet, J. M. 1968. Données ultrastructurales sur l’innervation sensorielle des stylets maxillaires

de Rhodnius prolixus (Heteroptera Reduviidae). C. R. Hebd. Séanc. Acad. Sci. Paris

267: 634-637.

Saxena, P. N. and H. L. Chada. 1971. The greenbug, Schizaphis graminum. 1. Mouth parts

and feeding habits. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 64: 897-904.

Wensler, R. J. D. 1962. Mode of host selection by an aphid. Nature 195: 830-831.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Auca. 1, 1972 aul

BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON A GREEN FRUITWORM,

LETHOPHANE GEORGI GRT. (LEPIDOPTERA:

NOCTUIDAE), ATTACKING APPLES IN THE

OKANAGAN VALLEY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA!

HAROLD F. MADSEN

Research Station, Canada Department of Agriculture

Summerland, British Columbia

ABSTRACT

For the past 3 seasons a green fruitworm, Lithophane georgii Grt.,

has injured apples in the Okanagan Valley of British Columbia. Larvae feed

on leaves, will attack fruit early in the season causing deep russeted pits

similar to those caused by the fruittree leafroller, Archips argyrospilus

(Walker). Larvae were active from late April to early June. Pupation took

place in the soil, and adults emerged in October. The insect apparently over-

winters as an adult and deposits eggs early in the spring, although eggs of this

species have not been found in the field.

Although larvae of L. georgii are capable of injuring apples observa-

tions in 1970 and 1971 indicate the numbers are so low that the species cannot

be considered a major pest.

INTRODUCTION

For several years, periodic reports have

been received of injury to apples caused by a

large lepidopterous larva referred to by or-

chardists as a cutworm or a fruitworm. A

survey of several apple orchards in 1970 and

1971 showed that a green fruitworm was

present in limited numbers. In most instances,

the fruitworms were associated with in-

festations of the fruittree leafroller, Archips

argyrospilus (Walker). Both pests caused deep

russeted pits in apples and the injury caused by

the two insects could not be distinguished from

one another on mature apples at harvest.

Green fruitworms are the larval stages of

several species of moths belonging to the family

Noctuidae which attack apple trees and

characteristically eat deep holes in the fruit

(Rings 1965). The fruitworm responsible for

injury to apples in the Okanagan Valley was

identified as Lithophane georgii Grt. by E. W.

Rockburne (Entomology Research Institute,

Ottawa, Canada). This species was_ first

described by Sanders and Dustan (1919) in

Nova Scotia where it was reported to attack

apples. Crum (1956) gives its distribution as

both the eastern and western U.S. and the

adjacent provinces of Canada. Food plants for

this species are listed as apple, antelope brush,

ocean spray, alder and raspberry.

FIELD OBSERVATIONS ON BIOLOGY

In apple orchards in the Kelowna district of

‘Contribution No. 338, Research Station, Summerland.

British Columbia, larvae of L. georgii were

found feeding on developing apple leaves and

blossoms at the pink bud stage of tree

development. After bloom, they were found in

loosely rolled leaves fastened with silk. They

fed principally upon foliage, but also fed on the

flesh of adjacent developing apples. This

behavior is similar to that of the fruittree

leafroller. Fruitworm larvae were found op

apple trees from late April to early June and

their distribution within an orchard was very

spotty. In a routine examination for fruittree

leafroller larvae in an apple orchard at

Kelowna, 50 clusters on 108 trees were

checked and green fruitworms were found in

only 10 trees. One tree had more than 50 larvae

and an average of only 2 per tree were recorded

on the other 9 trees. A similar pattern of

distribution was found in other apple orchards.

The larvae are not gregarious, as they were

always found singly at a considerable distance

from another larva. They were less active when

disturbed than larvae of the fruittree leafroller.

Green fruitworm larvae are light green with

longitudinal white lines along the dorsum (Fig.

1), and when mature are robust and 3-4 cm

long.

Field collected larvae were brought into the

laboratory and caged on excised apple leaves

and on potted apple seedlings. Larval mortality

was high, and only a few reached maturity.

Mature larvae dropped to the soil, burrowed

about an inch below the surface and pupated.

Soil containing the pupae was placed outside in

O28 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972

Fig. 1. Mature larva of Lithophane georgii.

a screenhouse, and moths emerged in October.

They were typical noctuid moths, thick bodied

with gray wings. These laboratory reared

specimens were collected and submitted for

identification.

Moth emergence in October indicates that

the species overwinters as an adult which seems

an unusual behavior in the cold winters of

inland British Columbia. Rings (1969)

reported that a related species, Lithophane

laticinerea Grote, overwinters in Ohio as an

adult and deposits eggs the following March

and April.

To determine if adults were active in early

spring, 2 standard 15 watt ultraviolet light

traps were installed in an apple orchard at

Kelowna in March. Cheesecloth bags were

fitted to the base of the traps in order to collect

live moths. Several male and female L. georgii

were captured in March and early April. They

were placed in cloth sleeve cages on tree limbs

in the hope that mating and oviposition would

occur. No eggs were laid on the _ leaves,

blossoms or bark of the caged limbs. Branch

samples were collected at random from this

orchard and examined in the laboratory, but

eggs were not found on these samples. Moths of

L. georgii are evidently active early in the

season, but the location and distribution of

eggs is still unknown.

Very few L. georgii larvae were found

during the 1971 season in either commercial or

abandoned orchards. The species may exist in

low numbers naturally, or unknown factors

may influence their abundance from season to

season. It is evident from field observations

made during the last two seasons that damage

caused by the fruittree leafroller is difficult to

distinguish from that caused by the green

fruitworm. Probably, a portion of the injury

caused by fruittree leafroller has been in-

correctly identified as green fruitworm

damage.

References

Crumb, S. E. 1956. The larvae of the Phalaenidae. U.S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 1135:186-187.

Rings, Roy W. 1965. Identification of fruitworms and climbing cutworms attacking deciduous fruit

trees. Res. Sum. 2, Ohio Agr. Res. and Develop. Cent. :47-52.

Rings, Roy W. 1969. Contribution to the bionomics of the green fruitworms: The life history of

Lithopane laticinerea. J. Econ. Entomol. 62:1388-1393.

Sanders, G. E. and A. G. Dustan. 1919. The fruit worms of the apple in Nova Scotia. Can. Dept.

Agr. Entomol. Br. Bull. 17:1-28.

]

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 33

SEASONAL HISTORY OF THE BALSAM WOOLLY APHID

IN COASTAL BRITISH COLUMBIA!

L. H. MCMULLEN AND J. P. SKOVSGAARD

ABSTRACT

Studies of the balsam woolly aphid at four locations in south-western

British Columbia showed that there were basically two generations per year,

although only a partial second generation may occur at high elevations and a

partial third generation at low elevations in some years. The initiation of spring

development occurred as early as February in the moderate climatic sites and

as late as May in the more severe ones. The first crawlers appeared in late

April, with initial peak abundance occurring from late May to the first half of

July, depending on location. Thereafter crawlers were present during the

remainder of the season, even into December at low elevations, with peaks in

abundance occurring throughout August, September and October.

INTRODUCTION

The balsam woolly aphid, Adelges piceae

(Ratzeburg), a native of European white fir

(Abies alba Miller), is capable of attacking all

true firs (A biesspp.). It has been introduced to

both coasts of North America, probably

through movement of nursery stock (Balch,

1952).

The insect was first found in British

Columbia in 1958 (Silver and Ross, 1959) and

is presently distributed over 3700 square miles

of the southwestern mainland and Vancouver

Island (Molnar et al, 1970). Amabilis fir

(Abies amabilis (Douglas) Forbes) has suf-

fered heavy mortality, and grand fir (A.

grandis (Douglas) Lindley), although more

resistant to injury by the insect, has suffered

appreciable mortality and deformity. Alpine fir

(A. lasiocarpa (Hooker) Nuttall) also suffers

heavy mortality but the insect is not widely

distributed in stands of this species. Further

spread of the aphid threatens the alpine fir

stands in the interior of the province and

amabilis fir stands on the coast and Vancouver

Island.

A knowledge of the seasonal history is

important in assessing the hazard of further

spread. The aphid is a minute, parthenogenetic

insect, the life cycle consisting of five stages:

egg, first-instar nymph (which includes an

active crawler and a settled ‘“‘neosistens’’),

second- and third- instar nymphs and adult.

Winged forms seldom occur and the only

motile stage is the crawler. The aphid usually

overwinters in the neosistens stage. The

number of generations per year varies with

climatic conditions. In Eastern Canada, one

‘Contribution from Pacific Forest Research Centre, 506 West

Burnside Road, Victoria, B.C.

2 Tree Tanglefoot Ltd., Grand Rapids, Michigan.

generation occurs in cool regions and a second

and partial third in warmer regions (Green-

bank, 1970). In western United States, up to

four generations occur in mild climates at low

elevations (Tunnock and Rudinsky, 1959;

Mitchell et al., 1961).

Studies of the seasonal history of the

balsam woolly aphid were carried out in British

Columbia during 1967 and 1968 to determine

the number of generations per year, the time of

initiation of development in the spring, and the

time of year when crawlers were most abun-

dant.

METHODS

Four study sites were located in infested

stands of A. grandis and A. amabilis. The

former stands were on Vancouver Island near

Victoria (elev 100 ft) and Deerholme (elev 300

ft), near Duncan; the latter were on the lower

mainland in the Seymour Valley (elev 800 ft)

and on Mount Fromme (elev 2700 ft), both

near North Vancouver. Seasonal history was

determined by weekly examination of infested

stems and tanglefoot‘covered cards. The trees

selected for study varied from 12 to 20 inches

dbh, had medium to heavy stem populations,

and were located near the stand margins.

Study areas, on the bark were examined

with a stereo microscope (approx. 20X) (Fig.

1). Light was provided by a microscope lamp,

fitted with a heat absorbing lens, and powered

by a small six-volt battery.

On amabilis fir, the study areas (7 to 10 on

3 trees at each location) were |-inch squares of

bark, delineated by red wax pencil and divided

into quarters. A dot in the centre of each

quarter facilitated orientation and ‘‘mapping”™

the location of aphids. On grand fir, the rough

bark made this method unsatisfactory. Instead.

34 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumBriA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972

Fig. 1. Examination of bole with microscope mounted on scissor jack on portable platform and

showing tanglefoot drop cards (arrows) in position on the bole.

the field of view of the stereo microscope

(approx. 0.1 sq inch) was used and map pins

on the bark located the positions (6 to 12 on 3

or 4 trees). The stage of development of each

aphid was recorded weekly on a map of the

study area.

The tanglefoot-covered cards (Fig. 2) were

mounted on three or four trees at each site.

Each card was supported by galvanized metal

of the same size and placed in a horizontal slit

cut in the bark of the tree, one at each cardinal

direction (Fig. 1). The cards were replaced

weekly and examined for numbers of crawlers

(crawler drop). Sub-blocks marked on the

Fig. 2. Crawler drop card.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 35

cards facilitated counting the number of

crawlers in each block; when numbers were

extremely high, totals for each card were

estimated from counts in one sub-block chosen

at random in each of the blocks.

Temperature records were obtained from

hygrothermographs operated in the stands

throughout the year at Deerholme and Vic-

toria, and from mid-April (1 June, Mt.

Fromme, 1967) to mid-November on the lower

mainland. The thermograph records were

supplemented with data from federal govern-

ment weather stations. Degree-days above 42°

F were calculated from the maximum and

minimum temperatures (no upper threshold)

(Baskerville and Emin, 1969). As a check on

this technique, degree-days were also

calculated for 2 one-week periods each year at

each location by measuring the area above

42°F and below the trace on the thermograph

charts. Although the latter were usually slightly

higher, particularly at Victoria and Deerholme,

differences for the total of the 4 one-week

periods at any one location did not exceed

ep aaa

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

A total of 3425 neosistentes were examined

on the boles; 825 in the spring, 1548 in the

summer and 1052 overwintering in the fall;

TABLE 1. Duration (weeks) of immature stages of balsam woolly aphid.

Season

n2/ Mean se2/ n

Spring Overwinter 326

Sumer 558 Oy en Oras LAS

1/ Number of individuals

2/ Standard error

888 adults were observed. Duration of the

immature stages showed no consistent dif-

ferences associated with location and are

grouped in Table I. However, those individuals

that moulted to second instar early in the

spring took longer to develop.

The insect’s seasonal history for each

location and year, as determined from bark

observations, is shown in Figure 3. The major

difference among locations was the late

initiation of spring development on the lower

mainland, particularly on Mount Fromme.

Between years, the major difference was the

earlier appearance of adults in the spring and

earlier settling of overwintering neosistentes in

the fall of 1968. Although only immature

Stages were present on the study areas, on

Vancouver Island during January, February

and March, occasional adults with eggs were

seen on other areas of the bole.

Crawler drop for both years at each

location is shown in Figure 4. In 1967, the

cards were not in place early enough to observe

Instar

2 3

Mean se n Mean se

Zag eo B38" 2e2 news

eds A008 209, el FO, 06

initiation of crawler drop except on Mount

Fromme, where it occurred on 12 June.

Although a few crawlers were found on the

cards during February, March and April in

1968 on Vancouver Island, a major increase in

numbers did not occur until mid-May.

Crawlers were first found in Seymour Valley on

23 May and on Mount Fromme on 5 June.

The peaks in crawler drop (Fig. 4) indicate

periods of greatest crawler abundance, with the

initial peak representing progeny of the over-

wintering generation. Following this peak,

crawlers were present continuously, with

populations peaking at various times, until

December. The major differences among

locations were the later occurrence of the initial

peak on the mainland and the lack of a second

peak on Mount Fromme in 1968. The initial

peak crawler drop occurred slightly earlier in

1968 than in 1967 at Victoria, whereas it

occurred earlier in 1967 at Seymour. At

Deerholme and Fromme this peak occurred at

about the same time in both years.

36 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972

—<__ NEOSISTENS —<L ADULT

4 OVERWINTERING

—Q@RR 2nd & 3rd INSTAR BROKEN LINE = ESTIMATE

3 Cs EE

FEB. APRIL JUNE AUG. OCT. DEC.

Fig. 3. Seasonal development of balsam woolly aphid on the bole at four locations, 1967 and 1968.

The wide part of each bar represents the period when over 80%, and the single line less than 20%,

of the maximum population of that stage was present.

J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. CotumstA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 37

eye)

FIRE

2 CLOSURE

(NO DATA)

RELATIVE NUMBER OF CRAWLERS

APR. MAY JUNE JULY

AUG.

MAXIMUM WEEKLY NUMBER

PER “TREE

VICTORIA

lOO

DEERHOLME

3028 8802

SEYMOUR

4138 10888

FROMME

SEPT, OCT. NOV. DEC.

Fig. 4. Crawler drop relative to maximum weekly number (expressed as 100) at four locations,

1967 and 1968.

Greenbank (1970) indicated that 650

degree-days above 42 F were required for

com pletion of the overwintering generation and

an additional 1550 were required for com-

pletion of a second generation in New

Brunswick. The dates on which _ these

requirements were met at each location in each

year (Table II) indicate that at least two

38 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972

TABLE II. Dates on which heat accumulations of 650 and 2200 degree-days above 42°F were

attained at four locations in 1967 and 1968.

Degree—days

Location 650 2200

1967 1968 1967 1968

Victoria June 7 May 23 August 20 August 15

Deerholme June 12 June 11 August 25 September 10

Seymour June 17 June 20 August 24 September 7

Fromme July 2 July 10 October 9 (Oct. 7 only 1590)

generations might be expected at all locations

except Mount Fromme in 1968, and that

development would be later on the mainland

than on Vancouver Island. Although heat

accumulation requirements were met earlier at

Victoria than at Deerholme, the _ bole

examinations and crawler drop indicated that

development of the overwintering generation

occurred at least as rapidly at Deerholme as at

Victoria. Although mean temperatures were

usually slightly lower at Deerholme than at

Victoria, maximum temperatures were higher,

suggesting that more efficient development

took place under conditions occurring at

Deerholme.

The crawler drop was affected to some

extent by weather conditions, as indicated by

the means of the daily maximum temperatures

(mean maximum temperature) during the

periods of crawler drop (e.g. Seymour Valley,

1968, Fig. 5). Higher temperatures cause

greater activity of the crawlers (Atkins and

Hall, 1969) and therefore increase the chance

of their dropping onto cards. Initial peak

crawler drop was possibly delayed at Seymour

in 1968 by early June weather conditions.

--—— CRAWLERS

MEAN WEEKLY

{ere) ‘

RELATIVE NO. OF CRAWLERS

MAY

Fig. 5. Crawler drop and mean maximum temperatures in Seymour Valley, 1968.

JUNE JULY

MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE

Nees

70 w

60 $

AUG. SEPT. OCT.

J. EntToMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumstA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 39

Variation in crawler drop was also in-

troduced by differences in trees. The initial

peak crawler drop on different trees at the

same location was up to two weeks apart, and

later peaks up to five weeks apart. The pattern

of crawler drop on one tree at Deerholme (Fig.

6) was greatly different from the pattern on

other trees in 1967 and was omitted from the

data for Figure 4. Although the initial peak

occurred at the same time as on other trees, the

second peak occurred only five weeks later,

whereas at least eight weeks elapsed between

similar peaks on other trees at all locations.

The pattern of drop was similar on each

cardinal direction and no _ differences in

location of this tree in comparison with other

trees at Deerholme were apparent. Some in-

dividual host difference may have promoted

rapid development of the summer generation

on this tree. In 1968, such extreme differences

between this tree and others were not apparent,

although peak populations of crawlers did

differ in relative magnitude. Unfortunately, the

development of the aphid on the bole of this

tree was not observed.

100

RELATIVE NO. OF CRAWLERS

MAY JUNE JULY

Comparison of monthly mean _ tem-

peratures, 1955 through 1969, at Victoria

Gonzales and Vancouver Airport weather

stations indicated that neither 1967 nor 1968

had extreme weather conditions except that

February-March 1968 was one of the warmest

of the 15 years. Thus 1967 and 1968 were

fairly representative years. However, the

warmer spring weather in 1968 was reflected

by the earlier appearance of adults on the bole

in the spring of that year (Fig. 3). August and

September weather conditions, being cooler in

1968 than in 1969, probably delayed

development of many neosistentes, and ac-

counted for the earlier settling of those that

eventually overwintered (Fig. 3).

In general, two generations occurred each

year, although crawler drop records for Mount

Fromme exhibited little evidence of a second

generation in 1968. However, bole

examinations indicated that a portion of the

population completed a second generation

while the rest remained in the neosistens stage

and eventually overwintered. Bole observations

could not

separate additional generations

MAXIMUM WEEKLY

NUMBER COLLECTED

I967 - 80I5

I968 -—9570

AUG. SEPT.

OCT.

NOV.

Fig. 6. Atypical crawler drop trom the bole of one tree, Deerholme, 1967 and 1968.

occurring during the summer, since the parents

of newly settled neosistentes could not be

determined. However, evidence indicates that a

third generation occurred on Vancouver

Island. The crawler drop for both Victoria and

Deerholme showed at least two distinct peaks,

and crawlers were present thoughout

November in 1967 and were still numerous in

October, 1968, when observations ceased.

Furthermore, the average duration of various

stages (Table I) indicated that third generation

adults could appear by mid-September at both

Victoria) and Deerholme and_ heat ac-

cumulation (Table II) at Victoria was suf-

ficient by late August in both years for com-

pletion of a second generation, leaving the

remainder of the season for at least a partial

third generation.

The effect of partial generations on

populations is open to conjecture. That portion

40 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumsBrA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972

of the population unable to attain the normal

overwintering neosistens stage could be ex-

pected to suffer high mortality, expecially

under severe climatic conditions. Greenbank

(1970) provides an example in which 6% of

the population formed a_ partial third

generation and increased the overwintering

population by 25% .

The different host species, grand and

amabilis fir, may have contributed to dif-

ferences between the mainland and Vancouver

Island. However, weather conditions appeared

to be the dominating factor.

Dispersal of the insect is believed to be

chiefly by wind (Balch, 1952), but it may be

spread by man (Atkins and Woods, 1968).

Thus the main hazard of dispersal exists when

the crawlers are present, from late April

through November, although peak crawler

populations occur at various times. At high

elevations, the major hazard period is reduced

to June through October.

The results of the studies reported here

provide a guide to the times of year when

various stages of the insect are present, and

confirm that heat accumulation data can be

used as a general guide to the number of

generations. However, variations are such that

when precise knowledge is required, sampling

of the populations would be necessary.

Acknowledgements

The authors thank Mr. T. A. D. Woods and

Mr. A. A. Hall for collecting the data at Deer-

holme and Victoria.

References

Atkins, M. D. and A. A. Hall. 1969. Effect of light and temperature on the activity of balsam

woolly aphid crawlers. Can. Ent. 101:481-488.

Atkins, M. D. and T. A. D. Woods. 1968. Survival of the balsam woolly aphid on Abies logs.

Can. Ent. 100:412-420.

Balch, R. E. 1952. Studies of the balsam woolly aphid, Adelges piceae (Ratz.) and its effects

on balsam fir, Abies balsamea (L.) Mill. Can. Dep. Agr. Publ. 867. 76 pp.

Baskerville, G. L. and P. Emin. 1969. Rapid estimation of heat accumulation from maximum

and minimum temperatures. Ecology 50:514-517.

Greenbank, D. O. 1970. Climate and ecology of the balsam woolly aphid. Can. Ent. 102:546-578.

Mitchell, R. G., N. E. Johnson and J. A. Rudinsky. 1961. Seasonal history of the balsam woolly

aphid in the Pacific Northwest. Can. Ent. 93:794-798.

Molnar, A. C., J. W. E. Harris, D. A. Boss and J. A. Baranyay. 1970. Balsam woolly aphid,

British Columbia Region. In Ann. Rpt. For. Insect and Disease Surv., Can. Dep. Fisheries

and For., Can. For. Serv., 1969: 101-102.

Silver, G. T. and D. A. Ross. 1959. Balsam woolly aphid, Province of British Columbia Forest

Insect Survey. In Ann. Rpt. For. Insect and Disease Surv., Can. Dep. Agr. For. Biol.

Div. 1958: 89.

Tunnock, A. and J. A. Rudinsky. 1959. Observations on the life cycle of the balsam woolly aphid,

Adelges piceae (Ratz.), in the Willamette Valley of Oregon. Can. Ent. 91:208-212.

J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CotumsriA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 41

FLIGHT-MUSCLE DEGENERATION IN SPRUCE BEETLES,

DENDROCTONUS RUFIPENNIS

(COLEOPTERA:SCOLYTIDAE)

T. G. GRAY AND E. D. A. DYER!

ABSTRACT

Changes in width of an indirect flight muscle, the lateralis medius,

were measured at various stages of adult life of D. rufipennis. This muscle

degenerated in both female and male spruce beetles after flight and attack on

the host. Flight muscles of young adults that emerged in late summer to enter

hibernation were smaller than those of beetles taken in spring flight. Young

beetles entering hibernation did not disperse by flying, but dropped or crawled

to the bases of trees, in which they had developed, and burrowed into the bark.

INTRODUCTION

Spruce beetles, Dendroctonus rufipennis

Kirby, like other Dendroctonus, accomplish

flight to new hosts, attack and egg-laying

during one summer. Sometimes there is a

second attack by parent adults during this

season. Unlike most Dendroctonus, spruce

beetles usually take two years to develop,

overwintering the first year as larvae, pupating

in June and becoming young adults in July.

However, these beetles differ from all other

Dendroctonus in that many young adults

abandon the galleries in which they develop

and fall or crawl to the tree base, where they re-

enter the bark to hibernate (Massey and

Wygant, 1954). Knowledge of flight-muscle

change and flight capability is important in

interpreting what beetles do after emergence

from the host.

Flight-muscle changes during brood

establishment have been observed in the

Scolytidae (Chapman, 1956; Reid, 1958) and

gross flight-muscle changes have been reported

in Dendroctonus (Chapman, 1957; Reid,

1958; Atkins and Farris, 1958; Mce-

Cambridge and Mata, 1969). Detailed studies

of these changes were made by Atkins and

Farris (1962) on Dendroctonus pseudotsugae

Hopkins and on [ps confusus Le Conte by

Bhakthan, Borden and Nair (1970) and

Bhakthan, Nair and Borden (1971). Chapman

(1956) suggested that atrophy = and

regeneration of flight muscles influence

Scolytid behavior because beetles cannot fly

from their galleries during brood production.

The present studies were conducted to measure

flight-muscle change in spruce beetles after

host attack and to determine whether young

beetles, emerging for the first time in August

'Pacitic Forest Research Centre, Victoria, B.C.

and September, were capable of flight.

METHODS AND MATERIALS

Adults were collected in two widely

separated regions of British Columbia;

Lodgepole Creek, near Fernie and the Naver

forest, near Prince George. These beetles had

overwintered and were capable of flight. Some

were allowed to infest freshly cut billets and

were later excavated in the boring, egg-laying

or post egg-laying stages. Young adults,

emerging in late summer from infested spruce

trees, Picea engelmannii Parry and P. glauca

(Moench) Voss, were captured by screen

enclosures (Massey and Wygant, 1954). After

collection, beetles were fixed and retained in

alcoholic Bouin’s until dissection.

The left and right lateralis medii muscles

were removed and placed in 70 ethanol for

measuring. Measurements were made to the

nearest micron, using a dissecting microscope

with ocular micrometer. The width (Fig. 1)

was recorded at 4, %4 and 3% of the muscle

length. To compensate for the effect of body

size on muscle size, comparisons were made,

using a median size index calculated by

dividing the average of the three widths by the

width of the beetle’s pronotum and taking the

average for the left and right muscles (Mc-

Cambridge and Mata, 1969).

KESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The lateralis medii are indirect flight

muscles, attaching on the metacoxa and in-

serting on the prescutal and scutal lobes (Fig.

1). These dorsoventral muscles, rather than the

longitudinal extensor muscles, were chosen as

indicators of flight-muscle degeneration

because the former exhibited greater change in

size. The muscle’'s width was more indicative of

atrophy than thickness because the lateralis

42 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumMstiA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972

Fig. 1. Indirect flight muscles lateralis medius in adult Dendroctonus rufipennis. Arrows denote

width (w).

medius became compressed transversely into

ribbon-like tissue during egg-laying.

The muscle median size indices for female

beetles (Table 1) show a progressive reduction

in width from the flight-capable condition

through initial boring under the bark to egg-

laying. This change occurred in beetles from

both areas. The gradual reduction in muscle

size is similar to that reported by Mc-

Cambridge and Mata (1969) for laboratory-

reared D. ponderosae.

Male spruce beetles, from the same galleries

as the females, revealed a similar pattern of

muscle change, but more _ degeneration.

However, variation in muscle size was greater

in males and fewer of them were collected at

the various stages. Atkins (1959) found that,

during brood establishment, the sex ratio of

parent D. pseudotsugae changed in favor of

females because some males remained flight-

positive and left the galleries early.

The young spruce beetle adults emerging to

hibernate had underdeveloped wing muscles,

apparently incapable of sustaining flight

(Table 1). Approximately one-third of the

beetles were flight tested prior to measurement

and when tossed, none flew or opened their

elytra, as do those capable of flight. Beetles

were classified as emerging-to-hibernate

because, at that time, beetles from unscreened

parts of the same trees were crawling down and

re-entering the bark near ground level. Others.

taken under similar conditions in previous

years, hibernated and would not establish

brood galleries in freshly cut billets, a behavior

reported by Massey and Wygant (1954).

Because young beetles emerging to

hibernate have underdeveloped wing muscles,

they are unable to disperse by flight or reach

new hosts. They crawl or fall to the tree base to

re-enter and pass the winter. Emergence

without flight capability may have advantages

J. EnToMoL. Soc. Brit. Cotumsta, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972 43

TABLE I. The median size index of the lateralis medius of female spruce beetles collected from

two areas of British Columbia.

i Si Ind

Stage of adult Median Size Index

beetle life

Lodgepole Naver

No. of Mean S.D. No. of Mean S.D.

beetles beetles

Pre-flight 13 0.157 0.007 9 0.153 0.014

Flight 22 0.155 0.019 ila 0.160 0.013

Boring 6 0.1137 0.003 25 0.1177 0.036

Egg-laying 11 0.069% 0.022 26 0.0727 0.038

Post egg-laying 11 0.0677 0.025 = - -

Emerging to hibernate 24 0.0877 0.025 = = =

* Means within columns differed significantly

condition.

(t .01) from the flight

for survival. Beetles that cannot fly to being in the thickest bark and being covered

hibernate in autumn do not undergo the risks

inherent in an extra flight or use energy needed

for hibernation and flight the next spring. The

tree-base hibernating site has the advantage of

with snow most of the winter. This provides

protection from extreme cold, and from winter

woodpecker predation which occurs on the tree

bole but not at the base.

References

Atkins, M. D. 1959. A study of the flight of the Douglas-fir beetle, Dendroctonus pseudotsugae

Hopkins (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) I. Flight preparation and response. Can Ent. 91: 283-291.

Atkins, M. D., and S. H. Farris. 1962. A contribution to the knowledge of flight muscle changes

in the Scolytidae (Coleoptera). Can. Ent. 94: 25-32.

Bhakthan, N. M. G., J. H. Borden, and K. K. Nair. 1970. Fine structure of degenerating and

regenerating flight muscles in a bark beetle, Ips confusus. I. Degeneration. J. Cell Sci.

6: 807-820.

Bhakthan, N. M. G., K. K. Nair, and J. H. Borden, 1971. Fine structure of degenerating and

regenerating flight muscles in a bark beetle, Ips confusus. II. Regeneration. Can. J. Zool.

49: 85-89.

Chapman, J. A. 1956. Flight-muscle changes during adult life in a Scolytid beetle. Nature 177: 1183.

Chapman, J. A. 1957. Flight muscle change during adult life in the Scolytidae. Bi-Mon. Prog.

Rept. 13(1):3.

McCambridge, W. F., and S. A. Mata, Jr. 1969. Flight muscle changes in Black Hills beetles,

Dendroctonus ponderosae (Coleoptera: Scolytidae), during emergence and egg laying.

Can. Ent. 101: 507-512.

Massey, C. L., and N. D. Wygant. 1954. Biology and control of the Engelmann spruce beetle in

Colorado. U.S. Dept. Agric. Circ. 944:35 pp.

Reid, R. W. 1958. Internal changes in the female mountain pine beetle, Dendroctonus monticolae

Hopkins, associated with egg laying and flight. Can. Ent. 90: 464-468.

44 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972

CORIXIDAE (HEMIPTERA) AS PREDATORS:

REARING ON FROZEN BRINE SHRIMP

A. JANSSON AND G. G. E. SCUDDER!

ABSTRACT

Many Corixidae are predaceous. In the laboratory they can be reared

on frozen brine shrimp. Feeding seems not to occur when temperatures are

as low as 5°C.

The water boatmen or Corixidae, although

mem bers of the Hemiptera, lack a distinct beak

or rostrum, the labium being reduced to a short

triangular flap with a mid-dorsal median

longitudinal groove (Benwitz, 1956; Parsons,

1966). However, they do have stylets and so

they have been presumed to feed like other

members of the Order. Feeding as they do ona

liquid diet, the Hemiptera usually lack a

peritrophic membrane, but Sutton (1951)

believes that the membrane is present in

Corixidae, although this has not been proven

(Parsons, 1957). Significantly, these water-

bugs also have a complex of buccopharyngeal

teeth that would appear to be useful for

masticating solid food and passing it along the

gut (Slack, 1947; Elliott & Elliott, 1967).

Hungerford (1919) noted that the

Corixidae gather their food by sweeping

flocculent material into the mouth with their

fore tarsi (palae). This material consists of

algae, protozoa and _ various’ microscopic

metazoa and the bugs were presumed to utilize

it as food. They also were reported by

Hungerford (1919) to feed on algal filaments

by piercing each cell with their protrusible

stylets and sucking out the contents. In

general, the Corixidae were regarded as feeding

largely on detritus or algae (e.g. Popham,

1959). Mellanby (1951) stated that they do

not pierce with their mouth parts to obtain

food, but suck up particles of debris using the

short proboscis like a vacuum _ cleaner.

Puchkova (1969) noted that Sigara striata (L.)

and other Corixidae have a mixed type of

feeding, with a predominance of phytophagy.

During a study of the Corixidae in a series

of saline lakes in central British Columbia

(Scudder, 1969a, 1969b), it was found that in

the more saline lakes Cenocorixa bifida

hungerfordi Lansbury and C. expleta (Uhler)

fed almost exclusively on Diaptomids

(Diaptomus nevadensis Light and D. sicilis

' Department of Zoology, University of British Columbia,

Vancouver, B.C.

Forbes) in the zooplankton. In the laboratory,

Scudder (1966) reared both species of

Cenocorixa on living brine shrimp (Artemia

salina L.) and in recent research (Jansson,

1971) all species of Cenocorixa, as well as

members of other genera, were successfully

reared through several generations on frozen

brine shrimp.

Zwart (1965) investigated the effect of

different types of food on the survival of several

European Corixids and found that both adults

and larvae survived longest when fed on animal

food, such as Tubifex, daphnids and

chironomid larvae. Experiments carried out by

us in the past few years support this conclusion.

Whether these results will apply to all genera

and species of Corixidae has not yet been

determined. Sutton (1951) showed that species

of Corixaand Sigarawould feed on chironomid

larvae, mayfly naiads, daphnids, Asellus and

Tubifex; and James (1966) recorded

Callicorixa audent Hung. as feeding on

mosquito larvae in southern Ontario. Jansson

(1969) has reared all North European species

of Sigara, Arctocorisa and Callicorixa on

Enchytraeid worms that were cut into 1-2 mm.

pieces before placing into the corixid containers

(if the worms were not cut up they escaped

into detritus before the bugs could find them).

Also, Jansson (unpublished) observed Cymatia

and Glaenocorisa to catch and feed on

mosquito larvae, but found that while Sigara

alternata (Say) will feed on frozen brine

shrimp, it will not reproduce on this diet,

although it was observed to reproduce after a

week on a diet of freshly killed mayfly naiads.

It becomes clear that the Corixidae should no

longer be regarded as mainly algae and detritus

feeders.

Zwart (1965) considered that feeding on

dead animal food caused high mortality in

adult Corixa punctata (Ill.) and Sigara

distincta (Fieb.), but he noted that this

mortality resulted from the unfavourable

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 45

conditions created by the dead and decaying

chironomids, etc. that occurred from supplying

the bugs with surplus food. Our experiments

demonstrated that for successful rearing on

frozen brine shrimp, it was important to keep

the tanks containing Corixidae well aerated in

order to avoid putrefaction of excess food and

the resulting contamination of the water:

Zwart (1965) did not record whether his

cultures were well aerated. We found that by

providing sufficient but not undue excess of

frozen brine shrimp, and at the same time

keeping the water well aerated by use of air-

stones run off a laboratory air supply, we could

rear most species of Corixidae at 15 to 25°C

with very little mortality. We also noted that

species of Cenocorixa did not appear to feed in

the laboratory at 5°C.

References

Benwitz, G., 1956, Der Kopf von Corixa punctata IIl. (geoffroyi Leach) (Hemiptera-Heteroptera).

Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Anat. Ontog. Tiere 75:311-378.

Elliott, J. M. & Elliott, J. I., 1967. The structure and possible function of the buccopharyngeal

teeth of Sigara dorsalis (Leach) (Hemiptera: Corixidae). Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (A)

42:83-86.

Hungerford, H. B., 1919. The biology and ecology-of aquatic and semiaquatic Hemiptera. Univ.

Kansas Sci. Bull. 11:3-328.

James, H. G., 1966. Insect predators of univoltine mosquitoes in woodland pools of the Pre-Cambrian

shield in Ontario. Canad. Ent. 98:550-555.

Jansson, A., 1969. Identification of larval Corixidae (Heteroptera) of Northern Europe. Ann. Zool.

Fennici 6:289-312.

Jansson, A., 1971. Stridulation and its significance in the waterbug genus Cenocorixa. Ph.D. diss.

University of British Columbia.

Mellanby, H., 1951. Animal Life in Fresh Water. A guide to fresh-water invertebrates. 4th edit.,

Methuen & Co. Ltd., London. |

Parsons, M.C., 1957. The presence of a peritrophic membrance in some aquatic Hemiptera. Psyche

64:117-122.

, 1966. Labial skeleton and musculature of the Hydrocorisae (Heteroptera). Can J.

Zool. 44:1051-1084.

Popham, E. J., 1959. Respiration of Corixidae (Hemiptera-Heteroptera). Nature, Lond. 183:914.

Puchkova, L. V., 1969. On the trophic relationships of water crickets (Corixidae). Zool. Zhr.

48?1581-1583.

Scudder, G. G. E., 1966. The immature stages of Cenocorixa bifida (Hung.) and C. expleta

(Uhler) (Hemiptera: Corixidae). J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 63:33-40.

,1969a. The fauna of saline lakes on the Fraser Plateau in British Columbia.

Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 17:430-439.

, 1969b. The distribution of two species of Cenocorixa in inland saline lakes

of British Columbia. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 66:32-41.

Slack, H. D., 1947. Feeding mechanism of water-bugs. Nature, Lond. 159:605.

Sutton, M. F. 1951. On the food, feeding mechanism and alimentary canal of Corixidae (Hemiptera,

Heteroptera). Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 121:465-499.

Zwart, K. W. R., 1965. On the influence of some food substances on survival of Corixidae

(Heteroptera) Proc. XII Int. Congr. Ent. :411-412.

46 J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtMBIA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972

INDUSTRIAL MELANISM:

A POSSIBILITY IN BRITISH COLUMBIA

G. G. E. SCUDDER!

ABSTRACT

Melanics of the Geometrid Biston cognataria Gueneée have been

recorded from the comparatively polluted Vancouver area of British Columbia.

At present the genetic basis and evolutionary significance of this is unknown.

Industrial melanism has been _ studied

extensively in the British Isles and Europe

(Ford, 1945; Kettlewell, 1955a, 1955b,

1955c, 1956a, 1956b, 1958a, 1958b, 1961,

1965a; Clarke & Sheppard, 1963, 1966;

Bishop & Harper, 1970; Cook et al., 1970;

Askew et al., 1971) where the Geometrid

Biston betularia (L.) occurs predominantly as

the black form (carbonaria) in polluted in-

dustrialized areas, but is much less common in

or absent from non-polluted agricultural or

rural areas. Experiments by Kettlewell

(1955b, 1956b) and Clarke & Sheppard

(1966) have shown that there is differential

survival of the morphs in different areas, bird

predators preferentially selecting the form that

does not match the background. Thus, in

industrial areas where the lichen on tree trunks

has been killed, the tree trunks are rather

uniform black and hence melanic forms resting

on such trunks in the daytime are not readily

seen by predators, whereas normal pale forms

are easily detected and preyed upon. In non-

polluted aras, the tree trunks are covered with

lichen and the norma! forms are cryptically

coloured and hence _ overlooked, whereas

melanic forms are obvious to bird predators.

Kettlewell (loc. cit.) has demonstrated that

the frequency of the melanic form can be

correlated with the occurrence and intensity of

industrial pollution. Further, recent work in

England has also shown that in the Manchester

and Liverpool areas, there has been an increase

in the frequency of the typical pale form of B.

betularia during the last decade, and this seems

to correlate with the decrease in atmospheric

pollution as a result of smoke control and the

introduction of smokeless zones (Clarke &

Sheppard, 1966; Cook et al., 1970; Askew et

al., 1971).

In North America industrial melanism is

also reported in Biston cognataria Guenée

(Kettlewell, 1958b, 1961; Owen, 1961,

1962), and since this will interbreed with B.

betularia (Kettlewell, 1965b), the two taxa may

' Department of Zoology, University of British Columbia, Van-

couver 8, B.C.

be conspecific. Owen (1961) notes that the

melanic form of B. cognatariais common in the

eastern part of North America, being reported

in southeastern Pennsylvania as early as 1906

and the Pittsburg area in 1910; the earliest

records for the Chicago area were in 1935 and

for the Long Island region in 1954. In

Washtenaw County, Michigan, Owen (1961)

records the melanic of B. cognataria as having

constituted 96.7 per cent of the population in

1959.

B. cognataria as a larva feeds on the leaves

of many broad-leaved trees, and occurs from

Nova Scotia and the Mattaganii River in the

north, to New Jersey and Pennsylvania in the

south, and reaches from California and Oregon

to British Columbia in the west. It also occurs

in the eastern Palaearctic from northern India

to Japan. Owen (1961) reports that the

melanic form is not known to occur in China

and Japan, and no records of the melanic form

are available from the western U.S.A. Dr. W

C. McGuffin informs me (in litt.) that in

Canada the melanic form is known only from

southern Ontario and the eastern township of

Ste. Clothilde in Quebec.

Recently, I have come across two melanic

specimens of B. cognataria in the collections of

the University of British Columbia. Both

specimens were taken on August 8, 1957 in

Vancouver by the late Prof. G. J. Spencer;

normal pale specimens were also taken at the

same time. Within the last few years, ad-

ditional melanic specimens have been taken in

the lower mainland of the province by Mr.

John Gordon. Unfortunately, light traps have

not been run in a continuous manner in the

region. It is thus not known if the melanic form

occurs in appreciable numbers at the present

time. Nevertheless, it is of interest to report

that I have not taken the melanic form of this

moth in light traps run at various times at

Westwick Lake, near Williams Lake in the

interior Cariboo region of British Columbia.

Williams Lake is 200 airmiles north of Van-

couver. In these traps, run during the summer

in the years 1964 to 1970, no melanics were

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtuMBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 47

captured, but the normal pale form was taken

commonly. At Westwick Lake there is virtually

no industrial pollution.

Our future research will determine the

present proportions of the melanic form of B.

cognataria in populations in the Greater

Vancouver area and lower mainland. It is

certain that industrial pollution in the region is

relatively high, especially in the New West-

minster area. Thus, one may suspect that

pollution in the Vancouver area in 1957 and

since, has been high enough to lead to natural

selection favouring the melanic form of this

moth, in much the way that it has in Europe

and eastern North America. However, it

should be stressed that melanism may arise

from time to time for very different reasons,

aerial crypsis and heat absorption being two

such possibilities.

Klots (1964, 1966, 1968a, 1968b) has

reported melanism in a number of moths in

Connecticut and considers that here the

melanism is not related to industrial pollution,

but perhaps to darker environments brought

about by reforestation. In Phigalia titea

(Cramer), Sargent (1971) suggests that the

melanics that occur in rural areas may have a

physiological superiority over the normal pale

form, effects of industrialization other than

environmental darkening perhaps being in-

volved. Further, the melanics reported in

Shetland by Kettlewell & Berry (1961, 1969)

seem also not related to industrial pollution.

Nevertheless, in B. betulariaand B. cognataria

observations to date suggest strongly that

melanism in these taxa is usually associated

with industrial pollution in some form or

another.

Kettlewell (1961) has noted that while

industrial melanism and relict or geographic

melanism is usually inherited as Mendelian

dominants, semilethal melanics can also occur

as rarities, possibly at about mutation-rate in

certain species, and in these the method of

inheritance is recessive. Thus, it is important to

determine the frequency of melanics in B.

cognataria in the Vancouver area, and im-

perative to breed these forms so as to determine

the genetic basis of the black coloration.

References

Askew, R. R., Cook, L. M. and Bishop, J. A., 1971. Atmospheric pollution and melanic moths in

Manchester and its environs. J. Appl. Ecol. 8:247-256.

Bishop, J. A. and Harper, P. S., 1970. Melanism in the moth Gonodontis bidentata: a cline

within the Merseyside conurbation. Heredity, Lond. 25:449-456.

Clarke, C. A. and Sheppard, P. M., 1963. Frequency of the melanic forms of the moth Biston

betularia (L.) on Deeside and into adjacent areas. Nature, Lond. 198:1279-1282.

, 1966. A local survey of the distribution of industrial melanic forms in the moth

Biston betularia and estimates of the selective values of these in an industrial environ-

ment. Proc. Roy. Soc. London (B) 165:424-439.

Cook, L. M., Askew, R. R. and Bishop, J. A., 1970. Increasing frequency of the typical form of the

Peppered Moth in Manchester. Nature, Lond. 227:1155.

Ford, E. B., 1945. Polymorphism. Biol. Rev. 20:73-88.

Kettlewell, H. B. D., 1955a. Recognition of appropriate backgrounds by the pale and dark phases

of Lepidoptera. Nature, Lond. 175:943.

, 1955b. Selection experiments on industrial melanism in the Lepidoptera.

Heredity 9:323-342.

, 955c. How industrialization can alter species. Discovery 16(12): 507-511.

, 1956a. Further selection experiments on industrial melanism in the Lepidop-

tera. Heredity 10:287-301.

: , 1956b. A résumé of investigations of the evolution of melanism in the

Lepidoptera. Proc. Roy. Soc. London (B) 145:297-303.

, 1958a. A survey of the frequencies of Biston betularia (L.) (Lep.) and its

melanic form in Great Britain. Heredity 12:51-72.

, 1958b. Industrial melanism in the Lepidoptera and its contribution to our

knowledge of evolution. Proc. 10th Int. Congr. Entomol. 2:831-841.

Ent. 6:245-262.

1961. The phonomenon of industrial melanism in the Lepidoptera. Ann. Rev.

, 1965a. A 12-year survey of the frequencies of Biston betularia (L.) (Lep.)

and its melanic forms in Great Britain. Entomologist’s Rec. J. Var. 77:195-218.

, 1965b. Insect survival and selection for pattern. Science 148:1290-1296.

48 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumsraA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972

Kettlewell, H. B. D., and Berry, R. J., 1961. The study of a cline. Amathes glareosa Esp. and its

melanic f. edda Staud. (Lep.) in Shetland. Heredity 61:403-414.

, 1969. Gene flow in a cline. Amathes glareosa Esp. and its melanic f. edda

Staud. (Lep.) in Shetland. Heredity 24:1-14.

Klots, A. B., 1964. Notes on melanism in some Connecticut moths. J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc.

72:142-144.

, 1966. Melanism in Connecticut Panthea furcilla (Packard) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae).

J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc. 74:95-100.

, 1968a. Melanism in Connecticut Charadra deridens (Guenée) (Lepidoptera: Noc-

tuidae). J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc. 76:58-59.

, 1968b. Further notes on melanism in Connecticut Panthea furcilla (Packard)

(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc. 76:92-95.

Owen, D. F., 1961. Industrial melanism in North American moths. Amer. Nat. 95:227-233.

, 1962. Parallel evolution in European and North American populations of a Geometrid

moth. Nature, Lond. 195:830.

Sargent, T. D., 1971. Melanism in Phigalia titea (Cramer) (Lepidoptera: Geometridae). J.N.Y.

Entomol. Soc. 79:122-129.

METRIC CONVERSION

Contributors of papers on laboratory studies should use the metric system exclusively.

Use of the metric system in reporting the results of field studies is a desirable ultimate

objective. Since it is difficult to replace immediately such standard concepts as lb/

acre by the unit kg/hectare, yards by meters, or miles by kilometers, the following

table of conversion factors is presented.

1 in.=2.54 cm 1 fts—=28.3 dm3 1 ecem=—0.394 in

1 yard—0.914 m 1 acre—0.405 hectares 1 m=3.28 ft=—1.094 yards

1 mile=—1.61 km 1 lb/acre=1.12 kg/hectare 1 km=—0.621 mile

1 1lb.—453.6 g 1 lb/in2(psi)=70.3 g/cmz2 1 ke=222: 1b

1 gal (U.S.)=3.785 liters 1 lb/gal (U.S.)=120 g/liter 1 liter—0.264 gal (U.S.)

1 gal (Imp) —4.546 liters 1 lb/gal (Imp)—100 g/liter 1 liter—0.220 (Imp)

1 dm3==0.0353 fts

1 hectare—2.47 acres

1 kg/hectare—0.89 lb/acre

1 g/mz—0.0142 psi

1 g/liter—0.83 1b/100 gal (U.S.)

=1000 ppm

1 g/liter=1 1b/100 gal (Imp)

J. ENtTomo.. Soc. Brit. CoLumsriaA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 49

A EUROPEAN STAPHYLINID BEETLE FROM THE

PACIFIC NORTHWEST, NEW TO NORTH AMERICA!

VOLKER PUTHZ?

In his book, ‘‘Faunal Connections between

Europe and North America,” Lindroth (1957)

gives an account of the known animal species

common to the two continents and explains in

detail the ways of dispersion in both directions

(see also Strauch, 1970). Many of these species

were introduced from Europe to North

America in the ballast of sailing vessels in the

North Atlantic trade. The ballast was dumped

at those localities where these ships loaded

cargo for shipment to Europe.

While studying the Steninae of the world I

have found two species of the genus Stenus

Latr. which have been introduced from Europe

to North America: Stenus melanopus (Marsh.)

and Stenus fulvicornis Steph. S. melanopus is

known only from one specimen taken at Seneca

Lake, N.Y. by Dr. Lenczy in 1965, and now in

the Budapest Museum (Puthz, 1966:146). S.

fulvicornis was sent to me by Dr. Lazorko of

Vancouver, B.C., who found it at Essondale,

about 20 km E of Vancouver. Dr. Lazorko

informs me (in litt.) that for some years he has

regularly found this species at Essondale,

although it is not common there. Specimens

were found in autumn creeping on the walls of

the Essondale hospital (23.X.62, 13.1X.66,

28.X 11.67, 28.VIII.68), and others were

captured by sifting debris near a creek or in a

forest in springtime (12.1V.65, 6.V.65,

3.V1I.66, II.V.68). A considerable number of

'124th contribution to the knowledge of Steninae.

*Limnologische Fluss-Station des Max-Planck-Instituts fur

Limnologie, Schlitz ’ Hessen, Germany.

introduced European beetles occur near

Essondale, nearly all of which seem to have

been introduced in ballast.

Scudder (1958) shows that ‘‘Departure

Bay, just north of Nanaimo on Vancouver

Island, was a centre for ballast dumping.”’ He

also points out, that “most of the European

insects introduced into the Pacific Northwest

have been late arrivals compared with eastern

Canada.” The recent findings of Stenus

fulvicornis Steph. agree with this statement. It

is highly improbable that this species has been

overlooked by collectors in the last century or

in the first decades of the present century. S.

fulvicornis must be a late introduction with

ballast from southwestern England, where it

lives in places from which ballast was often

taken (Lindroth, 1957:187).

Identification of S. fulvicornis is easy

because it is totally different from the other

nearctic Stenus which have the abdomen

immargined and _ the _ tarsi bilobed

(‘‘Hypostenus’). The species is characterized

by the following characters: 10th tergite

equally rounded, with no median tip or apical

anchor, head narrower than elytra (the species

is macropterous), legs reddish-yellow, in-

terstices of elytral punctation lacking

reticulation, aedeagus (Wusthoff, 1934, fig.

67) with the median lobe triangularly

narrowed into an acute apex, distinctly shorter

than the parameres. Length: 3.3 to 3.8 mm. In

the palearctic region S. fulvicornis is known

from Europe s.l. including the Mediterranean.

References

Lindroth, C. H. 1957. The Faunal Connections between Europe and North America. Almquist &

Wiksell, Stockholm; John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York.

Puthz, V. 1966. Die Stenus-Arten Madeiras und der Kanarischen Inseln (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae)

21. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Steninen. Ent. Bl. Biol. Syst. Kafer 62:129-149.

Scudder, G. G. E. 1958. A new aspect on the faunal connections between Europe and the Pacific

Northwest. Proc. ent. Soc. Brit. Col. 55:36.

Strauch, Fr. 1970. Die Thule-Landbrucke als Wanderweg und Faunenscheide zwischen Atlantik

und Skandik im Tertiar. Geolog. Rdsch. 60:381-417.

Wusthoff, W. 1934. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der mitteleuropaischen Stenus-Arten. Ent. BI. Biol.

Syst. Kafer 30:62-64.

50 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumstiA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972

LARVAL DIAPAUSE IN SCOLYTUS VENTRALIS

(COLEOPTERA: SCOLYTIDAE)!

B. A. SCOTT, JR. AND A. A. BERRYMAN?

ABSTRACT

When Scolytus ventralis was reared under relatively constant tem-

peratures 50-70% of the brood developed rapidly and emerged within 70 days.

The remainder emerged gradually over the 130 days following the first emer-

gence peak. Exposure to field conditions resulted in retarded emergence of

the rapidly-developing proportion of the population and increased synchrony

in the emergence pattern. Increasing exposures to cold temperatures in the

field resulted in increased emergence synchrony, and a shorter developmental

time when exposed to warmer temperatures in the laboratory. It was concluded

that the rapidly-developing portion of the population may enter a facultative

diapause while the remainder enters an obligatory diapause under normal

field conditions.

INTRODUCTION

The fir engraver, Scolytus ventralis

LeConte, infesting grand fir, Abies grandis

(Douglas) Lindley, is normally univoltine in

northern Idaho. Struble (1957) noted that the

fir engraver population produced a_ partial

second generation annually on south-facing

slopes at 4000 ft. elevation in the California

Sierra Nevada. In laboratory rearings about

20% of the brood emerged within 90 days of

attack while the remainder emerged over the

next 100 days or died (Scott and Berryman

1971), suggesting that a significant portion of

the population ordinarily enters diapause. The

present study reports on the effects of winter

exposure on the development rate and

emergence synchronization of the fir engraver.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Six living grand firs, about 50 years of age,

were felled on 8 July, 1969, during the flight

period of S. ventralis. The trees were attacked

1 or 2 days after felling. Fifteen days after

attack 24 one-foot-long bolts were cut from

these trees and brought into the laboratory.

Another 16 bolts were cut and brought into the

laboratory on 24 November, 1969, 137 days

after attack; 8 on 5 February, 1970, 220 days

after attack; and 16 on 7 May, 1970, 301 days

after attack.

All bolts were maintained at 25 - 30° C, 50 -

60% RH, and 16-hour photoperiod.

‘Scientific Paper 3690, Project 1977, College of Agriculture

Research Center, Washington State University. This work was

supported in part by a Washington State University Grant-in-

Aid (Initiative 171). The manuscript is, in part, from a thesis by

the senior author in partial fulfillment of the M.S. degree,

Washington State University.

“Associate Entomologist, Eli Lilly and Co., Greenfield,

Indiana, and Associate Entomologist, Washington State Univer-

sity, Pullman, Washington 99163, respectively.

Emergence was recorded at approximately 10-

day intervals by counting and marking new

emergence holes.

Mean development time from attack to

peak emergence (T) was calculated by

T= (Xie Fi)

where Xi = number of days from attack to the

ith emergence period, Fi = emergence during

the ith period, and N = total beetles emerging.

Thirty days after emergence had started to

decline, the bolts were debarked and the

following data collected: number of successful

attacks, length of egg galleries, number and

stage of the surviving brood. The bark was

then dissected and the brood within recorded.

Five of the bolts from the first sampling (July)

were not debarked until 215 days after attack.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Logs in the field were considered to be

under the influence of cold temperatures

during those months when the average monthly

maximum temperature was below 15°C; i.e.,

from 1 October, 1969 to 1 May, 1970 (Table

1).

TABLE 1. Average maximum and minimum

daily temperatures (°C) from Potlatch, Idaho

(U.S. Weather Bureau Climatological Data).

Month Maximum Minimum

September, 1969 21:7 4.3

October 12.7 —0.6

November 8.6 —1.8

December 2.5 —4.6

January, 1970 1.7 —5.2

February ee! —1.7

March Tet —3.3

April 9.6 —1.1

May 18.3 a2

J. Entomot. Soc. Brrr. CotumBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972

EMERGENCE

90 100 150

DAYS

Fig. 1. Emergence pattern of S. ventralis reared

in the laboratory without cold exposure.

200

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. ConumsBtiaA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972

TABLE IT. Mean development time and emergence synchrony of S. ventralis in the first emergence

peak after different lengths of exposure to field temperatures.

7-25-69 NES) as) 0

11-24-69 16 82 55

2-5-70 8 82 138

5-7-70 16 82 Zig

43 58

58 LESH) 90, 36

34 254 98,27

30 331 100.00

*Total time in the laboratory up to the mean of the first emergence peak.

**Per cent of the population emerging within 30 days of the first emergence peak.

The first group of bolts, brought into the

laboratory on 25 July, 1969, did not ex-

perience cold temperatures. At this time the fir

engraver brood was in the egg and first two

larval stages. Figure 1 shows the emergence

pattern of S. ventralis from 5 of these bolts over

a period of 215 days from the time of attack.

Dissection of the bolts at the end of this period

showed that all brood had either emerged or

died. It is apparent that most emergence oc-

curred 50-70 days after attack followed by

gradual emergence with a minor peak between

150 and 210 days. The remaining 19 bolts of

this group were dissected 30 days after the first

emergence peak or 88 days from the time of

attack. At this time 68.5% of the brood had

emerged (Table 2). These results, and those of

Scott and Berryman (1971), show that 50 -

70% of the brood develop rapidly at relatively

constant temperatures and probably represent

the proportion of the population which

completes two generations a year under

suitable climatic conditions in the field (Struble

1957). The development of the remaining 30 -

90% of the brood was _ retarded having

presumably entered obligate larval diapause.

This proportion probably produces a single

annual generation under most field conditions.

The effects of exposure to cold tem-

peratures on the development of S. ventralis

was examined by collecting infested bolts from

the field at three intervals during winter. The

bolts brought into the laboratory in November

had experienced about 55 days of temperatures

below 15°C. This treatment resulted in an

increased proportion of the brood emerging

during the first emergence peak (Table 2); i.e.,

diapause was broken in about 70% of the brood

with an obligate larval diapause. However, it

required 58 days rearing in the laboratory to

reach mean emergence, or 15 days more than

the brood receiving no cold treatment (Table

2). This increased development time was

greater than is indicated in Table 2 because the

sample taken in November had experienced

100 extra days of field temperatures in the

range favorable for development. Furthermore,

brood in the earlier sample was in the egg and

first two larval stages while in the later sample

all brood was in the mature larva or prepupal

stage. These results indicate that the rapidly

developing proportion of the brood had entered

a facultative larvae diapause conditioned by

environmental stimuli; possibly temperature

or photoperiod.

The time required in the laboratory for

mean emergence to occur in samples taken in

February and May was reduced (Table 2).

Furthermore, emergence was synchronized to a

greater degree by the longer cold temperatures

(Table 2). This indicated that diapause

requirements for most of the larvae was

satisfied by 150-200 days cold exposure.

The results of this study suggest that 50 -

70% of the larvae of S. ventralis have a

facultative diapause initiated by undetermined

environmental stimuli and that 30 - 50% have

an obligatory diapause. The diapause con-

ditions are apparently broken by exposures to

cold temperatures, longer cold exposures

resulting in a higher degree of emergence

synchronization and a shorter period to peak

emergence.

J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. Corumpsts, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 53

References

Scott, B. A., Jr., and A. A. Berryman. 1971. Laboratory rearing techniques for Scolytus ventralis

(Coleoptera: Scolytidae). Wash. Agric. Expt. Sta. Bull 741, 9pp.

Struble, G. R. 1957. The fir engraver, a serious enemy of western true firs. U.S.D.A. Proc.

Res. Rep. 11, 18 pp.

THE DOOMSDAY BOOK

by GORDON RATTRAY TAYLOR

A Fawcett Crest Book,

World Publishing Company,

New York & Toronto.

Pp. 320.

Until such time as Paul and Anne Ehrlich’s

well researched hard-cover ‘‘Population,

Resources, Environment’ also appears in

paperback, ““The Doomsday Book”’ remains,

in my view, the most readable, and probably

the most important of the spate of popular,

doom-and-gloom, ecology books; it has been in

paperback only since September, 1971. It may

be that the author’s 1968 ‘“‘The Biological

Time Bomb” will prove more prophetic and in

the long run more important, but it lacks the

immediacy and urgency of the present work.

This time the author avoids speculation and

extrapolation wherever possible; instead he

presents a fairly low-keyed digest of recently

published work, lightly footnoted, annotated,

referenced, and indexed. The data are largely

from reputable original sources and reviews,

notably and frequently from Nature, Science,

New Scientist, Science News, and Scientific

American.

Isaac Asimov refers to The Doomsday

Book as ‘‘cool and unimpassioned’’, which well

describes the writing. The tone should be

acceptable both to the converted and to any

layman who is not very clear on the ecology

furore but is not about to be stampeded by

rhetoric or emotion. A few degrees of emotional

heat do break through occasionally, for

example in the section on_ radioactivity

(chap. 8).

In any book as wide ranging as this, nit

picking is easy. On p.85 we read that “‘the

Tasmanian ‘wolf’ was ... believed to be a

predator — actually it is not a carnivore but a

marsupial like a kangaroo.” It is a marsupial

alright, but a predator too — and _ probably

extinct by now. Some examples from en-

tomology are greatly oversimplified, e.g. the

case of the codling moth (p.84). Aldrin and

dieldrin (p.128) are the terrible

organophosphorus twins. Plague is spread by

$1.25

lice (p.77). But a dividend from the all-

embracing approach is that DDT loses some of

its preeminence and falls into its proper place

as merely the most widespread and one of the

most damaging pollutants amongst such other

horrors as cadmium, mercury, lead,

polycholoro-biphenyls, asbestos, carbon

monoxide, nitrites, nitrogen oxides, and

radioactive wastes.

In ‘Ice Age or Heat Death” (chap.3) the

conflicting arguments for both fates will

probably confuse the reader. But he can hardly

fail to realize, first, that astonishingly small

inputs to the atmosphere will surely have an

effects of some kind on the earth, **. . . climate

is nothing like as stable as we tend to think,”

(p. 79); and second, that the whole earth is so

closely tied to and affected by its atmosphere

and climate that unpleasant changes may

appear at several removes from the triggering

mechanism,”’. . . the web of cause and effect is

too complicated for our present levels of

scientific understanding, .. .”’ (p.73)..

The author is at his best on the food and

population crises and in marshalling his

arguments against nuclear power. The views of

Gofman and ‘Tamplin are presented at some

length in a 30-page section on radioactivity

(chap.8).

It takes two full pages to acknowledge those

who helped the author, including 18 very

distinguished discussants (e.g. La Mont Cole,

Fraser Darling, Kingsley Davis, Paul Ehrlich,

Glenn Seaborg, Stewart Udall), and 56 others

with impeccable affiliations, who gave help and

information, including Barry Commoner, J.

W. Gofman, Chas. F. Wurster and many

Europeans.

On the cover of the paperback the publisher

has put the cheering message: “‘Mankind can

survive. The author seems to be less than

certain. H. R. MacCarthy

54 J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. Co.umstia, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972

THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THREE EXOTIC APHID

PARASITES (HYMENOPTERA: APHIDITDAE)

IN BRITISH COLUMBIA

M. MACKAUER AND A. CAMPBELL

Department of Biological Sciences,

Simon Fraser University, Burnaby 2, British Columbia

ABSTRACT

Praon exsoletum palitans, Aphidius ervi ervi and the Orange

phenotype of Aphidius smithi are recorded from British Columbia. Release

data, present distribution, host records, and diagnostic criteria are included.

During the past 15 years an extensive

campaign has been carried out to introduce

and establish exotic hymenopterous parasites

of various pest aphids in the continental United

States and, to a lesser degree, in Canada. A

number of the aphidiid parasites that were

released in the mid-western and western United

States subsequently spread and invaded ad-

joining parts of Canada. This paper reports on

the recovery of three aphidiid species in

southern British Columbia. The specimens

were obtained in the course of a faunistic

survey of aphids and aphid parasites, in

particular of species associated with alfalfa

fields.

General records on the taxonomy,

distribution, and known host range of the three

aphid parasites discussed below were given by

Mackauer and Stary (1967).

Praon exsoletum palitans Muesebeck

Praon_ palitans Muesebeck, 1956. Bull.

Brooklyn ent. Soc. 51: 27-28, figs. 2, 2 a,

9 3 (Orig. descr.).

Praon exoletum palitans: Mackauer, 1959.

Beitr. Ent. 9: 828-833, figs. 8, 17, 22

Geogr. subsp. of Praon exsoletum (Nees).

Praon exsoletum palitans: Mackauer, 1968.

Hym. Cat., n. edit., 3: 16-17 (Tax.,

emend.).

The species was introduced from _ the

Mediterranean area and was released against

the spotted alfalfa aphid, Therioaphis trifolii

(Monell), in California during 1955 and 1956.

The parasite became established in southern

California in 1956 and subsequently spread

over large areas of that state (Van den Bosch et

al. 1959). It was reported by Muesebeck

(1967) from Arizona, California, Colorado,

Kansas, Nebraska, Nevada, New Mexico, and

Utah, and by Angalet (1970) from Delaware,

Maryland, and New Jersey.

Two male specimens of Praon exsoletum

palitans were collected near the Canada

Department of Agriculture Research Station,

at Kamloops, on 2 June 1971. The parasites

were bred from one alate female and one

apterous second or third instar nymph of the

sweetclover aphid, Therioaphis riehmi

(Borner), on white sweetclover, Melilotus alba.

This record is the first record of the species

from Canada.

Praon exsoletum palitans resembles the

Nearctic species P. negundinis Smith in

coloration, the pilosity of the mesoscutum, and

in the average number of antennal segments. It

can be distinguished chiefly by the recurrent

vein of the forewings which is either incomplete

or lacking and, in the female, by the broad

ovipositor sheaths (Mackauer 1959, Smith

1944). The host range of P. exsoletum is

restricted to Therioaphis species which feed on

herbaceous legumes, whereas P. negundinis

appears to be a specific parasite of Periphyllus

species feeding on maples (Mackauer and

Stary 1967).

Aphidius ervi erviHaliday

Aphidius (Aphidius) ervi Haliday, 1834. Ent.

Mag. 2: 100, 2 @ (Orig. descr.).

Aphidius medicaginis Marshall in Andre,

1898. Spec. Hym. Eur. Alg., 5 bis: 249-

250, 2 @ (Orig. descr.). |

Aphidius fumipennis Gyéorfi, 1958. Acta Zool.

hung. 4: 133, 6 (Orig. descr.).

Aphidius ervi ervi: Mackauer, 1962. Beitr.

Ent. 12: 641-642 (Geogr. subspp.).

Aphidius ervi ervi: Mackauer, 1968. Cat.

Hym., n. edit., 3: 46-47 (Tax.).

Colonies of Aphidius ervi ervi which

originated from various European localities —

were released against the pea aphid, Acyr-_

thosiphon pisum (Harris), in the western |

United States between 1959 and 1965 (Table

J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CoLumMsriA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 55

TABLE I. Open releases of Aphidius ervi ervi Haliday in western North America.

acca

Year Release area Origin Authority

1959 California France J.R. Coulson ay

1961 Arizona, Washington . France JR. Coulson 2)

2961 Oregon, Washington France, Germany B.J. Landis =

A962 Idaho Poland J.R. Coulson

1963 Idaho, Washington eastern U.S.A. J.R. Coulson z

1965 California Lebanon DeA. Chant, 3)

Rei. DouUte

1) Reported originally as Aphidius medicaginis and field-released according to Univ. of California records.

2) Reported originally as Aphidius sp. (ex pea aphid) and Aphidius urticae.

3) Reported in Mackauer and Finlayson (1967).

4. Reported originally as Aphidius sp. and Aphidius ervi collected in New Jersey and Pennsylvania. This record requires verifi-

cation as the released material in fact may have belonged to A. ervi pulcher and not to ervi ervi.

1). The overall similarity between this species

and the indigenous A. ervi pulcher and the fact

that both species interbreed, it was suggested

by Mackauer (1969, 1971), may be the

reasons why proof of the establishment of ervi

erviin any of the United States release areas

has been lacking so far.

The first specimens which were suspected

to belong to A. ervi were collected near

Kamloops during the summer of 1970. During

1971 additional material was obtained from

the following localities: C.D.A. Research

Station Kamloops (June-October), 5 mi S of

Round Lake (8 August), Winfield (30 July),

and Chilliwack (6 August, 15 September). All

parasites were reared from pea aphids on

alfalfa. The percent contribution of ervi ervi to

the total number of primary parasites attacking

the pea aphid in each locality ranged from 0.1

to 1.3% , except for Chilliwack where 88.2 %

out of a total of 304 parasites examined

belonged to ervi ervi. In addition, some

representatives of the species were bred from

parasitized pea aphids that had been collected

near Burlington, Washington, on 20 June

1970. Our records are the first evidence of the

successful colonization and establishment of A.

erviervi in Canada and the United States.

Of the three Aphidius parasites of the pea

aphid which are known to occur in western

Canada_ the coloured A.

smithi from the

yellowish-orange

may be separated

predominantly fuscous-to-black coloured A.

erviervi and ervi pulcher on the basis of colour

and the relative length of the third antennal

segment (Mackauer and Finlayson 1967).

Differences in the female genitalia (Figs. 4, 6,

8) are helpful but do not permit an accurate

identification. The diagnostic criteria of the

petiole that were described by Eady (1969)

were found to be useful for the determination

of between 90 and 95% of all specimens

examined. Typically the anterolateral area of

the petiole shows a rugose sculpture in A. ervi

ervi (Fig. 3), while in ervi pulcher and smithi

the same area is striated (Figs. 5, 7). The

centrodorsal area of the petiole is coarsely

sculptured in ervi pulcher (Fig. 1) but com-

paratively smooth in smithi (Fig. 2). These

characteristics vary with the size of the

specimen in that smaller specimens tend to

show a less distinct sculpture. If live material is

available for breeding all identifications should

be verified by determining the colour and range

of coloration under known temperature and

humidity conditions in the laboratory.

A phidius smithiSharma and Subba Rao

Aphidius (A phidius) smithiSharma and Subba

Rao, (1958) 1959. Indian J. Ent. 20: 183,

186-187, Pl. TI, 1-5, Pl. TTI. 1-3. 2 6

(Orig. deser.).

Aphidius smithi: Mackauer, 1968. Cat. Hym..

n..edit., 3: 06) (Pax:),

56 J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CoLtumsta, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972

Fig. 1. Aphidius ervi pulcher,?, centrodorsal area of petiole.

Fig. 2. Aphidius smithi,?, centrodorsal area of petiole.

Figs. 3, 4. Aphidius ervi ervi,@. 3, anterolateral area of petiole; 4, genitalia.

Figs. 5, 6. Aphidius ervi pulcher,9. 5. anterolateral area of petiole; 6, genitalia.

Figs. 7, 8. Aphidius smithi,9. 7, anterolateral area of petiole; 8, genitalia.

(See text for details. Nomarski differential-interference contrast photographs of unstained speci-

mens mounted in Hoyer’s medium.)

J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumBsriA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 57

The parasite was imported from India and

released against the pea aphid, Acyrthosiphon

pisum, in large areas of the United States and

eastern Canada between 1958 and 1967

(Mackauer 1971, Mackauer and_ Bisdee

(1965). It became established almost im-

mediately upon its release in California (Hagen

and Schlinger 1960) but was not recovered in

the eastern United States and Canada until the

fall of 1964 (Angalet and Coles 1966,

Mackauer and Bisdee 1965). The present

distribution of A. smithi includes California,

Colorado, Idaho, Kansas, and Washington in

the Western United States (Musebeck 1967),

and Alberta (new record) and_ British

Columbia in western Canada.

Further examinations showed that western

populations of A. smithiare monomorphic, or

largely so, with regard to a gene Orange (O)

which affects the abdominal pigmentation,

while eastern populations are generally

dimorphic for the character. It was suggested

by Mackauer (1968, 1971) that the Orange

gene arose as a new mutation among released

specimens in the eastern United States and, in

fact, may have been involved in the establish-

ment of the species under initially adverse

climatic conditions.

In July 1965 A. smithi was collected near

Christina Lake indicating that the parasite had

successfully invaded British Columbia from

release sites in the western United States

(Mackauer and Finlayson 1967). These first

specimens were all wild-type. Since 1965 the

species has spread through most of southern

British Columbia and in 1971 was the most

common of the primary parasites of the pea

aphid in the interior of the Province. The first

representatives of the Orange phenotype were

collected W of Bridesville and near Kamloops

in the summer of 1971, where they contributed

0.6 and 0.2 %, respectively to the total number

of pea aphid parasites.

Acknowledgments

We thank Drs. J. R. Coulson and B. Puttler,

of the United States Department of Agriculture,

for making available unpublished information on

the releases of hymenopterous parasites of the pea

aphid in the United States. Professor T. Finlay-

son, of this Department, verified our identifica-

tion of Aphidius ervi ervi by examining the

cast skins of the final instar larvae. The work

was supported in part by a National Research

Council of Canada Operating Grant to the senior

author.

References

Angalet, G. W., 1970. Population, parasites, and damage of the spotted alfalfa aphid in New

Jersey, Delaware, and the eastern shore of Maryland. J. econ. Ent. 63: 313-315.

Angalet, G. W., and L. W. Coles, 1966. The establishment of Aphidius smithi in the eastern

United States. J. econ. Ent. 59:769-770.

Eady, R. D., 1969. A new diagnostic character in Aphidius (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) of special’

significance in species on pea aphid. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B) 38:165-173.

Hagen, K. S., and E. I. Schlinger, 1960. Imported Indian parasite of pea aphid established in

California. Calif. Agric. 14:5-6.

Mackauer, M., 1959. Die europaischen Arten der Gattungen Praon und Areopraon (Hymenoptera:

Braconidae, Aphidiinae). Eine monographische Revision. Beitr. Ent. 9:810-865.

Mackauer, M., 1968. Phenotypic polymorphism in Aphidius smithi Sharma and Subba Rao (Hymen-

optera, Aphidiidae). Entomophaga 13:281-287.

Mackauer, M., 1969. Sexual behaviour of and hybridization between three species of Aphidius

Nees (Hymenoptera: Aphidiidae), parasitic on the pea aphid. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 71:

339-351.

Mackauer, M., 1971. Acyrthosiphon pisum (Harris), pea aphid (Homoptera: Aphididae), pp. 3-10.

In: Biological control programmes against insects and weeds in Canada 1959-1968. Tech.

Commun. Commonw. Inst. biol. Control 4: 266 pp.

Mackauer, M., and H. E. Bisdee, 1965. Aphidius smithi Sharma and Subba Rao (Hymenoptera:

Aphidiidae), a parasite of the pea aphid new in southern Ontario. Proc. ent. Soc. Ont.

95:121-124.

Mackauer, M., and T. Finlayson, 1967. The hymenopterous parasites (Hymenoptera: Aphidiidae et

Aphelinidae) of the pea aphid in eastern North America. Can. Ent. 99:1051-1082.

Mackauer, M., and P. Stary, 1967. World Aphidiidae (Hym. Ichneumonoidea). In: Index of ento-

mophagous insects. Le Francois, Paris, 195 pp.

Muesebeck, C. F. W., 1967. Family Braconidae, pp. 27-60. In: Hymenoptera of America North

of Mexico. Synoptic Catalog. Second Suppl. U.S. Dep. Agric. Wash., Agric. Monogr. 2, 584 pp.

58 J. EnTomMor. Soc. Brit. CotumsBiaA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972

Smith, C. F., 1944. The Aphidiinae of North America (Hymenoptera: Braconidae). Ohio State

Univ., Columbus, xii+154 pp.

Van den Bosch, R., E. I. Schlinger, E. J. Dietrick, K. S. Hagen, and J. K. Holloway. 1959. The

colonization and establishment of imported parasites of the spotted alfalfa aphid in Cal-

fornia. J. econ. Ent. 52:136-141.

THE LEAFHOPPER GENUS EMPOASCA SUBGENUS KYBOS

IN THE SOUTHERN INTERIOR OF

BRITISH COLUMBIA

K. G. A. HAMILTON!

Entomology Research Institute

Canada Department of Agriculture

Ottawa, Ontario

ABSTRACT

The 22 species reported here represent 7 new species, 10 new

Canadian records, and 5 previous records. E. caesarsi, E. columbiana,

E. coronata, E. dissimilaris, KE. empusa, E. rossi, and E. tigris n. spp.

are described and illustrated. New Canadian records are E. alaskana Ross,

E. andresia Ross, E. betulicola Wagner, E. copula DeLong, E. exiguae

Ross, E. fontana Ross, E. gelbata DeLong & Davison, E. portola Ross,

E. rubrata DeLong & Davidson, and E. trifasciata Gillette. Brief descrip-

tions and a key are provided.

One of the most poorly studied genera of

Canadian leafhoppers is Empoasca Walsh.

This is a very large genus of small, green to

orange insects that feed on a wide variety of

forages, shrubs, and trees; many species are

common, and quite a few are considered

economically important, both for the damage

they cause in feeding and for the transmission

of ‘‘viral’’ diseases of crops.

The genus is divided into three subgenera:

Empoasca sensu stricto, K yboasca Zachvatkin

and Kybos Fieber. The first encompasses the

majority of species, which feed mainly on

forages and shrubs. There are many species

complexes in this group, requiring much

biological data to determine the specific limits.

The available information is too incomplete at

present to permit adequate treatment of this

subgenus. Kyboasca is a small subgenus,

characterized by the numerous tergal

apodemes in the male abdomen. The species

feed on a variety of trees, other than willow and

poplar. All but two species collected in British

Columbia have been previously recorded from

Canada by Beirne (1956). The thitd subgenus

is a moderately large group of species feeding

almost exclusively on willows (Salix spp.) and

' Present address: Department of Entomology, University of

Georgia, Athens, Ga. 30601.

poplars (Populus spp.). Kybos is very well

represented in British Columbia; I have taken

22 species in the interior, and others probably

await discovery. Only 4 of these were

previously recorded by Beirne, and another by

Ross (1963). Most of the new Canadian

records are of species found in adjacent areas in

the United States.

The subgenus Kybos is characterized by

male genitalia in which the anal hooks are

strongly curved, and the minutely serrate style

apices are curved and bear very long, fine

setae. The subgenus may be more readily

recognized by the chaetotaxy of the plates. The

macrosetae are longer than the width of the

plates, and either scattered over the ventral

surface or arranged in many rows, instead of

being short and biserrate, as in the other

subgenera.

Characters used in identifying the species

are the shape of the anal hooks and brachones

(ventral pygofer processes), and the chaetotaxy

of the base of the sub-genital plates. The

apodemes of the second sternite and the third

and fourth tergites (2S, 3T, 4T) of the male

abdomen are also useful, although parasitized

specimens are often encountered in which these

are greatly reduced. Some_ species have

distinctive colour patterns, and may thus be

J. Entomor. Soc. Brit. Conumsts, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 59

' Figures

Figs. 1-4. Habitus of Empoasca (Kybos) spp. 1, E. tigris n.

3, E. dissimilaris n. sp., male; 4, same, female.

readily identified without dissection. Females

are usually impossible to identify without

associated males.

All types are deposited in the Canadian

National Collection, Ottawa. (C.N.C.).

Key to males of species of Empoasca

(Kybos) Fieber.

1. Dark, pronotum and scutellum wholly or

partly deep reddish of fuscous; tegmina

usually strongly coloured or marked with

fuscous (Fig. 3) ....................14

—. Pale, pronotum, scutellum and tegmina

concolourous green, yellow or _ golden-

orange; tegmina marked at most with

iw)

sp., male; 2, same, female;

weak fuscous dusting along veins and

apical third (Fig. As) 22) sce. ee 2

. Dorsal margin of base of plates with long,

stout, parallel-sided setae like those of

ventral surface ...................--- 10

. Dorsal margin of base of plates with fine,

tapered setae ....... 3

. Apodemes 4T larger than 3T or 25 (Fig. 9)

eet oe eee ree. Cee ee rossi n. sp.

. Apodemes 4T linear or absent, smaller

than 3 land 287%... 22-5 eee 4

. Brachone strongly clubbed (Beirne, 1956,

Fig. 1028); head with red band between

eyes near anterior margin carsona DeL. &

Dav.

10.

16.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. Cotumsria, 69 (1972), AuG. 1, 1972

. Brachone not strongly clubbed; head

unmarked withredi. 60: 1202.3 D

. Apodemes 2S more than 2 segments long

Re aa gl Hl eres goer teeeet AT ne Oe eee zee 9

. Apodemes 2S less than 2 segments long

Ee Gir Necehe orn ot Ne, eeeee ae te 6

. Apodemes 3T lobed, more heavily

sclerotized than apodemes 2S......... 8

. Apodemes 3T linear, similarly sclerotized

to apodemes: 29) 23 es. a SE ae 7

. Apodemes 2S wider than long; apodemes

Sl SINMALC a. ecle aes ee ae incida DeL.

. Apodemes 2S longer than wide; apodemes

S Stra 2 ee wel cei ete fontana Ross

. Apodemes 3T exceeding tips of apodemes

DONG iGn aahcn pare 4) Se Cae caesarsi n. sp.

. Apodemes 25 exceeding tips of apodemes

oi ere ee ee re ee re columbiana n. sp.

. Apodemes 25 fully 4 segments long;

apodemes 3T regularly lobate ..... patula

DeL.

. Apodemes 25 only 3. segments long;

apodemes 3T arched outwards ...exiguae

Ross.

Apodemes 2S at least 3 segments long;

apodemes 3T linear ........ portola Ross

. Apodemes 2S much less than 3 segments

long; apodemes 3T lobate ........... 11

Apodemes 3T over half as long as 2S; base

of plates with only dorsal comb of setae ...

andresia Ross

. Apodemes 3T less than half as long as 2S;

base of plates with several peg-like setae on

anterior margin as well as with dorsal comb

of setae ...... Mar Ge eens aS ee

. Apodemes 2S over 3 segments long (Fig. 1)

Pennohetat tin ee eae hi wtiak ttn empusa n. sp.

. Apodemes 2S not over 2 segments long

CRON ead cacereea Mit cee de wee ee 13

. Deep green; tip of brachone strongly

flattened (Fig. 18b) ......coronata n. sp.

. Yellowish-green; tip of brachone tapered

(his 20 bien cares gelbata DeL. & Dav.

. Transversely banded (Fig. 1) ......... 21

. Longitudinally striped, or with indefinite

markings. (hig65)) ond hee eae meal

. Brown markings a patch on pronotum and

tegminal tips, and along commissure and

claval suture; anal hook very stout ......

betulicola Wagner

. Brown markings otherwise, more extensive

on dorsum of thorax; anal hook slender . .

Apodemes 3T shorter than half length of

2517 ie te ee i)

. Apodemes 37 over half as long as

apodemes 25.02: 5. a eee a iy

17. Apodeimes 2S longer than 3T, turned

outwards attips.......... alaskana Ross

—. Apodemes 25 not ionger than 3T, evenly

curved at.tips ..«<2) Ai eee 18

18. Apodemes 3T and 2S subequal, less than 2

segments long ............. alberta Ross

—. Apodemes 3T longer than 2S, more than 2

segments long ........ dissimilaris n. sp.

19. Apodemes 3T lobate, 13 length of 2S;

base of plates with only dorsal comb of

setae... 7): day lee ee lucidae Ross

—. Apodemes 3T linear and minute, or ab-

sent; base of plates with peg-like setae on

anterior margin as well as dorsal comb of

setae (ous 65, LG Sige ae ee hee 20

20. Markings brownish; apodemes 2S more

than 2 segments long ....... copula DeL.

—. Markings reddish; apodemes 2S less than

2 segments long ... .rubrata DeL. & Dav.

21. Brachone widened at end; tegmina

greenish to bright green ....... trifasciata

Gillette

—. Brachone tapered to tip; tegmina pale

yellow ... : 33 d4 30 URGe ecaeee tigris n. sp.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) ALBERTA Ross

Empoasca (Kybos) alberta Ross, 1963: 216.

Blackish-brown with basal half of the

tegmina brown, fading to hyaline tips;

distinctive subequal 25 and 3T apodemes.

Collected from: Okanagan Mission, Bear

Creek (Westside Road, L. Okanagan),

Creston, and Baldy Mountain, at 6500’ (north

of Bridesville): 4 specimens.

Host: recorded by Ross as Salix sp.

Probably double-brooded; June to early July,

and August.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) ALASKANA Ross

Empoasca (Kybos) alaskana Ross, 1963: 219

(new Canadian record).

Sordid ochreous, with commissure deep

brown; distinctive large 3T apodemes and

divergent tips of 25 apodemes. Collected from:

Naramata: | specimen.

Host: unknown. Collected in late July.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) ANDRESIA Ross

Empoasca (Kybos) andresia Ross, 1963: 218

(new Canadian record).

Yellow-green, with smoky wing tips and |

often also infuscated veins; distinctive short, ©

lobate apodemes. Collected from: Armstrong,

Creston, Naramata, Okanagan Mission, Otter |

Lake (south of Armstrong), Penticton, Salmon ©

Arm, Summerland, and the following locations

on the Westside Road of Lake Okanagan:

J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. Conumpsra, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 61

nil

Figs. 5-12. Base of abdomen of Empoasca (Kybos) spp., showing second sternal (2S) apodemes

stippled, third and fourth tergal (3T, 4T) apodemes hatched. 5, E. tigris n. sp.; 6, E. dis-

similaris n. sp.; 7, E. columbiana n. sp.; 8, E. caesarsi n.

sp.; 9, E. rossi n. sp.; 10,

E. coronata n. sp.; 11, E. empusa n. sp.; 12, E. rubrata DeL. & Dav.

Bear Creek, Caesars, Ewings Landing, Nahun,

and Wilson Landing: 205 specimens.

Host: recorded by Ross as various species

of Salix. Single-brooded; mid-June through

August, commonest in late July.

In view of the numerous records of this

species from traps on sweet cherry, choke

cherry, and bitter cherry (Prunus emarginata

Dougl.) it seems likely that adults, at least, also

feed on various species of Prunus.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) BETULICOLA

Empoasca betulicola Wagner, 1955; 178 (new

Canadian record).

Yellow with tegmina and legs bright green,

heavily marked with fuscous on center

of pronotum, along commissure and claval

sutures, and on apical third of tegmina.

Collected at Kelowna: 1 specimen.

Host: Betula alba L. Specimen taken on

Populus sargentti Dode.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) CAESARSI n. sp.

(Figs. 8, 16)

Male. Length, 4.7 mm. Colour yellow-

green, with slight orange cast on head and

pronotum ; tegmina green, claval suture white.

General structure typical for subgenus.

Apodemes 2S short, not extending into fourth

segment, broadly lobate, turned inwards and

62 J. EnToMot. Soc. Brit. CoLtumsta, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972

slightly overlapping; apodemes 3T short, very

broad, strongly angled mesad, projecting only

1/3 the length of fourth tergite, connected hy

very slender ridge. Eighth sternite weakly and

bluntly produced. Anal hook tapered, evenly

curved to sinuate tip. Brachone parallel-sided

to attenuate, slender tip, curved most strongly

at base. Base of plates with one row of erect

marginal tapered setae and a second of

recumbent setae of similar size.

Female. Length, 4.7 mm. Colour yellow-

green, marked with white as follows: face with

arrow-shaped mark pointing to marginal

coronal dashes, dorsum with median line and

paired longitudinal dashes on crown also;

tegmina smoky green, with white claval suture.

Seventh sternite very strongly produced to

rounded tip, with prominent lateral angles.

Types. Holotype, ¢, Caesars, Westside

Road, Okanagan Valley, B.C., 16-28 July

1971, sticky board trap on Prunus emarginata.

Allotype, 2, same data as holotype. Paratype:

1 @, same data as holotype. C.N.C. type

number 12570.

Remarks. The very short and _ lobate

apodemes are comparable only to those of

albolinea Gillette; the shape of the 25

apodemes and the colour pattern of the female

also indicate this relationship. E. caesarsi may

be distinguished from this species by the shape

of the 3T apodemes, the curvature of the

brachone, and the prominent lateral angles of

the female seventh sternite.

The fact that these specimens were taken

on bitter cherry should not be interpreted as

indicating that this is the host of caesarst.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) CARSONA

DeLong & Davidson

Empoasca carsona DeLong & Davidson,

1936: 229.

Empoasca aureoviridis; Beirne, 1956: 60.

Unmarked green to pabe ochreous, with

transverse red line between eyes (individuals

may be patterned heavily with red); distinctive

clubbed brachone. Collected from: Creston,

Kelowna, Okanagan Mission, Penticton,

Summerland, and Caesars (Westside Road,

Lake Okanagan): 75 specimens.

Host: recorded by Ross as Populus

balsamifera L. Local host: P. trichocarpa

Torr. & Gray; a single specimen taken on

Populus sargentii. Possibly double-brooded ;

late June to early July, and August.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) COLUMBIANA n.

sp. (Pigs..7,,15)

Male. Length, 4.1 - 4.3 mm. Colour yellow-

green, tegmina white, basally and apically |

lightly fuscous; abdominal tergites spotted

with fuscous. General structure typical for |

subgenus. Apodemes 2S short, extending

halfway into fourth segment, apically rounded,

apodemes 3T short, scarcely lobate, separated

at meson. Eighth sternite weakly produced.

Anal hook long and slender, evenly curved

cephalad. Brachone_ paralled-margined,

apically slender, tapered to slightly sinuate tip.

Base of plates with 3-5 long, slender, tapered

setae.

Female. Unknown.

Types. Holotype, ¢, Otter Lake, south of

Armstrong, British Colunbia, 15-29 July 1971,

sticky board trap on

Paratypes, 1 6, same data, Armstrong, B.C.,

3 66, same data, 30 July - 12 August 1971.

C.N.C. type number 12571.

Remarks. The small, separated 3T

apodemes ally this species to occidua Ross,

from which it can be readily distinguished by

the shorter 2S apodemes and the long, slender

brachone tip. The length of the plate setae

show its relationship to the occidua complex

rather than to members of the carsona com-

plex, which it otherwise resembles.

The fact that the types were taken on bitter

cherry should not be interpreted as indicating

that this is the host for the species.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) COPULA DeLong

Empoasca copula DeLong, 1931: 27 (new

Canadian record).

Green, with distinctive but indecisive

markings: head orange, pronotum and wing

apices deep brown, abdomen bearing a red spot

at center, showing through clouded patch on

wings as a brownish bar, giving specimens a

banded appearance. Collected from: Ewings

Landing, Okanagan Mission, and Sum-

merland: 11 specimens.

Remarks. The species reported by Beirne

(1956) as copulais the unmarked, orange and

green FE. alexanderae Ross.

Host: Populus tremuloides Michx. Single-

brooded: mid-June through July.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) CORONATA n. sp.

(Figs. 10, 18)

Male. Length, 3.9 - 4.3 mm. Colour deep

green, unmarked; head turning golden-orange

on drying. General structure typical for

subgenus. Apodemes 2S short, extending

halfway into fourth segment, evenly lobate,

Prunus emarginata.

J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 63

Figs. 13-20. Genitalic hooks. a, anal hook, lateral aspect; b, brachone, lateral aspect, c, same,

caudal aspect. 13, E.- tigris n. sp.; 14, E. dissimilaris n. sp.; 15, E. columbiana n. sp.;

16, E. caesarsi n. sp.; 17, E. rossi n. sp.; 18, E. coronata n. sp.; 19 E. empusa n. sp.;

20, E. rubrata DeL. & Dav.

Narrowly separated; apodemes 37 scarcely

lobate, fused mesally. Eighth sternite strongly

and convexly produced mesally, with tiny

lateral angles. Anal hook tapered, evenly

curved cephalad. Brachone widening to

abruptly flattened and twisted apex, turned

slightly laterad at tip. Base of plates with four

long, parallel-margined setae dorsally and

three peg-like setae on anterior margin.

Female. Length, 4.1 - 4.5 mm. Colour deep

green, unmarked. Seventh sternite strongly

tapered, strongly produced to bluntly angled

apex; lateral margins with weakly rounded

angles; folded on meson.

Tpyes. Holotype, & . Powell Beach.

Summerland, B.C., 17 June 1971, K. G. A.

Hamilton, on Populus tremuloides. Allotype,

Q,. Summerland, 23 June 1971, K. G. A.

Hamilton, on Populus tremuloides. Paratypes;

2866, 1 nymph, same data as holotype:

566.5 QQ. same data as allotype: 13¢.

same data, 5 July 1971. C.N.C. type number

oz.

Remarks. The apodemes of the abdomen

indicate that this species is a close relative of E.

alexanderae Ross, may be

from which it

64 J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. Conumstia, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972

distinguished by the shorter and_ nearly

separate 3T apodemes. The colour and flat-

tened brachone tip distinguish this species

readily from both alexanderae and gelbata.

Host. Populus tremuloides. Single-

“‘brooded: mid June to early July.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) DISSIMILARIS n.

sp.

(Figs. 3, 4,6, 14)

Male. Length, 4.0 - 4.5 mm. Colour golden,

deepening anteriorly, orange head, paling to

lemon-yeilow on abdomen and whitish hyaline

on posterior 2/3 of tegmina, sternites in-

fuscated, marked with blackish-fuscous as

follows: paired coronal spots on head, all of

pronotum except anterior margin and median

line, anterior 2/3 of scutellum, basal half and

apical third of tegmina, paler to whitish along

claval suture. General structure typical for

subgenus. Apodemes 25 small, lobate, ap-

pressed, extending into fourth segment,

overshadowed by apodemes 3T which are very

large and broad, hood-shaped, appressed,

extending into fifth segment. Eighth sternite

weakly and roundedly produced to tiny apical

notch, wrinkled on posterior margin. Anal

hook short, tapered, evenly curved an-

teroventrad. Brachone apically clubbed, tip

acute, directed laterad. Base of plates with

many long, fine, tapered setae.

Female. Length, 4.3 - 4.7 mm. Colour

bright green, yellow on face, dorsum and

tegmina golden, slightly fuscous apically;

marked with deep green laterally and paired

coronal spots. Seventh sternite very strongly

produced between prominent lateral angles to

truncate tip.

Types. Holotype, ¢ , Summerland, B.C.,

11] June 1971, K. G. A. Hamilton, on Populus

trichocarpa. Allotype. @, same data as

holotype. Paratypes: 16 nymphs, 6¢6,

3992, same data as holotype; 2 nymphs,

268,229, same data, 16 June 1971;

566 ,4 99. same data, 17 June 1971; 16,

12, Summerland, 23 June 1971, K. G. A.

Hamilton, on Populus tremuloides; 1é ,

Summerland, 15 June 1971, K. G. A.

Hamilton, on weeds; & , Summerland, mid-

June 1970, on sticky board trap on cherry;

16, same data, 21-27 July 1970; 1é¢,

Okanagan Mission, B.C., June 1970, sticky

board trap on cherry; 1¢6, Ewings Landing,

June 1971, sticky board trap on Prunus

emarginata. C.N.C. type number 12573.

Remarks. The extreme sexual dimorphism

in colour is unusual for this genus. The

apodemes and plate setae are intermediate in

length between those of amicis Ross and an-

nella Hartzell, both of which this species

resembles in genitalic characters. This species

probably links the other two, providing

evidence that the lineage to annellaand alberta

probably belongs to the trifasciata group rather

than to the butleri group of Ross. The female

seventh sternite is unique and highly distine-

tive.

Host. Populus trichocarpa.

brooded; mid June-July.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) EMPUSA n. sp.

(Figs. 11, 19)

Male. Length, 3.5 mm. Colour green,

dorsum with bronze sheen. General structure

typical for subgenus. Apodemes 2S very long

and narrow, extending into sixth segment;

apodemes 37 tiny, band-like, scarcely lobate.

Eight sternite roundedly produced to mesal

notch, between small lateral angles. Anal hook

very long and slender, nearly straight, curved

cephalad at tip. Brachone widened on apical

half, apex narrowed and sinuate, directed

laterad. Base of plates with three peg-like setae

directed cephalad and four long, stout, parallel-

margined setae on dorsal edge.

Female. Unknown.

Types. Holotype, ¢ , Armstrong, B.C., 15-

29 July 1971, sticky board trap on Prunus

emarginata. C.N.C. type number 12574.

Remarks. This species is closely related to

copula, from which it can be distinguished by |

the green, unmarked colour and the longer and —

narrower 2S apodemes. The laterally-directed —

brachone tip is unique in this species group. |

The fact that this specimen was collected on _

bitter cherry should not be interpreted as

indicating that this is the host for the species. |

EMPOASCA (Kybos) EXIGUAE Ross

Empoasca (Kybos) exiguae Ross, 1963: 220 |

(new Canadian record).

Unmarked green, with rarer golden-orange

form. like that of albolinea Gillette (== digita

DeLong). Collected from: Naramata, Pen- |

ticton, Similkameen and Summerland: 123 |

specimens.

Remarks. Parasitized specimens resemble —

FE. improcera Ross, which may prove to be |

synonymous with exiguae. P

Host: Collected by Ross from Salix exigua. |

Common throughout lower Okanagan Valley 1

on Salix sp. Single-brooded; late July to mid-

August.

Single-

J. EntTomot. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 65

EMPOASCA (Kybos) FONTANA Ross

Empoasca (Kybos) fontana Ross, 1963: 223

(new Canadian record).

Unmarked green, females yellow-green,

nymphs very deep green; distinctive small,

pointed 2S and _ linear, transverse 3T

apodemes. Collected from: Armstrong,

Bridesville, Creston, Ewings Landing, and

Okanagan Mission: 15 specimens.

Host: recorded by Ross as Salix spp., and

sucker growth of Populus balsamifera;

collected only on Salix sp. in British Columbia.

Single-brooded; August.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) Gelbata

DeLong & Davidson

Empoasca gelbata DeLong & Davidson, 1936:

225 (new Canadian record).

Yellowish, unmarked, venter greenish and

tegmina white; apodemes similar to those of

coronata, but distinctly longer. Collected from:

Armstrong, Kelowna, Penticton, and Salmon

Arm; 13 specimens.

Host: collected on Populus sargentii, and

on sticky board traps in the vicinity of other

related species of cottonwood.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) INCIDA DeLong

Empoasca incida DeLong, 1931: 21.

Rather small; unmarked, green, apodemes

2S tiny and 3T curvilinear. Collected from:

Creston, Kelowna, and Summerland: 12

specimens.

Remarks. This species has a wider host

range than other species in the subgenus.

Host; recorded by Ross from both Salix

and Populus spp.; taken in B.C. on both

Populus tremuloides and cottonwood (P. X

sargenti?). Single-brooded; late July through

August.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) LUCIDAE Ross

Empoasca clypeata: Beirne, 1956: 60.

Empoasca (Kybos) lucidae Ross, 1963: 216.

Yellowish with the dorsum and tegmina

smoky brown, paler on head and down center

of each wing. Collected from: Penticton,

Caesars, and Ewings Landing: 5 specimens.

Host: recorded by Ross as Salix lasiandra.

Probably double-brooded; late June to mid-

July, and August.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) PATULA DeLong

Empoasca patula DeLong, 1931: 22.

Empoasca patula var. magna DeLong, 1931:

23.

Bright green distinctive 2S

apodemes four segments long. Collected from:

unmarked;

Armstrong, Robson and Summerland: 20

specimens.

Host: Salix sp. Single-brooded; late June

through July.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) PORTOLA Ross

Empoasca (Kybos) portola Ross, 1963: 215

(new Canadian record).

Large; pale green, often turning pale

ochreous on drying; distinctive large 2S and

linear 3T apodemes. Collected from: Camp

McKinney, Caesars, Okanagan Mission,

Penticton, Summerland, and Ewings Landing:

245 specimens.

Described from a pair of specimens

collected on Populus balsamifera. Commonly

on Populus trichocarpa in British Columbia,

often being abundant on the sucker growth;

also on cottonwood (Populus X_ sargentii?).

Double-brooded; late June to mid-July, and

August.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) ROSSI n. sp.

(Figs. 9, 17)

Male. Length, 4.6 - 4.9 mm. Colour pale

green, unmarked. General structure typical for

subgenus. Apodemes 2S very short, 1/3

length of third tergite, strap-shaped, with

posterolateral margins recurved. Apodemes 3T

very small, lobate, widely separated, lying

laterad of 25; 4T almost as long as fourth

tergite, broadly lobate, slightly turned out-

wards, contiguous but not fused at base. Kighth

sternite weakly produced mesally, folded on

meson. Anal hook slender and evenly curved

cephalad. Brachone_ parallel-margined,

apically flattened and tapered, curved

regularly dorsad. Base of plates with very

small, fine setae.

Female. Length, 4.8 - 5.1 mm. Colour pale

green. Seventh sternite strongly tapered and

produced to truncate apex, with small lateral

angles.

Types. Holotype, ¢, Powell Beach,

Summerland, B.C., 23 June 1971, K. G. A.

Hamilton, on Populus tremuloides. Allotype,

2, same data as holotype. Paratypes: 966,

11 29Q, same data as holotype; 14, 3@ Q,

same data, 5 July 1971; 1 $, Summerland, 4-

10 August 1971, sticky board trap on choke

cherry. C.N.C. type number 12575.

Remarks. The _ well-developed 4T

apodemes ally rossito gribisa Ross and sprita

Ross. These apodemes approximate those of

spritain size, but the lobes are well separated.

Apodemes 2S are similar to those of mesolinea

Dav. & DeL., suggesting that the gribisa group

66 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Auc. 1, 1972 ©

is descended from the ancestor in the trifasciata

group which also gave rise to mesolinea.

I take great pleasure in naming this species

after Dr. H. H. Ross, both for his work in this

subgenus, and for his continued help and

encouragement in my studies.

Host: Populus tremuloides. Probably

double-brooded; late June to early July, and

early August.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) RUBRATA DeL. &

Dav. (Figs. 12, 20)

Empoasca rubrata DeLong & Davidson,

1936: 226.

Yellow with same markings as in copula,

but those of body redder, giving it a pinkish

cast; abdomen not so heavily tanned as in

copula. Collected from Summerland: 17

specimens.

Remarks. Both parasitized and_ un-

parasitized specimens showed essentially the

same features of small 2S apodemes and no

tergal apodemes, thus demonstrating that this

is indeed a distinct species. The _ specific

characters were not illustrated by Ross, and so

are figured here.

Host: cottonwood (Populus X sargentii?).

Collected in August.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) TIGRIS n. sp.

(Figs. 1, 2,5, 13)

Male. Length, 3.9 - 4.2 mm. Colour pale

yellow, overlaid with black as follows: head,

pronotum, and two triangular dashes on

scutellum, paling on mid-line and edge of

scutellum to fuscous, on lower part of head to

sordid yellow; tegmina with transverse band at

midlength as wide as pale bands, and apical

third solidly marked. General structure typical

for subgenus. Apodemes 25 long, extending

into fifth segment, parallel-margined and

apically subtruncate; apodemes 3T lobate,

extending to fourth segment, placed laterad of

25 but not divergent. Eighth sternite as in

Anal hook tapered, strongly angled

anterodorsad at midlength. Brachone parallel-

margined, straight, apically sharply pointed,

tip scarcely directed outwards. Base of plates

with numerous short, tiny setae.

rosst.

Female. Length, 4.0 - 4.4 mm. Colour pale |

yellow, cverlaid with fuscous as follows: crown |

bearing paired discal spots, pronotum bordered |

on posterior half, scutellum with triangles and |

paired mesal spots, tegmina with transverse |

band at midlength narrower than pale bands,

and spot behind clavus tip showing pale veins.

Seventh sternite roundedly produced between

lateral angles. |

Types. Holotype, $6, Powell Beach, ©

Summerland, B.C., 23 June 1970, K. G. A.

Hamilton, on Populus trichocarpa. Allotype,

same data as holotype. Paratypes: 1 nymph,

264,622, same data as holotype; 86 @,

same data, 21 June 1970; 1 &, Summerland,

7-13 July 1971, sticky board on Cornus sp.;

266,322, Summerland, 5 July 1971, K.

G. A. Hamilton, on Populus tremuloides.

C.N.C. type number 12576.

Remarks. This species has the colour

pattern of trifasciata Gillette, but has distinctly

different apodemes and brachone. It resembles

livingstoni Gillette in genital characters and

apodemes, except that the brachone is not

swollen apically, and the 2S apodemes do not

have dorsal flaps; it differs from this species

also. in’ having transverse’ rather’ than

longitudinal banding. The anal hook is unique.

Unlike most related species, tigris feeds on

the upper surface of the leaves; it is usually

found in association with portola, which

seldom ventures to the upper side.

Hosts: Populus trichocarpa (probably

preferred host) and P. tremuloides. Single-

brooded, late June to mid-July.

EMPOASCA (Kybos) TRIFASCIATA

Gillette

Empoasca _ trifasciata Gillette, 1898: 726.

(new Canadian record).

Bright green to yellowish-green with

irregular fuscous bands as in tigris, but lacking

markings of crown and scutellum. Collected

from Summerland: 4 specimens (no males).

Host: recorded by DeLong (1931) as

Carolina poplar (Populus X canadensis). I

have taken specimens on cottonwood (Populus

X sargentii?). Probably single-brooded; early

August.

References

Beirne, B. P., 1956. Leafhoppers (Homoptera: Cicadellidae) of Canada and Alaska. Can. Entomol.

88, suppl. 2:1-180.

DeLong, D. M., 1931. A revision of the American spices of Empoasca known to occur north of

Mexico. U.S. Dep. Agr. Tech. Bull. 231:1-60.

DeLong, D. M., and R. H. Davidson. 1936. Further studies of the genus Empoasca (Homoptera,

J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. CoLumsBtiA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 67

Cicadellidae). Pt. IV. Eleven new species of Empoasca from the United States. Ohio J.

Sci. 36:225-230.

Gillette, C.P., 1898. American leafhoppers of the subfamily Typhlocybinae. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.

20:709-773.

Ross, H. H., 1963. An evolutionary outline of the leafhopper genus Empoasca subgenus Kybos,

with a key to the nearctic fauna (Hemiptera, Cicadellidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer.

56:202-223.

Wagener, W. W., 1955. Neue mitteleuropasichen Zicaden und Blattflohe (Homoptera). Ent. Mitteil.

Zool. Staat. Mus. Hamburg 6:3-33, 163-193.

ADDITIONAL RECORDS OF SPIDERS (ARANEIDA) AND

HARVESTMEN (PHALANGIDA) FOR BRITISH COLUMBIA

P. D. BRAGG AND R. E. LEECH:

ABSTRACT

An annotated list is given of 47 species of spiders and 7 species of

harvestment not previously reported in faunal lists from British Columbia.

Nous presentons ici une liste annotée de 47 especes d’araignées et

7 especes de fauchers qui ne se trouve pas dans |’inventaire de la faune de la

Colombie Britannique.

INTRODUCTION

Thorn (1967) recorded 212 species of

spiders in British Columbia. The list was

compiled from records scattered in_ the

literature and from specimens in the British

Columbia Provincial Museum in Victoria.

Thorn overlooked two notes by Leech (both

1947) in which there are 13 additional species

recorded.

The only harvestmen reported previously

for the province are Homolophus biceps

(Thorell) and Leiobunum exilipes (Wood) by

Banks (1916), and Sclerobunus_ non-

dimorphicus Briggs and Paranonychus

brunneus (Banks) by Briggs (1971).

The purpose of this paper is to present an

annotated list of an additional 47 species of

spiders and 7 species of harvestmen collected in

British Columbia, mostly by the senior author.

Harvestmen of the genera Mitopus and

Odiellus also occur (according to Dr. Arlan

Edgar, in litt.), but due to problems of

nomenclature in these genera, they are not

included in the list. Most of the specimens were

collected in Vancouver. The initials “PDB”

used below are those of the senior author. The

spiders were identified by Leech, and the

phalangids by Bragg.

‘4610 West 6th Avenue, Vancouver. B.C., and Entomology

Research Institute, Canada Agriculture, Ottawa. respectively.

ARANEIDA

AGELEN DAE

Cryphoeca peckhami Simon.

Lighthouse Park, West Vancouver, 4 Sept

1966, PDB, on rock face, 19. U.B.C.

Endowment Land Forest, Vancouver, 16

May 1971, PDB, on alder trunk, 19. New

record for British Columbia. Known also

from Oregon and Washington.

Cybaeus conservans Chamberlin and Ivie.

52 mi N.W. Manson Creek, 3200 ft alt, 30

July 1966, R. E. Leech, 1 9. New record for

British Columbia. Previously known from

Oregon.

Cybaeus eutypus Chamberlin and Ivie.

U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-

couver, collected throughout the year as

adults, PDB. Roth (1952:212) mentioned

one specimen. collected near Victoria.

Known also from Oregon and Washington.

Tegenaria agrestis (Walckenaer).

Vancouver, 26 July 1962, PDB, webs in

grass, 19.18 Aug 1963, PDB 2 @¢ . New

record for British Columbia. Introduced to

North America Europe (Roth.

1968:5), and now well established in

Oregon, Washington, and Idaho.

AMAURODIIDAE

Amaurobius borealis Emerton.

S.E. of Morley River Lodge (59 57° N.

from

68 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLumMBrIA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972 :

132 O1°W), several specimens. This is a

widespread boreal species occurring from

northern British Columbia to Newfoun-

_dland, and south into the northern parts of

the United States (Leech, 1972:73).

Arctobius agelenoides (Emerton).

Manson Creek, Cassiar District, and Ross

Lake, Yoho National Park. Distribution

Holarctic, widespread in western Canada

and Alaska (Leech, 1972:93).

Callioplus euoplus Bishop and Crosby.

Field. Tupper. Boreal, from Newfoundland

to western Northwest Territories and British

Columbia. Commonly found in leaf litter by

pitfall or Berlese funnel methods (Leech,

1972250).

Callioplus wabritaskus Leech.

Emerald Lake, Yoho National Park; 52 mi.

N.W. Manson Creek, Cassiar District. Six

Mile Lake, Cassiar District. Mainly coastal

Alaska, British Columbia and Washington

(Leech, 1972:58).

Callioplus enus (Chamberlin and Ivie).

Invermere, 8000 ft alt. Nelson. Selkirk

Mtns, head of Sawmill Creek W. of Wycliff,

6050 ft alt. Summerland. Known also from

Washington, Oregon, Idaho and Montana

(Leech, 1972:34).

Titanoeca niqrella (Chamberlin).

Many locations in British Columbia (Leech,

1972:96). Widespread in western North

America.

Titanoeca silvicola Chamberlin and Ivie.

Many locations in British Columbia (Leech,

1972:98). Holarctic. Known from western

North America from Alaska _ south to

Arizona and New Mexico.

Zanomys aquilonia Leech.

Mudge Island, 9 Aug. 1968, PDB, 1 2 with

egg sac, under log on ground in mixed

woodland. Known also from Oregon and

Washington (Leech, 1972:89).

CLUBIONIDAE

Castianeira longipalpus (Hentz).

U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-

couver, 24 Aug 1964, PDB, 14, under

rock. Previously known from Vancouver

Island (Reiskind, 1969:186). Widespread

in North America.

Clubiona mimula Chamberlin.

Vancouver, 16 May 1971, PDB, 19, in

house. New record for British Columbia.

Known from the western United States

(Edwards, 1958;397).

Clubiona pallidula (Clerck).

Vancouver and Langley, 2 May 1970 and 23 —

May, i97i, PDB, 224. New record for |

British Columbia. This is an introduced

European species.

DICTYNIDAE

Dictyna bostoniensis Emerton.

Osoyoos, 2 July 1971, PDB, 19, web on

wild rose. New record for British Columbia.

Widespread in the United States and

southern Canada (Chamberlin and Gertsch,

1958:78).

Dictynasp. aff. peonChamberlin and Gertsch.

Burns Bog, Delta, 6 June 1971, PDB, 19,

in web on Spiraea sp. This is probably a new

species.

ERIGONIDAE (=MICRYPHANTIDAE)

Catabrithorax stylifer Chamberlin.

U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-

couver, 26 Oct 1969, PDB, 324, on low

herbage. Widespread in western North

America from Alaska to California, east to

Idaho and Utah.

Centromerus sylvaticus (Blackwall).

Vancouver, | Jan 1961, PDB, 1 9 , woodpile

in garden. Widespread, Holarctic. Common

in grassy and mossy areas.

Cheraira willapa Chamberlin.

U.B.C. Endownment Land Forest, Van-

couver, many records from late December to

mid April, PDB, in leaf litter. New record

for British Columbia. Known _ previously

from northwestern Washington state.

Cheraira may be a synonym of Caledonia.

Coreorgonal monoceros (Simon).

U.B.C. Endownment Land Forest, Van-

couver, many records, all male, from early

November to late March, PDB, in leaf litter.

New record for British Columbia. A winter

species, rarely collected previously. Known

also from western Washington and Oregon

(Bishop and Crosby, 1935:219-220).

Erigone aletris Crosby and Bishop.

U.B.C. Endownment Land Forest, Van- |

couver, 26 Oct 1969, PDB, on low herbage, |

288. New record for British Columbia. A |

coastal species previously known only from |

the east coast of North America from New |

York to Maine. |

Erigone sp. aff. dentigera O.

Cambridge.

Stanley Park, Vancouver, 21 June 1970, |

PDB, 16. New record for British |

Columbia. E. dentigera is widespread from |

New York to Montana. The genus Erigoneis |

much in need of revision. The specimen at !

Pickard- |

J. EnTomo.. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972 69

hand does not quite match the description of

E. dentigera, and it is either a clinal variant

or a new species.

Erigone metlakatla Crosby and Bishop.

U.B.C. Endownment Land Forest, Van-

couver, 26 Oct 1969, PDB, 14, on low

herbage. Previously known from Metlakatla,

but is probably distributed in the coastal

area from Alaska to Oregon.

Sisicottus montanus (Emerton).

U.B.C. Endownment Land Forest, Van-

couver, many records from late February to

late June, PDB, in leaf litter. This species is

polymorphic, or else several species are

placed under this name. Bishop and Crosby

(1938:58-60) have commented on_ the

variation. Assuming only one species is

present, it is found widespread in North

America from Alaska to Labrador and as far

south as Wyoming and New York.

Wubana pacifica (Banks).

U.B.C. Endownment Land Forest, Van-

couver, 29 Nov 1969, PDB, 14, in leaf

litter. Previously known from Larabee Park,

Washington, and Lake Cameron, Vancouver

Island. It is also recorded from New York

state (Chamberlin and Ivie, 1936:90-91).

GNAPHOSIDAE (=DRASSIDAE)

Drassyllus depressus (Emerton).

Langley, 23 May 1971, PDB, 1 Q, in dry,

grassy field. New _ record for British

Columbia. Widespread in North America.

Micaria pulicaria (Sundevall)

Burnaby Mtn, 3-14 Aug 1971, R. G.

Holmberg, in pitfall traps, 16 299. New

record for British Columbia. Widespread

Holarctic.

LINYPHIIDAE

Bathyphantes orica Ivie.

U.B.C. Endownment Land Forest, Van-

couver, 12 July 1969, PDB, 16. 7 Sept

1969, PDB, 1 Q, in pitfall trap. Ivie (1969)

recorded this species from the Pacific coast

area from San Francisco to southern British

Colum bia.

Drapetisca alteranda Chamberlin.

U.B.C. Endownment Land Forest, Van-

couver, Several records during August and

September, PDB, on alder and_ conifer

trunks. New record for British Columbia.

Widespread Nearctic from Alaska southeast

to central and eastern United States and

Canada.

Lepthyphantes tenuis (Blackwall).

Haney, 5 June 1965, PDB, 192, U.B.C.

Land Forest, Vancouver,

PDB. 2° 35

Endownment

February and September,

collected in pitfall traps and on_ low

vegetation. New record for British

Columbia. Previously known from Europe.

Lepthyphantes leprosus (Ohlert).

Vancouver, 13 Oct 1970, PDB,

house. Widespread Holarctic.

Lepthyphantes zebra Emerton.

U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-

couver, 25 Sept 1965, PDB, 1¢é.

Widespread Nearctic from Alaska to North

Carolina. From’ British Columbia,

previously recorded from Aleza Lake and

Terrace. (Zorsch, 1937:890).

Lepthyphantes zelatus Zorsch.

U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-

couver, many records from November to

April, PDB, in leaf litter. New record for

British Columbia. Known also from Sol Duc

Hot Springs, Olympic National Park,

Washington (Zorsch, 1937:895).

Microlinyphia dana (Chamberlin and Ivie).

U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-

couver, many records from early June to

August. One mating pair collected 29 June

1965, PDB. Helsdingen (1970:50) reported

this species from Wellington, Vancouver

Island. Known also from Laguna Beach,

California, north to Alaska (Chamberlin and

Ivie, 1943:25-26; and Chamberlin and Ive,

1947:61).

Microneta viaria (Blackwall).

U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-

couver, 27 Sept 1970, PDB, 1, in leaf

litter. Usually found in detritus and _ leaf

litter. Widespread Holarctic. Apparently a

new record for British Columbia.

12, in

LYCOSID AE

Pardosa altamontis Chamberlin and Ivie.

U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-

couver, 4 July 1965, PDB, 1 9, under log.

New record for British Columbia. Known

from northwestern United States (Cham-

berlin and Ivie, 1946: 7-8).

Pardosa diuturna Fox.

Subalpine meadow, Diamond Head Lodge,

Garibaldi Park, 22 Aug 1969, PDB, 19

and egg sac. New record for British

Columbia. Known previously from the Muir

Glacier, Alaska (Fox, 1937:114; and

Chamberlin and Ivie, 1947:19).

Pardosa uncata (Thorell).

Vancouver, Burnaby Mtn, 13 June 1971,

J. M. Hardman. Many males and females.

70 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brir. CoLtumsta, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972

New record for British Columbia. This

species has long been confused with Pardosa

mackenziana and P. uintana. Previously

known from the montane regions of western

North America.

PHOLCIDAE

Pholcus phalangioides (Feusslin).

Vancouver, 9 Oct 1963, PDB, 1 9, in house.

Synanthropic. Widespread temperate.

TETRAGNATHIDAE

Tetragnatha caudata Emerton.

Chilliwack, 1 June 1963, PDB, 192, on log.

New record for British Columbia.

Widespread from British Columbia to

Maine, south to Florida.

Tetragnatha straminea Emerton.

Vancouver, 5 July 1970, PDB, 192, in web

at lakeshore. New _ record for British

Columbia. Distributed approximately as T.

caudata.

THERIDIIDAE

Robertus vigerens (Chamberlin and Ivie).

U.B.C. Endownment Land Forest, Van-

couver, many records from March _ to

September, PDB, in pitfall traps, leaf litter,

etc. Kaston (1946) recorded this species

from numerous places in Alaska, British

Columbia, Washington, Oregon, California,

Idaho, Montana, and Utah. We have also

seen specimens from Twin Lakes, Waterton

National Park, Alberta, collected on 30 June

1969, by D.R. and G.J. Whitehead (12,

429).

Theridion bimaculatum (Linnaeus).

Burns Bog, Delta, 6 June 1971, PDB, 1¢.

U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-

couver, 7 Sept 1963, PDB, 19; and 19 July

1964, PDB, 2 99 with egg sacs, on low

shrubs. Levi (1956: 409-412) recorded this

species from Wellington, Vancouver Island.

Known also from Washington state. The

distribution suggests that this is a species

recently introduced from Europe, where it is

well known.

Theridion varians Hahn.

U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-

couver, 26 Aug 1965, PDB, 19. Levi

(1957:52-53) recorded this species from

Vancouver. In North America, also known

from Washington state. Again, probably an

introduced species.

THOMISIDAE

Ebo pepinensis Gertsch.

Reported from Vancouver Island and known

from western North America as far east as

Ontario and Illinois (Sauer and Platnick,

1972:43-44).

Thanatus patriciae (Lowrie and Gertsch).

Alpine meadow, Blackwall Mtn, Manning

Provincial Park, 3 July 1970, PDB, 1¢é.

New record for British Columbia. Previously

known from Colorado, Idaho, Montana, and

Wyoming. It is a high altitude species

(Dondale, Turnbull and Redner, 1964:654-

655).

PHALANGIDA

ISCH YROPSALIDAE

Sabacon crassipalpe (L. Koch).

U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-

couver, June to October, PDB. Collected

under logs and in leaf litter by pitfall traps.

New record for British Columbia.

Widespread Holarctic.

NEMASTOMATIDAE

Nemastoma modesta Banks.

U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-

couver, immatures found throughout the

year, adults from May to August, PDB,

commonly collected by pitfall traps in leaf

litter. New record for British Columbia.

Known also from California and

Washington.

PHALANGIIDAE

Phalanguim opilio Linnaeus.

Vancouver. Chilliwack. Vernon. Parksville.

Many males and females and immatures

found frequently between April and October.

PDB. Widespread Holarctic. Probably

overwinters as egg. First very small im-

matures seen in early April. Does not

overwinter as adult. First matures seen in

June. Eggs deposited from August to

September. One female at Parksville laid

195 eggs on September 22, 1967 (PDB).

TRIAENON YCHIDAE

Paranonychus brunneus (Banks).

U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van-

couver. Burnaby. Collected throughout the

year, PDB, under logs and in leaf litter.

Known from British Columbia, Alaska,

Oregon and Washington (Briggs, 1971: 13-

14). Probably overwinters as adults with

eggs hatching in spring.

Sclerobunus nondimorphicus Briggs.

10.6 Mi. E. Hope, near Manning Provincial

Park, and 17.8 Mi. E. Hope, near Manning

Provincial Park (Briggs, 1971:9-10).

TROGULIDAE

Dendrolasma mirabilis Banks.

U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, and

Stanley Park, Vancouver, several records,

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 71

March through September, PDB. A leaf couver, collected throughout the year, PDB,

litter species often collected under logs. in pitfall traps and in leaf litter. May

Known also from Oregon and Washington. overwinter as immature. Adults found from

Ortholasma pictipes Banks. March to October. Known also’ from

U.B.C. Endowment Land Forest, Van- California.

References

Banks, N., 1916. Report on Arachnida collected by Messrs. Curie, Caudell and Dyar in British

Columbia. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 51:67-72.

Bishop, S. C., and C. R. Crosby, 1935. Studies in American spiders: miscellaneous genera of

Erigoneae, part I. J.N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 18:217-241; 255-281, 22 pl.

, 1938. Studies in American spiders: miscellaneous genera of Erigoneae, part II. idem.

46:55-107, 7 pl.

Briggs, T.S., 1971. The harvestmen of family Triaenonychidae in North America (Opiliones). Occas.

Pap. Calif. Acad. Sci. 91:1-43; 128 figs., 5 maps.

Chamberlin, R. V., and W. J. Gertsch, 1958. The spider family Dictynidae in America north of

Mexico. Bull. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. 116(1):1-152, 47 pl.

Chamberlin, R. V., and W. Ivie, 1936. Nearctic spiders of the genus Wubana. Ann. Entomol. Soc.

Amer. 29(1):85-98, 5 pl.

, 1943. New genera and species of North American linyphiid spiders. Bull. Univ. Utah

Biol. Ser. 7(6):1-39, 5 pl.

, 1946. On several new American spiders. idem. 9(5):1-11, 14 figs.

___——S—/ 1947. The spiders of Alaska. idem. 10(3):1-103, 11 pl.

Dondale, C. D., A. L. Turnbull, and J. H. Redner, 1964. Revision of the Nearctic species of

Thanatus C. L. Koch (Araneae: Thomisidae). Can. Entomol. 96(4): 636-656, 59 figs.

Edwards, R. J., 1958. The spider subfamily Clubioninae of the United States, Canada and Alaska

(Araneae:Clubionidae). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 118(6): 365-436, 23 pl.

Fox, I., 1937. Notes on North American lycosid spiders. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 39(5):

112-115, 3 figs.

Helsdingen, P. J. van, 1970. A relcassification of the species of Linphyia based on the functioning

of the genitalia (Araneida Linphiidae), II. Zool. Verhandl. III:1-86.

Ivie, W., 1969. North American spiders of the genus Bathyphantes (Araneae, Linyphiidae).

Amer. Mus. Novitates 2364:1-70, 121 figs.

Kaston, B. J., 1946. North American spiders of the genus Ctenium. Amer. Mus. Novitates

1306:1-19, 58 figs.

Leech, H. B., 1947. A list of twenty species of spiders collected at Salmon Arm, B.C. Proc.

Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia (1946) 43:22.

, 1947. A few records of spiders from British Columbia and Alberta. idem. (1946)

43:22.

Leech, R., 1972. A revision of the Nearctic Amaurobiidae (Arachnida:Araneida). Mem. Entomol.

Soc. Can. 84:182 pp, 450 figs.

Levi, H. W., 1956. The spider genera Neottiura and Anelosimus in America (Araneae:Theridiidae).

Trans. Amer. Microsc. Soc. 75(4):407-422, 3 pl-

, 1957. The spider genera Enoplognatha, Theridion, and Paidisca in America

north of Mexico (Araneae, Theridiidae). Bull. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. 112(1):1-123,

421 figs, 41 maps.

Reiskind, J., 1969. The spider subfamily Castianeirinae of North and Central America (Araneae,

Clubionidae). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 138(5):163-325, 290 figs.

Roth, V. D., 1952. The genus Cybaeus (Arachnida:Agelenidae) in Oregon. Ann. Entomol. Soc.

Amer. 45(2):205-219, 33 figs.

, 1968. The spider genus Tegenaria in the western Hemisphere (Agelenidae).

Amer. Mus. Novitates 2323:1-33, 39 figs.

Sauer, R. J., and N. I. Platnick, 1972. The crab spider genus Ebo (Araneida:Thomisidae) in the

United States and Canada. Can. Entomol. 104(1):35-60, 45 figs., 2 maps.

Thorn, E., 1967. Preliminary distributional list of the spiders of British Columbia. Brit. Columbia

Prov. Mus. Natur. Hist. Anthrop. Rep. 1966 (1967):23-39 (reprint, pp. 1-17).

Zorsch, H. E., 1937. The spider genus Lepthyphantes in the United States. Amer. Midland

Natur. 18(5):856-898, 93 figs.

YP? J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. Conumsta, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972

THE IMMATURE STAGES OF GERRIS (HEMIPTERA)

IN BRITISH COLUMBIA

G. G. E. SCUDDER AND G. S. JAMIESON!

ABSTRACT

The immature stages of seven species of Gerris that occur in British

Columbia are described and keyed.

INTRODUCTION

Eight species of Gerris are recorded from

British Columbia and several of these appear

to coexist, since they can be captured together

at the same place and at the same time

(Scudder, 1971). In order to study this ap-

parent coexistence in some detail, it is

necessary to be able to identify the species in all

of their life stages. While the fifth instar larvae

of G. buenoi Kirk., G. comatus D. & H. and

G. remigis Say have been described by

Sprague (1967), the other larvae that occur in

British Columbia are unknown.

This paper describes the five immature

instars of seven species of Gerris that occur in

British Columbia, gives diagnostic keys and

some figures. G. nyctalis D. & H. was not

available for study and so could not be in-

cluded.

MATERIAL AND METHODS

Adult Gerris were brought into’ the

laboratory in the spring and summer of 1970

and 1971, and cultures of each species were

established. Adult G. buenoi, G. incognitus D.

& H., G. incurvatus D. & H., G. notabilis

D. & H. and G. remigis were obtained from

Marion Lake near Haney in the lower Fraser

Valley. G. pingreensis D. & H. was collected

from a lake on the Batchelor Range north of

Kamloops and G. comatus from a pond near

Westwick Lake in the Cariboo region.

All rearing was done at laboratory tem-

22°C) and with natural

perature (about

photoperiod. Food was frozen adult Drosoph-

ila. Eggs that were obtained from the isolated

adults, were kept separate and the emerging

larvae were held in small plastic containers.

They were fed each day and larvae of each

instar as obtained were preserved in 70 per

cent alcohol. All measurements were done by

use of a graticule eye-piece and are based on

five specimens unless otherwise stated.

Standard errors have been calculated on the

values presented in Table | and are available

from the authors on request: the Table would

‘Department of Zoology. University of British Columbia.

Vancouver.

be too large if they were included in this

publication.

The keys and values presented in Table 1

have been checked against material that we

have collected from the field.

RESULTS

The diagnotic measurements for the larvae

studied are presented in Table 1. The colour

patterns are distinctive in most instars and

species. The following descriptions record the

important features.

G. buenoi

FIRST INSTAR (Fig. 3): head brown-black

with pale Y-shaped dorsal ecdysial cleavage

line; antennae brown-black with base of first

segment pale; rostrum pale with apex black;

pronotum with lateral quadrate patches;

posterior part of mesonotum + metanotum

with a lateral oblong fuscous patch; mid and

hind coxal covers brown-black; fore legs

brown-black with femora, trochanters and

coxae pale; middle and hind legs brown-black

with base of trochanters and all of coxae pale;

abdominal terga with medio-lateral slender

transverse streaks, the anterior ones narrower

than the posterior; anal cover fuscous.

SECOND INSTAR (Fig. 8): as first instar,

but with clypeus and postocciput slightly pale;

mesonotal patch with centre pale; coxal covers

pale; anterior abdominal markings not

narrower than posterior.

THIRD INSTAR (Fig. 12): as second instar,

but with clypeus quite pale; area of postoc-

ciput adjacent to stem of cleavage line, pale;

mesonotum with pale area adjacent to anterior

of fuscous patch and this connected to anterior

margin of mesonotum by a thin pale line;

patch on mesonotum posteriorly pale; ab-

dominal terga with a pale outline to posterior of

medio-lateral fuscous spots, and with a series of

pale spots also present lateral to the fuscous

series.

FOURTH INSTAR (Fig. 16): head anteriorly

rather pale with fuscous spots at base of the

four trichobothria; pronotum with the patch

sometimes pale postero-laterally; mesonotum

medially brown with a median pale arrow-

—,

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumsiA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 73

TABLE I. Diagnostic measurements for the larva’

) tars of Gerris species in British Columbia.

Mean values in mm.

Picatee Antennal segment aoe

! I 160 III Tyee eect

buenoi ?

Po cerirst O.17 0.10 Osa3) 0.43 O.44

Second 0.29 On27 0.20 0.56 0.60

Third 0.40 0.26 O30 OF (0 0.83

Fourth 0.60 0.40 0.40 OETA 1.00

vg Fifth 0.76 0.49 0.52 0.97 Ties}

“) comatus ks

Pn rst 0.15 OF 12 Ome 0.42 0.45

Second 0.25 O13 0.20 0.53 0.61

Third 0.43 OF 21, 0.30 0.63 0.87

Fourth 0.66 0.40 0.40 0.74 di02

_, Fifth 1.02 0.56 0255 0.87 1.34

4 incognitus

First 0.20 O13 Oni: 0.43 0.48

Second One’, 0.17 0.20 0.53 0.63

Third 0.34 0.20 0.28 0.65 0.83

Fourth 0.60 0533 0.40 0.80 1.01

Fifth 0.83 0.50 O753 0.92 e5

incurvatus ? 4 |

First 0.20 0.13 Only, O.42 0.49

Second 0.26 Oaalirg 0.20 0.53 0.59

Third O.42 0.26 0.30 0.63 0.83

Fourth 0.65 0.40 0.45 0.76 alatonk

my 4 Fifth 0.97 0.60 0.62 Ono ees

notabilis

First 0723 Or17. 0.20 0.59 0.52

Second 0.39 0.30 0.33 0.82 0.79

Third 0.68 0.54 0.54 ale alak 1.08

Fourth 1.07 0.82 0.79 132 1387

. Fifth 1.88 14.43 1,16 1258, 1281

ingreensis Z

tier 0.20 Os aly 0.13 0.40 0.47

Second 0.26 onalyg 0.20 0.46 0.63

Third 0.43 0.23 0527 0.60 0.83

Fourth 0.54 0.36 0.40 0.78 1.04

Fifth 0.86 0.46 0.50 0.86 1.24

remigis

First 0.23 0.13 Osel 0.45 0.58

Second 0.38 0.20 0282 0.58 0.82

Third 0.56 0.34 0.46 One Te

Fourth 0.92 0.49 0.65 0.88 1.44

Fifth 1.50 0.76 0.89 as ats} | Caley er

shaped mark; pale area to base of wing buds

forming a W-shaped mark or at least with a

pair of slender pale lines connecting to anterior

margin of mesonotum; stem of arrow on

mesonotum brown, the head fulvous; centre of

anterior abdominal terga with a median brown

line; pale and fuscous spots as in third instar;

fore tarsi quite black.

FIFTH INSTAR (Fig. 21): head brown

black with clypeus black, paraclypeal lobes

pale; frons with centre pale, and with four

fuscous spots, two on each side; vertex with Y-

shaped pale line; pronotum black with central

longitudinal pale line; mesonotum with a

central, posteriorly pointing arrow, the head

fulvous and shaped as in Fig. 26, the stem

brown margined with white; mesonotum

Middle leg Hind leg Sample

Femur Tibia Tarsus Femur Tibia Tarsus size

O65). Osa) ~ 0872 Osenl . ©, uae 6), 35 on

1.06 Te ALy/ 0.91 0.98 0.58 O.4€ 5

1.69 1.68 ale 1.59 0.85 0.58 5

2eol Pegs alaishy 2.44 1.24 0.74 5

3669)" S225. 255i 3248: =e 80, F1s01! 5

0.75 0. 86 0.69 0.63 0.46 0.43 3

1.204 1.34 1.09 ele On ue On 56 2

2.00 1.97 Fab 7 CpOOn Ne ledlOm ss Ons 1

Sitch el alatcls; 2295. “1.629 0596 2

4.95 3.82 2.98 4.62 2.58 1.55 3

OV69" 0283 > 0s71 0.61 O.48 0.40 5

Tp1G lee 0.94 1.03 0.70 0.50 5

ei, OP eee O Omer es; i57 0.96 "O768 5

2t(O. 2.25) 1562 252), 1.43) > 10583 5

3573) 3200" 2109 3855 82500 21505 5

0.76 0.96 0.81 0.67 0.52 0.42 5

125) 223837 le 09 113 40.71) 0256 5

2.10 2.00. 1.50 1.90 1.06 0.69 5

Silly As RON 2.92 1.57 0.94 5

WO4, 320 2383 Ue sh 2a eu ake sive 5

106) 20) F204 0.96 0.59 0.51 5

Migyfsy ) alsyfch = alate) 1.68 0.94 0.65 E

3.16 2.85 2.24 2.96. 1.63 0.90 5

4,84 Wee 23516 4.84 2.84 1.42 5

T0808 “6,18 * 4.56 Srey 5dr 22.06 5

O.67 ~ O:7{" “0.67 Oneo) Oat On Ko il

1.09 1.07 0.92 0.94 0.64 0.54 2

ab ytee tie © wake aks} 1.53 O.97 Os 77 1

Ex oul Pia 178 2.51 1. 47 0.9€ 2

325° 3239" gewnd BaCh ey ecwliba 1385 é

ie al asicy Sulols: Of) “On(eue 0254 5

1.97 2.04 2.49: 1 Gillie = 1 OF O-GG 5

3.29 3.14 1.98 2.87 aL AXSHT 0.93 5

5.02 4,68 2.64 4, 6€ 3.26 1.32 5

7.48 6.62 3.34 6.66 5.10 1.82 5

antero-laterally with posteriorly pointing small

arrow-shaped white mark; abdominal dorsum

fuscous with markings as in previous two

instars; legs and antennae coloured as in adult.

G. comatus

FIRST INSTAR: coloration as in first instar

of G. buenoi, with markings on anterior ab-

dominal terga narrower than those on posterior

terga; markings on posterior terga slightly

quadrate.

SECOND INSTAR: as in first instar; head

with frons and vertex medially and laterally

rather pale; centre of pronotal patches

sometimes pale; mesonotal patches fuscous

only in centre; mesonotal patches surrounded

by pale lines and each connected to anterior

margin of mesonotum by a thin white line;

74 J. EnTromot. Soc. Brit. CotumsiA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972 |

abdominal fuscous spots about same size on all

terga, surrounded by white outline posteriorly :

with vague series of pale spots laterally to

fuscous series.

THIRD INSTAR: Markings as in second

instar with the pale outline to mesonotal

patches broader; mesonotum without an

obvious arrow-shaped mark; abdominal terga

with lateral pale spots distinct.

FOURTH INSTAR (Fig. 18): head fuscous

with a central pale streak to frons that ex-

tends to clypeus, and vertex with lateral pale

longitudinal streaks that extend forwards:

pronotum with a central longitudinal brown

line outlined with white; mesonotum with a

central arrow-shaped mark, the stem brown

margined with white, the head with narrow

arms; fuscous areas on mesonotum with pale

region adjacent anteriorly and this connected

to anterior margin of mesonotum by a pale

line; abdominal fuscous spots rather large and

about same size, margined with white and with

a series of pale spots laterally.

FIFTH INSTAR (Fig. 22): head marked

much as in fourth instar; mesonotum with a

medium arrow-shaped mark, the stem with a

brown centre basally, the head with shape as in

Fig. 24; abdominal markings similar to fourth

instar.

G. incognitus

FIRST INSTAR (Fig. 1): coloration as in

first instar of G. buenoi, but with markings on

abdominal terga about same size on_ all

segments and rather quadrate.

SECOND INSTAR (Fig. 6): as first instar,

but vertex slightly pale; mesonotal patch

somewhat pale postero-laterally.

THIRD INSTAR (Fig. 10): basal three

antennal segments pale basally; centre of frons

with two longitudinal pale streaks; clypeus

pale; mesonotal patches with C-shaped pale

mark dividing fuscous area into two; fuscous

spots on abdominal terga with pale outline

posteriorly.

FOURTH INSTAR (Fig. 14): similar to third

instar, but with pale lines on frons continuous

on vertex; mesonotum with a _ median

longitudinal brown streak outlined with white;

mesonotum with an oblique pale streak

through middle of fuscous patches, these

oblique streaks connected to anterior margin of

mesonotum by a thin pale line; centre of

mesonotum with an arrow-shaped mark, the

head shape similar to Fig. 27; anterior ab-

dominal terga with small fuscous spot to

outside of medio-lateral markings.

FIFTH INSTAR (Fig. 19):

markings as in fourth instar; frons with ad- |

ditional fuscous spots laterally; pronotum |

black with a median longitudinal pale streak; *

mesonotum black with a median arrow-shaped f

mark, the stem brown margined with white, |

the head shaped as in Fig. 27; mesonotum —

antero-laterally with pale C-shaped markings;

abdominal terga with markings similar to |

fourth instar; legs and antennae coloured as in |

adult.

G. incurvatus

FIRST INSTAR (Fig. 2): coloration as in

first instar of G. buenoi, the anterior ab- |

dominal terga with markings narrower than on

posterior terga; markings on posterior terga |

somewhat irregularly quadrate.

head with |

SECOND INSTAR (Fig. 7): as first instar,

but with clypeus and centre of frons pale;

mesonotal patches with only centre fuscous;

metanotal and abdominal fuscous markings

margined with white posteriorly.

THIRD INSTAR (Fig. 11): as second instar,

but head fuscous only behind eyes, at base of

trichobothria and as two longitudinal streaks ©

on vertex; pronotal patches sometimes slightly

pale laterally; mesonotal patches fuscous only

in centre, and mesonotum with apex of wing

buds fuscous or with an oval fuscous mark;

abdominal terga with a series of pale spots ©

lateral to the medio-lateral fuscous series.

FOUR INSTAR (Fig. 15): as third instar;

pronotum brown with the fuscous patches

outlined postero-medially with white;

mesonotum with a median arrow-shaped mark,

the stem brown margined with white, the head

fulvous with shape similar to Fig. 25;

mesonotal patches antero-laterally pale with a

white line extending to anterior margin of

mesonotum; wing buds black; abdominal

markings as in third instar.

FIFTH INSTAR (Fig. 20): head pale with

centre of frons and vertex black, except for a

median longitudinal pale streak and four pale

spots, two on each side of the pale streak;

pronotum black with a median longitudinal

pale line; mesonotum black with a median

arrow-shaped mark, the head shaped as in Fig.

25, the stem brown margined with fulvous;

mesonotum often with small antero-lateral pale

spot; abdominal dorsum coloured as in fourth

instar; legs and antennae coloured as in adult.

G. notabilis

FIRST INSTAR (Fig. 5): coloration as in

first instar of G. buenoi, but with metacoxal

covers only slightly fuscous, and abdominal

J. EnToMo.. Soc. Brit. CoLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Auge. 1, 1972

(me

\ re

: Coaa ‘ \

<< —_ <«_— \

\ ws \

oat

ig fl

(Sv)

Pe ee

@ Ae.

2 a

qaat (Crm

wit el! ae

( (fu

cr.

- r= t

i | == \ —

\ =. ‘ -— SS Gas

\ \ pe

ea Ge aes

: | \4 < —

= \ sg \ s i

@ \ ale a

a =

Figs. 1-13. Left side of thoracic and abdominal dorsum of Gerris larvae showing colour pattern:

1, G. incognitus, first instar; 2, G. incurvatus, first instar; 3, G. buenoi, first instar; 4,

G. remigis, first instar; 5, G. notabilis, first instar; 6, G. incognitus, second instar; 7,

G. incurvatus, second instar; 8, G. buenoi, second instar; 9, G. remigis, second instar; 10,

G. incognitus, third instar; 11, G. incurvatus, third instar; 12, G. buenoi, third instar; 13,

G. remigis, third instar. Not to same scale.

76 J. Exromor. Soc. Brit. Conumsra, 69 (1972), Ave. 1, 1972

terga without fuscous markings.

SECOND INSTAR: Head brown-black with

Y-shaped dorsal ecdysial cleavage line quite

pale, and lateral areas of vertex pale and centre

with a pale stripe, this central pale stripe

continued all down body; pronotum with

lateral areas only margined with fuscous;

mesonotum with vague lateral longitudinal

pale and fuscous streaks close together; ab-

dominal terga without distinct markings other

than the central pale stripe.

THIRD INSTAR: Instar longitudinally

striped and similar to second instar; first and

second antennal segments basally pale; body

dorsally with central pale longitudinal stripe

margined with brown; pronotum margined

with brown; mesonotum anteriorly with on

each side, two lateral pale stripes separated by

a brown streak ; abdominal dorsum with vague

medio-lateral longitudinal brown streaks;

femora pale with dorsal fuscous streak.

FOUR INSTAR: coloration as in third instar,

but with third antennal segment also medially

pale; body with dorsal longitudinal streaks

more distinct, with an additional pale streak

laterally on pronotum and mesonotum.

FIFTH INSTAR: head brown-black with

pale Y-shaped ecdysial line, lateral pale streak

before eyes and a median pale longitudinal

line, the latter continued down centre of thorax

and as a vague broken line down centre of

abdominal dorsum; wing buds _ black;

mesonotum with medio-lateral brown stripe;

abdominal terga anteriorly with pale medio-

lateral spots.

G. pingreensis

FIRST INSTAR: coloration as in first instar

of G. buenoi, but with fuscous patches on

abdominal terga large and rather like those of

G. incognitus.

SECOND INSTAR: as first instar, but with

lateral areas of vertex pale; frons with medio-

lateral pale stripes; mesonotal patches fuscous

in centre, surrounded by pale line and then

connected to anterior margin of mesonotum by

a thin pale line; markings on abdominal

dorsum circled with white.

THIRD INSTAR: markings as in second

instar, and with small black spot on anterior

terga lateral to the larger fuscous markings.

FOURTH INSTAR: similar to third instar;

head brown with pale Y-shaped_ ecdysial

cleavage line and four pale spots on frons;

pronotum brown with the fuscous patches

narrowly margined with white postero-

medially ; mesonotum with the fuscous patches

narrowly margined with white, the centre of

the mesonotum appearing as a brown line

margined with white; mesonotum without an

obvious arrow-shaped mark; abdominal

dorsum brown, the fuscous patches large,

narrowly margined with white and_ very

distinct.

FIFTH INSTAR (Fig. 23): similar to fourth

instar; mesonotum with central brown line

narrowly margined with white; mesonotum

laterally with a small pale anterior dash;

medio-laterally mesonotum quite black,

without a distinct arrow-shaped mark; ab-

dominal markings distinct.

G. remigis

FIRST INSTAR (Fig. 4): coloration as in

first instar of G. buenoi, but dorsum generally

more brownish; anterior abdominal terga

without fuscous markings, four of the posterior

terga only with small medio-lateral black spots.

SECOND INSTAR (Fig. 9): as first instar,

but with clypeus pale and with lateral parts of

frons and vertex somewhat pale; mesonotum

with a small oval fuscous spot on each side;

metanotum and first visible abdominal tergum

with the fuscous markings margined with

white; anterior abdominal terga in general

with very narrow fuscous streaks at junction of

terga, and at most with only a vague pale area

surrounding these marks; three of posterior

terga only with distinct oval pale patches, these —

usually with a very small central black point.

THIRD INSTAR (Fig. 13): coloration as in

second instar, but with mesonotal patches |

larger and more or less triangular, and with

pale more or less whitish streaks along the

anterior and median sides of the triangle;

lateral margins of mesonotal wing buds

narrowly fuscous with ferruginous area _ bet-

ween this and the triangular spot; abdominal

tergum before anal tube with a pair of fuscous

patches; other abdominal terga marked as in

second instar, but markings more distinct.

FOUR INSTAR (Fig. 17): coloration as in

third instar, centre of mesonotum with a

central longitudinal olive coloured

evident.

FIFTH INSTAR: coloration much the sama

as fourth instar, but head with base of

paraclypeal lobes slightly pale, and with a |

distinct pale spot before each eye; mesonotum ~

black with a more or less distinct central arrow- —

shaped mark, the stem brown margined with |

white, the head vague and brown; mesonotum |

stripe —

margined with dark brown; pale markings on —

median abdominal terga not always clearly |

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972

———

Mi,

eo Gg

ie @

‘ep @ (4

25 2/

Figs. 14-23. Left side of thoracic and abdominal dorsum of Gerris larvae showing colour pattern:

14, G. incognitus, fourth instar; 15, G. incurvatus, fourth instar; 16, G. buenoi, fourth

instar; 17, G. remigis, fourth instar; 18, G. comatus, fourth instar; 19, G. incognitus, fifth

instar; 20, G. incurvatus, fifth instar; 21, G. buenoi, fifth instar; 22, G. comatus, fifth

instar; 23, G. pingreensis, fifth instar. Figs. 24-27. Outline of arrow head-shaped mark on

Inesonotum of fifth instar larvae of Gerris: 24, G. comatus: 25, G. incurvatus; 26, G. bueno;

27, G. incognitus. Figs. 14-23 not to same scale. Scale line for Figs. 24-27 == 0.3 mm.

78 J. ENTOMOL.

antero-laterally with pale dashes; legs and

antennae coloured as in adult.

KEY TO LARVAL INSTARS

OF GERRIS SPECIES IN

BRITISH COLUMBIA

Key to instars

1. —Wing buds long and fore wing buds

completely overlapping hind wing buds; if

wing buds not completely overlapping head

width 1.15 mm. or more’.....

a ere ee Fifth instar

—. Wing buds absent, or if present, then not

OVENADDING Gi aol. ae een ba wh oe ee Z

2. Wing buds distinct, the postero-lateral

corners of mesonotum somewhat produced

CAuGaAd sos Oe ee eee eee 3

—. Wing buds not present, the postero-lateral

corners of mesonotum not _ produced

CALLA Caner 5a, Gee ei ee Te aes 4

3. Wing buds visible, but not greatly extended

Caudad |... n6s8408e4care ot Third instar

—. Wing buds clearly evident and obviously

extended caudad .........

re eee Fourth instar

4. Mesonotum+ metanotum laterally with a

single oblong-oval fuscous mark on each

side; head width usually 0.58 mm. or less .

ae Ce ys ee First instar

—. Mesonotum+metanotum laterally with

disjunct fuscous markings; head width

usually over 0.59 mm .....

.....Second instar

To date we have not been able to separate

the early instars of G. comatus from those of

G. incurvatus, and G. incognitus from G.

pingreensis. However, in British Columbia

they may be separated on geography. It seems

that the members of these two pairs of species

replace each other geographically. Thus G.

comatus and G. pingreensis occur in the

Cariboo area and to the north, while G. in-

cognitus and G. incurvatus are found to the

south (Scudder, 1971).

Key to first instar larvae

1. Middle tibiae over 1.0 mm. in length ... .2

—. Middle tibiae less than 1.0 mm. in length 3

2. Abdominal dorsum without fuscous

markings; length of fourth antennal

segment greater than width of head ......

bese cbhels cate hast eee oe EL tn er notabilis

—. Posterior abdominal terga with medio-

“Fourth instar G. notabilis and G. remigis will key out at

this point, but are readily recognized on size and colour pattern.

Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA, 69 (1972), Aue. 1, 1972

lateral iuscous markings; length of fourth !

antennal segment less than width of head .

Liga al ae remigis |

. Medio-lateral black markings on ab- |

dominal terga quadrate and all about same |

SIZE eee incognitus + pingreensis —

. Medio-lateral black markings on _ ab-

dominal terga not all quadrate and all

about same size, anterior narrower than —

)

posterior ...).. 62.3. 43 ee ee 4

but irregular ....

e e i

. Posterior markings somewhat quadrate, —

ye comatus + incurvatus —

regular)... 2.. es eee buenoi

Key to second instar larvae

. Posterior markings less quadrate, but —

. Head width over 0.75 mm.; middle femur ©

over 1.75 mm’)... 2) 045 ee 2 |

femur less than 1.50 mm. ............. 3

other longitudinal stripes ...... notabilis

. Head width less than 0.70 mm.; middle |

. Dorsum of insect with median pale and ©

. Dorsum of insect without longitudinal —

Stripes 4. (4 5.051. 4 see ee remigis —

. Medio-lateral markings on abdominal —

terga all slender and getting gradually —

smaller from anterior to posterior. .buenoi

. Medio-lateral markings on abdominal

terga not slender and getting gradually

smaller from anterior to posterior ....... 4

dominal terga all regularly quadrate and

very distinct, not in obvious pale spots ....

GOR a ROI incognitus + pingreensis

. Medio-lateral black markings on _ ab-

dominal terga irregular in outline and

usually in rather distinct pale spots ......

ee ye es: comatus + incurvatus

Key to third instar larvae

. Head with 1.0 mm. or more; middle femur

2.75 mm. of More 6.0.00 sae ha 2

. Head width less than 0.9 mm.; middle

femur less than 2.5 mm. .............. 3

. Dorsum with longitudinal stripes ........

. Dorsum not longitudinally striped .......

. Medio-lateral black markings on ab-

wid) 4% uaa e ¥yopacelale Gao eee eae remigis |

. Abdominal dorsum with a lateral series of ©

pale spots to outside of medio-lateral

fuscous series =... o. 43%. 226) eee 4

. Abdominal dorsum without a lateral series —

of pale spots to outside of the medio-lateral

fuscous series .........5+.-s0005 sn

Ege ee re eee incognitus + pingreensis |

Anterior medio-lateral fuscous markings on |

abdominal dorsum narrow and _ not

BNGIPATC fe ce kes e ee buenoi

. Anterior medio-lateral fuscous markings on

abdominal dorsum rather quadrate and not

memder .........

eee comatus + incurvatus

Key to fourth instar larvae

. Head width 1.30 mm. or more; middle

femur 4.5 mm. ormore............... 2

. Head width less than 1.20 mm.; middle

femur 3.5 mm. or less ................ 3

. Dorsum longitudinally striped . .notabilis

. Dorsum not longitudinally striped .......

_ EOS eae are eee nr remigis

. Abdominal dorsum with a lateral series of

pale spots to outside of medio-lateral series

of fuscous markings .................. 4

. Abdominal dorsum without a lateral series

of pale spots to outside of medio-lateral

series of fuscous markings ............. 6

. Anterior medio-lateral fuscous markings on

abdominal dorsum narrow and not

quadrate; mesonotum with double pale

lines connecting pale area round mesonotal

patch with anterior margin of notum .....

Oa! OI ai 8 Ge ak ob ah buenoi

. Anterior medio-lateral fuscous markings on

abdominal dorsum rather quadrate, and

MMe mAICOW «445 Vocus 6G. eh ees i eek a )

. Arrow-shaped mark on mesonotum with

head shaped similar to Fig. 24 . ..comatus

. Arrow-shaped mark on mesonotum with

head shaped similar to Fig. 25 ..

- SA er Pe are incurvatus

. Mesonotum with an arrow-shaped mark

with head shaped similar to Fig. 27 .....

MM ore oye eat se he SS Ed incognitus

.Mesonotum without a distinct median

arrow-shaped mark ........

Fhe itis: pingreensis

J. EnTomMo.u. Soc. Brit. Cotumsia, 69 (1972), Aua. 1, 1972 79

Key to fifth instar larvae

. Head width 1.75 mm. or more; middle

femur 7.0 mm. ormore............... Y

. Head width 1.45 mm. or less; middle

femur 5.5 mm. or less ................ 3

. Dorsum longitudinally striped . . notabilis

. Dorsum not longitudinally striped .......

Tee ee tee Tee ee ee remigis

. Abdominal dorsum with a lateral series of

pale spots to outside of medio-lateral series

of fuscous markings .................. 4

. Abdominal dorsum without a lateral series

of pale spots to outside of medio-lateral

series of fuscous markings .............. 6

. Mesonotum antero-laterally with pale

posterior pointing arrow-shaped marks;

mesonotum with a median arrow-shaped

mark, the head shaped asin Fig. 26 ......

ee eee eT ee ne ee ee a! buenoi

. Mesonotum anterio-laterally without pale

arrow-shaped marks ................. bY

. Arrow-shaped mark in middle of

mesonotum with head shaped as in Fig. 24

ee ee ee ae ee ee er ee comatus

. Arrow-shaped mark in middle of

mesonotum with head shaped as in Fig. 25

ETS or eae eee eee incurvatus

. Mesonotum with arrow-shaped mark in

centre, and head with shape as in Fig. 27 .

tir acest geen td ath USNs esern Mag Weer incognitus

. Mesonotum without a distinct arrow-

shaped mark in centre ......pingreensis

Acknowledgements

This paper results from research supported by

the National Research Council of Canada.

References

68:3-10.

ent. Soc. Amer. 60:1038-1044.

Scudder, G. G. E., 1971. The Gerridae (Hemiptera) of British Columbia. J.ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia

Sprague, I. B., 1967. Nymphs of the genus Gerris (Heteroptera:Gerridae) in New England. Ann.

80 J. ENTomMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Ava. 1, 1972 |

THE BEETLES OF

THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST

PartV: Rhipiceroidea, Sternoxi,

Phytophaga, Rhyncophora, and

Lamellicornia.

By Melville H. Hatch.

University of Washington Press,

Seattle & London, 1971.

Pp. xiv and 662.

In the final volume of this important series,

Prof. emeritus M. H. Hatch has paid signal

honor to three deceased British Columbia

coleopterists and former members of this

society. In the frontispiece are four portraits:

the late E. C. Van Dyke, of San Francisco;

Mrs. Marianne E. Parker Clarke (1880-1962)

(formerly Mrs. Hippesley), of Terrace; Ralph

Hopping (1868-1941), of Vernon; and George

A. Hardy (1888-1966), of Victoria. The

society acknowledges this graceful gesture from

an old and valued friend and member.

Dr. Hatch’s collaborators were: Mr.

Merton C. Lane on nearly all the Elateridae;

Mr. H. P. Lanchester on the Cardiophorinae in

the same family; Dr. W. F. Barr on

Buprestidae; Dr. L. G. Gentner on part of the

Alticinae; Dr. B. D. Valentine on the An-

thribidae; Mr. S. M. Hogue on the Trirhabda;

and Dr. S. L. Wood on part of the Scolytoidea.

Others have helped with smaller groups, and

are acknowledged in footnotes.

The book was received too late for review

by a competent taxonomic coleopterist. But

since the 1300 spp. covered include most of the

important economic plant feeding beetles in

agriculture and forestry, it is possible for an

ordinary working entomologist to make a fair

appraisal of the book as a working tool. A very

considerable number of pests is found in the

Chrysomelidae, Curculionidae, Elateridae, and

Scarabaeidae; in the Scolytidae, Buprestidae,

and Cerambycidae. Like the earlier volumes,

this one can be used as a reference as well as a

key.

On the minus side are a few small irritants.

Some are unavoidable, such as the unjustified

right hand margins; others are avoidable, such

as the spelling mistakes, e. gz. M. G. Lane (p.

3), accomulated (p. 3), Hanford for Handford

(pp. 195, 220), Vibernum for Viburnum (p.

257) the alter flea beetle on Alnus (p. 217), or

the waterlilly leaf beetle (p. 201). There is also

$20.00 U.S.

some lack of uniformity, such as J. Ec. Ent., Jr. —

Ec. Ent., and Jour. Econ. Ent.; or Oregon

White oak (p. 437) and Oregon white oak (p.

;

439); Can. Dept. Sci. Serv. (p. 221), and so ©

on.

The original figures and reproductions by

permission from recent works, are clear and

elegant. Where the figures are reproduced from

older works by, e.g. Essig, Blatchley, or

Chittenden, they are less successful, adequate

perhaps but not elegant.

On the plus side the book has some features

that strike me as excellent:

A 17-page index of several hundred authors

of species in the Coleoptera. Abbreviations and

full names are given, with dates and a line or

two of biography and affiliations.

An index of Generic and Subgeneric names

with a cross-index of trivial names.

Where they are applicable, common names

are given in parentheses with the trivial names

in the keys. Very many of these are not in the

Ent. Soc. Amer. list, but are not the less

valuable for that.

Associations with plant hosts are mentioned

wherever possible. In fact, with some labor, a

valuable index to the beetle fauna of plants in

the region, could be made from _ these

references. Where hosts are named in full,

normal italics are used but not where genera

only are mentioned.

This province is realistically divided into

four regions, the boundaries of which are

carefully defined (p. 4). These are not the same

as those in Parts I and II.

A useful addition for the five volumes

would be a list of addresses from which maps

could be obtained, sufficiently detailed to

locate most of the small towns and villages

named.

A copy of Part V of this series is in the

Society’s library.

H.R. MacCarthy |

| J. EnNToMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA, 69 (1972), Aug. 1, 1972 81

NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS

This society has no support except from subscriptions. It has become

necessary to institute a page charge. This has initially been set at less than

cost: $12.00. The page charge includes all extras except coloured illustrations,

provided that such extras do not comprise more than 40% of the published

pages. Coloured illustrations will be charged directly to the author. Authors, not

attached to universities or official institutions, who must pay these charges from

their personal funds and are unable to do so, may apply for assistance when sub-

mitting a manuscript.

Reprints are sold only in even hundreds and at the following prices:

Number of pages 1-4 5-8 9-12 138-16 17-20 21-24 25-28

First 100 copies $22 31 42 55 70 87 106

Each extra 100 6 8 10 12 14 16 18

Author’s discounts (up to 40%) may be granted to authors who certify

at the time of ordering that they are buying reprints at personal expense.

_ Authors ordering personal reprints in addition to those ordered by an institution

_ will be billed at the rate for extra hundreds.

Papers for the Journal need not have been presented at meetings of the

Entomological Society of British Columbia. nor is it mandatory, although pref-

erable, that authors be members of the society. The chief condition for publica-

tion is that the paper have some regional origin, interest, or application.

Contributions should be sent to:

H.R. MacCarthy,

6660 N.W. Marine Drive,

Vancouver 8, B.C.

Manuscripts should be typed double-spaced on one side of white, line-

spaced numbered paper if possible, leaving generous margins. The original and

two copies, mailed flat, are required. Tables should be on separate, numbered

sheets, with the caption on the sheet. Captions for illustrations should also be on

separate numbered sheets, but more than one caption may be on a sheet. Photo-

graphs should be glossy prints of good size, clarity and contrast. Line drawings

should be in black ink on good quality white paper.

The style, abbreviations and citations should conform to the Style

alee for Biological Journals published by the American Institute of Biological

ciences. |

BACK NUMBERS

Back numbers of this journal are available from the Secretary-

Treasurer, from volume 45 (1949) to the present, at $4.00 per volume. Certain

earlier back numbers are also available, but only on special request to the

Secretary-Treasurer.

Address inquiries to:

N. V. Tonks, Secretary-Treasurer,

2819 Graham Street,

Victoria, B.C.

{

‘

«ey, THE VERNON NEWS

<> ™ "VERNON,

JOURNAL

of the

. ECONOM IC

AKENTI—The influence of trap design on the response of codling moth

a: Olethreutidae) and fruittree leafroller (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) to

x attractants Dy eg NS SI Pe

1e occurrence Saad Leprol of the Bruce spanworm in the Okanagan

. . 8 . . . . . . . ° . . ° e ° ° . . « . . .

PRocrEn: and VIELVOYE—Occurrence of and attempts to eradicate

ylloxera (Homoptera: Phylloxeridae) in British Columbia .

1 evaluation of traps for the western cherry fruit fly (Diptera: epee

—Occurrence of the strawberry tortrix, Acleris comariana (Zeller), a new pest

; Columbia (Lepidoptera: Pgh trientine) eee as Gao ete eat

nd BEIRNE—Ecology of anthocorid (Hemipt.: Anthocoridae) predators of

pris een Psyllidae) in the Okanagan Valley, British Columbia . .

GENERAL

\E—Observations on Arctica caja americana Hair is eam

f EN. and PCONDRASHOKE —Notes on dinieel longevity and overwintering of

| It Pissodes strobi (Peck) (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) on Vancouver Island .

Y and N AG Y—Ecological notes on Orthoptera (S. str.) in British Columbia

and FOCKLER—Emergence and orientation behavior of brood Tryponden-

n lineatum (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) . Ee hy ®

a ME pnd KELLEHER— Early biological control attempts in Canada

TAXONOMIC

FRAZER and MacCARTHY—The ae gre ata d, of British

bia. 1. A basic taxonomic list... ........ ‘ ,

ES and FRAZER—The aphids (Homoptera Aphididae) of British Calumbta.

net plant catalogue Spat ln rane mee a ae

30, 40,

ee eee 16, 41, 42,

TO CONTRIBUTORS te tee tee Te ss KS

Issued August 1, 1973

JOURNAL

of the

ENTOMOLOGICAL

SOCIETY of

BRITISH COLUMBIA

Vol. 70 Issued August 1, 1973

ECONOMIC

MADSEN and VAKENTI—The influence of trap design on the response of codling moth

(Lepidoptera: Olethreutidae) and fruittree leafroller (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) to

synthetic sex-attractants . 6... 6 wo ew ee ee tt es

MeMULLEN—The occurrence and control of the Bruce spanworm in the Okanagan

Viale yam) (2 unre ahaha soe rate Vo ak oe et Agel ve ce: a0, co tn Ge ce Soe ea Ga es ee Oy

MORGAN, PROCTER and VIELVOYE—Occurrence of and attempts to eradicate

grape phylloxera (Homoptera: Phylloxeridae) in British Columbia. . . . . .....

BANHAM-—An evaluation of traps for the western cherry fruit fly (Diptera: Tephritidae)

CRAM—Occurrence of the strawberry tortrix, Acleris comariana (Zeller), a new pest

in British Columbia (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) ... 2... 2... 2.2... ee eee

FIELDS and BEIRNE—Ecology of anthocorid (Hemipt.: Anthocoridae) predators of

the pear psylla (Homopt.: Psyllidae) in the Okanagan Valley, British Columbia . .

GENERAL

PHILOGENE—Observations on Arctica caja americana Hair (Lepidoptera:

Acrtiidae) on tansy ragwort, Senecio jacobaeaL. .........2.2.2..4..

McMULLEN and CONDRASHOFF—Notes on dispersal, longevity and overwintering of

adult Pissodes strobi (Peck) (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) on Vancouver Island . .

VICKERY and NAG Y—Ecological notes on Orthoptera (S. str.) in British Columbia

BORDEN and FOCKLER—Enmergence and orientation behavior of brood Tryponden-

dron lineatum (Coleoptera: Scolytidae). . . 2... 2... ek

BEIRNE and KELLEHER—Early biological control attempts in Canada... . . .

TAXONOMIC

FORBES, FRAZER and MacCARTHY—The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British

Columbia. 1. A basic taxonomic list . . . .. 2... ee ee

FORBES and FRAZER—The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British Columbia.

ZA host planticatalogues., 2s oes. 6 2a 6 26 bo a 2 Aaa aS os Ge we todos

BOOK REVIEWS: -. ues ee ee eb we ww gs eee ee 38, 40,

EO RD Sainte gee tie bel ay OTs oct hate a BS oe aw 2 As pea de we Me BES) Gs 16, 41, 42,

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 |

Directors of the Entomological Society of

British Columbia for 1972 - 1973

President

J. A. CHAPMAN

Pacific Forest Research Centre

506 West Burnside Road, Victoria

President-Elect

R.D.McMULLEN

Research Station, C.D.A., Summerland

Past President

R. RING

University of Victoria

Secretary-Treasurer

N. V. TONKS

2819 Graham Street, Victoria

Honorary Auditor

P. ZUK

Vancouver

Editorial Committee

H. R. MacCARTHY

Vancouver

C. V. G. MORGAN

Summerland

Directors

THELMA FINLAYSON J. RAINE P. W. WOOD

Burnaby Vancouver Castlegar

A. R. FORBES R. CARROW

Vancouver Victoria

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumsBiaA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 3

Directors of the Entomological Society of

British Columbia for 1973 - 1974+

President

R. D. McCMULLEN

Research Station, C.D.A., Summerland

President-Elect

THELMA FINLAYSON

Simon Fraser University, Burnaby 2

Past President

J. A. CHAPMAN

Pacific Forest Research Centre

506 West Burnside Road, Victoria

Secretary-Treasurer

N. V. TONKS

2819 Graham Street, Victoria

Honorary Auditor

P. ZUK

Vancouver

Editorial Committee

H. R. MacCARTHY

Vancouver

C. V. G. MORGAN

Summerland

Directors

A. R. FORBES R. CARROW H. GERBER

Vancouver Victoria Cloverdale

B. J. R. PHILOGENE A. L. TURNBULL

UBC, Vancouver SFU, Burnaby

*In 1972 the annual meeting and election of officers was held late, in conjunction with the meeting of the Entomological Society of Canada, at

Victoria, in August. In 1973 the annual meeting was held early, on 29 March. Two lists of directors are therefore available.

4 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973

Key to Group Photograph of 72nd Annual Meeting of the

Society at Vancouver

29 March, 1973

1. J. Hobart 9. F. L. Banham 17. R. S. Downing 25. Mrs. T. Finlayson

2. J-R. Vockeroth 10. H. R. MacCarthy 18. N. Angerilli 26. David Hunter

3. B. D. Ainscough 11. R. D. McMullen 19. N. V. Tonks 27. R. H. Wright

4. H.S. Gerber 12. P. Zuk 20. B. D. Frazer 28. D. A. Ross

5. B. J. R. Philogene 13. A. L. Turnbull 21. J. Procter 29. A. R. Forbes

6. P. W. Wood 14. G. G. E. Scudder 22. A Campbell

7. A. T. Wilkinson 15. P. Belton 23. Stuart Craig

8. J. A. Chapman 16. W. T. Cram 24. C. L. Neilson

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aug. 1, 1973 5

THE INFLUENCE OF TRAP DESIGN ON THE RESPONSE

OF CODLING MOTH (LEPIDOPTERA: OLETHREUTIDAE)

AND FRUITTREE LEAFROLLER (LEPIDOPTERA:

TORTRICIDAE) TO SYNTHETIC SEX ATTRACTANTS'

HAROLD F. MADSEN AND JERRY M. VAKENTI?

Research Station, Agriculture Canada

Summerland, British Columbia

ABSTRACT

‘Trap design influenced the attraction of male codling moths,

Laspeyresia pomonella (L.), and male fruittree leafrollers, Archips

argyrospilus (Walker), to synthetic sex pheromones. White or blue Sectar 1

traps captured significantly more male codling moths than Pherotrap 1, U.C.

Pherotrap or Sectar 2 traps when all traps were baited with Codlemone, a

synthetic sex attractant of the codling moth. Cylindrical carton and Pherotrap

1-C traps were intermediate in effectiveness.

Pherotrap 1-C and cylindrical carton traps captured significantly more

male fruittree leafrollers than Sectar I traps when the traps were baited with

Fruitamone, a synthetic sex attractant of the fruittree leafroller.

The results indicate that trap design is an important factor when

conducting tests on the response of codling moths or fruittree leafrollers to sex

attractants.

INTRODUCTION

A number of papers on the use of virgin

females or synthetic sex attractants to lure male

Lepidoptera to traps have been published

during the past 5 years. In these papers, more

attention has been given to the lure than to the

trap design. Sharma et al. (1971) showed that

the attraction of male cabbage loopers,

Trichoplusia ni (Hub), to a synthetic sex lure

was influenced by the type of trap containing

the lure. Trap design is probably an important

consideration when field tests are conducted on

male response to sex attractants of other

_ Lepidoptera. This paper reports the influence

of trap design on the response of male codling

moths, Laspeyresia pomonella (L.) and male

fruittree leafrollers, Archips argyrospilus

(Walker) to synthetic sex attractants.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The codling moth experiments’ were

conducted in a mature heavily infested 1

hectare Red Delicious apple orchard at the

Research Station, Summerland, B.C. The trees

were 6.1 x 6.1 m apart and the block contained

228 trees. Seven trap types, each with 5

replicates, were hung in the trees in a ran-

domized design. There was approximately |

trap per 6 trees and each trap was suspended

1.6 m above ground on an outside limb. Each

trap was baited with a rubber cap stopper (1 x

2cm) impregnated with 1.0 mg of Codlemone

‘Contribution No. 366, Research Station, Summerland.

*Present address: Department of Biological Sciences, Simon

Fraser University, Burnaby, B.C.

(Zoecon Corporation, Palo Alto, California) a

synthetic sex attractant of the codling moth.

The caps were renewed every 4 weeks.

The trap designs were as follows: A

cylindrical cardboard carton with a replaceable

liner similar to that described by Proverbs et al.

(1966). Pherotrap 1 (Zoecon Corporation) an

open wing trap similar to the trap designed and

illustrated by Howell (1972). Pherotrap 1-C

(Zoecon Corporation) had a cardboard cover

to protect the exposed surface. Sectar 1, white

or blue, (3M Corporation, St. Paul, Min-

nesota) was a rectangular trap, 9 x 15 cm

which was suspended by one corner so the

opening was diamond-shaped. The ends of the

trap were folded up when in use. The two

colors were used because there was evidence

that color influenced the attraction of certain

Lepidoptera to traps containing a synthetic sex

attractant (Hendricks et al. 1972). Sectar 2

was similar to the Sectar | trap, but larger (13

x 22 em). U.C. Pherotrap (Zoecon Cor-

poration) was an aluminum trap described and

illustrated by Batiste and Joos (1972).

Stikem (Michael and Pelton, Emeryville,

California) was used to coat the catching

surface of each trap. The traps were routinely

cleaned and replaced every 6 weeks or oftener

if the sticky surface was contaminated by

debris or wing scales from moth accumulation.

The traps were examined weekly and male

codling moths were removed and recorded.

Fruittree leafroller experiments were

conducted in a 0.8 hectare mature Red

Delicious apple orchard at the Research

Substation, Kelowna, B.C. Visual examination

J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. Cotumbra 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973

"GO'O Dd 4809-4 TTe4 Sup

qd 982 617

q See ZE

q Ste ST

qe ict Le

qe OSS S|

e 9€L 617

ECL. u= & OS

poteqoL Ede

oe ee eo ee

‘Ee IE

Cee 2ec 6E

GST 6L 46

Gi co. Si

OS Saou SS

Coaccee ELI

EE |

“qUeTOTITp ATTSCOTYSTIEYS JOU oe 19479ET oWeS 944 AG POMOTTOF sTeqo],

leis = Cl oe are 6 sok

Cee a Cl Ol ae Ge Oy as

NG K6G- 26: 3 2) Yes EGE

WIP 6G Solin 64 Ga OC. ce

“ie sGi ero gion ie Goel

65. COly jen i? * 9 pecs Ge

66 91L &2 $1 = OT ‘9¢ .0€

Le. Woukeak SO 0G Volare

AqTnp : oun

ZL6L *°O°g SpueTzeuwums

cis

+t +t Oo

71:

ple

delieioug “9

T der071eug

C TeI9 Se

J-T deryoteug

U0VLeD

Teotapury Ag

(nT q)

[T- 4ei2sc

(29 TUM)

T reyoes

ustseq dey,

*SsuOWUsTPOD) YZTM peyteq ustsep sed sdeiy ¢ UT peungdeo syyou SUTTPOO eTeU fo sLequUMN “TL FIGVL

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Ava. 1, 1973

in May showed that the trees were heavily

infested by fruittree leafrollers. The trees were

9.1 x 9.1 m apart and the block contained 126

trees. Three trap designs were evaluated, the

cylindrical cardboard carton, Pherotrap 1-C

and Sectar 1 white. Each trap design was

replicated 5 times in a randomized design.

There was approximately | trap per 8 trees and

each trap was suspended 1.6 m above ground

on an outside limb. The traps were baited with

Fruitamone (Zoecon Corporation), a fruittree

leafroller synthetic sex attractant. The lure

consisted of plastic caps, 1.3 x 1.8 cm, filled

with 25 mg of the sex attractant. The caps were

not replaced during the experiment. Traps

were examined weekly and leafrollers were

removed and recorded.

TABLE 2.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The white or blue Sectar | trap captured

significantly more moths than Sectar 2,

Pherotrap | or the U.C. Pherotrap (Table 1).

Cylindrical carton and Pherotrap 1-C traps

were intermediate in effectiveness.

An important consideration when deciding

what trap design to use is trap maintenance.

The cylindrical carton trap was easy to handle

because dirty traps required only a change of

the liner. The Pherotraps collected a _ con-

siderable amount of debris (fallen leaves, fruit

etc.) and required more frequent cleaning. The

covered Pherotrap was far easier to maintain

that the open Pherotrap but became con-

taminated more quickly than the cylindrical

carton. Sectar | traps, because of their small

Numbers of male fruittree leafrollers captured

in 5 traps per design baited with Fruitamone.

Kelowna, ©.C.,-1972.

: June June June 29- July 1

a D

eo Teens” eee 22-29 July 6 6-13 powers

bylindrical carton 19 93 195 Sik 338 a

Pherotrap 1-C 20 96 V7 val 31h a

Sectar 1 (white) ii LA 91 O IL)

Salotals followed by the same letter are not statistically different.

One tail t-test, P € 0.05.

size, were difficult to handle when moths were

removed and recorded. When moth captures

were high, the traps soon filled with wing scales

and had to be replaced. Both Pherotraps and

cylindrical cartons were re-used after cleaning,

but it was necessary to replace the Sectar |

traps with new traps 3 to 4 times during the

season. Sectar 2 traps and the U.C. Pherotraps

were relatively free from contamination and

required only routine maintenance.

The choice of which trap design to use with

a codling moth sex attractant is difficult to

determine. If maximum capture is desired, the

Sectar 1 trap would be the design of choice. If

maintenance is also considered, the cylindrical

carton would probably be the best trap design

for field use.

Although Sectar | traps were among the

most efficient traps for male codling moths,

they captured significantly fewer male fruittree

leafrollers than either the Pherotrap 1-C or the

cylindrical carton (Table 2). For field studies

on fruittree leafroller response to synthetic

attractants, the cylindrical carton or Pherotrap

1-C would be the preferred trap design.

The results of the study indicate that at-

traction of male codling moths and fruittree

leafrollers to synthetic sex attractants is in-

fluenced by trap type, and the response is

different for the 2 species. Trap design may be

as important as the synthetic attractant when

studies are made on the response of other

species of Lepidoptera to these lures.

8 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973

References

Batiste, William C. and John Joos. 1972. Codling moth: A new pheromone trap. J. Econ. Entomol. |

65: 1741-1742.

Hendricks, D. E., J. P. Hollingsworth, and A. W. Hartstack, Jr. 1972. Catch of tobacco budworm |

moths influenced by color of sex-lure trap. Environmental Entomol. 1: 48-51.

Howell, J. Franklin. 1972. An improved sex attractant trap for codling moths. J. Econ. Entomol.

65: 609-611.

Proverbs, M. D., J. R. Newton and D. M. Logan. 1966. Orchard assessment of the sterile male

technique for control of the codling moth, Carpocapsa pomonella (L.) (Lepidoptera:

Olethreutidae). Can. Entomol. 98: 90-95.

Sharma, R. K., H. H. Shorey and Lyle K. Gaston. 1971. Sex pheromones of noctuid moths. 24 —

Evaluation of pheromone traps for males of Trichoplusia ni. J. Econ. Entomol. 64:

361-364.

THE OCCURRENCE AND CONTROL OF THE BRUCE

SPANWORM IN THE OKANAGAN VALLEY, 1972

R. D. MCMULLEN'!

Research Station, Agriculture Canada

Summerland, British Columbia

ABSTRACT

A minor outbreak of the Bruce spanworm, Operophtera bruceata

(Hulst), occurred in fruit orchards of the Okanagan Valley in 1972. The

heaviest infestations were limited to orchards where prebloom sprays for the

fruittree leafroller, Archips argyrospilus (Walker), were neglected for

two or more seasons. Prebloom applications of azinphosmethyl, diazinon or

endosulfan at tight cluster bud to pink bud stage on apple gave good control.

Apple, pear, cherry, apricot and plum were attacked.

INTRODUCTION

The Bruce spanworm, Operophtera

bruceata (Hulst), occurs in the southern parts

of Canada from Newfoundland to British

Columbia and across the northern U.S.A.

Brown (1962) described the developmental

stages, life history, and mode of dispersal and

listed a wide range of host plants amongst spp.

of: Populus, Acer, Salix, Betula, Alnus,

Prunus, Malus, Rosa, Ribes, Lonicera, and

Amelanchier alnifolia Nutt.

In British Columbia, Treherne (1921)

stated that the larvae may cause surface injury

to young apple fruitlets but indicated that it

was less important than other species of

lepidopterous larvae that regularly injure apple

fruits. Eastham and Ruhmann (1932) noted

that the Bruce spanworm had become a

troublesome pest in apple orchards and that, in

cases of heavy infestations, trees were kept

defoliated until the end of May when larval

development is completed. Twinn (1934,

1935, 1936) reported unusually heavy in-

festations in various parts of the Okanagan

Valley. Control recommendations for the

1Contribution No. 367, Research Station, Summerland.

Bruce spanworm were a regular feature on the

annual fruit tree pest spray calendars for

British Columbia fruit growing districts from

1928 to 1943. Later, control reeommendations

were dropped from the spray calendars, and

Neilson (1957) stated that the Bruce span-

worm had not been a serious pest for the past

20 years. Downing et al. (1956) listed the

Bruce spanworm as a sporadic pest of apple.

None of the above articles mentioned in-

festations of fruit species other than apple.

During the past decade research has

resulted in significant reductions in the

amounts of pesticides required for control of

major pest species, particularly on apple

(Arrand and Downing, 1970), and in the

future novel approaches to pest control, such as

the sterile male release technique for codling

moth control (Proverbs, 1971), may result in

even further reductions. Concern has been

expressed (Madsen, 1969) about possible

increases in abundance of minor or secondary

pests that in the past generally have been

suppressed by control measures for major

pests. Therefore, the opportunity to observe a

minor outbreak of the Bruce spanworm in

1972 was of particular interest. In addition it

J. EntTomot. Soc. Brit. CotumsBia 70 (1973), Auge. 1, 1973 9

was felt possible that the outbreak could be an

indication that the Bruce spanworm had

developed resistance to the organophosphorous

insecticides currently recommended for control

of early season major pests such as the fruittree

leafroller, Archips argyrospilus (Walker).

Control experiments were conducted to test

whether a significant degree of resistance to

azinphosmethyl! or diazinon had evolved, and

to provide information for control recom-

mendations.

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS

The first indication of a Bruce spanworm

outbreak was noted in a large cherry orchard at

Naramata in the second week of April. Small,

newly hatched larvae were noted burrowing

into cherry buds. At the time cherry buds were

about ready to break and apples were in the

green tip stage. In one 2.0 ha block of cherries

the infestation was particularly severe, with up

to 50% of the buds damaged. In adjoining

blocks of cherries and apples the infestation

was much lighter, ranging from 1 to 2“ buds

attacked. Four other sites with high infestation

levels, 10 to 60% buds damaged, were found.

These comprised 4.5 ha of apples on the east

bench in Penticton, 1.2 ha of apples in

Summerland, 2.0 ha of mixed apple, pear,

apricot, cherry and plum, south of Oliver and

4.1 ha of apples and cherries at Cawston.

Otherwise, the Bruce spanworm’ was

distributed widely in orchards throughout the

Okanagan region, but at low levels of in-

festation with only 1” or less buds injured. No

Bruce spanworm was found on peach. In

orchards moderately to severely infested, it was

determined that early season control treat-

ments for leaf-feeding lepidoptera had not been

applied for 2 or more years.

The damage caused by Ist and 2nd instar

larvae is mainly reduction of bloom. Feeding

by Ist instar larvae when they burrow into

unopened buds results in destruction of em-

bryonic blossom tissue. Later, when the buds

have opened and immature blossoms are

exposed, the 2nd instar and to a lesser extent

early 3rd instar larvae prefer to feed on the

immature flowers. During this period they still

exhibit a strong tendency toward a mining

habit. Most of the feeding occurs within the

protection of the tightly closed sepals and

petals or within clusters of flowers. The

damage caused by 3rd and 4th instar larvae is

primarily defoliation. These feed openly on

leaves or within the shelter of leaves that have

been loosely webbed together.

Two of the severely infested orchards, at

Oliver and Summerland, were not sprayed for

control of the Bruce spanworm until the pink

bud stage of apple. At Oliver, approximately

0.8 ha of apples and pears were 75 to 90%

defoliated by this stage and in the remainder of

the orchard (1.2 ha of mixed fruits) 10 to 50%

were defoliated. At Summerland, 1.2 ha of

apples were 25 to 30% defoliated. Within 3

weeks after treatment the general appearance

of the trees was normal due to growth of new

foliage. In both orchards, even though there

was extensive damage to flower buds, thinning

of apple and pear fruitlets was required and the

trees bore a normal crop. No fruit injury was

found. This was probably due to the ap-

plication of control treatments prior to fruit set.

CONTROL EXPERIMENTS

At the tight cluster bud stage the treatments

listed in Table 1 were applied to 0.12 ha plots

in an orchard consisting of alternate rows of

Red Delicious and Spartan apples on semi-

dwarfing rootstocks, planted 6.1 x 4.6 m. Each

treatment was replicated twice. The sprays

were applied with a low-volume, air-blast type

sprayer set to deliver 673.8 liter per ha. Effect

of the treatments was assessed 6 days after the

sprays were applied by randomly collecting 25

spurs with flower bud clusters from each plot.

These were examined for live and dead larvae,

and also for feeding injury where no larvae

were present. The latter instance was con-

sidered to indicate larval mortality. Per cent

mortality in the treatments was corrected for

natural mortality in the control by Abbotts’

formula. The results shown in Table | indicate

that all treatments gave good to excellent

control of 2nd and 3rd instar larvae.

In another orchard of mature McIntosh

apple trees planted 7.6 x 7.6 m the following

treatments were applied in the same manner as

above to single 0.30 ha plots at the pink bud

stage: azinphosmethyl 50“ W.P. at 2.80 and

1.40 kg per ha and diazinon 50% W.P. at 4.48

and 2.24 kg per ha. No nontreated control plot

was used. At the time of treatment most of the

larvae were 3rd and 4th instars. Pre- and post-

treatment samples were taken by the limb-

jarring method (Lord, 1949) using a 46 x 46

cm beating tray. Fifty samples taken at ran-

dom throughout the 4 plots before treatment

indicated a fairly even distribution of larvae.

The numbers knocked down per sample

ranged from 0 to 12 with a mean of 4.4 41.4

s.d. Thirty samples from each plot taken 48

hours after treatment indicated all treatments

gave 100% control.

DISCUSSION

This investigation suggests that the Bruce

10 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumBiIA 70 (1973), Aug. 1, 1973

Table 1. Mortality of the Bruce spanworm on apple treated with azinphosmethyl, diazinon or

endosulfan at the tight cluster bud stage.

Kilograms applied 1. 3

Insecticide per hectare Per cent mortality ’

Azinphosmethyl 25% W.P. 2.80 LOO

" uu 10 90:5

Diazinon 50% W.P. 4.48 100.0

Wy " PAP ats Oe

Endosulfan 50% W.P. 3.36 10070

uM " 1.68 100.0

Control = BO

‘Corrected for per cent mortality in control using Abbotts’ formula.

"Average of 2 replicates.

spanworm might become more than an oc-

casional pest if recommendations for reduced

pesticide treatments or non-chemical control

techniques are developed and adopted for the

fruittree leafroller, which is the main early

season lepidopterous pest of most orchard fruit

species. The chemical control experiments

show that the Bruce spanworm is readily

azinphosmethyl or diazinon which are

currently recommended for control of the

fruittree leafroller. There is no evidence that

the Bruce spanworm has developed resistance

to the currently recommended

organophosphate insecticides. The reason for

the mild outbreak in 1972 of Bruce spanworm

is most likely neglect of early season pest

control.

controlled by prebloom treatments’ with

References

Arrand, J. C. and R. S. Downing. 1970. What growers must know — and do — to switch to an

integrated control program. Western Fruit Grower 24(2): 30-34.

Brown, C. E. 1962. The life history and dispersal of the Bruce spanworm, Operophtera bruceata

(Hulst), (Lepidoptera: Geometridae). Can. Entomol. 94: 1103-1107.

Downing, R. S., C. V. G. Morgan and M. D. Proverbs. 1956. List of insects attacking fruit

trees in the interior of British Columbia. Proc. ent. Soc. Br. Columb. 52: 34-35.

Eastham, J. W. and M. H. Ruhmann. 1932. Diseases and pests of cultivated plants. Bull. Dept.

Agr. Br. Columb. No. 68, 124 pp.

Lord, F. T. 1949. The influence of spray programs on the fauna of apple orchards in Nova Scotia.

III Mites and their predators. Can. Entomol. 81: 671-673.

Madsen, H. F. 1969. Integrated control of the fruit-tree leaf roller and the white apple leaf-

hopper in British Columbia. J. Econ. Entomol. 62: 1351-1353.

Neilson, C. L. 1957. Handbook of the main economic insects of British Columbia. Part 4. Tree

fruit insects. Br. Colum. Dept. Agr. Mimeograph, 68 pp.

Proverbs, M. D. 1971. Orchard assessment of radiation-sterilized moths for control of Laspeyresia

pomonella (L.) in British Columbia. In Proceedings, Application of induced sterility for

control of lepidopterous populations, Vienna, 1970. Int. Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna,

1971, pp. 117-133.

Treherne, R. C. 1921. Some notes on the fruit worms of British Columbia. Scient. Agric. 1: 116-119

Twinn, C. R. 1934. A summary of insect conditions in Canada in 1933. Rep. ent. Soc. Ont. 64:

62-80.

Twinn, C. R. 1935. A summary of insect conditions in Canada in 1934. Rep. ent. Soc. Ont. 65: —

112-128. |

Twinn, C. R. 1936. A summary of insect conditions in Canada in 1935. Rep. ent. Soc. Ont. 66: |

80-95.

J. ENToMo.. Soc. Brit. CoLtuMBiIA 70 (1973), Ava. 1, 1973 11

OCCURRENCE OF AND ATTEMPTS TO ERADICATE

GRAPE PHYLLOXERA (HOMOPTERA: PHYLLOXERIDAE)

IN BRITISH COLUMBIA!

C. V. G. MORGAN:, P. J. PROCTER’, AND J. VIELVOYE:?

ABSTRACT

The chronological occurrence, survey methods, and eradication

programs of the grape phylloxera, Phylloxera vitifoliae (Fitch), in

British Columbia are described.

The insect was first found in the Okanagan Valley in 1961. Though

an eradication program at that time was apparently successful, the insect

reappeared in 1971. It is now well established in the area. The pest was

accidentally introduced on imported vines.

The grape phylloxera, Phylloxera vitifoliae

(Fitch), was first found in British Columbia in

the Okanagan Valley in September, 1961. In

that month a grape grower on the West Bench

of the Penticton area reported leaf galls on

vines that had been planted in the spring of

1961. The insects causing the galls were

tentatively identified by Morgan and _ later

confirmed by A. B. Stevenson, Research

Station, Agriculture Canada, Vineland Station,

Ontario.

Following the discovery, C. L. Neilson, J.

Smith and J. C. Arrand of the British

Columbia Department of Agriculture, con-

ducted a survey and an eradication program in

the autumn and spring of 1961-62. They found

that the grape phylloxera had originated in a

shipment from Ontario of 3000 vines of Seibel-

10878. These vines had been planted in 6

places totalling over 4 acres; 5 of the plantings

were on the West Bench in the Penticton area

and 1 at Kaleden. Leaf galls were found at

Kaleden and in only 1 of the plantings in

Penticton. A total of about 12 vines were in-

fested.

Since the areas of infestation were relatively

small, eradication appeared feasible. In

November, 1961, all the vines in the plantings

at Penticton and Kaleden were removed from

the soil, dipped in a solution of nicotine and oil,

and heeled in for the winter. In April, 1962,

the soils in the vineyards at Penticton were

thoroughly worked with a rotary tiller;

fumigated with a chisel-type, tractor-drawn

fumigator that applied 240 to 300 lb of

ethylene dibromide per acre; sprayed with

ronnel emulsion at 4 lb active ingredient per

acre; and then sprinkled with water. The

vineyard at Kaleden was similarly treated, but

~ ‘Contribution No. 369, Research Station, Agriculture Canada,

Summerland, B.C.

"Entomologist, Research Station, Summerland, B.C.

’Regional Entomologist and Grape & Nursery Specialist

respectively, British Columbia Department of Agriculture,

Kelowna, B.C.

because of the rocky soil and the steep terrain

the ethylene dibromide and ronnel were ap-

plied by hand equipment. In May, the soils

were rotary tilled again and the vines were

replanted. At Penticton a slight odor of

ethylene dibromide was still present during the

planting operation. At Kaleden the planting

holes had such a strong odor of ethylene

dibromide that they were left open for up to 6

days before the vines were replanted. Ap-

proximately 23% of the replanted vines died.

The phytotoxicity was caused mainly by the

dip treatment, especially the oil. The high

concentrations of ethylene dibromide which

were still in the soil when the fines were

replanted at Kaleden may have increased the

injury. No phylloxera was ever reported again

in these vineyards.

During the winter of 1961-62, Ontario

nurserymen were advised to dip rooted cuttings

destined for British Columbia. Either this

treatment was not effective or it was not

thoroughly done because when a survey was

made in the summer of 1962 of vines imported

that spring, Arrand found leaf galls on | vine in

each of the following areas: 2 vineyards at

Westbank (Seibel-5279), 1 vineyard at

Summerland (Seibel-5279), 1 vineyard at

Naramata (variety unknown), and | vineyard

at Cawston (Seibel-10878). There were no root

galls on the vines. The infested vines were

removed and burned and the soil was

fumigated and sprayed.

It is of interest to note here that between

1952 and 1961, 65 shipments containing

64,100 vines were imported into British

Columbia from the United States. Eight of

these shipments were infested with the grape

phylloxera and were fumigated. Unfortunately,

inspection or dipping of vine nursery stock

from Ontario was not required until 1962 and

fumigation not until 1967. The number of

vines imported into British Columbia from

Ontario between 1952 and 1961 is not known.

12 J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aug. 1, 1973

However, it is known that in 1960, about

10,000 2-year-old rootstocks of Seibel-10878

were imported from Ontario and planted in

virgin soil by about 25 growers from Westbank

south to the International Boundary. Arrand

surveyed all these plantings in the autumn of

1961, but did not find any other infestations of’

leaf galls other than those mentioned above.

With the eradication of the above-

mentioned infestations and implementation of

plant inspection regulations for all vines en-

tering British Columbia, no other infestations

were sought or reported for 9 years. However,

an ominous report was made Sept. 27, 1971 —

a grower discovered galled leaves in a vineyard

of Foch grapes at Westbank. The insects in the

galls were identifed by Arrand and Morgan as

the grape phylloxera and confirmed by

Stevenson. This 3-acre vineyard planted in

1967 was extensively infested. An adjoining 3-

acre block planted in 1970 had 2 infested

vines. A survey for leaf galls was launched

tsh CCCooolllumbia and Canada Depart-

ments of Agriculture to determine the extent of

the infestation in all major vineyards which

had imported leaf-susceptible varieties since

1962. About 805 acres were examined and 2

new infestations were discovered. One was in

another vineyard at Westbank; again there

were only 2 infested vines in 5 acres of Foch

grapes planted in 1968. The other was at

Oliver where 1.5 acres were infested in a 3-acre

block of Seibel-10878 planted in 1965.

Though only about 70% of the vines in the

heavily infested vineyards had leaf galls, nearly

all were infested on the roots. An interplant,

Seibel-9110, in the Oliver vineyard also had

insects on the roots but no leaf galls. No insects

were found on the roots of the vines with leaf

galls in the lightly infested vineyards. Most of

the above vines had been bought in Ontario.

A number of quarantine measures were

implemented in an effort to confine the in-

festations such as fumigating the harvested

grapes, spraying the vines after harvest,

washing equipment before moving it to non-

infested vineyards, and having pickers wear

coveralls when working in infested areas.

Leaf galls are not always a realiable index

of the presence of the grape phylloxera because

the insect lives only on the roots of many

labruscatype grapes. A root survey in the

outbreak of 1961-62 probably would have

revealed a more extensive infestation than was

indicated by leaf galls. Recognizing this

weakness, a root survey was conducted in

November and December, 1971, in vineyards

of the Okanagan and Similkameen valleys.

Due to the shortage of help and impending

freeze-up, growers were instructed in how to

sample their own vineyards. Provincial per-

sonnel then microscopically searched roots

with swellings for the presence of the grape

phylloxera. The number of samples examined

represented about 2000 acres of grapes. Insects

were found on the roots in 65 acres in 9

vineyards: 1 in Vernon, 6 in Kelowna, 1 in

Westbank, and 1 in Oliver. The Westbank and

Oliver infestations had already been revealed

by the presence of leaf galls. The varieties and

the number of acres affected by root in-

festations were: Bath, 2; Campbell Early, 8;

Concord, 9; Diamond, 11; Foch, 3; Patricia,

3; Romulus, 4; Sheridan, 8;

10878, 17. Most of the vines had been im-

ported from Ontario; a few were from New

York. Some of the vines had been planted in

the 1920’s and 1930’s. How they became

infested is not known, but it is more than likely

they were already infested when they were

imported. Phylloxera had been intercepted as

early as 1927 on vines imported from New

York.

Numerous samples of roots from other

vineyards had elongated swellings and necrotic

areas but no phylloxera was present to confirm

that the damage was caused by this insect.

Stevenson diagnosed these as “‘very probable”’

phylloxera damage. Unfortunately, samples

with this type of damage were not recorded.

They did suggest, however, that the grape

phylloxera was probably more widespread than

the 9 vineyards.

Hopes of eradicating the grape phylloxera

from British Columbia were abandoned. The

extent of the infestations indicated that such a

program would be _ impractical and

uneconomical.

No surveys were conducted in 1972 and no

new infestations were reported. However,

cursory inspections revealed that root galls

were plentiful, but there were practically no

leaf galls in the infested vineyards from

Kelowna south. At Vernon, where only root

galls were seen in 1971, a heavy infestation of

leaf galls developed on several acres of Foch

grapes.

The information in this note was gleaned

mostly from correspondence and unpublished

reports of the British Columbia and Canada

Departments of Agriculture and from the

Canadian Insect Pest Review (compiled by C.

Graham MacNay and published by the

Canada Department of Agriculture, Ottawa,

Ontario) for 1961 (vol. 39, pages 209, 229,

285, and 309) and 1962 (vol. 40, pages 173

and 199).

and _ Seibel-.

J. Extromot. Soc. Brit. CotumBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 13

AN EVALUATION OF TRAPS FOR THE WESTERN CHERRY

FRUIT FLY (DIPTERA: TEPHRITIDAE)'

F. L. BANHAM

Research Station, Agriculture Canada

Summerland, British Columbia

ABSTRACT

Four traps and six lures were tested for attractiveness to adult

western cherry fruit flies, Rhagoletis indifferens Curran, in cherry plantings

in the Okanagan Valley of British Columbia. Staley Protein Insecticide Bait

#7, a combination of corn protein hydrolysate and corn steep liquor, mixed

into tanglefoot (Stikem Special) on double-faced, yellow, plywood boards

attracted about twice as many flies as similar traps baited with corn hydro-

lysate and three times as many as single-faced, nonbaited boards. Nevertheless,

nonbaited, single-faced, yellow boards were moderately attractive and the

easiest to prepare, install and maintain. Thus they seem the most practical

for large-scale trapping of cherry fruit flies. Traps caught male and female

flies soon after emergence from pupation in a ratio of about 1:1. Most female

flies lacked ovarial development and none had fully developed ova.

INTRODUCTION

Yellow sticky board traps similar to those

described by Kaloostian and Yeomans (1944)

and Wilde (1962) have been used since 1966,

to determine the occurrence and emergence

dates of the black cherry fruit fly, Rhagoletis

fausta (Osten Sacken), and since 1968, of the

western cherry fruit fly, R. indifferens Curran,

in the Okanagan and Similkameen valleys of

British Columbia. Madsen (1970) reported

that in the Okanagan Valley, single-faced,

yellow boards baited with ammonium car-

bonate caught the most R. indifferens but

nonbaited, yellow boards were equivalent in

attractiveness to glycine-lye bait pans. In

contrast, Peters and Jack (1965) and Peters

(1966) reported that in the Kootenay Valley,

glycine-lye bait pans were more effective than

nonbaited, yellow boards and those baited with

ammonium carbonate or other attractants. At

both locations the most effective traps were

more complex to build and more difficult to

install and maintain than the nonbaited, yellow

boards.

The continuing spread of R. indifferens in

the Okanagan and Similkameen valleys has

resulted in an annual requirement for 5000 to

7000 simple, effective traps to sample this

species in over 3000 acres of cherries. Growers

need to determine if flies are present and the

optimum time for control, and inspectors of the

Plant Protection Division, Agriculture

Canada, need traps to establish quarantine

areas. In 1970, four traps and six lures were

evaluated to determine the most suitable type

for large-scale surveys of Rhagoletis species in

cherry plantings.

‘Contribution No. 364, Research Station, Agriculture Canada,

Summerland, British Columbia.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The traps used were as follows (Table 1.):

6.4 mm plywood boards 14 x 29 cm painted

vivid yellow (Munsell Key 2.5Y 8/12

(Nickerson, 1957)) on one face and coated

with Stikem Special (polymerized butene,

methylpropene, isobutene and butane, 97% ;

inert ingredients, 3% ; Michel and Pelton Co.,

9743 Landregan’ Street, Emeryville,

California, 94608, U.S.A.); double-faced

yellow boards of the same dimensions, coated

with Stikem on both sides having a wide-mouth

half-pint jar suspended beneath containing 170

ml of Staley Protein Insecticide Bait *7 (acid

hydrolysate of corn protein and corn steep

liquor in a 60:40 mixture. A. E. Staley

Manufacturing Co., Decatur, Illinois, 62525,

U.S.A.); double-faced yellow boards sprayed

on each face with 2.5 ml of Staley Bait which

was mixed into the Stikem; double-faced

yellow boards sprayed on each face with 2.5 ml

of corn acid hydrolysate (Nutritional

Biochemicals Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio,

44128, U.S.A.) which was mixed into the

Stikem ; double-faced yellow boards dusted on

each face with | g of casein enzymatic

hydrolysate (Nutritional Biochemicals Cor-

poration) which was mixed into the Stikem;

-double-faced yellow boards dusted on each face

with 1 g of soy enzymatic hydrolysate

(Nutritional Biochemicals Corporation) which

was mixed into the Stikem ; 2-quart frozen food

cartons with 20 g of ammonium carbonate

(Frick, Simkover and Telford, 1954 and

Blanc, 1969), fitted with replaceable, Stikem-

coated liners (Proverbs, Newton and Logan,

1966); and glycine-lye bait pans (Barnes and

Madsen, 1963) containing 227 ml of bait

mixture. The total catching surface area of the

14 J. ENTomoL. Soc. Brit. CotumpBtia 70 (1973), Aua. 1, 1973

single- and double-faced yellow sticky board

traps was equalized by using 12 of the former

and 6 of the latter.

The attractiveness of the traps and lures to

cherry fruit flies was determined in an

abandoned, |-acre, mixed block of 15-year-old

Lambert, Sam and Van _ sweet cherries at

Okanagan Mission, B.C. Two types of trap

were hung 1.2 to 2.4 m above the ground on

opposite sides of each of 27 randomly selected

trees, so that there was no contact with the

foliage. Cartons with ammonium carbonate

were suspended in a nearby horizontal position

with the open end tipped downward to prevent

accumulation of rain and irrigation water

(Blanc, 1969). The traps were installed June 6

and 8 and inspected at 3- to 4-day intervals

until June 23, when the trial was terminated.

Water was added at 3- to 4-day intervals to

maintain the volume of the glycine-lye and

Staley bait lures. The Staley bait was replaced

and the ammonium carbonate cartons

recharged, weekly.

Rhagoletis species were identified by wing

patterns as illustrated by Bush (1966) and by

dorsal abdominal markings. Most flies caught

on the single- and double-faced boards and in

the glycine-lye bait pots were identified in the

field during inspections. When masses of in-

sects, including fruit flies, were collected in the

bait pans, they were removed by straining the

abiley Ae

solution through a 20-mesh wire screen and

then stored in 70% ethanol for later

examination. The sex of the flies was deter-

mined in the laboratory. At the end of the

experiment, 50 female R. indifferens caught on

three types of trap were removed and cleaned

in petroleum solvent. Each was dissected and

the ovaries were examined for the presence and

development of eggs to determine their

physiological age.

RESULTS

Double-faced, yellow boards with Staley

bait mixed into the Stikem were significantly

more attractive to R. indifferens than the other

trap and lure combinations. They caught 1.9

times as many flies as similar traps-with corn

protein hydrolysate in the Stikem and for an

equivalent surface area, three times as many

flies as nonbaited, single-faced, yellow boards.

The nonbaited traps were about as effective as

double-faced, yellow boards with corn protein

hydrolysate in the Stikem, double-faced boards

with pots of Staley bait, glycine-lye bait pans

and cartons with ammonium carbonate.

Double-faced, yellow boards dusted with

casein hydrolysate or soy hydrolysate did not

catch any R. indifferens or insects of other

orders in numbers comparable to_ those

collected by the other traps.

Two Rhagoletis species other than R.

Average numbers of adult R. indifferens caught by traps,

Okanagan Mission, B.C., June 6 to 23, 1970

Trap No. Traps No. of Flies

Double-faced y.s.b.~ + Staley bait 6 1305

Double-faced y.s.b. + corn hydrolysate 6 sO

Single-faced y.s.b. 2. ipo

Bait pan + glycine-lye 6 ses)

Double-faced y.s.b. with pot + Staley bait 6 2.5

2 qt. carton + ammonium carbonate 6 2

Double-faced y.s.b. + casein hydrolysate 6 01.0

powder

Double-faced y.s.b. + soy hydrolysate powder 6 O30

4.3

L.S.D. for averages at 5% level

Welton sticky boards.

Corrected number for an equivalent surface area of double-faced yellow

boards.

J. EnTomot. Soc. Brit. CotumsBia 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 15

indifferens were trapped. These were a few R.

ribicola Doane and R. berberis Curran, taken

on nonbaited, single-faced boards, on double-

faced, yellow boards with Staley bait in the

Stikem or attached bait pots and in cartons

with ammonium carbonate. No R. fausta were

trapped.

Corn protein hydrolysate or Staley bait

mixed into the Stikem darkened the adhesive

and made trapped flies difficult to identify in

the field. Rhagoletis species were easily con-

fused with other Diptera having fuscous wing

markings such as Palloptera_ species

(Pallopteridae) and Suillia species

(Heleomyzidae). Casein and soy hydrolysates

mixed into the Stikem made the adhesive

cloudy and reduced the intensity of the vivid

yellow background on the boards.

Catches of flies from the effective traps and

lures did not differ significantly in sex ratio.

The totals averaged 47.4” male and 52.6%

female. Most dissected females collected from

nonbaited, single-faced, yellow boards, double-

faced, yellow boards with pots of Staley bait or

pans of glycine-lye bait showed a lack of ovary

development. Two of 50 females had fully

developed ovaries but no fully developed eggs.

DISCUSSION

The results of this study show that the

attractiveness of yellow boards to adult R.

indifferens can be greatly increased by mixing

small amounts of Staley bait into the adhesive;

but large amounts of this lure were not at-

tractive and may have confused or repelled the

flies. Thus, double-faced, yellow boards with 5

ml of Staley bait mixed into the Stikem caught

5.4 times more flies than similar boards with

170 ml of Staley bait in a pot suspended below.

Much of the attractiveness of small amounts of

this lure appeared to be due to the corn steep

liquor fraction. Traps with Stikem and Staley

bait containing 40%” corn steep liquor caught

1.9 times more flies than those with Stikem and

corn hydrolysate.

Madsen (1970) reported nonbaited, single-

faced, yellow boards to be as effective as

glycine-lye bait pans for catching adult R.

indifferens. These results confirm this and

indicate that the former is a simple, moderately

effective alternative to more complex types.

Nonbaited, single-faced, yellow boards are

durable and easy to prepare, install and in-

spect. Until a clarified or near-transparent

formulation of corn hydrolysate and corn steep

liquor is available that is equal to Staley bait,

or until other more attractive lures and traps

are discovered, then nonbaited, single-faced,

yellow boards remain the most practical trap

for large-scale surveys of cherry plantings.

Cartons baited with ammonium carbonate

and hung in a nearly horizontal position were

as effective as nonbaited, single-faced, yellow

boards. Frick et al. reported good results with

inverted, l-quart cartons baited with the same

lure. They also found that inverted, 1-pint

cartons were inferior to inverted, 1-quart

cartons. In the Okanagan Valley, 2-quart

cartons were used. These were twice the size of

those recommended by Frick et al. and

presumably because of their larger size would

have emitted more ammonia attractant.

Horizontal positioning may have made this

trap too directional and thereby reduced the

numbers of flies caught. The attractiveness of

yellow boards suggests that increased catches

might result from painting the cartons vivid

yellow.

Failure to trap any adult R. indifferens or

insects of other orders in significant numbers

suggests that powdered baits mixed into the

Stikem on double-faced, yellow boards altered

the surface of the adhesive so that flies did not

become entangled. This contradicts that

reported by Howitt and Connor (1965) who

dusted 3 g of various powdered protein

hydrolysates over each face of a 206 sq. cm

trap coated with Stikem. In the Okanagan

Valley, 1 g of hydrolysate was applied to each

face of a 406 sq. cm board and mixed into the

Stikem.

The presence of nearly equal numbers of

male and female flies in or on the traps suggests

that both sexes emerge from pupation in the

soil at about the same time and are soon at-

tracted to the cultivated cherry host.

References

Barnes, M. M. and H. F. Madsen. 1963. Analyzing the threat of the husk fly. Diamond Walnut

News 45(3): 12-14.

Blanc, F. L. 1969. All-purpose fruit fly trapping. Calif. Dept. Agric. Bureau of Entomol. Insect

Detection Survey Field Leaflet No. 1 (Rev.). Mar. 7, 1969. 1-2.

Bush, G. L. 1966. The taxonomy, cytology and evolution of the genus Rhagoletis in North

America (Diptera: Tephritidae). Bull. Museum of Comparat. Zool. 134(11): 431-562.

Frick, K. E., H. G. Simkover and H. S. Telford. 1954. Bionomics of the cherry fruit flies in

eastern Washington. State Coll. Wash. Agric. Expt. Stn. Inst. of Agric. Sci. Tech. Bull.

13: 1-66.

16 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aug. 1, 1973

Howitt, A. J. and L. T. Connor. 1965. The response of Rhagoletis pomonella (Walsh) adults

and other insects to trap boards baited with protein hydrolysate baits. Proc. Entomol.

Soc. Ontario 95: 134-6.

Kaloostian, G. H. and M. S. Yeomans. 1944. A sticky board trap used in scouting for pear

psylla. U.S.D.A. Mimeo. Circ. ET-220.

Madsen, H. F. 1970. Observations on Rhagoletis indifferens and related species in the Okanagan —

Valley of British Columbia. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia 67: 13-16.

Nickerson, D. 1957. Horticultural color chart names with Munsell Key. J. Optical Soc. Amer.

47(7): 619-621.

Peters, W. S. 1966. A summary of cherry fruit fly studies at Creston, 1966. Brit. Columbia

Dept. Agric. Mimeo. Circ. 1966. 1-5.

Peters, W. S. and I. D. Jack. 1965. A study of the species and hosts of the cherry fruit fly,

Rhagoletis spp., and a comparison of three adult traps in the Kootenay Region of

British Columbia. Brit. Columbia Dept. Agric. Mimeo. Circ. 1965. 1-8.

Proverbs, M. D., J. R. Newton and D. M. Logan. 1966. Orchard assessment of the sterile male

technique for control of the codling moth, Carpocapsa pomonella (L.) (Lepidoptera:

Olethreutidae). Can. Entomol. 98(1): 90-95.

Wilde, W. H. A. 1962. A note on color preference of some Homoptera and Thysanoptera in |

British Columbia. Can. Entomol. 94(1): 107.

PHYTODECTA ARCTICA MANN. (COLEOPTERA:

CHRYSOMELIDAE) INCORRECTLY DETERMINED

FROM GARIBALDI PARK, B.C.

W. LAZORKO

The _ holarctic species Phytodecta

(Gonioctena) arctica Mann. was reported from

Garibaldi Park by Hardy (1927). Hardy had

collected several insects there in the previous

year between July 24 and August 12, on the

glacier and on leaves of willow (Salix com-

mutata denudata). The identification of the

specimens was questioned by Hatch (1971),

who thought they might be P. occidentalis

Brown.

Through the kindness of Prof. G. G. E.

Scudder of UBC and the cooperation of Drs. B.

D. Ainscough and R. H. Carcasson of the

Provincial Museum in Victoria, I have been

able to examine six specimens labelled

“Garibaldi, B.C.’ and collected between July

24 and August 7, 1926 on the glacier at 6600

feet. One specimen also bears the _ label

“Phytodecta arctica Mann.” written in ink.

There is no doubt that these specimens are

some of those collected by Hardy and reported

as P. arctica.

My study shows that the specimens are not

P. arctica, but Chrysomela aeneicollis Schaef.

The latter species has been reported from

Garibaldi Mt. by Brown (1956) and there are

many specimens from this locality off willow,

in the Spencer Entomological Museum at the

University of British Columbia. P. arctica

should thus be removed from the list of

Coleoptera from Garibaldi Mt., and perhaps

also from the list of Coleoptera of B.C.

References

Brown, W. J. 1956. The New World species of Chrysomela L. (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae).

Can. Ent. Suppl..3: 1-54.

Hardy, G. A. 1927. Coleoptera. Rep. B.C. Prov. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1926: C39-C40.

Hatch, M. H. 1971. The Beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part V. Univ. Washington Press,

Seattle & London.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 17

OCCURRENCE OF THE STRAWBERRY TORTRIX,

ACLERIS COMARIANA (ZELLER), A NEW PEST IN

BRITISH COLUMBIA (LEPIDOPTERA: TORTRICIDAE)

W. T. CRAM

On June 29, 1972, several strawberry

plantings in Richmond, British Columbia,

were observed to be severely infested by a new

leafroller later identified as the strawberry

tortrix, Acleris comariana (Zell.). This field

infestation is the first occurrence of this

Northern European pest in Canada. By the

time the pest was discovered first instar larvae

had matured and had seriously reduced the

yield by damaging blossom parts’ which

produced malformed fruit or no fruit at all.

Heavy feeding on developing leaves greatly

reduced the area of the mature leaves which

were extremely ragged with large holes. In one

10-acre field the crop was picked only once

before the planting was turned under.

Since only the second generation stages

were observed in 1972, a later paper will deal

with the complete life history in British

Columbia. In England, <A. comariana is

considered an important pest of strawberry

(Vernon, 1971) dating back to 1883

(Petherbridge, 1920). Observations at Rich-

mond agree closely with details of the life

history reported from England (Petherbridge,

1920 and Turner, 1968).

In early instar larvae the head is black but

in later instars the head is pale brown. Both

types of larvae, which might easily be mistaken

for different species, were found together

throughout May and June and again from July

until mid-September. Both larvae and pupae

were parasitized by several local parasitic

hymenopterans. The adult moths occurred

from late June to early August and again from

early September until mid-November. They

have a distinctive dark brown patch in the

costal area of the forewings. The general wing

coloration is variable; some eight polymorphic

forms are known in England (Fryer, 1928),

most of which have been collected at Rich-

mond. The second generation moths lay the

over-wintering eggs at the base of the leaf

petioles. The pest can thus readily be spread by

transporting runner plants containing over-

wintering eggs. The moths are not strong fliers.

A survey revealed that this new pest oc-

curred in 1972 only in Richmond and _ not

further east in the Fraser Valley where most of

the strawberries in the province are grown. It

has a relatively wide host range in Northern

Europe where it occurs on strawberry, apple,

azalea, rose and especially potentilla. It occurs

also in Northern Japan on apple and

strawberry. The method of entry of this pest

into Canada is not known.

Acknowledgements

Dr. A. Mutuura of the Entomology Research

Institute, Canada Department of Agriculture,

Ottawa, identified the moth and larvae. Drs.

EK. G. Munroe and T. N. Freeman also examined

the specimens and provided additional informa-

tion.

References

Fryer, J. C. F. 1928. Polymorphism in the moth Acalla comariana Zeller. J. Genet. 20: 157-178.

Petherbridge, F. P. 1920. The life history of the strawberry tortrix, Oxygrapha comariana

(Zeller). Ann. App. Biol. 7: 6-10.

Turner, J. R. G. 1968. The ecological genetics of Acleris comariana (Zeller) (Lepidoptera:

Tortricidae), a pest of strawberry. J. Anim. Ecol. 37: 489-520.

Vernon, J. D. R. 1971. Observations on the biology and control of tortricid larvae on strawberries.

Plant Path. 20: 73-80.

18 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumMBrIA 70 (1973), Auge. 1, 1973

ECOLOGY OF ANTHOCORID (HEMIPT.: ANTHOCORIDAE)

PREDATORS OF THE PEAR PSYLLA (HOMOPT.:

PSYLLIDAE) IN THE OKANAGAN VALLEY,

BRITISH COLUMBIA

G. J. FIELDS' AND B. P. BEIRNE?

ABSTRACT

The supposition is not valid that the disappearance of the native

Anthocoris melanocerus from pear orchards late in the summer is because

ot competitive displacement by the introduced A. nemoralis. It is because

A. melanocerus migrates to where prey are most abundant whereas

A. nemoralis remains on pear. A. melanocerus is concentrated on willows

in the spring, moves to pear when Psylla pyricola becomes abundant, and

moves to cottonwood when aphids on it become abundant and the numbers

of P. pyricola on pear have become low.

INTRODUCTION

Three species of predacious anthocorids

attack the eggs and nymphs of Psylla pyricola

Forster, the pear psylla, in the Summerland

area of the Okanagan Valley, British Columbia

(McMullen and Jong, 1967). Two, Anthocoris

melanocerus Reuter and A. antevolens White,

are natives. The third, A. nemoralis (F.), had

been introduced into that district from

Switzerland in 1963 in a biological control

attempt against P. pyricola (McMullen, 1971).

It became established and _ subsequently

became the most common of the three species

in some orchards. A. melanocerus also is

common but A. antevolens is relatively scarce.

Local orchard entomologists noticed that A.

melanocerus disappears late in the summer

from orchards where A. nemoralis is common,

whereas A. nemoralis remains there until it

moves to hibernation sites. Possible causes of

this disappearance were investigated in 1969,

notably to see whether or not it was because of

competitive displacement (as defined by

DeBach and Sundby, 1963, and DeBach,

1966) of melanocerus by nemoralis as was

suggested by McMullen (1971). The existence

of competitive displacement would tend to

support the view of Turnbull and Chant

(1961) that species being considered for in-

troduction for biological control purposes

should be screened to ensure that they will not

interact detrimentally with others that attack

the same target species.

Populations of anthocorids and of psyllids

were sampled regularly in four pear orchards

that contained A. nemoralis and in two that

had not yet been colonized by it, in hibernation

sites, and on 31 species of plants growing in

~ ‘Present address: Mid-Columbia Experiment Station, Hood

River, Oregon.

*Contribution from: Pestology Centre, Department of Biologi-

cal Sciences, Simon Fraser University, Burnaby 2, B.C.

and near the orchards. A. antevolens was found

only relatively rarely in these surveys, perhaps

because there was heavy mortality of the

hibernating population during the winter of

1968-69 which was exceptionally cold (-20 to -

30 F). Consequently meaningful figures were

obtained only for A. nemoralis and A.

melanocerus. Six species of plants other than

pear had substantial populations of Anthocoris

spp.: willows (Salix spp.), cottonwood

(Populus trichocarpa), ash (Fraxinus spp.),

birches ( Betulaspp.), nettle ( Urtica lyalli, and

thistle (Cirsium eduli).

Psylla pyricola populations on pear were

measured by counting the numbers of eggs and

nymphs on 50 leaves picked at random from

five trees in each orchard on each sampling

date. Anthocorid populations were measured

by sampling regularly, for adults and nymphs,

ten pear trees in each orchard, and willows and

cottonwoods nearby, with a_ beating-tray

technique.

RESULTS AND CONCLUSIONS

The population surveys on pear showed

that:

(a) P. pyricola reached a peak in numbers

in June when there was an average of 5 to 10

individuals per leaf. It then decreased to about

one per leaf by the beginning of August and

remained at or near that level until the end of

the season.

(b) A. nemoralis appeared first late in

April, increased to a peak late in July and early

in August, and then declined to the end of

October.

June, reached a peak about mid-July, and had

disappeared by early August.

The early disappearance of A. melanocerus

was not because it went into hibernation early,

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumBIA 70 (1973), Aug. 1, 1973 19

because surveys by means of § artificial

hibernation sites consisting of bands on tree

trunks showed that all three species of An-

thocoris sought hibernation sites at about the

same time in any one locality.

(d) A. melanocerus disappeared from pear

orchards early in August whether or not they

were inhabited by A. nemoralis. Moreover, chi-

square analyses of the numbers of A.

melanocerus found on pear on each sampling

date showed that the populations were

statistically equal in orchards with and without

A. nemoralis.

Thus, the indications were that A.

nemoralishad no direct or significant influence

in causing the disappearance of A.

melanocerus, and therefore that there was no

competitive displacement of the native species

by the introduced A. nemoralis.

The surveys for Anthocoris spp. on willow

and cottonwood showed that:

(a) A. nemoralis occurred on_ willows

during the second half of May, but otherwise

this species was apparently virtually specific to

pear.

(b) A. melanocerus occurred on willows

from late in April until early in June and, in

large initial numbers, on cottonwood from late

in July until at least mid-September (the last

survey date).

Two species of psyllids, a Trioza sp. and

Psyllasp. (not pyricola), that were common on

willows in the spring and an unidentified aphid

that was abundant on cottonwood in the late

summer were the main prey of A. melanocerus

on those plants.

Where A. melanocerus occurred commonly

at different times during the season evidently

depended on where suitable prey insects were

most abundant. It seems reasonable to con-

clude that its disappearance from pear during

the second half of July was because food

supplies in the form of P. pyricola had become

scarce on pear or, in the form of aphids,

abundant on cottonwood, or both, and that this

caused A. melanocerus to migrate from pear to

cottonwood.

Scanty data obtained on A. antevolens

indicates that it may have similar habits to A.

melanocerus.

It is possible that A. nemoralis could have

had some indirect influence in causing A.

melanocerus to leave pear late in July by

contributing to lowering the population of P.

pyricola to the level that may have induced A.

melanocerus to move to more abundant prey

on other plants.

The existence of willows near pear orchards

evidently contributes to the natural control of

P. pyricolabecause they have large populations

of prey psyllids in the spring on which

populations of A. melanocerus build up and

then move to the pear trees. Whether or not the

willows influence in the same manner the

populations of A. nemoralis on pear is not

known. If they do, the influence probably is

minor because larger populations of A.

nemoralis developed in the spring on pear than

on willows.

Acknowledgements

The authors wish to thank Dr. R. D. Mc-

Mullen, Research Station, Canada Department

of Agriculture, Summerland, for much advice and

assistance during this investigation, which was

financed by an Operating Research Grant to

B. P. Beirne from the National Research Council

of Canada.

References Cited

DeBach, P. 1966. The competitive displacement and coexistence principles. Ann. Rev. Ent. 11:

183-212.

DeBach, P. and R. A. Sundby. 1963. Competitive displacement between ecological homologues.

Hilgardia 34: 105-166.

McMullen, R. D. 1971. Psylla pyricola Forster, pear psylla

(Hemiptera: Psyllidae). In

Biological Control Programmes against Insects and Weeds in Canada 1959-1968. Commonw.

Inst. Biol. Cont. Tech. Comm. 4: 33-38.

McMullen, R. D. and C. Jong. 1967. New records and discussions of the pear psylla, Psylla

pyricola Forster, in British Columbia. J. Ent. Soc. Br. Columb. 64: 35-40.

Turnbull, A. L. and D. A. Chant. 1961. The practice and theory of biological control in Canada.

Can. J. Zool. 39: 677-753.

20 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRiT. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973

OBSERVATIONS ON ARCTIA CAJA AMERICANA HAIR

(LEPIDOPTERA: ARCTITDAE) ON TANSY RAGWORT,

SENECIO JACOBAEA L.

BERNARD J. R. PHILOGENE

Department of Plant Science

University of British Columbia, Vancouver 8, B.C.

ABSTRACT

This is the first record of Arctia caja americana Hair on tansy

ragwort, in British Columbia. The development of the insect on the weed,

its polyphagous habits and its potential as an experimental animal are

reported and discussed.

INTRODUCTION

Tansy ragwort, Senecio jacobaea L., is a

well established noxious week in pastures of the

lower Fraser Valley, and on Vancouver Island,

British Columbia (Wilkinson, 1965). Up to

now only four insects had been observed

feeding on the weed in those areas: an Arctiid

moth, Phragmatobia fuliginosa L.; an aphid,

Aphis lugentis Williams; a leaf-mining fly,

Phytomyza atricornis Meigen; and the in-

troduced cinnabar moth, Hypocrita jacobaeae

L. The plant is known to harbour many more

insect species in other parts of North America,

particularly in the western United States

(Frick, 1964, 1972; Frick and Hawkes,

1970), but no mention was made of the garden

tiger moth, Arctia caja americana Hair., in

these reports. Observations made on this insect

in the course of the spring and summer of 1972

are reported here.

Large woolly-bear caterpillars were

collected on a north-facing field at Clearbrook

in the Fraser Valley during the second week of

June. Twenty-nine of the 36 larvae collected

were actively feeding on tansy ragwort. The

remaining larvae were collected on plantain,

thistle, and equisetum but there was no in-

dication that they were eating these weeds. The

larvae were reared in the lab on tansy ragwort

and reached the pupal stage in eight days. Two

larvae devoured three fully-grown tansy

ragwort leaves every 24 hr. at room tem-

perature. Silken cocoons were spun on the

walls of the cage within which the larvae

moulted to brown chrysalids. Adult emergence

occurred after three weeks. No mating was

observed in the daytime. Oviposition started

after five days. The eggs were laid on the leaf

under-surface and on the main stem of tansy

ragwort potted plants but mostly on_ the

wooden frame of the cage. Some females at-

tempted to lay on the screening. The eggs were

in batches varying from 19 to 287. All the eggs

‘Supported by University of B.C. Research Committee Grant

No. 24-9552.

that were not laid on the wooden frame (60.3%

of the total) failed to hatch. Adults showed

signs of reduced activity after ten days and died

13 to 16 days later. First instar larvae hatched

within eight days, and immediately made their

way to the tansy ragwort if the eggs had not

already been placed on it. Development to the

fifth instar proceeded according to the schedule

given in the text table below:

ARCTIA CAJA AMERICANA HAIR:

Development at room temperature on

tansy ragwort

Embryonic development ......... 7-8 days

Ist instar 644. ee eee 5-6 és

2nd instar...) wees a ee 5-6 a

Sra instar 2.5 «sites eee 5-6 ie

Ath instar +2... .. “See eee 6-9 ay

Cocoon spinning and molting .... 2 a

Pupa .24,.050 {2.0 eee 20-21-34

Adults’ ....«.. 00) Meee 13-16 ”

Life cycle 22... See ae 63-72) 44

The wooly-bear caterpillars then became

sluggish and practically stopped feeding,

entering what appeared to be a state of

hibernation. According to Moreau (1964) who

reared the insect on plantain, Arctia goes

through seven instars and may have one

complete, followed by one partial generation a

year, in France. This does not.seem to be the

case here.

A Dipterous parasite emerged from pupae

of the moth: Carelia reclinata A. & W.

(Tachinidae, Diptera): Nine of the field

collected individuals, i.e., 31 were thus

parasitized, the number of parasites per in-

dividual varying from 1 to 16.

Larvae emerging from eggs in the lab were

also reared on apple, cherry, pear, tomato,

hybrid grape, radish and lettuce leaves. No

development occurred on tomato and grape.

Development appeared to proceed normally on

'Tdentified by D. M. Wood, Entomology Research Institute,

C.D.A., Ottawa.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumMBIA 70 (19738), Aua. 1, 1973 20

lettuce but after three days the larvae died. The

other four types of leaves were acceptable to

the wooly-bear caterpillars, but the moths

which emerged from larvae fed on them were

smaller than those whose larvae had developed

on tansy ragwort. There were variations in

colouration also.

Arctia caja americana is a polyphagous

insect with a wide range of hosts. From this

point of view, it is an ideal tool for plant insect

relationship studies. The adult is also one of

those warningly-coloured insects which store

secondary plant substances (Rothschild,

1972). Our observations show that it is very

easy to rear in the lab on tansy ragwort. The

would seem, on the contrary, that it should be

watched carefully because, in spite of what we

have observed, Moreau (1964) also reports it

to be an active feeder in its early instars on

Vitis vinifera. It does not seem, however, to be

able successfully to complete its cycle on this

economically important plant, at least in

France. The presence of a Dipterous parasite

indicates that it is partly under biological

control in normal conditions. Further studies

are being carried out on the feeding range and

habits of this insect, and particularly on its use

of secondary plant substances.

Acknowledgements

polyphagy of this insect makes it an unlikely

The technicial assistance of Mrs. R. M. lyer

biological control agent for Senecio jacobae. It

is gratefully acknowledged.

References

Frick, K. E. 1964. Some endemic insects that feed upon introduced tansy ragwort in western

United States. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 57: 707-710.

1972. Third list of insects that feed upon tansy ragwort, Senecio jacobaea, in

the western United States. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 65: 629-631.

and R. B. Hawkes. 1970. Additional insects that feed upon tansy ragwort, Senecio

jacobaea, an introduced weedy plant in western United States. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.

63: 1085-90.

Moreau, I. P. 1964. A propos de la biologie d’Arctia caja L. (Lepidopteres - Arctiidae). XIIth

Int. Congr. Entomol. London, 1964. p. 539.

Rothschild, M. 1972. Colour and poisons in insect protection. New Scientist 54: 318-320.

Wilkinson, A. T. S. 1965. Release of Cinnabar moth, Hypocrita jacobaeae (L.), (Lepidoptera:

Arctiidae) on tansy ragwort in British Columbia. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia

62 (1965)L 10-13.

CBE STYLE MANUAL

3rd edition, Ist printing. Now Available

Revised extensively by the Council of Biology Editors’ Committee on Form and Style,

this manual has become the standard authority for the majority of biological

journals. The new edition is almost triple the size of the 2nd edition and contains

several new chapters, including one on how to develop a scientific article and

another on style in special fields.

297 pages... illustrated

$6.00, postage and handling included.

On orders of 10 or more copies, 10% discount.

American Institute of Biological Sciences

3900 Wisconsin Ave., Washington, D.C. 20016

The Council of Biology Editors was established by joint action of the NSF and AIBS.

The organization was formed to foster education and improved communication in

the life sciences by providing an efficient means for exchange of ideas among

editors either neophyte or experienced. Membership is open to individuals who hold

or have held a principal official responsibility for editorial management of

continuing publications in the life sciences.

Annual dues: $10.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973

NOTES ON DISPERSAL, LONGEVITY AND

OVERWINTERING OF ADULT PISSODES STROBI

(PECh) (COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE)

ON VANCOUVER ISLAND

L. H. MCMULLEN AND S. F. CONDRASHOFF'!

ABSTRACT

Observations of dispersal, longevity and overwintering behavior are

recorded. Some adult weevils lived up to 4 years, moved at least 1.2 km, and

many overwintered in the upper parts of trees as well as in litter.

Pissodes strobi was formerly considered

three species: P. strobi (Peck), the white pine

weevil; P. engelmannii Hopk., the Engelmann

spruce weevil; and P. sitchensis Hopk., the

Sitka spruce weevil. The last two have been

placed in synonymy (Smith and Sugden,

1969). However, the common names are

retained here to designate the regional groups.

The Sitka spruce weevil destroys the leader

of regeneration Sitka spruce (Picea sitchensis

(Bong.) Carr.) and is a pest in coastal Oregon,

Washington and British Columbia (Wright,

1960; Silver, 1968). A knowledge of the adult

behavior is important in developing ap-

proaches to control of the insect. This report

presents information on the activity of marked

weevils released in the fall and of weevils caged

in various locations. It adds to the knowledge

of the insect’s dispersal, longevity and over-

wintering behavior.

DISPERSAL

Adult weevils, reared from infested leaders,

were mared in groups of 25 to 50 by spraying

with fluorescent paint:. This treatment did not

appear to inferfere with the insect’s activity

and marked weevils were easily distinguished,

although the red paint was difficult to detect in

later years. In September 1968, approximately

10,000 adults, marked red, and, the following

September, a similar number marked green

were released in the San Juan Valley about 14

km inland from Port Renfrew. The weevils

were dropped among the branches near the top

of 3- to 4-m-tall Sitka spruce trees in a logged-

over area with western hemlock (Tsuga

heterophylla (Raf.) Sar.), Douglas-fir

(Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirb.) Franco) and

Sitka spruce regeneration. During May and

June, 1969 through 1972, adult weevils,

handpicked for other purposes from Sitka

spruce leaders there and in other areas of

'Pacific Forest Research Centre, Victoria, B.C.

“Fluorescent fast dry spray paint 501-H110 (red), British

America Paint Co., Ltd.: Kem Hi-Gloss Safety green spray paint

649-FR26.

regeneration up to 3.6 km were

examined.

Marked weevils were readily seen the

following March to May on the release and

away,

surrounding trees. As the season progressed, —

their proportion decreased to a small per-

centage of those found in late June. During

1969, weevils released in 1968 were recovered

only up to 180 m from the release site.

However, in subsequent years, weevils released

in both 1968 and 1969 were found up to 1.2

km away (Table I).

The white pine weevil can move several

hundred metres (Goodwin et al, 1957), but

most individuals do not move that far (Harman

and Kulman, 1967a; Dirks, 1964). Our

findings indicate that the Sitka spruce weevil

can move readily (at lease 1.2 km from Sep-

tember to May), but observations in a newly

infested plantation suggest that it generally

remains close to its origin. Of 700 spruce trees

in the plantation, 3 were infested in 1967; 21

in 1968, and 65 in 1969. Of the infested trees,

62” in 1968 and 77% in 1969 were within 18

m of the previous year’s infested trees, whereas

only 21 and 45, respectively, of all trees were

within this area.

LONGEVITY

Although no weevils released in 1968 were

found after 1970, four released in 1969 were

found in 1972 (Table I), when they were 3

years old. In addition, fourteen weevils (8

females and 6 males), released in 1968 and

recovered in spring 1970, were maintained

subsequently in 6.3 x 7.1 cm (16 x 18 in)

mesh fibreglass sleeve cages on parts of trees

which appeared suitable for their seasonal

behavior; i.e., on terminals during spring and

early summer, on shaded laterals until October

and near the base of the stem of 2.5-m tall trees

until April or early May. One weevil was still

living in the fall of 1972. Establishment of

brood in the terminals in each of the 3 years

(Table II) shows that surviving adults were

capable of reproduction for at least 4 years.

J. EnTomo.. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aua. 1, 1973

SUOTJIETTOO ou = -

/€

P2e2DST[OO Jou Inq psaArsasqo iz

*AT@ATJOVdSeI *STTAVEM PTIM poyrewWUN puUe peseeTeI-6961T ‘-896T = NN ‘69 ‘89 fi

09 0 0 c9 0 0 oS 0 0 EC c 0 77-€7 APH

= aie ee | 0 =) da Vt = = Or= 8 ABH = ZL6T

66 0 0 CF tC 0 68T 0 0 tC 0 0 oe ed a

= = 7 A | 0 L9Z 2 0 OT t 0 L7-97 AeW

T6 0 0 GIv € 0 a a = 8 0 0 LT-OI AeW TL6T

LST. O 0 = = = a = a 6S T G O€-9T unr

ELT 0 0 ice 1 0 79 7 . €6 cl Cc GT-T ounr

7 aa = 99T 0 0 oy, C C 7 = = TE-9T APH

= + a 99 2 SI es = = 7G9T ,L8I 8 GI-7 ACW OL6T

[ft MC

Nh 69 89 =j.\NN 69 89 NN 69 89 NN 69 89

Sane ge ee SUOTI}IATTOO

OF om | 7°0 0 JO S97e TeOK

(Wy) A9}UeD aseaTeA WorZ aoueISTG

Zequed sseaTel oy} Wory SaodUeISTP

JUSTSFJJIP JE SUOTIIETIOO UL PeTPAODIA ST[TAVIM PaeseeTaAT JO sAaeqUNN “I PTIQPL

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973

Date Adults Number of progeny

Caged Examined nonnens age larvae pupae adults

(years)

1970 April 3 Aug. 5 3 2 4 6 0

April 3 Aug. 5 5 2 30 / 86 8

June 19 Aug. 5 6 2 02: 0 0

1971 May 3 July 2 5 3 13 1 0

June 21 Aue. 8 53/ 3 31 10 0

1972 April 29 July 2 Zz 4 16 4 0

u At least 1 male in each cage except 1972 which is uncertain.

et Adults oviposited and larvae started mining but appeared to be pitched

out.

= Same adults as those caged May 3.

Table 2. Brood produced by Sitka spruce weevils in successive years.

This insect lives at least 2 years on eastern

white pine (Harman and Kulman, 1967b) and

on Sitka spruce (Carlson, 1971). Our tests

suggest that adults may survive up to 4 years.

Such longevity, if common, would reduce the

effectiveness of control measures based on

removal of infested leaders prior to emergence

of the young edults. The failure of such

procedures in the east has been attributed to

reinfestation of an area by weevils moving in

from outside (Dirks, 1964). However, our

experience indicates that even where damage is

localized and such reinfestation of treated areas

might not be expected, old adults could cause

damage for several years.

OVER WINTERING

In late September 1970, approximately

1000 marked weevils were released on each of.

three 2.5-m-tall Sitka spruce trees in the San

Juan Valley, approximately 2.0 (Mainline),

7.2 (Mosquito) and 12.1 (Lens) km,

respectively, east of Port San Juan beach. Six-

inch lengths of spurce branches to which the

adults were clinging were placed next to the

stem on branches of the third to fifth whorl.

The branches and stem of each tree were

carefully examined each month from

November to April and the location of ob-

served weevils were recorded. In addition, a

sample of duff (15 x 61 cm) from the base of

each tree was examined in January and the

remaining duff within 61 cm of the base was

examined in April.

‘Glowz fast drying fluorescent spray paint lemon yellow, New

York Bronze Powder Co., Inc.

Site

Date

Mainline Mosquito Lens |

Nov. 12 207 407 90

Dec. ll 124 152 69

Jan. 19 87 146 54

Feb. 12 66 91 39

Mar. 12 77 83 42

Apr. 26 37 116 19

Table 3. Number of marked weevils released in late September found on release trees during

winter of 1970-71.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBIA 70 (1973), AuG. 1, 1973 25

Mainline Mosquito Lens

¢ O.1 — 5.0

PERCENT CLASSES e@ 5.1 — 10.0

@ 10.1+

Fig. 1. Distribution of weevils on three trees as percent of total weevils on tree, November

to April, 1970-71. Numbers indicate branches in each whorl.

Fewer weevils were found on the trees

(Table III) than were released. In spite of

careful search, some weevils were apparently

missed, since sometimes more were found in

subsequent examinations. The insects were on

the bark among the needles, usually on the

underside of the main laterals, and among

needles or around the base of laterals on the

stem. Most were on the laterals, although the

number per internode was higher on the stem

than on the laterals. The distribution did not

change much during the winter. Data from all

six observations were combined in Figure I.

The Mainline site tree was next to a main

logging road, and the resulting disturbance

may have caused many weevils to move lower

on the tree. At the other two sites, the majority

remained near the stem and in the upper

portion of the tree.

Eighteen live marked weevils were found in

the duff in January (1 at Lens, 9 at Mosquito

and 8 at Mainline) and an additional three

were found in duff at each of the Lens and

Mosquito sites in April.

In the east, the white pine weevil over-

winters within the duff and litter (Belyea and

Sullivan, 1956), but neither Silver (1968) nor

Carlson (1971) found naturally occurring

Sitka spruce weevils overwintering in the duff

or on trees. However, Silver released weevils on

trees and found some in the duff around the

base and on the lower 23 cm (9 in) of the bole;

Carolson found released weevils distributed

throughout the tree. Gara et al. (1971)

reported 100% mortality of adults caged in

duff but good survival in cages on terminals

and laterals. Our data indicate that weevils

overwinter in trees but that some may winter in

the duff.

Gara et al. (1971) assumed that weevils

feed actively during winter whenever tem-

peratures are high enough for insect

movement. The apparent discrepancies

relating to overwintering sites, therefore, may

96 J. ENtoMo.. Soc. Brit. CorumBr1a 70 (1973), Aua. 1, 1973 |

be due to differing winter conditions. Resume

Carolson’s work was done mS moderate con- L’auteur rapporte ses observations sur la pro- |

ditions in southwestern Washington, whereas pagation, la longevite et la facon d’hiverner de |

Silver’s was in the Nitinat Valley about 36 km ces insectes. Quelques Characons adultes vecur- |

from the west coast of Vancouver Island. Our ent jusqu’a 4 ans, se deplacerent sur au moins |

observations were probably in an intermediate 1.2 km et plusieurs hivernerent dans les parties _

wanter climate: superieures des arbres ou sur la litiere. |

References

Belyea, R. M. and C. R. Sullivan. 1956. The white pine weevil: a review of current knowledge.

For. Chron. 32: 58-67.

Carlson, R. L. 1971. Behavior of Sitka-spruce weevil, Pissodes sitchensis Hopkins (Coleoptera:

Curculionidae), in south-western Washington. Ph D Thesis, Univ. of Washington, Coll. of

Forest Resources, 77 pp.

Dirks, C. O. 1964. The white pine weevil in Maine — its biology and dispersal and the effect

of prompt clipping of infested leaders on trunk form. Maine Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull 625, 23 pp.

Gara, R. I., R. L. Carlson and B. F. Hrutfiord. 1971. Influence of some physical and host

factors on the behavior of the Sitka spruce weevil, Pissodes sitchensis, in southwestern

Washington. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 64: 647-471.

Godwin, P. A., H. A. Jaynes, and J. M. Davies. 1957. The dispersion of radioactively tagged

white pine weevils in small plantations. J. Econ. Ent. 50: 264-266.

Harman, D. M. and H. M. Kulman. 1967a. Flight and dispersal of the white pine weevil. J. Econ.

Ent. 60: 1682-1687.

Harman, D. M. and H. M. Kulman. 1967b. Ovariole development in the white pine weevil,

Pissodes strobi (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 60: 1146-1150.

Silver, G. T. 1968. Studies on the Sitka spruce weevil, Pissodes sitchensis in British Columbia.

Can. Ent. 100: 93-110.

Smith, S. G. and B. A. Sugden. 1969. Host trees and breeding sites of native North American

Pissodes bark weevils with a note on synonymy. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 62: 146-148.

Wright, K. H. 1960. Sitka spruce weevil. U.S. Dept. Agr., Forest Service, Forest Pest Leaflet

47, 6 pp.

)

J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CoLtumBriA 70 (1973), Auc. 1, 1973 Zt

ECOLOGICAL NOTES ON ORTHOPTERA (S. STR.)

IN BRITISH COLUMBIA

V. R. VICKERY AND B. NAGY*

ABSTRACT

Collections and observations were made of the grasshoppers of the

semi-arid Okanagan Valley of British Columbia,

during August and

September, 1969. The habitats, frequency and local distribution of 37

species are discussed, based on 40 collecting sites.

HABITATS

During August and September, 1969, the

second author collected and observed Or-

thoptera in British Columbia, near Penticton

and Summerland in the semi-arid Okanagan

Valley near the south end of Okanagan Lake.

Adjacent to the lake, on the hillsides and on the

low plateau of silty loess of glacial origin, are

many apple orchards grown under irrigation

(Fig. 1), and beyond the irrigated areas (350-

500 m) the vegetation is typical of xerophytic

range land.

The different habitats (or biotopes), were

sampled on 40 collection sites mostly by

sweeping-net, but also by capturing single

specimens. Based on these sites, some con-

clusions may be drawn as to the frequency of

occurrence and on habitat distribution (Table

1). The numbers of collection sites in each

habitat were not equal; 21 sites were in

xerophytic, 17 in mesophytic and only 2 in

hygrophytic areas.

This is the first account of the habitats of

the grasshoppers of this area. More detailed

information on each of the sites is on file at the

Research Institute for Plant Protection,

Budapest, Hungary and at the Lyman En-

tomological Museum - and_ Research

Laboratory, McGill University, Macdonald

Campus, Ste. Anne de Bellevue, Quebec,

Canada.

The specimens were identified by the first

author. Some have been retained in the Lyman

Entomological Museum, but about 70% have

been deposited in the collection of the Research

Institute for Plant Protection, Budapest. The

species collected are listed below by sex and the

habitats in which they were found.

The characteristics of the various biotopes

in which the collections were made may be

summarized as follows:

I. Xerophytic areas.

I-A, short-grassland; pasture with variable

Novenyvedelmi Kutato Intezet, Research Institute for Plant

Protection, Budapest II, Herman O. u. 15., Hungary.

*Dr. V.R. Vickery, Lyman Entomological Museum and Re-

search Laboratory, Macdonald Campus of McGill University,

Ste. Anne de Bellevue 800, P.Q., Canada: Dr. Barnabas Nagy,

scattered bushy vegetation on silty loess of

glacial origin; at somewhat greater altitude,

a plateau with more sand and gravel (360 to

500 m). The vegetation consisted of

discontinuous, short grasses, Agropyron

and Bromus species, with bare spots among

low bushes of Oregon grape, Berberis

aquifolium Pursh, antelope brush, Purshia

tridentata (Pursh) D.C. (at Okanagan Falls

only), but with rabbit-brush,

Chrysothamnus nauseosus (Pall.) Britt.,

and sagebrush, Artemisia tridentata Nutt.,

predominating; cactus, Opuntia fragilis

(Nutt.) Haw., and Centaurea spp.

(Compositae) were also significant; mostly

eroded areas with disturbed surfaces and

soil-slides with variable exposures; 3

collection sites.

I-B, disturbed weedy areas on sandy-gravelly

soil at low elevations (360 to 500 m) in the

vicinity of orchards and residential gardens,

supposedly originated secondarily from the

grassland biotope; vegetation sparse, mixed

grasses and weeds, Agropyron, Bromus,

asparagus- Asparagus officinalis L., Kochia,

Gyposophila, sagebrush and Rhus species,

etc.; scattered miscellaneous bushes and

single pines Pinus ponderosa Laws., also

occurred; 3 small collections.

I-C, ponderosa pine park-forest; dry slopes

with short-grass pasture at middle

elevations (500-800 m), in sparse pine

forest; more or less sparse short grass, with

significant numbers of scattered bushes of

squaw currant - Ribes cerum Douglas,

Amelanchier sp., rabbit-brush, sagebrush,

cactus and Centaurea spp. also occurred;

many places were disturbed, overgrazed, or

in roads, etc.; 4 collection sites.

I-D, relatively undisturbed clearings in the

lower montane coniferous forest (800 to

1400 m) joined with some denser ponderosa

pine park-forest (650 to 800 m); clearings

with dry, relatively homogeneous short

grass, with some forbs (e.g., Gaillardia sp.,

Compositae) and some bushes, notably

Amelanchier sp. and snowbrush_ -

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973

Fig. 1. General view of south end of Okanagan Lake from the Summerland area.

Ceanothus sp., probably velutinus

Douglas; denser forest at higher elevation

(more than 800 m) with Douglas firs -

Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirib.) Franco and

occasional patches of Juniperus spp.; in the

smaller clearings, the sparse short-grass was

interspersed with low clumps of snowbrush

and Vaccinium spp.; generally rough

terrain with eroded rocks and scattered

boulders. Habitat type I-D represented an

extensive and important area; 4 collection

sites between 650 and 800 m and 7 between

800 and 1400 m.

II. Mesophytic areas.

II-A, the residential garden area of Sum-

merland, near Powell Beach, along roads

and bare ground at low altitude (360 m);

generally sandy-gravelly soil deposited by

Trout Creek; vegetation consisting of

patches of willow and poplar, with oc-

casional asparagus, Berberis, sweet clover -

Melilotus alba Desr., and sagebrush; 4

collection sites.

II-B, as in II-A, in the residential garden

areas, mainly near Powell Beach (360 m);

vegetation a mosaic of more or _ less

cultivated legumes, ornamental, vegetable

and fodder crops, such as alfalfa (lucerne) -

Medicago sativa L., sweet clover and Lotus

sp. together with grasses; 7 collection sites.

II-C, large disturbed clearings in the pon-

derosa pine park-forest zone (500-800 m)

and in the lower montane coniferous forest

zone (800 to 1300 m); the mainly

mesophytic character of this habitat was

shown by the presence of small groves of

poplar, Symphoricarpos, and moisture-

requiring bushes; besides pine and fir, there

occurred grasses - Hordeum sp., forbs such

as spp. of Potentilla, Melilotus, Mentha,

Verbascum, Centaurea, Erigeron, Achillea

and Solidago. Juniperus spp., Rosa spp.,

Ceanothus and Vaccinium were the most

prominent plants in these habitats at higher

elevations; 3 collection sites (500 to 800 m)

and 3 more at higher elevation (800-1300

m).

III. Hygrophytic areas.

Flat ground with depressions at low

altitude; homogeneous dense grass with

scattered sedges, Carex spp., goldenrod,

Solidago spp., popular and willow trees and

J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. CoLtumsBIA 70 (1973), Auc. 1, 1973 29

bushes on moist soil; 2 restricted collection

sites.

SPECIES AND BIOTOPES

Gryllacridoidea

Rhaphidiphoridae

Ceuthophilus sp., 1é and 12° juv.,

probably agassizi (Scudder), habitat I-C,

Penticton (Niggertoe Mt.), found under a

decayed tree trunk.

Grylloidea

Gryllidae

Gryllus sp., 2 young nymphs, probably G.

veletis (Alexander & Thomas) also in habitat I-

C, Penticton.

Allonemobius fasciatus (DeGeer), 44 46

and 22 2,habitats II-B and III, Summerland.

Usually found only where moisture is available.

It was located by continuous chirping.

Oecanthidae

Oecanthus sp., probably O. argentinus

Saussure (antennae broken off) 1¢ , 12 ,

habitat II-A, Summerland (lake-shore); also

detected in habitat I[I-C by stridulation.

Tettigonioidea

Tettigoniidae

Steiroxys trilineatus (Thomas), 266, 4

2 2, habitats I-C, I-D, Summerland but more

numerous at Penticton (Niggertoe Mt., eastern

and western clopes). Buckell (1922) reported it

as Steiroxys sp. on open range land.

Phaneropteridae

Scudderia furcata furcata Brunner, 46 6,

22 2, habitats [I-A and II], Summerland (near

Powell Beach), on humid _ spots _ only.

Populations of this species tended to be small

and localized here, but specimens were often

seen sitting on the tops of willow bushes,

feeding and chirping.

Conocephalidae

Conocephalus fasciatus (DeGeer), 34 6,

22 9, habitat III, on sedge, Summerland.

Remarks on the occurrence of S. f. furcata

largely apply to this species also.

Tetrigoidea

Tetrigidae

Tetrix subulata (Linnaeus), 746 6, 12, 3

juv., habitat II-C, Summerland (Concle Mt.,

dried up pond), Penticton (‘‘Naramata”’ Mt.,

1300 m). It was localized in mesophytic

depressions in areas otherwise xerophytic.

Tetrix ornata occidua Rehn and Grant, 1¢ ,

habitat II-C, Penticton (““Naramata’”’ Mt.,

1300 m), in company with T. subulata.

Acridoidea

Acrididae

Melanoplinae

Melanoplus sanguinipes sanguinipes

(Fabricius),48¢ 4, 342 Q, in all xerophytic and

mesophytic habitats, Summerland, Penticton,

Naramata, and Okanagan Falls; the most

common and_ widespread. species. of

Melanoplus in British Columhia and across

southern Canada.

Melanoplus femurrubrum femurrubrum

(DeGeer), 256 6, 219 9, in all habitats except

I-C, Summerland and Penticton. Usually

found in vegetation which was somewhat lush,

so that it was less common than M. s.

sanguinipes, although the general distribution

was about the same.

Melanoplus packardi Scudder, 12, found

only in habitat I-B, Summerland, near Trout

Creek, on a sandy slope, with some ponderosa

pine, at 400 m. This species was reported from

British Columbia by Brooks (1958) but not by

Buckell (1922, 1924). Not common, it was

usually confined to sandy or gravelly areas with

xerophytic vegetation.

Melanoplus bivittatus (Say), 176 6, 112 9,

in all habitats examined in mesophytic and

hygrophytic areas, Summerland and Penticton,

at lower and higher altitudes and in more lush

vegetation than other Melanoplus species of

the area. Common in the residential garden

area, often seen climbing and sitting on garden

vegetables and particularly on high forbs, such

as sweet clover, at twilight, basking, as in-

dicated by Riegert (1967).

Melanoplus alpinus Scudder, 24 6, 42 9,

habitats I-D and II-C, Summerland (Concle,

Acland, Niggertoe Mts.) and _ Penticton

(‘‘Naramata” Mt.). Buckell (1922) stated that

this species was fairly common in dry Douglas

fir forests in the Chilcotin area. Brooks (1958)

reported it from montane parklands and

grasslands, similar to the collection sites

recorded here.

Melanoplus huroni Blatchley, 14, 102 &,

habitats I-C, I-D and II-C, Summerland

(Concle, Niggertoe, Acland Mts., Darke

Creek). Primarily a forest species, occurring in

disjunct populations.

Melanoplus infantilis Scudder, 46 6, 22 9,

habitats I-C and I-D, Summerland, although

Buckell (1922) reported it as very common

on range land in the Chilcotin area.

Phoetaliotes nebrascensis (Thomas), 2¢ 4,

habitat I-A, Okanagan Falls, in pasture where

antelope brush predominated.

Buckellacris nuda nuda (E. M. Walker),

30 J. Enromot. Soc. Brit. Cotumpra 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 —

13, 19, habitat II-C, Summerland (Darke

Creek), on the south side of Acland Mountain

in bushy mixed vegetation, mainly snowbrush

and juniper, grown or remaining after

deforestation.

Oedipodinae

Camnula_ pellucida (Scudder), 12¢ 6,

112 9, habitats I-C, I-D, II-B and II-C,

Summerland. It is surprising that this species

was not found in all xerophytic and mesophytic

areas.

Dissosteira carolina (Linnaeus), 96 4,

92 2, habitats I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A and II-B,

Summerland and Penticton. Found only on

bare spots, roads, and trails in disturbed

cultivated places. The sunny roadsides in the

garden areas of Summerland and Penticton

were basking places for adults. It was common

to see specimens killed by automobiles. C.

pellucida and D. carolina are found from the

Atlantic to the Pacific in Canada.

Arphia pseudonietana pseudonietana

(Thomas), 146 6, 82 2, nearly all habitats of

the xerophytic and mesophytic areas at

Summerland and Penticton. Reported as

common in the British Columbia dry belt by

Buckell (1922).

Spharagemon equale (Say), 66 6, 8? @,

habitats I-A, I-C, I-D, and II-B, Summerland

(Niggertoe Mt., Darke Creek).

Cratypedes neglectus (Thomas), 44 4,

92 2, habitats I-C, I-D and II-C, Summerland

(Niggertoe Mt., Concle Mt., Darke Creek).

Although the habits were similar to those of the

preceding species, they were found together at

only one of seven sites.

Circotettix rabula rabula Rehn and

Hebard, 6¢ $6, 29 9, habitats I-D and II-C,

Summerland (Niggertoe Mt., Acland Mt.) and

Penticton (‘“‘Naramata” Mt.), on bare erodec,

cleared areas or outcroppings of rock or gravel,

mostly at higher elevations.

Trimerotropis pallidipennis pallidipennis

(Burmeister), 36 6, 22 9, habitats I-B, I-C

and II-B, Summerland (Concle Mt.) and in a

disturbed weedy place at Penticton. This

species usually occurs in small colonies on

sandy soil in protected places with sparse

vegetation.

Trimerotropis sparsa (Thomas), 4¢ ¢,

399, habitat I-A, Summerland. Not

previously recorded in the literature from

British Columbia. It apparently occurs in-

frequently and is confined to bare areas on

eroded hillsides and silty loess plateaus. At the

same site were found other grasshoppers,

Melanoplus s. sanguinipes, M. ff.

equale, Am-

ornatus and an un-

femurrubrum, Spharagemon

phitornus coloradus

determined Trimerotropis sp. (below). |

Trimerotropis verruculatus suffusa —

Scudder, 31¢ 6, 212 2, habitats I-C, I-D, II-B _

and II-C, Summerland and Penticton, at —

higher places in most xerophytic and

mesophytic biotopes, often in company with —

Circotettix r. rabula.It occurs all over southern |

British Columbia, rather evenly distributed in —

light, open woodlands (Buckell, 1922).

Trimerotropis fontana (Thomas), 316 6, —

302 9, habitats I-A, I-B, I-C, I-D, II-B and II- |

C, Summerland and Penticton; common and ©

widespread. |

Trimerotropis species, 26 6, habitat I-A, ©

Summerland, on silty loess plateau at 420 m. |

This species was recorded by Buckell (1924) as

T. gracilis (Thomas). Brooks (1958) reported

it from British Columbia as T. gracilis sordida

E. M. Walker, but the first author of this paper

found that it was not this subspecies. Further

work will establish the identity of the

specimens from British Columbia. It was

found in company with the species listed under

Tr. sparsa, above.

Pardalophora apiculata (Harris), 4¢ 4,

8@ 2, third instar nymphs, habitats I-D and II-

C, Penticton (‘‘Naramata”’ Mt., 1300 m) with

Chloealtis conspersa, Tetrix and Melanoplus

species; in another habitat it was found with

Melanoplus s. sanguinipes, Arphia p.

pseudonietana, Trimerotropis suffusa and Tr.

fontana. Based on _ Pickford’s statements —

(1953), these specimens may have _ been

overwintering nymphs. They were collected on

September 5 and were kept in a warm place,

about 25-30 C., exposed to sunshine; two did

moult to the adult form in October, but later all

died during a long journey.

Gomphocerinae

Aulocara elliotti (Thomas), 22 2, habitats

I-A, Summerland, dry pasture at 500 m, and

II-C, Naramata, lakeshore with silt, sand and

rocks in sparse vegetation. Brooks (1958)

reported this species as very localized on dry,

grassy hillsides in some areas of Saskatchewan

and Manitoba and common on grasslands in

northwestern Alberta. Buckell (1922) recorded

A. elliotti as plentiful ‘‘on the open Bunch-

grass flats in the Lower Okanagan Valley.”’

Ageneotettix deorum deorum (Scudder),

36 6, 72 9, habitats I-A and I-B, Summerland

and Penticton. Previously recorded from

British Columbia as Ageneotettix occidentalis

Bruner. This was corrected in an unpublished

list by Buckell (1937).

Amphitornus coloradus ornatus McNeill,

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 OL

346, 729, habitats I-A and II-C, Sum-

merland and Penticton. In this instance, the

mesophytic habitat was a small, isolated area

in terrain which was otherwise xerophytic.

Buckell (1922) reported it as A. nanus R. &

H., common in dry areas of southern British

Colum bia.

Chloealtis conspersa Harris, 36 6, 12, one

locality in habitat II-C, Penticton

(‘‘Naramata”’ Mt., at 1300 m), with Chloealtis

abdominalis, Tetrix subulata, T. ornata oc-

cidua, three Melanoplus spp. and oedipodine

nymphs. Buckell (1922) reported C. conspersa

as fairly common and evenly distributed in the

interior of the province.

Chloealtis abdominalis (Thomas), 94 ¢,

62 2, habitats I-C, I-D and II-C, Summerland

and Penticton. Reported by Buckell (1922) to

occur in the same habitats as the preceding

species but more numerous. The present

collections confirm that it is more numerous

but the two species did not often occur

together. C. conspersa was found in the

Okanagan Lake area at only one of the 8 sites

where C. abdominalis was taken. The first

author has found biotopic distribution similar

to that reported here, at Salmon Arm, British

Colum bia.

Orphulella pelidna deserta Scudder, 26 6,

62 2, habitats II-B and II-C, Summerland,

near Powell Beach and Concle Mt., in local

pockets of heavier vegetation in moist soil.

Chorthippus curtipennis curtipennis

(Harris), 56 6, 29 2, habitats I-D and II-C,

Penticton (‘“Naramata’’ Mt., at 1000 m).

Normally found only in mesophytic and

hygrophytic habitats, it was surprising to find

it in ponderosa pine park-wood with sparse

vegetation; the reason might be some spotty

green grass-patches and a nearby mesophytic

habitat.

Notes on Dominance,

Abundance and Distribution

About 60% of the species which occur in

the xerophytic biotopes of southern British

Columbia are represented in the collection. If a

full range of habitats had occurred in the area,

the number of species would undoubtedly have

been greater. Most of the species collected were

found in predictable habits.

Trimerotropis sparsa (Thomas) was

not previously recorded in the literature from

British Columbia and Steiroxys trilineatus

(Thomas) was reported earlier without a

specific name (Buckell, 1922).

Scudder (1862) included a few species of

Orthoptera from western Canada and Caudell

(1904) listed species from a single area of

Alberta. Walker (1906; 1910) added more

species but none of these papers contained

ecological notes of any significance. Buckell

(1921, 1922, 1924) and Treherne and Buckell

(1924a, 1924b) provided brief notes on the

ecology of some of the species of Orthoptera

found in British Columbia. These are the only

ecological records on this group in this area to

date. Handford (1961) reported in greater

detail on one species, Camnula pellucida

(Scudder). In general, the records cited were

from the range areas of the Chilcotin District,

near Riske Creek, and from the Nicola Valley.

Few species were listed from the geographical

area covered here. However, the ecological

notes do not vary significantly.

Unfortunately, the different collecting sites

do not have the same importance in the various

habitats, but an approximate impression is

given by the numbers of specimens of the most

numerous species: Melanoplus s. sanguinipes,

Trimerotropis fontana, Tr. verruculatus

suffusa, M. f. femurrubrumand M. bivittatus,

which were the most numerous in the late

summer of 1969. Arphia p. pseudonietana and

Camnula_ pellucida were also numerous.

Camnula would be expected to be as common

and to occur in an equally wide range of

biotopes, but it was found only in certain

habitats near Summerland. Tr. fontana might

be expected to occur less frequently than

Camnula, but this was not the case.

Melanoplus f. femurrubrum was, as expected,

confined mainly to areas where moisture was

more abundant than is necessary for M. s.

sanguinipes. M. bivittatus is more restricted by

availability of moisture than either of these

species.

Because of the relatively late season, the

abundance of the grasshoppers generally was

estimated to average rather less than one

specimen per sq. m; in only three collecting

sites was the population estimated to be greater

than this. At a collecting site in the xerophythic

habitat I-A (sagebrush and short-grass pasture

at 400 m elevation) the abundance was

estimated as 1-2 specimens per sq. m; the most

abundant species here were Trimerotropis

fontana, Arphia p. pseudonietana and

Melanoplus s. sanguinipes. In a mesophytic

collecting site, the abundance was estimated as

2-3 specimens per sq m, which was the highest

encountered. This was in habitat II-B, an

artificially cleared meadow with a_ weedy

alfalfa-field at 800 m elevation. The species

found were Trimerotropis fontana, Arphia p.

pseudonietana, Melanoplus s. sanguinipes, M.

bivittatus and Camnula pellucida. On a third

collecting site, in the mesophytic habitat II-C,

32 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973

Biotope Altitude** No. Sites No, Species

Xerophytic - I |

A* 1 3 12

B aE 3 8

Cc m 4 15

D m 4 12

D h fe 14

Mesophytic - II

A 1 4 ?

B 1 @ 13

C m 3 11

C h 3 17

Hygrophytic - III 1 Z 5

*Classification within biotopes as outlined in text.

**#Altitudes: l= 360-500; m= 500-800; h= 800-1400n,

Total Species - 37; total specimens - 512.

Table 1. Numbers of species of Orthoptera collected at 40 sites in three habitats, Okanagan Lake

area, British Columbia, August and September, 1969.

a disturbed clearing-pasture with scattered

popular bushes and weeds at 950 m elevation,

the abundance was estimated to be 1-2

specimens per sq m. The grasshopper

population here consisted of Melanoplus s.

sanguinipes, M. f. femurrubrum, M. bivittatus,

Arphia p. pseudonietana, Trimerotropis

fontana and T. verruculatus suffusa.

Table 1 presents summarized data on the

distribution, and thus on the occurrence, of the

species in the different habitats and indicates

the frequency of occurrence, within the dif-

ferent habitats. Habitats I-D and II-C may be

seen to be divided into two groups, middle

(under 800 m) and higher (over 800 m)

altitudes. Since the different habitats are not

represented equally by collecting sites, the

comparative value of species numbers in Table

1 is reduced somewhat.

There were only slight differences in species

numbers between the three altitudinal biotic

zones; 23, 21 and 20 species were found in the

grassland (360 to 500 m), in the ponderosa

pine park-forest zone (500 to 800 m) and, in

the lower montane coniferous forest zone (800

to 1400 m) respectively. These differences in

species numbers were less than 10” . However

the vertical distance investigated was only a

little more than 1000 m. In the Rocky

Mountains of North Colorado (Alexander and

Hilliard, 1969), the reduction in_ species

number in similar habitats and for the same

vertical distance was greater than 50%” . The

area in question is only about 1100 km to the

south of Summerland, but it is much higher.

Consequently, the degree of altitudinal dif-

ference is hardly comparable.

The middle ponderosa pine _ park-forest

region contained a mixed group of species of

Orthoptera_ consisting of some common

elements in both the lower region: Dissosteira,

Spharagemon, Trimerotropis p. pallidpennis,

Amphitornus and Orphulella; and also in the

upper regions: Steiroxys, Tetrix subulata,

Melanoplus huroni, M. alpinus, M. infantilis,

Circotettix r. rabula and Chloealtis ab-

dominalis; but few of these species are con-

fined to the region. Therefore, based solely on

this one summer’s investigation in the area, the

ponderosa pine park-forest zone may be

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBiaA 70 (1973), Aua. 1, 19738 5)

considered as an intermediate ecotone between

the short-grassland and the lower montane

coniferous forest zone. Table 1 shows the

general pattern of this distribution.

Several species were found to be confined to

a particular biotope or to closely related

habitats. Among these, habitat I-D, clearings

with dry grasses, scattered bushes, mixed pine

and fir forest with occasional patches of

juniper, was preferred by 16° species;

Melanoplus infantilis and Steiroxys trilineatus

were collected almost entirely in this habitat.

Habitat II-C proved the richest with 21

species; this habitat is related to type I-D, but

is generally characterized by more humidity

and disturbance and therefore more ecological

factors than habitat I-D. Tetrix subulata, T.

ornata occidua, Buckellacris n. nuda,

Chloealtis conspersa and oedipodine nymphs

(Pardalophora apiculata) were found in

habitat II-C only. Melanoplus huroni, M.

alpinus, Circotettix r. rabula were restricted to

these two habitats, and Trimerotropis

verruculatus suffusa and Chloealtis ab-

dominalis were most often found here.

Acknowledgments

The authors acknowledge the assistance of

Mrs. D. Swales (Dr. Newton) in_ botanical

nomenclature. The second author is indebted to

R. H. Handford and to D. K. McE. Kevan for

their valuable suggestions; also to M. D. Pro-

verbs and J. Young for their kind help in reach-

ing some of the collecting sites.

References

Alexander, G. & Hilliard, J. R. jr. 1939. Altitudinal and seasonal distribution of Orthoptera in

the Rocky Mountains of Northern Colorado. Ecol. Mongr. 39: 385-431.

Brooks, A. R. 1958. Acridoidea of Southern Alberta, Saskatchewan and Manitoba (Orthoptera).

Can. Ent., Suppl. 9: 1-92.

Buckell, E. R. 1921. Notes on the ecological distribution of some Orthoptera from the Chilcotin

district of British Columbia. Proc. Ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia, Syst. ser. 18: 32-38.

Buckell, E. r. 1922. A list of the Orthoptera and Dermaptera recorded from British Columbia

prior to the year 1922, with annotations. Proc. Ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia, Syst. ser.

20: 9-41.

Buckell, E. R. 1924. Additions and corrections to the list of British Columbian Orthoptera.

Proc. Ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia, Syst. ser. 21: 7-12.

Buckell, E. R. 1937. (Unpublished list.)

Caudell, A. N. 1904. Some Orthoptera taken at Moose Jaw, Assiniboia. Can. Ent. 36: 248.

Handford, R. H. 1961. Development patterns of the Clear-Winged Grasshopper at different altitudes

and in different years on a sheep range in British Columbia. Can. Ent. 93: 665-670.

Pickford, R. 1953. A two-year life-cycle in grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae) overwintering

as eggs and nymphs. Can. Ent. 85: 9-14.

Riegert, P. W. 1967. Some observations on the biology and behaviour of Camnula pellucida

(Orthoptera: Acrididae). Can. Ent. 99: 952-971.

Treherne, R. C. & Buckell, E. R. 1924a. Grasshoppers of British Columbia. Can. Dept. Agr.

Bull. N.s. 39: 1-47.

Treherne, R. C. & Buckell, E. R. 1924b. The grasshoppers of British Columbia with particular

reference to the influence of unjurious species on the range lands of the province. Can.

Dept. Agr. Branch Circ. 25.

Scudder, S. H. 1862. List of Orthoptera collected on a trip from Assiniboia to Cumberland.

Can. Nat. Geol. 7: 283-288.

Walker, E. M. 1906. Records of Orthoptera from the Canadian Northwest. Can. Ent. 38: 55-59.

Walker, E. M. 1910. The Orthoptera of Western Canada. Can. Ent. 42: 269-276; 293-300; 333-

340; 351-356.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBia 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973

EMERGENCE AND ORIENTATION BEHAVIOR

OF BROOD TRYPODENDRON LINEATUM

(COLEOPTERA: SCOLYTIDAE)'

J. H. BORDEN AND C. E. FOCKLER:?

Pestology Centre, Department of Biological Sciences,

Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, British Columbia

ABSTRACT

Emergence of Trypodendron lineatum from caged naturally infest-

ed host logs occurred from June 2 to August 27, 1969. Approximately 30% of

the parent beetles emerged before June 30, when the first major brood

emergence took place. The sporadic brood emergence was apparently influ-

enced by maturation, and markedly by environmental temperature. A daily

emergence. A total of 6,539 beetles emerged, with a @: @ sex ratio of .997.

Emergent brood beetles were hygronegative and strongly photopositive,

indicating that behavioral reversals in both humidity and photic responses

must occur since the beetles select and occupy moist, dark overwintering sites.

INTRODUCTION

Brood Trypodendron lineatum emerge

from their host in mid to late summer and fly to

overwinter in the litter and duff of the forest

floor, in rotting stumps or under the bark scales

of standing trees (Kinghorn and Chapman

1959, Chapman 1960). Very little is known

about the behavior of these beetles prior to

their entring an overwintering site where they

remain in a reproductive diapause (Fockler

and Borden 1972) for the winter months.

However, emergent beetles in the summer

appear to be photo-positive (Dyer and

Kinghorn 1961), even though they eventually

orient to sites where light intensity is minimal.

A knowledge of the behaviour of brood beetles

may lead to their eventual manipulation and

control.

This paper describes the emergence behavior

and orientation to humidity and light of brood

T. lineatum from coastal British Columbia.

EMERGENCE FROM HOST LOGS

Thirteen logs, .5 to .8 m long and 18 to 24

cm in diamter, were removed from naturally-

infested Douglas fir slash near Brackendale,

B.C. First attack was noted on May 1, 1969

and the heavily infested logs collected on May

23. They were transported to Simon Fraser

University and placed in screened cages

(approx. | m ) in an outdoor enclosure with a

translucent roof. Temperature and humidity

were monitored with a portable hygrother-

mograph placed in one of the cages. Each day,

insects emerging from the logs were collected

intermittently until 9:00 p.m. Beetles were

sexed on collection.

The enclosure of field-collected logs per-

‘Supported by the National Research Council. Canada.

Nee Slater

mitted a more precise observation of emergence

(Fig. 1) than through interpretation of the

numbers of beetles trapped in flight (Chapman

and Dyer 1960; Rudinsky and Daterman

1964). A total of 6,539 beetles emerged (4:9

sex ratio .997), commencing on June 2.

Observations ceased on August 27 following 2

weeks of consistently low emergence. Log

dissections on June 4 to 12 disclosed that no

brood had yet pupated indicating that the first

emergence consisted entirely of parent adults.

Since approximately 10 days are required for

pupation (Prebble and Graham 1957), the

June 30 emergence peak probably represents

the first major brood emergence. Of the 1076

beetles collected before June 30, 199 were

prematurely emerging callow adults. The

remaining 877 beetles were presumably

parents representing approximately 30‘ of the

attacking population (there were 1531 attacks

counted on the debarked logs following

emergence). The June 30 emergence occurred

48 days after the initial attack, a period 21

days shorter than under field conditions in

Europe (Hadorn 1933). At this time many

galleries still contained eggs and early instar

larvae. The peak emergence in the first 3 weeks

of July was as much as one month earlier than

noted for beetles in the field (Chapman and

Dyer 1960; Rudinsky and Daterman 1964)

but maturation was probably influenced by

high cage temperatures.

Mortality was severe, possibly due to a

fungus found growing profusely in many

tunnels. Only 4.3 beetles emerged per gallery,

far less than the minimum expected number of

10 emergent brood beetles (Hadhorn 1933).

Thus, a conservative estimate of brood mor-

tality would be at least 50’. A_ similar

mortality rate of parent beetles weuld leave

J. Extomot. Soc. Brit. CotumBra 70 (1973), Auc. 1, 1973 35

450

MALES

oy FEMALES

350

300

250 |-

200 |-

150

NUMBER OF EMERGED BEETLES

30 BENS

fe)

4 8 12 16

JUNE

TEMPERATURE (°C)

24 2830 4 8

“Wwe

12 16 20 24

OPE

28S lie. 4s eon eee

AUGUST

Fig. 1. Daily maximum temperature and emergence of T. lineatum parents and brood adults

from naturally infested, caged logs. Arrows denote period of callow adult emergence.

approximately 36% of the original parents

unaccounted for. Therefore, we assume that at

least 80% of the 5,463 beetles which emerged

after June 30 were brood beetles. Some of the

higher female emergence after June 24 (Fig. 1)

undoubtedly represents parent females.

The sporadic emergence during July ap-

peared to reflect brood maturation trends and

the occurrence of sufficiently high tem-

peratures to stimulate emergence. Minimum

temperatures were often similar. However,

most emergence peaks coincided with high

maximum temperatures (Fig. 1). From June

29 to July 25, emergence was analyzed in two

groups: days when less than 100 _ beetles

emerged, and days when more than 100 beetles

emerged. For the former, the daily mean

maximum temperature and emergence,

respectively, were 24.1°C (range = 14.4 to

31.1° C) and 44.6 beetles, while for the latter,

they were 31.3 C (range = 23.3 to 37.8° C)

and 332 beetles. On 7 occasions, fewer than

100 beetles emerged on days when maximum

temperature was higher than 24° C. However,

on only one day did more than 100 beetles

emerge when the maximum temperature did

not reach 24°C. Therefore, we conclude that

24°C (75 F) is the critical ambient tem-

perature to induce a mass_ emergence.

Following cool periods a lack of mature beetles

apparently delayed peak emergence. For

example, only 50 beetles emerged on July 6

when the maximum temperature reached

26.7 C, but 350 beetles emerged on July 7

with a maximum temperature of 25.6° C.

ORIENTATION OF BROOD BEETLES

TO HUMIDITY AND LIGHT

After June 30, beetles were collected for

experimentation within 2 hours of emergence

and held at approximately 4°C and 100”

Relative Humidity (R.H.). The only flight

possible was in the small emergence cage prior

to collection.

Humidity preference at 20°C was

examined in a 2-choice apparatus consisting of

a cylindrical plastic vessel 10 cm in diameter

and 11 cm deep, with a plastic lid. A screen

mesh arena separated the upper and lower

halves of the apparatus. A partition in the

lower half extended to the screen mes, creating

2 chambers in which humidity was controlled

by CaCl crystals (0" ), concentrated aqueous

solutions of MgCl (34% ) and NaCl (77% ),

and water (100% ) (Janisch 1938). The upper

half of the chamber was also divided by a

partition in line with the lower but leaving an 8

mm space above the screen on which walking

beetles could freely choose a desired at-

mosphere.

Prior to each test, the apparatus was

allowed to equilibrate with 2 experimental

solutions for 14 hour, and the beetles were

conditioned to room temperature for 15

minutes. Two replicates of 20 beetles were run

for each sex in light and dark conditions for 3

humidity alternatives: 0-34% , 0-77% and 0-

100% . Controls were run in light conditions at

77-77% R.H. The apparatus was placed in the

centre of a square, unmarked box and rotated

180 halfway through each experiment. The

position of test beetles was noted at one-minute

intervals for 30 minutes, and the mean

response calculated. Counting beetles in dark

tests necessitated brief exposure to a very dim

light held directly above the chamber.

At alternatives of 0-77" and 0-100“ for

both sexes under both light and dark con-

ditions, and at 0-34‘ for males in the dark, the

drier atmosphere was clearly preferred (Table

1). All the above preferences were significantly

different from the controls (t-test, P<.01). The

reduced ability to discriminate between 0 and

34% R.H. suggests that humidity

discrimination at this stage of the beetle’s life

need only differentiate between conditions of

high and low moisture, the circumstances most

likely to occur during emergence from host

logs.

The photic orientation of emerging beetles —

was examined on July 16 at the University of ©

British Columbia Research Forest, Maple —

Ridge, B.C. Twelve logs infested in early May |

were piled in the centre of a 2.1 m_ cage

covered with white cloth which allowed diffuse, —

but relatively natural lighting. Light intensity

readings were recorded every 30 minutes from

11:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. at 8 positions around

the cage periphery and the number of emergent _

beetles in each position on the cage walls was

recorded.

A prounounced photopositive orientation of |

emerging beetles was evident (Table 2). The

apparent aversion to the highest light intensity

from 4:00 to 8:00 p.m. (Table 2) apparently

is an artifact caused by the reluctance of beetles

in a corner position of the cage to move as the

sun shifted in position. In a laboratory choice

chamber, a few tests also revealed a strong

response to light at both 100% and 0% R.H.

However, no heat controls for the light source

were included. The photopositive nature of

emergent brood beetles suggests that they may

respond to visible or ultraviolet radiation and

may be susceptible to manipulation with such

stimuli at this stage of their life.

Relative

HumMLaLty Females Males

Alternatives Light Dark Light Dark

Controls

T= 77. 502 48.0 -

Experimentals

0-34 48.8 45.9 50.4 588

0-77 00.5 Sera 62°. 9 750

0-200 64.5 Gok So Al 676i

Table 1. Percent of emerged brood adult Trypodendron lineatum choosing the dry alternative

when given a choice of 2 relative humidities under light and dark conditions. Mean of 2 replicates

of 20 beetles for each test.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 ie

J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. CotumsBtia 70 (1973), Aua. 1, 1973 37

Time Mean No. beetles on walls of cage at

of Temperature positions ranked by decreasing light

Observation in Cage (C°). intensity for each time period.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

12-1 17 <4 5 - - - - - - ~

1-2 13.3 Ge eZ a - - = - -

2-3 Iya 733 Ngo’ 2 - - - - -

3-4 20.4 38) .3 2 - - - - -

4-5 Taare? 4 37 12 l1- - - -

5-6 28.9 6.25 -20 se ae - -

6-7 28.9 718 16 - - = - -

7-8 24.3 10 26 9 - - - - -

8-9 19.4 8S «5 J16 - - = = a

Table 2. Orientation of emerged brood adult Trypodendron lineatum to light in a field cage.

The humidity and photic responses of

brood T. lineatum were very different from

those of parent beetles excised from host logs

(Pulliainen 1965). Reproducing parents were

strongly photonegative at high humidity levels,

and were very hygropositive, being able to

discriminate between 100 and 97% R.H. The

difference in orientation can be explained

through an examination of the biology of the 2

stages. Reproducing parents remain in dark

galleries and rely heavily on moist conditions

for both direct survival and fungus cultivation.

However, brood beetles emerge into an en-

vironment which must be dry and well lighted

to enable them to fly to an overwintering

location and perceive a dark and moist site in

which to overwinter.

It is evident that reversals in both photic

and humidity response occur in brood beetles.

To locate and remain in the overwintering site,

they must become photonegative and

hygropositive. The shift in photic to

chemotactic response in spring beetles occurs

after a prerequisite period of flight (Graham

1959, 1960; Bennett and Borden 1971) and

as in Dendroctonus pseudotsugae, may also be

associated with lipid content (Atkins 1966a, b,

1969) and selective lipid oxidation (Thomposn

and Bennett 1971). Such physiological activity

could provide an effective, internal feedback

mechanism which would allow a_ behavioral

reversal only after an insect had achieved a

desired physiological condition. The known or

postulated mechanisms controlling behavioral

reversals in spring beetles may lead to effective

means of investigating the reversals of photic

and humidity response in brood Trypodendron

lineatum.

References

Atkins, M. D. 1966a. Laboratory studies on the behavior of the Douglas-fir beetle, Dendroctonus

pseudotsugae Hopkins. Can. Ent. 98: 953-991.

Atkins, M. D. 1966b. Studies on the fat content of the Douglas-fir beetle. Bi-monthly Research

Notes, Can. Dept. Forestry 22(4): 3.

Atkins, M. D. 1969. Lipid loss with flight in the Douglas-fir beetle. Can. Ent. 101: 164-165.

Bennett, R. B. and J. H. Borden. 1971. Flight arrestment of tethered Dendroctonus pseudotsugae

and Trypodendron lineatum (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) in response to olfactory stimuli.

Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 64: 1273-1286.

Chapman, J. A. 1960. The distribution of overwintering Trypodendron (Coleoptera, Scolytidae)

38 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBia 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973

around a single tree in relation to forest litter variability. Proc. Ent. Soc. B.C. 57: 3-6.

Chapman, J. A. and E. D. A. Dyer. 1960. Seasonal flight activity of the ambrosia beetle,

Trypodendron lineatum, (Oliv.), for 1959, near Parksville, B.C. Proc. Ent. Soc. B.C.

57: 30-33.

Dyer, E. D. A. and J. M. Kinghorn. 1961. Factors influencing the distribution of overwintering ©

ambrosia beetles, Trypodendron lineatum (Oliv.). Can. Ent. 93: 746-759.

Fockler, C. E. and J. H. Borden. 1972. Sexual behavior and seasonal mating activity of Trypo-

dendron lineatum (Coleoptera: Scolytidae). Can Ent.

Graham, K. 1959. Release by flight exercise of a chemotropic response from photopositive domina-

tion in a scolytid beetle. Nature, Lond. 184: 283-284.

Graham, K. 1960. Photic behavior in the ecology of the ambrosia beetle Trypodendron lineatum.

Proc. 11th Int. Congr. Ent. (Vienna). Vol 2 p. 226.

Hadorn, C. 1933. Recherches sur la morphologie, les stades evolutifs et hivernage du bostrych

lisere (Xyloterus lineatus Oliv.) Beiheft zu den Zeit Schweizerischen Forstvereins 11,

120 pp.

Janisch, EK. 1938. Uber die Methoden zur Konstanthaltung von Temperatur und Luftfeuchtigkeit

im biologischen Laboratoriumsversuch. Handbuch der biol. Arbeitsmethoden (Abderhalden),

Abt. V. Teil 10, 1. Vergl. Physiol. 3: 87-112.

Kinghorn, J. M. and Chapman, J. A. 1959. The overwintering of the ambrosia beetle Trypo-

dendron lineatum (Oliv.) For. Sci. 5: 81-92.

Prebble, M. L. and K. Graham. 1957. Studies of attack by ambrosia beetles in softwood logs on

Vancouver Island, British Columbia. For. Sci. 3: 90-112.

Pulliainen, E. 1965. Studies on the light and humidity reactions of Trypodendron lineatum

(Oliv.) (Col., Scolytidae). Ann. Ent. Fenn. 31: 197-208.

Rudinsky, J. A. and G. E. Daterman. 1964. Field studies on flight patterns and olfactory responses

of ambrosia beetles in Douglas-fir forests of western Oregon. Can. Ent. 93: 1339-1352.

Thompson, S. N. and R. B. Bennett. 1971. Oxidation of fat during flight of male Douglas-fir

beetles, Dendroctonus pseudotsugae. J. Ins. Physiol. 17: 1555-1563.

Dempsey, M. W. Ed-in-Chief

THE WORLD OF INSECTS

Reference Library Books

Curtis Circulation Co.

Philadelphia. 1971

60c

From time to time this society has debated

proposals to publish an elementary handbook

on insects of the province for use in schools.

Committees have even been struck to begin

writing, but no manuscript has been forth-

coming. Probably the members discovered

that it is extraordinarily difficult to produce a

regional guide to insects for young readers who

are making a standing start. Some _ basic

knowledge has to be assumed or provided. The

two levels of information are not easy to

combine into a small book and always there is

the problem of illustration.

Now appears another’ rock-bottom

elementary booklet, not slanted to this area

admittedly, but at 60c priced below anything

this society could hope for, well and_ in-

terestingly written without gee-whiz

superlatives, brilliantly illustrated in color to

the Queen’s taste, and factual enough for Chas.

Darwin himself. It is one of a series of 12

(Birds, Fishes, The Earth, etc.). The cover

blurb reads: “... Over 80 full-colored pic-

tures. In dictionary form for quick, easy

reference. All fundamentals and essential facts

for a basic grasp of subject. An implement for

educational advancement.” All true.

The problem in writing such as this is one

of choice: what to use from the mountains of

available information, so that the beginner is

not bored and turned off. Here the statements

are so attractively illustrated as to lessen the

importance of the examples chosen. Moreover,

despite a faint British flavor, the examples are

mostly so general that we have in this province

similar forms or relatives close enough to

recognize.

All the land arthropods are touched on,

including three pages on spiders. There is a

two-page index, an excellent family tree of 15

Orders of insects from Collembola up, and a

table of 24 Orders organized by metamor-

phosis, with round numbers of species in each.

One page is devoted to collecting methods.

The question remains: should we still try to

produce a handbook for B.C. schools or rely on

such books as this? The problem resolves itself

into three parts: What information to present?

How to illustrate it? Who should pay?

H.R. MacCarthy

J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumMpBia 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 39

EARLY BIOLOGICAL CONTROL ATTEMPTS IN CANADA

B. P. BEIRNE! AND J. S. KELLEHER?

ABSTRACT

Seven attempts at biological control by introduction were made

against six species of insects in Canada in 1882 to 1907. None apparently

was successful.

Biological control attempts in Canada since

1910 were reviewed by McLeod, McGugan,

and Coppel (1962) and in C.I.B.C. Technical

Communication No. 4 (1971) and were

evaluated by Turnbull and Chant (1961) and

Munroe (1971). Earlier attempts were,

however, omitted. They are reviewed here

because most of the target species were not

subjects of attempts after 1910.

Nematus ribesii (Scop.), the imported

currantworm, was the subject of the first

recorded biological control attempt by in-

troduction in Canada. In 1882 Saunders

imported into Ontario from New York eggs of

N. ribesiithat contained what is now known as

Trichogramma minutum Ril. (Hym.: Chal.)

and placed them near newly-laid eggs in the

field, presumably near London, Ontario

(Saunders, 1882). The consequences were not

recorded, but it is highly unlikely that T.

minutum was not already widespread in

Ontario.

Another attempt against N. ribesii was

made in 1892. Eggs parasitized by a

Trichogramma sp. from Arnprior, Ontario,

were distributed by Fletcher in gardens in the

vicinity of Ottawa where, however, he soon

found that the parasite ‘“‘was already present in

strong force” (Fletcher, 1893). Thus the at-

tempt was redundant.

Phytophaga destructor (Say), the Hessian

fly, was the subject of the first apparent at-

tempt with an agent imported from overseas.

In 1891 Hessian fly pupae _ containing

Pediobius epigonus (Walk.) (Hym.: Chal.)

were imported into the United States by Riley

who sent some to Forbes in New York State,

and Forbes in turn sent some to Fletcher at

Ottawa (Forbes, 1891; Riley, 1892). It is not

clear from the literature (Riley, 1893;

Howard, 1895) whether or not Fletcher ac-

tually liberated those parasites. If he did, there

is no indication that the species became

established in Canada as a result. A record of

this parasite from Prince Edward Island in

'Pestology Centre, Department of Biological Sciences, Simon

Fraser University, Burnaby 2, B.C.

‘Scientific Information Section, Canada Department of Agri-

culture, Ottawa, Ont.

1898 (Fletcher, 1900) is questionable (Peck,

1963), and anyway if correct could not

reasonably have originated from a liberation in

Ontario two years previously. This biological

control attempt thus can be safely classed as a

failure.

In 1896 Fletcher (1897) imported from

California apricot scales, Lecanium ar-

meniacum Craw., containing Encyrtus fuscus

How. (Hym.: Chal.). Some of the parasites

were liberated in Ottawa in an elm tree that

had an infestation of a Lecanium sp. This

biological control attempt was redundant as

the parasite was known to occur already in the

Ottawa district: in Hull, Quebec, in 1887, as

Chiloneurus maculatipennis Prov. (according

to Peck, 1963).

The remainder of the Encyrtus fuscus

material was sent to Grimsby, Ontario, to be

liberated against what is now known as

Lecanium tiliae L., the European fruit

lecanium (Fletcher, 1897). It is not clear

whether or not it was actually liberated. If it

was, the liberation probably was redundant

because of the likelihood that the parasite was

already in Ontario (see above). Records for it

from a species of Lecanium in Ontario in 1901

(Fletcher, 1902) and from L. tiliae (as L. corni

Bouche) in Ontario in 1910 (Jarvis, 1911) are

most unlikely to have arisen from the possible

liberation of 1896.

In or before 1907 Fletcher (1907) in-

troduced specimens of Lepidosaphes ulmi(L.),

the oystershell scale, that contained a fungus

from Nova Scotia into a locality in western

Ontario where L. ulmi and Quadraspidiotus

perniciosus (Comstock), the San Jose scale,

were common, but neither became infected

there.

None of the seven attempts against the six

species could be evaluated as even possibly

successful and most of them probably were

redundant in that the introduced agents

probably were already inhabitants of the

regions where they were liberated. Two of the

six target species, L. tiliae and L. ulmi, were

subjects of subsequent attempts, after 1910,

but with different agents from those mentioned

above.

40 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aug. 1, 1973

References

C.I.B.C. 1971. Biological control programmes against insects and weeds in Canada 1959-1968.

1971. Tech. Comm. Commonw. Inst. Biol. Control 4.

Fletcher, J. 1893. On an egg-parasite of the currant saw-fly. Ann. Rep. Can. Dept. Agric. Expt.

Farms 1892: 158-9.

Fletcher, J. 1897. Report of the Entomologist and Botanist. Ann. Rep. Can. Dept. Agric. Expt.

Farms 1896: 225.

Fletcher, J. 1900. The Hessian Fly. Ann. Rep. Can. Dept. Agric. Expt. Farms 1899: 168-170.

Fletcher, J. 1902. The Blackberry Soft-Scale (Lecanium fitchii, Sign.) Ann. Rep. Can. Dept.

Agric. Expt. Farms 1901: 241.

Fletcher, 1907. In March 6, 1907, Rep. Select Standing Committee on Agriculture and Coloniza-

tion, Canada Parliament: page 127.

Forbes, S. A. 1891. The importation of a Hessian fly parasite from Europe. Insect Life 4: 179-181.

Howard, L. O. 1895. Insect Life 7: 356.

Jarvis, T. D. 1911. The Coccidae of Canada. Ann. Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont. 1910: 75.

McLeod, J. H., B. M. McGugan, and H. C. Coppel. 1962. A review of biological control attempts

against insects and weeds in Canada. Commonw. Inst. Biol. Cont. Tech. Comm. 4: 216 pp.

Munroe, E. G. 1971. Status and potential of biological control in Canada, pp 213-255. In Biologi-.

cal control programmes against insects and weeds in Canada 1959-1968. Tech. Comm. Com-

monw. Inst. Biol. Control 4.

Peck. O. 1963. A Catalogue of the Nearctic Chalcidoidea (Insecta: Hymenoptera). Canad. Ent.

Suppl. 30, 1092 pp.

Riley, C. V. 1892. Report of the Entomologist for 1891. In Rep. Secretary of Agriculture for

1891, U.S. Dept. Agric. 235-6.

Riley, C. V. 1893. Parasitic and predaceous insects in applied entomology. Insect Life 6: 130-133.

Saunders, W. 1882. Address of the President. Canad. Ent. 14: 142-150.

Turnbull, A. L. and D. A. Chant. 1961. The practice and theory of biological control of insects

in Canada. Canad. J. Zool. 39: 697-793.

Lester A. Swann &

Chas A. Papp

1972

THE COMMON INSECTS OF

NORTH AMERICA

Harper & Row, Publishers

Inc. Pp xiii & 750

This is a very courageous undertaking, and

on the whole a successful one. The purpose is

nothing less than to provide ‘‘an easy way to

identify the more common insects of North

America north of Mexico’’. It is the next logical

step beyond Essig’s Insects of Western North

America, and is perhaps more usable by

laymen. The concept is that of a simple, swift

introduction to insects as animals, their

characteristics, biology and value; a_ short

pictured key to Orders; then the descriptions of

Ametabola (6 spp.), Paurometabola (169

spp.), and Holometabola (996 spp.); a list of

families represented; a 14-page glossary; a

general bibliography, up-to-date and_ well

chosen; and a_ technical taxonomic

bibliography, by and for specialists. Canadians

and C.D.A_ workers are very well represented,

especially in the latter. There are two indexes:

subjects and common names (14 pp.); and

scientific names (24 pp.).

The line drawings are always across the top

of the page, a useful idea for quick reference.

An adult of every one of the 1171 spp. is

illustrated. Often there is more than one

drawing per species, showing an egg, a larva

or a pupa, venation, habitus, etc. On average

each insect is shown from one to two inches

long, with a size scale given, unfortunately, I

think, in inches taken to two places of decimals

for minute forms. Few available rulers show

inches in tenths, much less in hundredths.

Surely millimeters would have been a more

useful scale, and certainly one with a better

future? However, it should not be a great task

to convert the figures for some future edition.

The description is generally opposite or below

the drawing on the same page. Ranges are

given with utmost economy in the text.

A bonus is a centre section of 8 pages in

color, showing such lepidopterous goodies as

swallowtails, a cecropia, a monarch and a

viceroy, admirals, fritillaries, polyphemus,

imperial and cynthia moths, and a_ small,

colorful selection of bees, wasps, beetles and

three flies.

The authors are Californians, and the

foreword is by Dr. Evert I. Schlinger, of the

University of California at Berkeley.

H. R. MacCarthy

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Auc. 1, 1973 41

THREE SPECIES OF COLEOPTERA NEW TO

BRITISH COLUMBIA

W. LAZORKO

At Osoyoos on July 1, 1972 I found the first

authentic British Columbia specimens of the

hollyhock weevil, Apion longirostrie O1.

(Apelmonini Curculionidae). This well-

known palearctic species, native to southern

and southeastern Europe, Asia Minor and

Persia (Iran), was first found in North

America in 1914. According to Hatch (1971) it

is now widespread over the United States. It

reached the Pacific Northwest in 1966 and is

known from eastern Washington and western

Oregon.

I noted a number of hollyhocks, Althea

rosea Chevr., in a garden with the leaves badly

damaged by small round holes. Close in-

spection revealed a colony of the hollyhock

weevils, many in copula, crawling on the

leaves, stems and flower buds. The females,

which were easily recognizable by the ex-

tremely long rostrum, which is longer than the

rest of the body, were burrowing into the buds,

and both sexes were feeding on the leaves.

Hundreds of weevils, in perfect condition, were

seen in this garden and on other hollyhocks

close by. A search elsewhere in Osoyoos

produced no further specimens.

It is impossible to say if this occurrence

indicates a recent immigration or if the species

was present earlier, but overlooked. I saw none

in this area in 1966 or 1967. Since I have

numerous specimens from the Ukraine and

Persia in my collection, I took only 24

specimens, hoping that this Apion would

become established here. One pair has been

deposited in the University of British Columbia

collection, and one pair in Mr. J. Grant’s

collection at Vernon.

The species of the genus Phyllotreta

(Halticini: Chrysomelidae) are _ insufficently

known. Many are inconspicuous, small and

dull-looking and do not attract the attention of

entomologists. Being particularly interested in

the holarctic aspect of the genus, I was pleased

to find two species new to British Columbia. P.

utana Chitt, is a large vittate American species,

recorded by Chittenden (1927) from Utah,

Nevada, Oregon and Montana and by Hatch

from western Montana and Oregon. One

female was taken by Mr. G. H. Larnder at

Errington, on Vancouver Island, August 9,

1931 and determined by Professor L. G.

Gentner (in coll. mea). I collected three

females at Essondale, on March 31, 1969;

April 8, 1969; and June 16, 1971. All were

creeping on the east-facing wall of a building.

According to Chittenden the host plant is most

likely hedge mustard, Sisymbrium sp. The

repeated though sporadic occurrence of this

species and its occurrence in two widely

separated localities indicates that it is probably

a native insect; its apparent rarity in British

Columbia may perhaps be due to its being near

the northernmost extremity of its range.

Phyllotreta armoraciae Koch. is a native of

Europe which was first collected in North

America in 1893. It was first recorded from the’

Pacific Northwest by Schuh, in northern.

Idaho, in 1960 (Hatch 1971). I took one

specimen of this easily recognizable species on

the wall of a building at Essondale on June 17,

1968. The host plant is horseradish, Armoracia

lapathifolia Gilib. (=Cochlearia armoracia L.),

and it appears that the beetle is a monophage

of this introduced plant. No horse radish grows

in Essondale but it is possible that it is

cultivated in nearby Port Coquitlam. The

specimen collected could have flown in from

that locality, carried on an easterly wind, or

perhaps, because of the proximity of the

railroad to the building, it was imported

recently from eastern North America on a

freight train.

References

Chittenden, F. H. 1927. The Species of Phyllotreta North of Mexico. Ent. Am. 8: 1-63.

Hatch, M. H. 1971. The beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part V. Univ. Wash. Press. Seattle &

London.

42 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aug. 1, 1973

NOTES ON THE COLEOPTERA OF WRACK

I. MOORE!

The early stages of a number of beetles of

intertidal rock crevices and salt marshes in

southern California have been studied (Moore

1956, 1964a, 1964b; James et al. 1971). The

coleopterous fauna of wrack is much more

conspicuous and abundant than that of the

habitats mentioned. Nevertheless, in spite of

considerable investigation, the biologies of

most of the insects of wrack remain unknown.

Seaweed cast up on the beach and left

unwetted by seawater for a few days is usually

teeming with adult beetles of many species

which are indigenous to decaying kelp. Only

occasionally are larvae encountered and those

are of a few species only. When the wrack is

again wetted by a high tide the adult insects

leave; the action of the rare larvae is not

known. The interval between highest tides

which is the interval during which the insects

gradually appear and suddenly disappear, is of

about 16 to 20 days at most. This interval is

too short for the development of most of these

beetles. Their breeding sites must, therefore, be

elsewhere; there are several possible sites.

Three are discussed here.

Tiger beetles (Cicindela spp.) are often

common on sandy beaches. It is known that

larvae of such species occur on salt marshes of

bays and estuaries (W. D. Sumlin, III, per-

sonal communication). It is possible that some

‘Division of Biological Control, University of California,

Riverside 92502.

species of beetles found in decaying seaweed

also breed in salt marshes and that the adults

fly to decaying seaweed for food. Although I

have investigated salt marsh insects without

encountering any wrack inhibiting species, the

matter still needs further investigation.

The intermittent streams of coastal

southern California are more numerous than

the salt marshes. The mouths of these streams

are usually closed by sand bars behind which

are often ponds or lagoons of fresh, slightly

brackish or occasionally highly saline water.

The insect fauna at the margins of such ponds

is distinctive but it includes species found at the

margins of streams and ponds inland. Since

larval forms of only a few of these insects are

known, some insects of the wrack might breed

here and be unrecognized.

A third possibility is that some of the insects

of the wrack develop in the damp sand of

beaches. We know it to be true of at least some

species of Cafius (James et al. 1971). This

hypothesis could be tested, laboriously, by

trenching the beach at intervals and extracting

the arthropods with a berlese funnel. Sample

digging with sea water floating for extraction

was unsuccessful on several occasions but the

insects might have been so widely dispersed

that they were overlooked.

Certain species of Coleoptera are often so

abundant in wrack that it seems incredible that

the early stages are still unknown in spite of

years of searching.

Literature Cited

James, G., I. Moore and E. F. Legner. 1971. The larval and pupal stages of four species of

Cafius (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) with notes on their biology and ecology. Trans. San

Diego Soc. Natural History. 16: 279-289, 8 figs.

Moore, I. 1956. Notes on some intertidal Coleoptera with descriptions of the early stages (Carab-

idae, Staphylinidae, Malachiidae). Trans. San Diego Soc. Natural History. 12: 207-230,

30 figs.

Moore, I. 1964a. The Staphylinidae of the marine mud flats of southern California and north-

western Baja California (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). Trans. San Diego Soc. Natural

History. 13: 269-284, 18 figs.

Moore, I. 1964b. The larva of Hadrotes crassus (Mannerheim). (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae).

Trans. San Diego Soc. Natural History. 13: 309-311, 10 figs.

J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aua. 1, 1973 43

THE APHIDS (HOMOPTERA: APHIDIDAE) OF

BRITISH COLUMBIA.

1. A BASIC TAXONOMIC LIST!

A. R. FORBES, B. D. FRAZER AND H. R. MACCARTHY

Research Station, Agriculture Canada

Vancouver 8, British Columbia

ABSTRACT

A list is presented of 213 species of aphids collected from 255 hosts

or in traps in British Columbia.

INTRODUCTION

This paper lists most of the aphids now

known to occur in British Columbia with their

host plants. A survey to assess the relative

abundance and importance of aphids in the

province was begun by the senior author in

1957. Extensive collecting from commercial

crops, weeds, and wild hosts has been carried

out each year since and Moericke yellow pan

water traps were maintained at_ several

locations in the lower Fraser Valley in some

years.

Aphids occur on virtually every crop grown

in the province. Some aphids damage their

hosts directly by their feeding, whereas others

are more important as vectors of virus diseases.

Until very recently even some of our pest

species have been incorrectly identified and

little was known of the many species that breed

on crops in small numbers. The latter are often

important as virus vectors. Conversely,

knowledge of the host range, including wild

hosts, of vector species is often important in the

epidemiology of plant diseases.

Glendenning (1924, °25, °29) listed 117

species of aphids in British Columbia. Un-

fortunately the nomenclature of his lists is out-

of-date and the status of some of his species is

in question. Work is underway to up-date his.

records and the results will be published as

soon as possible.

‘The present list includes collections made

in connection with the aphid survey project of

the Vancouver Research Station along with the

records of B.C. material published by W. R.

Richards (Richards 1956-1972, see

References). Most of the collections were made

by the authors. About 30 collections were made

and given to us by the late Prof. G. J. Spencer

of the University of British Columbia. Other

collectors include: H. Andison, G. V. Arm-

strong, F. L. Banham, S. K. Burt, E. C. Cole,

R. A. Costello, W. T. Cram, H. A. Daubeny,

L. Farstad, G. J. Fields, D. G. Finlayson, J. D.

Fitz-Gerald, R. E. Fitzpatrick, H. G. Fulton,

RK. Glendenning, K. Graham, R. H. Handford,

‘Contribution No. 270, Research Station, 6660 N.W. Marine

Drive, Vancouver 8, British Columbia.

R. Harris, J. R. Hill, R. G. Jones, R. Marlatt,

F.C. Mellor, R. P. Messum, J. Moisey, C. L.

Neilson, M. D. Noble, D. Ormrod, W. D.

Pearson, H. S. Pepin, D. P. Pielou, J. Raine,

E. Ruddock, G. G. E. Scudder, H. Severson, F.

E.. Skelton, M. G. Smuin, R. Stace-Smith, H.

N. W. Toms, N. Tonks, W. D. Touzeau, P.

Townsley, W. H. Wilde, A. T. Wilkinson and

N. S. Wright.

Most of the identifications were made by

W. R. Richards, Taxonomy Section, En-

tomology Research Institute, Ottawa, or by the

senior author; some were by B. D. Frazer.

Several of the Cinara species were identified by

G. A. Bradley. All the specimens recorded are

in the collection at the Research Station at

Vancouver or in the Canadian National

Collection at Ottawa.

The aphids were collected in 80% ethanol.

Clearing and mounting were done by the

method of Hille Ris Lambers (1950), which

has also been reported in this Journal by

Spencer (1959).

Most of the aphids are given with the host

plants on which they were collected. A few

species were collected only as stray alates on

plants other than their normal hosts. These

species are listed as “in flight’. Species

collected from Moericke yellow pan traps are

listed only when that species has not been

taken breeding on a host plant. Further

collecting will undoubtedly associate the

aphids in both the latter categories with their

host plants.

The aphids are listed alphabetically by

species. This gives a convenient and speedy

method of reference and eliminates the

problem of having to look in several places for

a species that is placed in different genera by

different authorities. Host plants are listed

alphabetically by genus and species. The

location of the collection sites may be deter-

mined by reference to Table | and the map of

the province (Fig. 1).

Plant names follow Conners (1967), Toms

(1964), or Henry (1915). Many of the host

plants were identified by H. N. W. Toms.

44 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973

ECOLOGICAL BACKGROUND

Since it includes 1500 kilometers or nearly

1000 miles of the Cordillera, British Columbia

is predominantly mountainous, the ranges

running generally northwest and southeast.

Covering 948,600 sq km (366,255 sq mi), the

province is roughly halved by the 54th parallel.

It has boundaries of 1,046 km (650 mi) with

the N W Territories and Yukon along the 60th

parallel on the N, and 644 km (400 mi) with

the states of Washington, Idaho and Montana

along the 49th parallel on the S. From the 49th

to the 60th parallel is 1,207 km (750 mi).

There are 7,164 km (4,450 mi) of indented

RCS

—

SLX

‘

“

SON

ite

BAe

7 A ee

PEs

| |

ARQ e

SY >

coastline and 4,830 km (3,000 mi) of major

rivers, many of which run in deep canyons.

Forests cover 39% of the province and barren

rock 53%; 2% is in rivers and lakes, 2% is upland

range and grazing. Only 3% is arable or

potentially so and most of this is essentially

prairie parkland, lying to the E and N of the

Rockies along the border with Alberta and N

of the 55th parallel (Atlas of Resources, 1956).

There are two general types of climates:

maritime on the W side of the Coast Moun-

tains, with high winter precipitation and cool

summers; continental in the interior, tending

to semi-arid in the S and sub-arctic in the N.

BRITISH

COLUMBIA

BIOTIC ZONES

0 20 40 60 80 100 200

[ft — ht ——— hut fort —— heel

MILES

DRY INTERIOR

CARIBOO

PARKLANDS

INTERIOR WET BELT

SUBALPINE FOREST

BOREAL FOREST

PEACE RIVER

PARKLANDS

ALPINE AREA

ZED

COAST FOREST

GULF ISLANDS

100 200 300

KILOMETERS

«KELOWNA

Fig. 1. Biotic zones of British Columbia, adpated from those of Munroe and Cowan (1947)

by Lyons (1965).

J. EntTomot. Soc. Brit. CoLUMBIA 70 (1973), Auge. 1, 1973 | 45

Table 1. Localities where aphids were taken with airline distances from reference points. The 8

places used as reference points and the biotic zones appear on the map (Fig. 1). Kilometers

and miles are rounded to the nearest whole number.

Biotic Reference Distance

Locality zone point Dir. km mi

Abbotsford 8 Vancouver SE 64 40

Agassiz 8 Vancouver E 97 60

Aldergrove 8 Vancouver SE 48 30

Atlin 5 Extreme NW

Barnhartvale 1 Kamloops E 15 9

Bella Coola 8 Williams Lake W 277 190

Boundary Bay 8 Vancouver S 2 20

Bowser 9 Victoria NW 153 95

Bradner 8 Vancouver SE 56 35

Brentwood 9 Victoria NW 29 18

Britannia Beach 8 Vancouver N 48 30

Burnaby 8 Vancouver E 1 1

Burns Lake 4 Prince George Ww 193 120

Cache Creek 1 Kamloops WwW 68 42

Campbell River 9 Victoria NW 230 143

Canyon 1 Creston E 8 5

Chase 1 Kamloops E 48 30

Chilcotin 2 Williams Lake W 120 75

Chilliwack 8 Vancouver EK 88 55

Cloverdale 8 Vancouver SE 32 20

Courtenay 9 Victoria NW 225 140

Cowichan Bay 9 Victoria N 40 25

Creston 1 Vancouver E 468 297

Creston Flats 1 Creston W 1 1

Duncan 9 Victoria N 40 25

Erickson 1 Creston E 6 4

Fawn 2 Williams Lake SE il 48

Fort St. John 6 Prince George NE 282 175

Goldstream 9 Victoria NW 24 15

Grand Forks 1 Kelowna SE 129 80

Hat Creek 1 Kamloops W 97 60

Kamloops 1 Vancouver NE 249 155

Kelowna 1 Kamloops SE 113 70

Ladner 8 Vancouver S 24 15

Langford 9 Victoria W 13 8

Langley 8 Vancouver E 40 25

Lillooet 1 Kamloops W 1138 70

Lister 1 Creston S 6 4

We have adopted the 9 biotic zones of

Lyons (1965) (Fig. 1), which are themselves

somewhat simplified from the 13 of Munro and

Cowan (1947). Lyons describes the zones

clearly and gives separate lists of the native

common trees, shrubs and flowering plants

occurring in each. Woody plants are described

and keyed in more detail by Garman (1963).

The grasses in the province are covered ef-

fectively and in detail by Hubbard (1955), the

ferns by Taylor (1956), the mosses by

Schofield (1969) and the weeds by Frankton

and Mulligan (1970). The region as an en-

vironment for insects is described in general by

Munroe (1956).

The biotic zones apply most directly to

valley bottoms, where communications

generally run and where tillage agriculture is

practiced. Even in the most arid, southerly part

of the Okanagan Valley it is possible within a

short distance on the map, to climb into dif-

ferent zones and even into alpine surroundings.

Thus a locality label may bear the name of a

place in a given zone, but the specimen may

have been taken in a different zone, hundreds

Biotic Reference Distance

Locality zone point Dir. km mi

Lulu Island 8 Vancouver S 16 10

Lumby 1 Kelowna NE 53 33

Manning Park 7 Vancouver E 217 135

Merritt 1 Kamloops S 71 44

Milner 8 Vancouver SE 35 22

Mission 8 Vancouver E 58 36

New Westminster 8 Vancouver SE 3 2,

North Vancouver 8 Vancouver N 8 5

Oliver 1 Kelowna S (P 45

Pavilion Lake 1 Kamloops WwW 105 65

Pemberton 8 Vancouver N 129 80

Penticton 1 Kelowna S 26 16

Pitt Meadows 8 Vancouver E 29 18

Prince Rupert 8 Vancouver NW 708 440

Prospect Lake 9 Victoria N 13 8

Pt. Atkinson 9 Vancouver W 16 10

Queen Charlotte 8 Prince Rupert SW 161 100

Quesnel 2 Prince George N) 84 53

Rayleigh 1 Kamloops N 16 10

Revelstoke 3 Kelowna NE 156 97

Richmond 8 Vancouver S 16 10

Rykerts 1 Creston S 10 6

Saanich 9 Victoria N 24 15

Sardis 8 Vancouver E 84 52

Sea Island 8 Vancouver S 8 5

Soda Creek 2 Williams Lake N 27 17

Sorrento 1 Kamloops NE 64 40

South Burnaby 8 Vancouver E 1 1

Sumas 8 Vancouver SE 69 43

Summerland il Kelowna SW 35 22

Summit Lake 4 Prince George N 45 28

Terrace 8 Prince Rupert E 116 72

Texas Lake 8 Vancouver E 124 i

Trail 1 Vancouver E 396 246

Vancouver 8 Mouth of Fraser R

Victoria 9 SE tip Vancouver Is

Westham Island 8 Vancouver S 24 15

Williams Lake 2 Kamloops NW 209 130

of meters higher. It follows that conventional

range maps are of limited value.

During the Wisconsin glaciation the

province, including even the outlying Queen

Charlotte Islands, was completely buried.

without refugia, to depths up to 2,500 m

(8,400 ft) (Atlas of Resources, 1956). In the

ensuring period a fairly large number of aphid

species have moved into the province but many

of the 213 species recorded here are in-

troductions, associated in some way with

agriculture or horticulture.

The extent and diversity of the province

suggest that its aphid fauna is unlikely to be

fully known in the near future.

The name of each place where an aphid

species occured is listed in Table 1, with the

number of its biotic zone (Fig. 1) and its airline

distance and direction from 8 reference points.

LIST OF SPECIES

ABIETICOLA (Cholodkovsky),

Abies sp: Victoria, Jun 6 67.

ABIETINUM (Walker), ELATOBIUM

CINARA

46 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973

Picea pungens: Vancouver, Apr 15/58.

Picea sitchensis: Prince Rupert, Apr

26/26; Richmond, May 20/64.

Picea sp: North Vancouver, May 30/ 60;

Vancouver, Apr 27/61.

ABIETINUS Koch, MINDARUS

Abies grandis: Vancouver, Jun 8 / 67.

AEGOPODII (Scopoli), CAVARIELLA

Anethum graveolens: Richmond, Jul

12/65; Vancouver, Aug 9/56.

Daucus carota: Agassiz, Jul 28/59;

Cloverdale, Jul 4/57, Nov 25/64;

North Vancouver, Sep 8/72; Vancouver,

Jul 10/62; Victoria, Aug 2/65.

Oenanthe sarmentosa: Victoria, Aug 2/65.

Sium suave: Williams Lake, Aug 7/65.

AETHEOCORNUM

MACROSIPHUM

Geranium viscosissimum: Williams Lake,

Aug 4/58.

ALBIFRONS Essig, MACROSIPHUM

Lupinus sp: Mission, Jun 15/57; North

Vancouver, Jul 15/65; Vancouver, May

26/58, May 30/57.

ALBIPES Richards, THELAXES

Quercus garryana: Victoria, May 7/63

(Richards 1966a), Jun 7 /67.

ALNI (DeGeer), PTEROCALLIS

Alnus rubra: Prince Rupert, Jul 10/60

(Richards 1965); Vancouver (UBC), Aug

24/62.

Alnus sp:

1965).

ALPINA (Gillette & Palmer), KAKIMIA

Moericke yellow pan _ water trap:

Chilliwack, Aug 9/67; Richmond, Sep

2] 67.

AMBROSIAE (Thomas), DACTYNOTUS

Aster sp: Vancouver, Jun 18/57.

AMERICANUM (Riley), ERIOSOMA

Ulmus sp: Kamloops, Jun 10/57.

AMSINCKII Richards, PLEOTRI-

CHOPHORUS

Amsinckia intermedia: Oliver, Jul 18/65

(Richards 1968a).

ASCALONICUS Doncaster, MYZUS

Allium schoenoprasum: Vancouver,

30 / 63.

Aubrieta deltoidea: Victoria, Apr 4/58.

Aucuba japonica: Vancouver, May 22/67.

Capsella bursa-pastoris: Vancouver (UBC),

Apr 17/67.

Cardamine oligosperma: Vancouver (UBC),

Apr 26 /67.

(Smith & Knowlton),

Oliver, 4/59 (Richards

Jul

Sep

Erodium cicutarium: Vancouver (UBC),

Apr 26/ 67.

Fragaria_ chiloensis var ananassa: Ab-

botsford, Mar 17/61; Saanich, Jun

5/59; Sumas, Mar 4/58; Vancouver,

Jan 22/68, Apr 2/58, Apr 8/58; Apr

17/59, May 17/57; Vancouver (UBC),

Mar 3/67, Oct 10/69, Oct 18/69;

Victoria, Mar 13/57, Apr 13/57.

Geranium molle: Vancouver (UBC), May

3/67.

Geum macrophyllum: Vancouver, Jun

9/67.

Heracleum maximum: Vancouver, Feb

4/58.

Hesperis matronalis: Vancouver, Jun 9 /67.

Hypochaeris radicata: Vancouver (UBC),

Apr 28/67.

Lilium speciosum: Vancouver, Mar 1 /58.

Osmorhiza_ chilensis: North Vancouver,

May 18/64.

Plantago lanceolata: Vancouver (UBC),

May 3/67.

Rumex acetosella: Lulu Island, Apr

10/67; Vancouver (UBC), Apr 17/67.

Sisymbrium officinale: Vancouver, Mar

28)/ 58.

Sonchus sp: Vancouver (UBC), Apr 26 /67.

Stellaria sp: Vancouver, Jul 22/59.

Taraxacum officinale: Vancouver (UBC),

Apr 26/67.

Viola tricolor: Abbotsford, Mar 17/61;

Vancouver, Jan 18/58, Jun 6/67, Dec

30/7 57;

ATRIPLICIS (Linnaeus), BRACHYCOLUS

Chenopodium album: Lulu Island, Aug

2/56; Quesnel, Aug 7/67; Soda Creek,

Aug 5/58; Victoria, Aug 2/65, Aug

8 / 56.

AVENAE (Fabricius), MACROSIPHUM

Agropyron sp: Creston, Aug 13/59;

Vancouver, Aug 3/58.

Avena sativa: Vancouver, May 29/58, Aug

20:7 9%.

Gramineae: Vancouver, Apr 12/58.

Hordeum vulgare: Creston, Jul 4/57.

Secale cereale: Vancouver, May 8/59;

Victoria, Apr 7/58.

Triticum aestivum: Creston, Jul 20 /57, Jul

24/57; Fort St. John, Aug 64; Van-

couver, May 9/58, Aug 1/59, Aug

9/56; Vancouver (UBC), Jun 20/67.

Zea mays: Chilliwack, Nov 20/56.

BAKERI (Cowen), ROEPKEA

Malus sylvestris: Vancouver, Sep 1/57.

Trifolium sp: Vancouver, Aug 26/70.

BERBERIDIS (Kaltenbach), LIOSO-

MAPHIS

J. Enromot. Soc. Brit. CotumpBra 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 ai

Berberis thunbergii: Vancouver, May

30/65, Jul 15 / 64.

BETULICOLA (Kaltenbach), CALAPHIS

Betula papyrifera: Vancouver, May 12/61,

Oct 4/60.

Betula sp: Summerland, Jul 7/69.

BETULIFOLIAE Granovsky, CEPEGIL-

LETTEA

Betula occidentalis: Merritt, Aug 10/24

(Richards 1969a).

BICOLOR BICOLOR (Oestlund), PTERO-

COMMA

Populus balsamifera: Atlin, Jun 1/55.

Populus trichocarpa: Sardis, Apr 8 / 26.

Salix sp: Langford, Jun 9/59; Summit

Lake, July 4/59, Aug 20/59; Terrace,

Jul 13/60.

All records from Richards (1967c).

BRAGGI (Gillette), CINARA

Picea pungens: Vancouver, Jun 11/ 70.

BRASSICAE (Linnaeus), BREVICORYNE

Brassica napobrassica: Cloverdale, Jul

31/56; Victoria, Aug 8/56.

Brassica oleracea var capitata: Creston, Sep

16/58; Vancouver (UBC), May 22/58,

Aug 8/56.

Brassica oleracea var gemmifera: Agassiz,

Jul 16/58; Vancouver (UBC), Oct

20 / 60.

Rhaphanus sativus: Barnhartvale, Oct

4/56.

BREVISPINOSA (Gillette & Palmer),

CINARA

Pinus contorta: Agassiz, Jul 26/33; Fawn,

Jun 23/52 (Richards 1956).

BREVISPINOSUS Gillette & Palmer, PERI-

PHYLLUS

Acer glabrum: Kelowna, Jun 8/57.

BULBOSA Richards, PLOCAMAPHIS

Salix sp: Oliver, Jun 29/65, Jul 17/65

(Richards 1966b).

BURSARIUS (Linnaeus), PEMPHIGUS

Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,

Jul 6/64, Sep 29/64.

CALIFORNICA (Davidson), THELAXES

Quercus garryana: Victoria, Jun 2/ 67.

CALIFORNICUM (Clarke), MACRO-

SIPHUM

In flight: Ladner, Jun 7/56.

CALIFORNIENSIS (Shinji), PERIPHYL-

LUS

Acer circinatum: Chilliwack, May 7/59.

Acer sp: Chilliwack, May 28/59.

CANAE (Williams), APHIS

Artemisia tridentata: Kamloops, Jun 2 / 60,

Aug 11/60; Pavilion Lake, Aug 2/60;

Rayleigh, Aug 18/60.

CARDUI (Linnaeus), BRACHYCAUDUS

Cirsium undulatum: Chase, Jul 25 /67.

Prunus domestica: Sorrento, May 14/58.

CARDUINUS (Walker), CAPITOPHORUS

In flight: Creston Flats, Aug 13/58; Soda

Creek, Aug 5/58.

Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,

Jul 6/69.

CARPINI (Koch), MYZOCALLIS

Carpinus betulus: Vancouver, Jun 15 / 64.

CASTANICOLA Baker, MYZOCALLIS

Castanea sp: Lulu Island, Aug 8/54

(Richards 1965).

CEANOTHI Clarke, APHIS

Ceanothus sanguineus:

18/59.

CERASI (Fabricius), MYZUS

Prunus avium: Creston, Jun 5/57, Sep

16/58; Erickson, Jul 28 /58, Sep 30/58.

Mission, Jun

Prunus emarginata: Vancouver, Jun

15/64.

CIRCUMFLEXUS (Buckton), AULACOR-

THUM

Iris sp: Vancouver, May 18/58.

Lilium longiflorum: Vancouver, May 2/61.

Pelargonium hortorum: Vancouver, Jul

L759)

Primula sp: Vancouver, Jan 18/58.

Saintpaulia sp: Vancouver, May 26/56.

Tulipa gesneriana: Vancouver, May

24/58.

Viola tricolor: Vancouver, Jan 18/ 58, May

6/67.

Yucca smalliana: Vancouver, Jul 25 / 63.

CIRSII (Linnaeus), DACTYNOTUS

Cirsium arvense: Chilliwack, Jul 30/65;

Cloverdale, Jul 31/65; Vancouver, Jul

15/65; Victoria, Aug 2/65.

Cirsium brevistylum: Summerland, Jun

30/69.

Cirsium sp: Vancouver, Jul 20 / 62.

CLAVICORNIS Richards, AULACOR-

THUM

Rosa sp: Oliver, Jul 1/65 (Richards

1972b).

COLORADENSIS (Gillette), CINARA

Picea pungens: Vancouver, May 25/59.

COLUMBIAE Richards, SITOMYZUS

Gramineae: Vancouver, May 7/58

(Richards 1960 b), May 19/58.

COLUMBIAE Richards, TUBERCULATUS

Quercus garryana: Langford, Jul 14/59

48 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973

(Richards

1/56.

CORNI (Fabricius), ANOECIA

Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,

Sep 2/64, Sep 23/64, Sep 26/ 64, Oct

12/64.

CORNIELLA Hille Ris Lambers, APHIS

Epilobium angustifolilum: Richmond, Aug

4/58.

Epilobium sp: Williams Lake, Aug 4/58.

CORRUGATANS (Sirrine), PROCIPHILUS

Amelanchiersp: Soda Creek, Jun 16/ 56.

CORYLI (Goeze), MYZOCALLIS

Corylus avellana: Vancouver, May 22/56,

Jun 22/56, Aug 8/56.

Corylus sp: Agassiz, Jun 18 24; Cowichan

Bay, Jun 2/59; Creston, May/ 55,

Jun /55; Langford, Jul 16/59; Sum-

merland, Sep 18/ 57 (Richards 1965).

COSTATA (Zetterstedt), CINARA

Picea pungens: Vancouver, Jun 20/66.

COWENTI (Hunter), MACROSIPHUM

Artemisia tridentata: Lillooet, Aug 3/60;

Penticton, May 11/ 58.

CRACCIVORA Koch, APHIS

Laburnum anagyroides: Vancouver, Jun

26/61.

Spartium junceum: Vancouver (UBC), Jul

27 / 66.

CRATAEGARIUS (Walker), OVATUS

1965, 1968b);

Victoria, Jul

Mentha arvensis var canadensis: Van-

couver, May 8/58.

CRATAEGIFOLIAE (Fitch), ROEPKEA

Leguminosae in summer and Crataegus spp

in winter: (Richards 1969b).

CRYSTLEA (Smith & Knowlton),

ONAPHIS

Lonicera involucrata: Quesnel, Aug 6 / 58.

CURVIPES (Patch), CINARA

Abies balsamea: Agassiz, Aug 7/ 26.

CYPERI (Walker), TRICHOCALLIS

Carex spp: (Richards 1971).

CYTISORUM Hartig, APHIS

Cytisus demissus: Vancouver, Aug 2 / 63.

DACTYLIDIS HYALOP-

TEROIDES

Dactylis glomerata: Agassiz, Apr 22/58,

May 26/59; Chilliwack, May 12/58;

Vancouver, May 9/58.

Holcus lanatus: Richmond, May 24 /64.

DAVIDSONI (Mason), MASONAPHIS

Rubus parviflorus: Vancouver, May 19/67,

Jun 9/ 67, Jul 21/ 67; Vancouver (UBC),

Aug 9/ 66.

MAS-

(Hayhurst),

EUPHORBIAE

DELICATUS Patch, CHAITOPHORUS

Populus spp: (Richards 1972c).

DIRHODUM (Walker), METOPOLO-

PHIUM

Avena sativa: Vancouver, Jul 10/57, Aug

20/57.

Crataegus sp:

12/61.

Hordeum vulgare: Vancouver, Oct 15/ 65.

Rosa rugosa: Vancouver, Mar 28 /58, Apr

3/7 38:

Rosa sp: Vancouver, Jan 6/58, Apr 8 / 58,

Apr 12/58, Apr 28/5

DORSATUM Richards, AULACORTHUM

Gaultheria shallon: Duncan, Jul 27/65

(Richards 1967b); Vancouver, Jun

297-611.

ELAEGNI (del Guercio), CAPITOPHORUS

Circtum brevistylum: Summerland, Jun

30 / 69.

Mentha arvensis var canadensis: Williams

Lake, Aug 7/58.

Vancouver (UBC),

May

ERIGERONENSIS (Thomas), DAC-

TYNOTUS

Grindelia_ stricta: Point Atkinson, May

Oty sone

Solidago canadensis: (Richards 1972a).

ERIOPHORI (Walker), CERURAPHIS

Viburnum opulus: Vancouver, May 5/ 63,

May 12/61; Victoria, Apr 4/58.

ERYSIMI (Kaltenbach), HYADAPHIS

Brassica campestris: Abbotsford,

6/65.

ESSIGI (Gillette & Palmer), KAKIMIA

Aquilegia sp: Vancouver, Jun 27 / 63.

(Thomas), MACROSI-

Aug

PHUM

Brassica oleracea var gemmifera: Agassiz,

Jul 16/58.

Chrysanthemum morifolium: Victoria, Apr

4/58.

Cirsium arvense: Cloverdale, Jul 31/65.

Cornus nuttallii: Victoria, Jun 11/56.

Dicentra formosa: Goldstream, Aug 20/59.

Epilobium sp: Williams Lake, Aug 4/58.

Fragaria chiloensis var ananassa: Agassiz,

May 5 /57, May 12/56; Aldergrove, Jun

10/59; Langley, June 10/59; Rich-

mond, May 3/57; Vancouver, Apr 8 / 58,

May 18/61; Victoria, May 30/ 67.

Geum macrophyllum: Vancouver,

9/67.

Gladiolus hortulanus: Vancouver, Jul

12/57; Williams Lake, Aug 12/58.

Heracleum maximum: Vancouver,

14/55.

Jun

J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CotumBiA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 49

Holodiscus discolor: Vancouver, May

30/56.

Ilex aquifolium: Chilliwack, Apr 13/58;

Vancouver, May 1/58, May 2/57;

Victoria, Apr 4/58.

Lactuca pulchella: Creston, Jun 5/957.

Lactuca sativa: Vancouver, May 28/57,.

Sep 12/56.

Maianthemum dilatatum: Goldstream, Aug

20/59.

Malus pumila: Vancouver, May 23/58.

Matricaria matricarioides: Vancouver, May

29/59.

Medicago sativa: Kamloops, Jul 19/ 72.

Melilotus alba: Creston Flats, Jun 6/ 57.

Philadelphus gordonianus: Vancouver, May

26/59.

Rheum rhaponticum: Vancouver, Jul

20/65.

Rosa sp: Soda Creek, Aug 4/58; Van-

couver, Mar 23/59.

Rubus idaeus: Agassiz, Sep 27/66.

Senecio vulgaris: Lulu Island, Apr 7 / 64.

Solanum tuberosum: Agassiz, Jul 12 /56;

Quesnel, Aug 7/67.

Tagetes erecta: Williams Lake, Aug 7/58.

Tulipa gesneriana: Chilliwack, May

13/58; Vancouver, Apr 7/58, May

4/59, May 14/59, May 17/67, May

24/58; Victoria, Apr 4/58, Jun 4/59.

Urtica lyalli: Summerland, Jun 30 /69.

Zea mays: Chilliwack, Nov 20/56.

Zinnia elegans: Vancouver, Oct 7/58.

FABAE Scopoli, APHIS

Beta vulgaris: Vancouver, Jul 9 /62.

Capsella bursa-pastoris: Abbotsford, Jul

21/66; Vancouver, May 5/56.

Chenopodium glaucum: Penticton,

21/00:

Cirsium arvense: Abbotsford, Aug 30/51;

Chilliwack, Jul 30 /65; Texas Lake, Jul

24/67; Vancouver, Aug 2/65.

Euonymus alatus: Kamloops, May 15 / 67.

Gladiolus hortulanus: Vancouver, Aug

17/57, Aug 18/56, Sep 7/57.

Ilex aquifolium: Vancouver, Jun 7/ 59, Aug

13:/-62.

Lycopersicum esculentum: Creston, Aug

14/58; Victoria, Aug 2/65.

Matricaria matricarioides: Abbotsford, Aug

6/65.

Oxalis deppei:

15i/ 03.

Philadelphus gordonianus: Vancouver, Jul

37 O14 9Ep 9 (00.

Polygonum persicaria:

8/65.

Ranunculus sp: Abbotsford, Jul 19 /65;

Sep

North Vancouver, Sep

Richmond, Aug

North Vancouver, Sep 23 /63.

Rheum rhaponticum: Grand Forks, Jul

20/61; Vancouver, Jul 29/65.

Solanum tuberosum: Victoria, Aug 12 /53.

Sonchus asper: Saanich, Aug 21/59.

Tropaeolum majus: Vancouver,

137762.

Vicia faba: Vancouver, Aug 18 /57.

Zinnia elegans: Vancouver, Oct 7/58.

FAGI (Linnaeus), PHYLLAPHIS

Fagus sylvatica: Vancouver, May 25 56.

FIMBRIATA Richards, FIMBRIAPHIS

Fragaria sp: Agassiz, Oct 11 56;

Aldergrove, Jun 10 59; Richmond, May

22 57, May 23 58, Jun 2 58, Jun

18 57, Jul 17 57, Aug 2 56; Van-

couver, Apr 17 59, Apr 24 59, May 18/

61; Victoria, May 30/57.

Vaccinium corymbosum: Pitt Meadows, Jul

15/58; Richmond, May 15 /65; Van-

couver, May 23/58, Jun 25/63.

Vaccinium sp: Vancouver, May 11/59.

FITCHII (Sanderson), RHOPALOSIPHUM

Crataegus sp and Malus sp: (Richards

1960c).

Moericke yellow pan water trap: Ricmond,

Oct 14/64.

FLAVA (Davidson), OESTLUNDIELLA

Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,

Aug 10/67.

FLAVA (Forbes), SIPHA

Aug

In flight: Oliver, no date (Richards

197 2c).

FLOCCULOSA (Weed), PLOCAMAPHIS

Salix sp: Prospect Lake, Apr 16/57;

Terrace, Jul 26/60 (Richards 1966b).

FORBESI (Richards), AMPHOROPHORA

Rubus spectabilis: Lulu Island, Jun 2 58.

FORBESI Weed, APHIS

Fragaria bracteata: Manning Park, May

25/59.

Fragaria chiloensis var ananassa: Van-

couver, Jun 16/58, Jun 17/58, Oct

22/00:

FORNACULA Hottes, CINARA

Moericke yellow pan _ water trap:

Chilliwack, Jun 4/65.

FRAGAEFOLII (Cockerell), CHAETO-

SIPHON

Fragaria chiloensis var ananassa: Abbots-

ford, Jul 15/58; Bradner, Apr 29/57;

Brentwood, Aug 17 59; Chilliwack, Oct

13/58; Lulu Island, Aug 21/59, Sep.

20 / 56; Saanich, May 30 /55, Jun 5/59,

Aug 21/59; Vancouver, Mar 18 /58, Apr

50 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (19738), Aue. 1, 1973

17/59, May 5/59, May 21/59; Van-

couver (UBC), Jun 16 59; Victoria, May

50) toi:

Fragaria glauca: Williams Lake, Aug 4 /56.

Fragaria virginiana: Britannia Beach, Jul

9 65.

Potentilla anserina: Sea Island, Jul

14/59, Jul 23/58; Victoria, Aug 4/58.

Rosasp: Quesnel, Aug 6/58; Terrace, Jul

9/60 (Richards 1963c).

FRAGARIAE (Walker), MACROSIPHUM

Cinna latifolia: Vancouver, May 25/58.

Gramineae: Vancouver, May 19/58.

Hordeum vulgare: Vancouver, Jun 19/58,

Jul 18/56.

Rubus idaeus: Vancouver, Dec 1/59.

Rubus laciniatus: Richmond, Apr 23/ 71.

Rubus thyrsanthus: Vancouver, May

23 4s

Sisymbrium officinale: Vancouver (UBC),

Jul 13/65.

FREQUENS (Walker), HOLCAPHIS

Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,

Jun 28/64, Jul 2/64.

GERANII Gillette & Palmer, AMPHORO-

PHORA

Geranium viscosissimum: Williams Lake,

Aug 4/58.

GILLETTEI (Hottes), ESSIGELLA

Pinus ponderosa: Hat Creek, Aug 25/58.

GILLETTEI Davidson, EUCERAPHIS

Alnus rubra: Vancouver, Jul 13/65.

Alnus sp: Revelstoke National Park, Jul

20 Ol.

GRAMINUM (Rondani), SCHIZAPHIS

Moericke yellow pan water trap:

Chilliwack, Jun 18 /65, Jul 23 /65; Rich-

mond, Jul 4/64, Aug 13/ 64.

GRAVICORNIS (Patch),

THECABIUS

Populus trichocarpa: Victoria, Aug 2 / 65.

HELIANTHI Monell, APHIS

Helianthus annuus: Kamloops, Aug 26 / 57.

Helianthus sp: Vancouver, Sep 24/58.

HELICHRYSI (Kaltenbach), BRACHY-

CAUDUS

Antirrhinum majus: Vancouver, Jun 6 / 59.

Capsella bursa-pastoris: Richmond, Apr

7/64.

Matricaria matricariodes: Vancouver, Apr

20:7 61:

Philadelphus gordonianus: Vancouver, May

22/57, May 28/61.

Prunus domestica: Lulu Island,

23/57; Vancouver, May 6/58.

May

Senecio vulgaris: Lulu Island, Apr 7/ 64;

Vancouver May 12/58.

Tagetes tenuiflora var pumila: Vancouver,

Jun 23 /67.

Trifolium pratense: Vancouver, Jul 25 / 56.

Vaccinium corymbosum: Vancouver, May

23'/ 28.

HERACLELLA Davis, APHIS

Heracleum lanatum: Vancouver,

22 /66.

Pastinaca sativa: Victoria, Aug 12/53.

Sium suave: Williams Lake, Aug 7/58.

HIPPOPHAES (Walker), CAPITOPHO-

RUS

Polygonum _persicaria:

29-0,

HORNI (Borner), CAPITOPHORUS

Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,

June 21/64, Jul 6/64.

HUMULI (Schrank), PHORODON

Humulus lupulus: Quesnel, Aug 7/67;

Sardis, May 23/58, Jun 5/58.

Prunus cerasifera var pissardi: Victoria,

Aug 2/65.

Prunus japonica: New Westminster, Jun

14/61.

IDAEI van der Goot, APHIS

Rubus idaeus: Vancouver, May 16/ 60, Jun

3/68, Jun 30/ 60, Jul 31/52, Sep 7/51;

Vancouver (UBC), Apr 18/58.

Rubus loganobaccus: Vancouver, Jun

31/08,

INSERTUM ~~ Walker,

PHUM

Malus pumila: Vancouver, Oct 18/57.

JUGLANDICOLA (Kaltenbach), CHROMA-

PHIS

Juglans sp: Agassiz, Jul 14/24; Creston,

Aug 14 58; (Richards 1960Ua).

JUGLANDIS (Goeze), CALAPHIS

Juglans regia: Richmond, Jul 25 /69.

Moericke yellow pan _ water trap:

Chilliwack, Jul 30 / 67.

KIOWANEPHUM (Hottes), MACROSI-

PHUM

Zygadenus sp: Kamloops, Jun 27 / 37.

KONOI Takahashi, CAVARIELLA

Apium graveolens: Vancouver, Aug 6/57.

Oct 8/57.

Salix lasiandra: Vancouver, Jun 9/ 65.

KURDJMOVI Mordvilko, SIPHA

Agropyron repens: Agassiz, Sep 13/56.

Agropyron sp: Creston, Aug 14/58.

Gramineae: Vancouver, Sep 26/57.

Jun

Vancouver, Aug

RHOPALOSI-

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Auc. 1, 1973 51

LACTUCAE HYPEROMY-

ZUS

Lactuca pulchella: Creston, Sep 16 Lo:

Sonchus arvensis: Richmond, Jul 8/58;

Vancouver (UBC), Jan 7/64.

Sonchus asper: Saanich, Aug 21/59;

Vancouver (UBC), Aug 19/65.

Sonchus oleraceus: Vancouver, Jul 16/ 56.

Sonchus sp: Creston, Sep 15 / 58; Victoria,

Jul 1/56.

LAMBERSI MacGillivray, MASONAPHIS

Rhododendron sp: North Vancouver, Jul

6/69.

LANIGERUM (Hausmann), ERIOSOMA

Malus pumila: Erickson, Oct 28/58;

Vancouver, May 23 /58, Aug 17 / 66, Nov

197-57.

LATYSIPHON

PHONINUS

Solanum tuberosum: Ladner, Apr 17 / 63.

LONGICAUDA Richards, ASPIDAPHIS

Spiraea sp: Terrace, Aug 27 / 60 (Richards

1963b).

Moericke yellow pan_ water trap:

Chilliwack, Jun 28/65, Jul 13/65.

LUGENTIS Williams, APHIS

Senecio jacobaea: Abbotsford, Jun 29 / 62;

Vancouver, Mar 12/58, Jun 23/ 70.

LYROPICTUS (Kessler), PERIPHYLLUS

Acer macrophyllum: Vancouver, May

20.) 54.

Acer platanoides: Vancouver, May 14/ 60,

Jun 30/60.

Acer sp: Chilliwack, May 28/59.

LYTHRI (Schrank), MYZUS

Prunus emarginata: Vancouver,

15 / 64.

MACROSIPHUM (Wilson), ACYRTHO-

SIPHON

Viburnum trilobum: Quesnel, Aug 6/ 58.

MACROSTACHYAE (Essig), CHAITO-

PHORUS

Salix spp: (Richards 1972c).

MAIDIS (Fitch), RHOPALOSIPHUM

Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,

Sep 14/64.

MALVAE ROGERSII (Theobald), ACYR-

THOSIPHON

(Linnaeus),

(Davidson), RHOPALOSI-

Jun

Fragaria sp: Saanich, Jun 5/59; Van-

couver (UBC), May 5/59.

MAXIMA (Mason), MASONAPHIS

Rubus parviflorus: Vancouver, May

24/56, Jun 9/58, Jun 9/67, Jun

29/67, Jul 7/67, Jul 21 /67; Vancouver

(UBC),

BUY On.

MEDISPINOSA (Gillette & Palmer), CIN-

ARA

Pinus contorta: Burns Lake, Jun 11/ 56.

MILLEFOLII (DeGeer), MACROSIPHON-

IELLA

Chrysanthemum leucanthemum: Agassiz,

Jul 7 /66.

MORRISONI MASONAPHIS

Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,

Jul 18/64.

MURRAYANAE (Gillette & Palmer), CIN-

ARA

Pinus contorta: Burns Lake, Jun 11/56.

NASTURTII Kaltenbach, APHIS

Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,

Jul 17/64, Aug 19/64, Aug 20/ 64.

NEGLECTUS Hottes & Frison, CHAITO-

PHORUS

Populus spp: (Richards 1972c).

NEGUNDINIS (Thomas), PERIPHYL-

LUS

Acer negundo: Soda Creek, Jun 16/57.

NEOMEXICANA (Cockerell), APHIS

Ribes lacustre: Quesnel, Aug 6/58;

Vancouver, Jun 27/56.

Mar 31/66; May

Victoria,

(Swain),

NIGRAE Oestlund, CHAITOPHORUS

Salix spp: (Richards 1972c).

NIGROTUBERCULATUS Olive, DACTY-

NOTUS

Solidago canadensis: Abbotsford, Aug

13/65; Richmond, Aug 10/65.

NEPHRELEPIDUS Davis, IDIOPTERUS

Polypodiaceae: Vancouver, Apr 19/50.

NERVATA (Gillette), WAHLGRENIELLA

Arbutus menziesii: Vancouver, Mar 15/ 61.

Pieris japonica: Vancouver, May 5/67,

May 23/67, Jun 15/67.

Rosa sp: Soda Creek, Aug 4/58.

NODULUS Richards, HOLCAPHIS

Gramineae: Summerland, Sep 6/55

(Richards 1959).

NORTONII Maxson, PEMPHIGUS

Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,

Jul 6/64, Jul 21/64.

NYMPHAEAE

PHUM

Caltha sp: Vancouver, Aug 28/57.

Nuphar sp: (Richards 1960c).

Nymphaea sp: Vancouver, Jul 30/57, Aug,

233) Ol.

RHOPALOSI-

(Linnaeus)

52 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973

Prunus persica: (Richards 1960c); Van-

couver, Sep 19/56.

OCCIDENTALIS (Davidson), CINARA

Abies balsamea: Unknown location in B.C.,

Oct 4/25.

OCCULTA Richards, MYZOCALLIS

Quercus rubra: Vancouver, Jul

(Richards 1965, 1968d).

ORNATUS Laing, MYZUS

Aubrieta deltoidea: Victoria, Apr 4/58.

Fragaria sp: Vancouver, Jan 3/61, Feb

7/57, Apr 17/59, May 18/61.

Fragaria vesca: Vancouver, Mar 2/58.

Fuchsia magellanica: Victoria, Aug 2/65.

Fuchsia sp: Vancouver, Feb 26/ 69.

Gladiolus sp: Vancouver, Apr 20/69.

Helianthemum nummularium: Vancouver,

Jun 28/63.

Hypochaeris radicata: Vancouver (UBC),

Jan 7/64 (in greenhouse).

Lamium amplexicaule: Vancouver (UBC),

Apr 26/67.

13/59

Petroselinum crispum: Vancouver, May

18/ 58.

Primula sp: Burnaby, May 23/ 70.

Ranunculus sp: Vancouver (UBC), Jan

7/64.

Senecio vulgaris: Vancouver, May 12 /58.

Viola tricolor: Vancouver, Mar 4/57, Jun

6/67, Jul 9/58.

OSMARONIAE (Wilson), MACROSI-

PHUM

Osmaronia_ cerasiformis: Victoria, Aug

2/69.

PADI (Linnaeus), RHOPALOSIPHUM

Avena sativa: Vancouver (UBC), May

29/58, Aug 20/57.

Cinna latifolia: Vancouver, May 25/58.

Gramineae: Vancouver (UBC), Feb 12 / 60.

Hordeum vulgare: Vancouver, Sep 30 / 66,

Dec 20/60 (in greenhouse).

Secale cereale: Creston, Apr

Vancouver (UBC), May 9/58,

8/59; Victoria, Apr 7/58.

Triticum aestivum: Creston, Oct 2/57;

Vancouver (UBC), May 9/58, May

14/58.

PADIFORMIS Richards, RHOPALOSI-

PHUM

Poa sp: Terrace, Aug 2/60 (Richards

1962).

PALLIDUS Hille Ris Lambers, HYPERO-

MYZUS

Sonchus arvensis: Ladner, Aug 8/56.

PARVIFLORI Hill, AMPHOROPHORA

Rubus parviflorus: Vancouver, May

22/59:

May

16/67, Jun 9/67, Jul 21 /67.

Rubus thyrsanthus: Vancouver,

8 /67.

PARVIFOLII Richards, MACROSIPHUM

Vaccinium parvifolium: Campbell River,

Jul 22/65 (Richards 19674).

Jun

PASTINACAE (Linnaeus), CAVARIELLA

Heracleum maximum: Vancouver, Jun

14/65.

PERGANDEI (Wilson), CINARA

Moericke yellow pan_ water

Chilliwack, Jun 9 / 67.

PERSICAE (Sulzer), MYZUS

Brassica campestris: Lulu Ilsnad, Apr

7/64.

Brassica oleracea var capitata: Oliver, Jun

37730.

Brassica sp:

16/ 62.

Chrysanthemum morifolium: Vancouver,

Jan 25/61, Oct 15/ 57.

Convolvulus arvensis: Victoria, Aug 2/65.

Cuscuta sp: Vancouver, May 25/71.

Daucus carota: Cloverdale, Nov 25 /64.

Dianthus caryophyllus: Vancouver, Jun

6 /63.

Fragaria sp: Abbotsford, Aug 1/58.

Fragaria vesca: Vancouver, Sep 25 / 64.

Hibiscus sp: Vancouver, Nov 12/70.

Matricaria matricarioides: Lulu Island, Apr

7/64.

Medicago sativa: Vancouver, Nov 20/72,

Nov 22/72 (in greenhouse).

Philadelphus gordonianus: Vancouver

(UBC), May 28/59, Jul/56.

Polygonum convolvulus: Vancouver,

Aug /58.

Prunus persica: Summerland, May 28/58.

Senecio vulgaris: Vancouver, May 12/58.

Sisymbrium sp: Vancouver (UBC), Jul

13/65.

Solanum nigrum: Creston, Aug/58.

Solanum tuberosum: Boundary Bay, May

2/70; Courtenay, Aug 18/61; Pem-

berton, Sep 8/67; Quesnel, Aug 7 /67;

Richmond, Jul 23 57; Vancouver, Mar

254/ oo:

Stellaria media: Vancouver, Oct 3 / 67.

Ranunculus acris: Victoria, Aug 2/65:

Ranunculus sp: Abbotsford, Jul 19/ 65.

Raphanus raphanistrum: Lulu Island, Apr

7/64.

Rheum rhaponticum: Vancouver, Jul

ZOAGS:

Rosa sp: Rykerts, Aug 25/58.

Tulipa gesneriana: Vancouver, Mar 10/58.

Viola tricolor: Vancouver, Jun 6/67.

Yucca smalliana: Vancouver, Jul 25 /63.

trap:

Agassiz, Jul 12/58, Jul

J. Entomot. Soc. Brit. CotumsBra 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 53

PILOSUM Buckton, PTEROCOMMA

Salix sp: Vancouver, Oct 23 / 48.

PINEA (Mordvilko), CINARA

Pinus sylvestris: Abbotsford, May 3 / 68.

PINETI (Fabricius), SCHIZOLACHNUS

Pinus sylvestris: Abbotsford, May 3 / 68.

PISUM (Harris), ACYRTHOSIPHON

Cytisus scoparius: Vancouver, Jun 4 see

Fragaria sp: Saanich, Jul 6/59.

Medicago sativa: Canyon, Jul 56; Creston,

May 8/57, May 9/57, Jul /58, Aug

13/58; Erickson, Jun /58; Kamloops,

Apr 30/72; Lister, Jun 5/57; Soda

Creek, Aug 15/50, Aug 15/58; Van-

couver, Mar 26/58.

Melilotus alba: Summerland, Jul 29/ 69.

Melilotus sp: Creston, Aug 13/58.

Trifolium sp: Cache Creek, Jul 13/65.

PLANTAGINEA (Passerini), DYSAPHIS

Malus sp: Vancouver, Sep 19/56.

Malus sylvestris: Creston, Jun 25/59;

Vancouver, May 15/56, May 22/57.

PLATANI (Kaltenbach), TINOCALLIS

Ulmus americana: Victoria, May 20/28

(Richards 1965, 1967a).

PLATANOIDES (Schrank), DREPANOSI-

PHUM

Acer glabrum: Summerland, Sep 3/65.

Acer macrophyllum: Vancouver (UBC),

May 5/66, May 6/65, May 7/66.

Acer negundo: Vancouver, May 14/ 43.

Acer sp: Vancouver, Aug 8/ 56.

POAE (Gillette), RHOPALOMYZUS

Gramineae: Vancouver, Sep 26/57.

Poa annua: Vancouver, Oct 25/61.

POMI DeGeer , APHIS

Chaenomeles japonica: Vancouver, Jun

3/58, Jul 20/58.

Cotoneaster henryana: Vancouver, Aug

3/58.

Cotoneaster sp: Vancouver, Aug 27/ 65.

Crataegus sp: Creston, Sep 16/58;

Vancouver, Jul 3/61.

Malus coronaria: Vancouver, Jul 13/56.

Malus sp: Vancouver, May 9/56, Jun

27/69, Sep 19/56.

Malus sylvestris: Creston, Jun 8/59;

Erickson, Oct 28/58; Vancouver, May

23/98, Jun 13756, Jul 13756, Aug

8/56, Aug 17/66, Sep 1/57, Oct

ol) 50.

Prunus persica: Vancouver, Sep 19/ 56.

Pyrus communis: Vancouver, Jun 6 /57.

POPULICOLA (Thomas), CHAITOPHORUS

Populus sp: Creston, Aug 24 58.

Populus tremuloides: Williams Lake, Aug

4/58.

POPULIFOLIAE (Fitch), PTEROCOMMA

In flight: Burns Lake, Jun 2/56.

POPULIFOLII (Essig), CHAITOPHORUS

Populus trichocarpa: Summerland, Jul

28 / 69.

POPULIMONILIS (Riley), THECABIUS

Populus trichocarpa: Quesnel, Jul 27 /48;

Summerland, Jul 9/69.

POPULIRAMULORUM Riley,

GUS

Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,

Jun 21/64, Jun 24/64, Jul 2/64, Jul

6/64, Jul 11/64, Jul 18/64.

POPULIVENAE Fitch, PEMPHIGUS

Chenopodium album: Agassiz, Jul 12/56.

PEMPHI-

Lactuca’ sativa: Agassiz, Sep 27/56;

Vancouver, Aug 18/70, Oct 10/51.

Rumex acetosella: Lulu Island, May

20/60.

POTENTILLAE (Walker),

CHAE TOSIPHON

Potentilla anserina: Saanich, Aug 20/59;

Sea Island, Jul 23/ 58.

PRUNI (Geoffroy),

PRUNI (Geoffroy), HYALOPTERUS

Phragmites communis: Westham Island,

Jul 31/64.

Prunus sp: Oliver, Jun 3/56.

PSEUDOHEDERAE Theobald, APHIS

Hedera helix: Vancouver, Jul 18 / 57.

PSEUDOTAXIFOLIAE Palmer, CINARA

Pseudotsuga menziesii: Agassiz, Aug

37/33.

PTERICOLENS Patch, MACROSIPHUM

Polystichum munitum: Vancouver, Apr

8/64, Apr 29/58.

PTERINIGRUM Richards, AULACOR-

THUM

Pieris japonica: Vancouver, Jun 15/ 67.

Vaccinium sp: Terrace, Jul 18/60

(Richards 1972b).

PUNCTIPENNIS

EUCERAPHIS

Alnus rubra: Vancouver (UBC), Oct 4 / 60.

Betula pendula: Vancouver (UBC), Apr

Zetterstedt,

7/61, Apr 3761, Apr 217 61, Oct

30/60.

Betula sp: Vancouver, May 4/67, Jul

7-720;

PUSTULATUS Hille Ris Lambers, CHAITO-

PHORUS

Salix sp: (Richards 1972c).

54 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRiIT. CoLumBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973

QUADRITUBERCULATA

BETULAPHIS

Betula sp: Chilliwack, Apr (Glendenning

1926); Terrace, Jul 12/60 (Richards

196la); Vancouver, Oct. 3/60.

RHAMNI Clarke, MACROSIPHUM

Rhamnus purshiana: North Vancouver, Jul

15/65.

RIBIS (Linnaeus), CRYPTOMYZUS

Galeopsis tetrahit: Goldstream, Aug

20/59.

Ribes grossularia: Soda Creek, Jun 15 / 56.

Ribes sativum: Agassiz, Jul 12/56.

Ribes sp: Soda Creek, Jun 15/56.

RIBIS NIGRI (Mosley), NASONOVIA

Lactuca sp: Vancouver, Aug 18/57.

Lapsana communis: Vancouver,

7a NE

RICHARDSI MacGillivray, MASONAPHIS

Moericke yellow pan water trap: Vancouver

(UBC), Jul 4/66.

RIEHMI (Borner), THERIOAPHIS

(Kaltenbach),

Jun

Medicago sativa: Lister, Aug 25 /58;

Williams Lake, Aug 20/60 (Richards

1965).

Melilotus alba: Creston Flats, Jun 6 / 57.

ROBINIAE (Gillette), APPENDISETA

Robinia sp: Trail, Jul 21/59 (Richards

1965).

Moericke yellow pan _ water trap:

Chilliwack, Aug 2/67, Aug 16/67.

ROBINSONI Richards, KAKIMIA

Delphinium cultorum: Kamloops,

14/60.

ROSAE (Linnaeus), MACROSIPHUM

Ilex aquifollum: Saanich, Jul 6/59.

Rosa rugosa: Vancouver, Jun 27/58.

Rose sp: South Burnaby, Oct 17/ 67;

Vancouver, Jan 6/58, Mar 31/38, Apr

8/58; Victoria, Apr 4/58.

ROSSI Hottes & Frison, AMPHOROPHORA

Jun

Geum macrophyllum: Vancouver, Jun

9/67.

RUBI (Kaltenbach), AMPHOROPHORA

Rubus idaeus: Agassiz, Apr 26/57, Jul

16/67; Burnaby, Jul 5/59.

Rubus occidentalis: Vancouver, May

1/56.

RUBITOXICA (Knowlton), AMPHORO-

PHORA

Rubs vitifolius: Vancouver, May 28/58;

Victoria, May 31/57.

RUMEXICOLENS (Patch), BRACHYCAU-

DUS

Rumex acetosella: Lulu Island, Jul 6 / 66;

Vancouver, Sep 9/65.

RUMICIS Linnaeus, APHIS

Rumex crispus: Kelowna,

Vancouver, Jun 24 / 66.

RUSSELLAE Hille Ris Lambers,

DACTYNOTUS

Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,

Jul 27/64, Sep 7/64, Sep 26 64;

Vancouver, Jun 17/66, Jul 15/ 66./

SALICICORNII Richards,

MACROSIPHUM

Salicornia europea: Queen Charlotte City,

Aug 9/60 (Richards 1963a).

SALICIS (Linnaeus), PTEROCOMMA

Salix scouleriana: Agassiz, Aug 21/ 23.

Salixsp: Oliver, Jul 19/65; Summit Lake,

Jun 26/59, Jul 15/59 (Richards 1967c).

In flight: Creston, May 8/ 67.

SALIGNUS (Gmelin),

TUBEROLACHNUS

Salix sp: Victoria, Dec 11/63.

SAMBUCIFOLIAE Fitch, APHIS

Sambucus racemosa: Vancouver, May

24/56, May 25/60, May 29/56, Jun

Ley 52,

SANBORNI Gillette,

MACROSIPHONIELLA

Chrysanthemum morifollum: Vancouver,

Aug 28/61, Oct 23/ 61, Nov 26/58.

SCABROSUM Richards, AULACOR-

THUM

Rubus spectabilis: Queen Charlotte City,

Aug 9/60 (Richards 1927b).

SCLEROSA Richards, ROEPKEA

Crataegus douglasii: Lumby, Jul 11/ 65

(Richards 1969b).

Crataegus sp: Victoria,

(Richards 1969b).

SEDI Kaltenbach, APHIS

Sedum anglicum: Vancouver, Jun 30/ 60.

SENSORIATA (Gillette & Palmer), ROEP-

KEA

Amelanchier spp and Trifolium pratense:

(Richards 1969b).

SETOSA (Kaltenbach), CTENOCALLIS

Cytisus scoparius: Mission, Jul 29/ 57.

SIPHUNCULATA Richards, PLACOAPHIS

In flight: Creston, Jun 6/ 55.

Unknown host: Bowser, May 28/55

(Richards 1961b).

SMITHIAE (Monell), PTEROCOMMA

Populus trichocarpa: Summerland, Sep

19/ 69.

Salix babylonica: North Vancouver, Aug.

Jun 8/57;

Apr 17/58

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 55

24 /66.

Salix fragilis: Vancouver, Oct. 2/58.

Salix lasiandra: Agassiz, May 14/21

(Richards 1967c).

SOLANI (Kaltenbach), AULACORTHUM

Apium graveolens: Vancouver, Nov 11/56.

Aquilegia sp: Vancouver, Jun 12 /64.

Aucuba japonica: Vancouver, Mar 9/ 64,

May 22 67.

Capsella bursa-pastoris: Richmond, Apr

7 / 64.

Erodium circutarium: Vancouver (UBC),

‘Apr 26/67.

Fragaria chiloensis var ananassa: Abbots-

ford, Mar 17/58, Jul 15/58; Agassiz,

May 5/57; Saanich, Apr 20/59;

Vancouver, Apr 2/58, Apr 8/58.

Fragaria vesca: Vancouver, Mar 2/58, Nov

13/57, Nov 20/56.

Gramineae: Vancouver, Jun 21/ 61.

Helleborus niger: Vancouver, May 23 / 58.

Ilex aquifolium: Vancouver, May 1/58.

Matricaria matricariodes: Vancouver, Apr

26/ 67.

Mentha arvensis var canadensis: Van-

couver, May 11/ 67.

Paulownia imperialis: Vancouver, Apr

30/58.

Philadelphus gordonianus: Vancouver, May

28/01, Jul-3 fo (.

Polygonum cuspidatum: North Vancouver,

Jul3/ 63.

Primula sp: Burnaby,

Vancouver, Jan 18/58.

Ranunculus acris: Victoria, Aug 2/ 65.

May- 23./-10;

Solanum tuberosum: Bella Coola, Sep

29/67; Quesnel, Aug 7 / 67.

Tulipa gesneriana: Richmond, May

17/67; Vancouver, May 24/58.

SONCHI (Linnaeus), DACTYNOTUS

Sonchus asper: Vancouver, Aug 19/65.

SPENCERI Richards, IZIPHYA

Unknown host: Chilcotin,

(Richards 1958).

SPIRAEA (MacGillivray), MASONAPHIS

Philadelphus gordonianus: Vancouver, May

2a) Ot.

9/29

Jun

SPLENDENS (Gillette & Palmer), CINARA

Moericke yellow pan water trap: Richmond,

Jun 17/67; Vancouver (UBC), Jun

20 / 66.

STANLEYI (Wilson),

MACROSIPHUM

Sambucus racemosa: North Vancouver, Jul

15/65; Vancouver, Jun 9 / 67.

STAPHYLEAE (Koch),

RHOPALOSIPHONINUS

Tulipa gesneriana: New Westminster, Nov

20/59; Vancouver, May 24/58.

SYMPHORICARPI (Thomas),

APHTHARGELIA

Symphoricarpos albus: Soda Creek, Jun

16/57; Vancouver, Jul 29/ 65; Williams

Lake, Jun 15/ 56.

TANACETARIA (Kaltenbach),

MACROSIPHONIELLA

Tanacetum vulgare: Cloverdale, Jun

16/56, Jun 26/58; Milner, Aug 2/58;

Vancouver, Jun 27/ 56.

TARAX ACI (Kaltenbach),

DACTYNOTUS

Taraxacum officinale: Burnaby, Jul

9/63.

TESTUDINACEA (Fernie),

PERIPHYLLUS

Acer circinatum: Vancouver, Jun 27/ 56.

Acer macrophyllum: Lulu Island, May

12/70; Vancouver, May 6/65, May

19/66, May 29/57, May 30/56, Jul

9 /65; Vancouver (UBC), Apr 5/ 66, Apr

26 / 66, May 5/ 66; Victoria, Jun 7 / 67.

Acer palmatum: Vancouver, May 4/ 64,

Jun 27/ 56.

Acer platanoides: Vancouver, May

14/58.

TETRARHODUS (Walker),

CHAETOSIPHON

Rosa rugosa: Vancouver, Jun 27/ 58, Sep

197 50:

Rosaspp: Oliver, May 24/59; Terrace, Jul

9/60 (Richards 1963c).

TILIAE (Linnaeus),

EUCALLIPTERUS

Tilia sp: Agassiz, Aug 7/21, Sep 9/ 21;

Vancouver, May 17/ 49.

TORTICAUDA (Gillette),

BIPERSONA

Cirsium vulgare: Kamloops, Sep 15/ 54.

TULIPAE (Boyer de Fonscolombe),

DYSAPHIS

Tulipa gesneriana: New Westminster, Nov

20/ 59.

UMBELLA Richards, IZIPHYA

Carex spp: (Richards 1968c, 1971).

UMBELLATARUM (Koch),

CAVARIELLA

Moericke yellow pan water

Chilliwack, Jul 12/67, Aug 8/ 67.

ULMIFOLII (Monell), TINOCALLIS

Ulmus spp: Agassiz, Jul 7/ 24; Trail, Jul

trap:

56 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumMBIA 70 (1973), AuG. 1, 1973

21/59 (Richards 1965).

Moericke yellow pan _ water trap:

Chilliwack, Aug 3/67, Aug 15/67.

ULMISACCULI (Patch), COLOPHA

Gramineae: Duncan, Apr 7 / 64.

WALSHII (Monell), MYZOCALLIS

Quercus borealis: Vancouver, Jun 19/59,

Jul 13/59.

Quercus rubra: Vancouver, Oct 7/60.

XYLOSTEI (DeGeer), PROCIPHILUS

Vi ilobum: l, Jul 10/49.

VARIABILIS Richards, iburnum trilobum: Quesnel, Jul 10/49

YAGASOGAE (Hottes), MACROSIPHUM

BORNERINA ; Smilacina stellata: Manning Park, Aug

Alnus cvispa spp sinuata: Vancouver 3/58

(UBC), May 12/61.

Alnus spp: Terrace, Jul 10/60 (Richards

196la).

VERRUCOSA (Gillette), ALLAPHIS

Carex spp: (Richards 1971).

VIMINALIS Monell, CHAITOPHORUS

YOHOENSIS (Bradley), ROEPKEA

Sorbus scopulina: (Richards 1969b).

Acknowledgements

The authors gratefully acknowledge the

assistance of H. N. W. Toms in solving many

of the problems of plant nomenclature. Mr. Cho-

Kai Chan was of inestimable help in the long

Salix spp: Creston, Aug 13/58; Sum- ang tedious task of assembling and checking

merland, Jul 30/ 69. the list.

References

B.C. Natural Resources Conf. 1956. Atlas of Resources. First ed. 92 pp.

Conners, I. L. 1967. An annotated index of plant diseases in Canada. Res. Branch, Can. Dept.

of Agric. Publ. 1251, 381 pp.

Frankton, C., and G. A. Mulligan, 1970. Weeds of Canada. Rev. Illus. by W. H. Wright and

I. Steins. Res. Branch, Can. Dept. of Agric. Publ. 948, 217 pp.

Garman, E. H. 1963. Pocket guide to the trees and shrubs of British Columbia. Dept. of Lands,

Forests & Water Resources, Brit. Columbia For. Service. 137 pp.

Glendenning, R. 1924. Preliminary list of Aphididae of British Columbia. Proc. ent. Soc. Brit.

Columbia 21: 40-45.

.1925. Additions to the list of Aphididae of British Columbia. Proc. ent. Soc. Brit.

Columbia22: 36-38.

. 1929. Further additions to the list of aphids of British Columbia. Proc. ent. Soc.

Brit. Columbia 26: 54-57.

Henry, J. K. 1915. Flora of Southern British Columbia and Vancouver Island. W. J. Gage & Co.,

Ltd., Toronto, 363 pp.

Hille Ris Lambers, D. 1950. On mounting aphids and other soft-skinned insects. Entomologische

Berichten 13: 55-58.

Lyons, C. P. 1965. Trees, Shrubs and Flowers to know in British Columbia. Revised ed. J. M.

Dent & Sons Ltd. 194 pp.

Hubbard, W. A. 1955. The grasses of British Columbia. Handbook No. 9. Brit. Columbia Prov.

Mus. 204 pp.

Munroe, EK. G. 1956. Canada as an environment for insect life. Canad. Ent. 88(7): 372-476.

Munro, J. A., and I. McT. Cowan. 1947. A Review of the Bird Fauna of British Columbia.

Spec. Publ. No. 2, Brit. Columbia Prov. Mus. 285 pp.

Richards, W. R. 1956. Two new species of Aphididae collected in Western Canada (Homoptera).

Canad. Ent. 88(5): 203-207.

. 1958. New species of Izipha Nevsky (Homoptera:Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 90(11):

633-638.

. 1959. A new genus and three new species of Aphididae (Homoptera). Canad. Ent.

91(4): 248-253.

. 1960a. A new species of Monellia Oestlund, with a synopsis of the aphids

attacking hickory and walnut in Canada. Canad. Ent. 92(3): 221-230.

. 1960b. A new species and a new subgenus of Sitomyzus Hille Ris Lambers

(Homoptera:Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 92(10): 770-775.

. 1960c. A synopsis of the genus Rhopalosiphum in Canada (Homoptera: Aphididae).

Canad. Ent. Vol. 92, Supplement 13: 5-51.

. 196la. North American Bornerina Bramstedt and Betulaphis Glendenning

(Homoptera:Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 93(6): 486-494.

J. Extomot. Soc. Brit. CortmpBra 70 (1973), AuG. 1, 1973 57

. 1961b. New genera and species of rose-infesting aphids (Homoptera:Aphididae).

Canad. Ent. 93(8): 622-625.

. 1962. A new species of Rhopalosiphum Koch (Homoptera:Aphididae). Canad.

Ent. 94(9): 969-972.

. 1963a. Two new dactynotine aphids (Homoptera). Canad. Ent. 95(3): 254-257.

. 1963b. A new species of Aspidaphis Gillette (Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad.

Ent. 95(3): 296-299.

. 1963c. The myzaphidines of Canada (Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 95(7):

680-704.

. 1965. The Callaphidini of Canada (Homoptera:Aphididae). Mem. ent. Soc. Can.

44: 149 pp.

. 1966a. A new species of Thelaxes Westwood (Homoptera:Aphididae). Canad. Ent.

98(3): 322-323.

. 1966b. A review of Plocamaphis Oestlund with descriptions of three new species

(Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 98(8): 835-851.

. 1967a. A review of the Tinocallis of the world (Homoptera:Aphididae). Canad.

Ent. 99(5): 536-553.

_. 1967b. A new species of Aulacorthum from British Columbia (Homoptera:

Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 99(7): 760-762.

. 1967c. The Pterocomma of Canada and Greenland with notes on the phyletic

position of the Pterocommatini (Homoptera:Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 99(10): 1015-1040.

. 1967d. A new species of Macrosiphum from British Columbia (Homoptera:

Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 99(10): 1090-1092.

. 1968a. A new species of Pleotrichophorus from British Columbia (Homoptera:

Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 100(2): 195-197.

. 1968b. A revision of the world fauna of Tuberculatus, with descriptions of two

new species from China (Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 100(6): 561-596.

. 1968c. A new species of Iziphya from Ontario and Quebec, with a review of the

nearctic species (Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 100(11): 1207-1226.

. 1968d. Synopsis of the world fauna of Myzocallis (Homoptera: Aphididae). Mem.

ent. Soc. Can. 57: 76 pp.

. 1969a. Cepegillettea viridis a new aphid from Ontario, with a review of the

genus (Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 101(9): 963-970.

. 1969b. A review of the holarctic genus Roepkea with descriptions of four new

nearctic species (Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 101(11): 1121-1162.

. 1971. A synopsis of the world fauna of the Saltusaphidinae, or sedge aphids

(Homopetera: Aphididae) Mem. ent. Soc. Can. 80: 97 pp.

. 1972a. Review of the Solidago — inhabiting aphids in Canada with descriptions of

three new species (Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 104(1): 1-34.

. 1972b. Three new species of Aulacorthum from British Columbia, with a key to

the Canadian species (Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 104(7): 1017-1023.

. 1972c. The Chaitophorinae of Canada (Homoptera:Aphididae). Mem. ent. Soc. Can.

87: 109 pp.

Schofield, W. B. 1969. Some common mosses of British Columbia. Handbook No. 28. Brit. Columbia

Prov. Mus. 262 pp.

Spencer, G. J. 1959. On mounting lice by the Ris Lambers method for aphids. Proc. ent. Soc.

Brit. Columbia 56: 53.

Taylor, T. M. C. 1956. The ferns and fern-allies of British Columbia. Handbook No. 12. Brit.

Columbia Prov. Mus. 154 pp.

Toms, H. N. W. 1964. Plant diseases of Southern British Columbia. A host index. Can. Plant.

Dis. Survey 44(3): 143-225.

Backfile issues of this journal are available on 35 mm microfilm. Details are

available from University Microfilms, 300 North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor,

Michigan 48106, U.S.A.

58 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtumBrA 70 (1973), Aug. 1, 1973

THE APHIDS (HOMOPTERA:APHIDIDAE) OF

BRITISH COLUMBIA. 2. A HOST PLANT CATALOGUE!

A. R. FORBES AND B. D. FRAZER

Research Station, Agriculture Canada

Vancouver 8, British Columbia

ABSTRACT

A host plant catalogue is presented for 189 species of aphids collected

in British Columbia.

INTRODUCTION

This paper presents a host plant catalogue

for most of the aphids recorded in the basic list

of the aphids of British Columbia (Forbes,

Frazer, & MacCarthy 1973). Only aphids

actually colonizing on hosts are included. Stray

alate aphids and species taken only in traps are

not included. The list will be of particular use

to economic entomologists wishing to know the

aphids which occur on crops and ornamentals

and to entomologists studying vector tran-

smission of plant virus diseases whenever they

must know all the potential vectors that occur

on a crop.

The plant hosts are listed alphabetically by

genus and species. The aphids colonizing each

host are given alphabetically by genus and

species. A cross index of common names is

included.

CATALOGUE OF HOST PLANTS

Abies balsamea Balsam Fir

Cinara curvipes

Cinara occidentalis

Abies grandis Grand Fir

Mindarus abietinus

Abies sp Fir

Cinara abieticola

see Robinia

Vine Maple

Acacia, False

Acer circinatum

Periphyllus californiensis

Periphyllus testudinacea

Acer glabrum (Rocky) Mountain Maple

Drepanosiphum platanoides

Periphyllus brevispinosus

Acer macrophyllum Broadleaf Maple

Drepanosiphum platanoides

Periphyllus lyropictus

Periphyllus testudinacea

Acer negundo

Drepanosiphum platanoides

Periphyllus negundinis

Box-Elder

Acer palmatum

Periphyllus testudinacea

Japanese Maple

‘Contribution No. 285, Research Station, 6660 N.W. Marine

Dr., Vancouver 8, British Columbia.

Acer platanoides Norway Maple

Periphyllus lyropictus

Periphyllus testudinacea

Acer sp Maple

Drepanosiphum platanoides

Periphyllus californiensis

Periphyllus lyropictus

Adam’s Needle

African Marigold

African Violet

see Yucca

see Tagetes

see Saintpaulia

Agropyron repens Couch Grass

Sipha kurdjmovi

Agropyron sp Wheat Grass

Macrosiphum avenae

Sipha kurdjmovi

Alder see Alnus

Alder, Red see Alnus

Alder, Sitka see Alnus

Alfalfa see Medicago

Allium schoenoprasum Chives

Myzus ascalonicus

Alnus crispa ssp sinuata Sitka Alder

Bérnerina variabilis

Alnus rubra Red Alder

Euceraphis gillettei

Euceraphis punctipennis

Pterocallis alni

Alnus sp Alder

Bornerina variabilis

Euceraphis gillettei

Pterocallis alni

Amelanchier sp

Prociphilus corrugatans

Roepkea sensoriata

Saskatoon Berry

American Elm

Amsinckia intermedia

Pleotrichophorus amsinckii

see Ulmus

Fiddle-Neck

Anethum graveolens Dill

Cavariella aegopodii

Annual Sowthistle see Sonchus

Antirrhinum majus Snapdragon

Brachycaudus helichrysi

Apium graveolens Celery

Aulacorthum solani

Cavariella konoi

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBrIaA 70 (1973), Auc. 1, 1973 59

Apple see Malus

Apple, Common see Malus

Aquilegia sp Columbine

Aulacorthum solani

Kakimia essigi

Arbutus seeArbutus

Arbutus menziesii

Wahlgreniella nervata

Arbutus, Madrone

Artemisia tridentata

Aphis canae

Macrosiphum coweni

Sagebrush

Aspen, Tremling see Populus

Aster see Aster

Aster sp Aster

Dactynotus ambrosiae

Aubrieta see Aubrieta

Aubrieta deltoidea Aubrieta

Myzus ascalonicus

Myzus ornatus

see Aucuba

Japanese Aucuba

Aucuba, Japanese

Aucuba japonica

Aulacorthum solani

Myzus ascalonicus

Avena sativa Oat

Macrosiphum avenae

Metopolophium dirhodum

Rhopalosiphum padi

Avens, Large-Leaved see Geum

Balsam Fir see Abies

see Populus

see Berberis

Balsam Poplar

Barberry, Japanese

Barley see Hordeum

Beech, European see Fagus

Beet, Sugar see Beta

Berberis thunbergii Japanese Barberry

Liosomaphis berberidis

see Amelanchier

Sugar Beet

Berry, Saskatoon

Beta vulgaris

Aphis fabae

Betula occidentalis

Cepegillettea betulifoliae

Western Birch

Betula papyrifera Paper Birch

Calaphis betulicola

Betula pendula

Euceraphis punctipennis

Betula sp

Betulaphis quadrituberculata

Calaphis betulicola

Euceraphis punctipennis

Weeping Birch

Birch

Bindweed see Polygonum

Bindweed, Dwarf see Convolvulus

Birch see Betula

Birch, Paper see Betula

Birch, Weeping see Betula

Birch, Western see Betula

Bird Cherry

see Osmaronia

Bird Rape see Brassica

Bittercress see Cardamine

Blackberry, Cut-Leaved see Rubus

Blackberry, Himalaya see Rubus

Blackberry, Trailing see Rubus

Blackcap Raspberry see Rubus

see Populus

see Lonicera

see Dicentra

see Vaccinium

see Fragaria

see Lactuca

Black Cottonwood

Black Twin-Berry

Bleeding Heart

Blueberry

Blueberry, Highbush

Blueleaf Strawberry

Blue Lettuce

Blue Spruce see Picea

Box-Elder see Acer

Brassica campestris Bird Rape

Hyadaphis erysimi

Myzus persicae

Brassica napobrassica

Swede Turnip, Rutabaga

Brevicoryne brassicae

Brassica oleracea var capitata Cabbage

Brevicoryne brassicae

Myzus persicae

Brassica oleracea var gemmifera

Brussels Sprouts

Brevicoryne brassicae

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Brassica sp Mustard

Myzus persicae

Brittle Willow see Salix

Broad Bean see Vicia

Broadleaf Maple see Acer

see Cytisus

see Spartium

see Brassica

Broom, Dwarf,

Broom, Scotch

Broom, Spanish

Brussels Sprouts

Bull Thistle see Cirsium

Buttercup see Ranunculus

Buttercup, Tall see Ranunculus

Cabbage see Brassica

Caltha sp Marsh Marigold

Rhopalosiphum nymphaeae

Canada Mint

Canada Thislte

Capsella bursa-pastoris

Aphis fabae

Aulacorthum solani

Brachycaudus helichrysi

Myzus ascalonicus

see Mentha

see Cirsium

Shepherd’s Purse

Cardamine oligosperma Bittercress

Myzus ascalonicus

Carex spp Sedge

Allaphis verrucosa

Iziphya umbella

Trichocallis cyperi

Carnation see Dianthus

60 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumMbBra 70 (1973), Auc. 1, 1973

Carpinus betulus European Hornbeam

Myzocallis carpini

see Daucus

see Rhamnus

Chestnut

Carrot

Cascara

Castanea sp

Myzocallis castanicola

Cat’s Ear, Spotted

Ceanothus sanguineus

Aphis ceanothi

see Hypochoeris

Snowbrush

Celery see Apium

Chaenomeles japonica Japanese Quince

Ahis pomi

Charlock see Rhaphanus

Chenopodium album Lamb’s Quarters

Brachycolus atriplicis

Pemphigus populivenae

Chenopodium glaucum Goosefoot

Aphis fabae

Cherry

Cherry, Bird

Cherry, Dwarf Flowering

Cherry Plum

Cherry, Sweet

Cherry, Wild

see Prunus

see Osmaronia

see Prunus

Chestnut see Castanea

Chickweed see Stellaria

Chickweed, Common see Stellaria

Chives see Allium

Christmas Rose see Helleborus

Chrysanthemum see Chrysanthemum

Chrysanthemum leucanthemum

Ox-Eye Daisy

Macrosiphoniella millefolii

Chrysanthemum morifolium

Chrysanthemum

Macrosiphoniella sanborni

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Myzus persicae

see Osmorhiza

Indian Reed Grass

Cicely, Sweet

Cinna latifolia

Macrosiphum fragariae

Rhopalosiphum padi

Cirsium arvense Canada Thistle

Aphis fabae

Dactynotus cirsit

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Cirsium brevistylum Indian Thistle

Capitophorus elaeagni

Dactynotus cirsti

Cirsium sp Thistle

Dactynotus cirsti

Cirsium undulatum

Brachycaudus cardui

Wavy-Leafed Thistle

Bull Thistle

Cirsium vulgare

Bipersona torticauda

see Trifolium

see Melilotus

see Aquilegia

see Malus

see Stellaria

see Taraxacum

see Senecio

see Phragmites

Clover

Clover, Red

Clover, Sweet

Clover, White Sweet

Columbine

Common Apple

Common Chickweed

Common Dandelion

Common Groundsel

Common Reed

Convolvulus arvensis Dwarf Bindweed

Myzus persicae

Corn see Zea

Cornus nuttallii Flowering Dogwood

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Corylus avellana Hazelnut

Myzocallis coryli

Corylus sp Filbert

Myzocallis coryli

Cotoneaster see Cotoneaster

Cotoneaster henryana Henry’s Cotoneaster

Aphis pomi

see Cotoneaster

Cotoneaster

Cotoneaster, Henry’s

Cotoneaster sp

Aphis pomi

Cottonwood, Black

Couch Grass

Cow Parsnip

Crabapple, Wild Sweet

Crabapples, Ornamental and Table

see Malus

see Vaccinium

Douglas Hawthorn

see Populus

see Agropyron

see Heracleum

see Malus

Cranberry, Highbush

Crataegus douglasii

Roepkea sclerosa

Crataegus spp Hawthorn

Aphis pomi

Metopolophium dirhodum

Rhopalosiphum fitchi

Roepkea crataegifoliae

Roepkea sclerosa

Croft Lily see Lilium

Curled Dock see Rumex

Currant see Ribes

Currant, Red see Ribes

Cuscuta sp Dodder

Myzus persicae

Cut-Leaved Blackberry see Rubus

Cytisus demissus Dwarf Broom

Aphis cytisorum

Cytisus scoparius Scotch Broom

Acyrthosiphon pisum

Ctenocallis setosa

Dactylis glomerata Orchard Grass

Hyalopteroides dactylidis

Daisy, Ox-Eye see Chrysanthemum

Dandelion, Common see Taraxacum

J. Extomotn. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aua. 1, 1973 61

Daucus carota Carrot

Cavariella aegopodii

Myzus persicae

Delphinium cultorum Perennial Delphinium

Kakimia robinsoni

see Delphinium

Carnation

Delphinium, Perennial

Dianthus caryolphyllus

Myzus persicae

Dicentra formosa Bleeding Heart

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Dill

Dodder

Dogwood, Flowering

Douglas Fir

Douglas Hawthorn

Doves-Foot Geranium

Dwarf Bindweed

Dwarf Broom

Dwarf Flowering Cherry

see Anethum

see Cuscuta

see Cornus

see Pseudotsuga

see Crataegus

see Geranium

see Convolvulus

see Cytisus

see Prunus

Dwarf Marigold see Tagetes

Elder see Sambucus

Elder, Red-Fruited see Sambucus

Elm see Ulmus

Elm, American see Ulmus

English Holly see Ilex

see Hedera

see Juglans

English Ivy

English Walnut

Epilobium angustifolium Fireweed

Aphis corniella

Epilobium sp Fireweed

Aphis corniella

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Erodium cicutarium Filaree, Storksbill

Aulacorthum solani

Myzus ascalonicus

Euonymus alatus Winged Spindle Tree

Aphis fabae

European Beech see Fagus

European Hornbeam see Carpinus

(European) Wild Wood Strawberry

see Fragaria

Fagus sylvatica

Phyllaphis fagi

False Acacia

Fern, Sword

Fiddle-Neck

European Beech

see Robinia

see Polystichum

see Amsinckia

Filaree see Erodium

Filbert see Corylus

Fir see Abies

Fir, Balsam see Abies

Fir, Douglas see Pseudotsuga

Fir, Grand see Abies

Fireweed see Epilobium

see Cornus

Wild Strawberry

Flowering Dogwood

Fragaria bracteata

Aphis forbesi

Fragaria chiloensis var ananassa

Strawberry

Aphis forbesi

Aulacorthum solani

Chaetosiphon fragaefolii

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Myzus ascalonicus

Fragaria glauca Blueleaf Strawberry

Chaetosiphon fragaefolii

Fragaria spp Strawberries

Acyrthosiphon malvae rogersii

Acyrthosiphon pisum

Fimbriaphis fimbriata

Myzus ornatus

Myzus persicae

Fragaria vesca

(European) Wild Wood Strawberry

Aulacorthum solani

Myzus ornatus

Myzus persicae

Fragaria virginiana Virginia Strawberry

Chaetosiphon fragaefolii

see Fuchsia

Peruvian Fuchsia

Fuchsia

Fuchsia magellanica

Myzus ornatus

see Fuchsia

Fuchsia

Fuchsia, Peruvian

Fuchsia sp

Myzus ornatus

Galeopsis tetrahit Hemp Nettle

Cryptomyzus ribis

Garden Lettuce

Garry Oak

Gaultheria shallon

Aulacorthum dorsatum

see Lactuca

see Quercus

Salal

see Pelargonium

see Geranium

Doves-Foot Geranium

Geranium

Geranium, Doves-Foot

Geranium molle

Myzus ascalonicus

Geranium, Sticky, see Geranium

Geranium viscosissimum Sticky Geranium

Amphorophora geranti

Macrosiphum aetheocornum

Geum macrophyllum

Amphororphora rossi

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Myzus ascalonicus

Galdiolus

Large-Leaved Avens

see Gladiolus

Gladiolus hortulanus Gladiolus

Aphis fabae

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Gladiolus sp Gladiolus

Myzus ornatus

Golden Chain

see Laburnum

Golden-Rod see Solidago

Gooseberry see Ribes

Goosefoot see Chenopodium

Gramineae

Aulacorthum solani

Colopha ulmisacculi

Holocaphis nodulus

Macrosiphum avenae

Macrosiphum fragariae

Rhopalomyzus poae

Rhopalosiphum padi

Sipha kurdjmovi

Sitomyzus columbiae

Grand Fir

Grass, Couch

Grass, Low Spear

Grass, Meadow

Grass, Orchard

Grass, Velvet

Grass, Wheat

Grindelia stricta

Dactynotus erigeronensis

Groundsel, Common

Gum Weed

Hawthorn

Hawthorn, Douglas

Hazelnut

Hedera helix

Aphis pseudohederae

Hedge Mustard

Helianthemum nummularium

Myzus ornatus

Helianthus annuus

Aphis helianthi

Helianthus sp

Aphis helianthi

Helleborus niger

Aulacorthum solani

Hemp Nettle

Henbit

Henry’s Cotoneaster

Heracleum maximum

Aphis heraclella

Cavariella pastinacae

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Myzus ascalonicus

Hesperis matronalis

Myzus ascalonicus

Hibiscus

Hibiscus sp

Myzus persicae

Highbush Blueberry

Highbush Cranberry

Himalaya Blackberry

Holcus lanatus

Hyalopteroides dactylidis

Holly, English

Holodiscus discolor

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

J. Enromot. Soc. Brrr. CotumsBra 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973

Grass Family

see Abies

see Agropyron

see Poa

see Dactylis

see Holcus

see Agropyron

Gum Weed

see Senecio

see Grindelia

see Crataegus

see Corylus

English Ivy

see Sisymbrium

Rock Rose

Sunflower

Christmas Rose

see Galeopsis

see Lamium

see Cotoneaster

Cow Parsnip

Sweet Rocket

see Hibiscus

Hibiscus

see Vaccinium

see Viburnum

see Rubus

Velvet Grass

see Ilex

Ocean Spray

see Humulus

Barley

Hop

Hordeum vulgare

Macrosiphum avenae

Macrosiphum fragariae

Metopolophium dirhodum

Rhopalosiphum padi

Hornbeam, European

Huckleberry, Red

see Carpinus

see Vaccinium

Humulus lupulus Hop

Phorodon humuli

Hybrid Roses see Rosa

Hypochoeris radicata

Myzus ascalonicus

Myzus ornatus

Spotted Cat’s Ear

Ilex aquifolium

Aphis fabae

Aulacorthum solani

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Macrosiphum rosae

English Holly

Indian Reed Grass see Cinna

Indian Thistle see Cirsium

Iris see Iris

Iris sp Iris

Aulacorthum circumflexus

see Hedera

see Pieris

see Aucuba

see Berberis

see Polygonum

see Acer

see Chaenomeles

English Walnut

Ivy, English

Japanese Andromeda

Japanese Aucuba

Japanese Barberry

Japanese Knotweed

Japanese Maple

Japanese Quince

Juglans regia

Calaphis juglandis

Chromaphis juglandicola

see Polygonum

Golden Chain

Knotweed, Japanese

Laburnum anagyroides

Aphis craccivora

Lactuca pulchella Blue Lettuce

Hyperomyzus lactucae

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Lactuca sativa Garden Lettuce

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Pemphigus populivenae

Lactuca sp Lettuce

Nasonovia ribis nigri

Lady’s Thumb

Lamb’s Quarters

see Polygonum

see Chenopodium

Lamium amplexicaule Henbit

Myzus ornatus

Lapsana communis Nipplewort

Nasonovia ribis nigri

Large-Leaved Avens see Geum

Leguminosae Pea Family

Roepkea crataegifoliae

see Lactuca

Lettuce

Lettuce, Blue

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 63

Lettuce, Garden see Lactuca

Lilium longiflorum Croft Lily

Aulacorthum circumflexus

Lilium speciosum Showy Lily

Myzus ascalonicus

Lily, Croft

Lily-Of-The-Valley, Wild

see Lilium

see Maianthemum

Lily, Showy see Lilium

Linden see Tilia

Lodgepole Pine see Pinus

Loganberry see Rubus

Lonicera involucrata

Masonaphis crystleae

Black Twin-Berry

see Poa

see Lupinus

Perennial Lupine

Low Spear Grass

Lupine, Perennial

Lupinus sp

Macrosiphum albifrons

Lyall’s Nettle

Lycopersicum esculentum

Aphis fabae

Madrone

Maianthemum dilatatum

Wild Lily-Of-The- Valley

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

see Urtica

Tomato

see Arbutus

Maize see Zea

Malus coronaria Wild Sweet Crabapple

Aphis pomi

Malus pumila Common Apple

Eriosoma lanigerum

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Rhopalosiphum insertum

Roepkea bakeri

Malus spp Ornamental § Table Crabapples

Aphis pomi

Dysaphis plantaginea

Rhopalosiphum fitchii

Malus sylvestris Apple

Aphis pomi

Dysaphis plantaginea

Roepkea bakeri

Maple see Acer

Maple, Broadleaf see Acer

Maple, Japanese see Acer

Maple, Norway see Acer

Maple, (Rocky) Mountain see Acer

Maple, Vine see Acer

Marigold, African

Marigold, Dwarf

Marigold, Marsh

Marsh Marigold

Matricaria matricarioides

Aphis fabae

Aulacorthum solani

Brachycaudus helichrysi

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Myzus persicae

see Tagetes

see Caltha

Pineapple Weed

see Poa

Alfalfa

Meadow Grass

Medicago sativa

Acyrthosiphon pisum

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Myzus persicae

Therioaphis riehmi

Melilotus alba

Acyrthosiphon pisum

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Therioaphis riehmi

White Sweet Clover

Melilotus sp Sweet Clover

Acyrthosiphon pisum

Mentha arvensis var canadensis

Canada Mint

Aulacorthum solani

Capitophorus elaeagni

Ovatus crataegarius

Mint, Canada see Mentha

Mock Orange see Philadelphus

Mountain Ash, Wild see Sorbus

Mustard see Brassica

Mustard, Hedge

Mustard, Tall Hedge

Nasturtium

Nettle, Hemp

Netle, Lyall’s

Nightshade

Nipplewort

Northern Red Oak

Norway Maple see Acer

Nuphar sp Yellow Pond-Lily

Rhopalosiphum nymphaeae

see Sisymbrium

see Tropaeolum

see Galeopsis

see Urtica

see Solanum

see Lapsana

see Quercus

Nymphaea sp

Rhopalosiphum nymphaeae

Waterlily

Oak, Garry see Quercus

Oak, Northern Red see Quercus

Oak, Red see Quercus

Oat see Avena

see Holodiscus

Water Parsley

Ocean Spray

Oenanthe sarmentosa

Cavariella aegopodii

Orchard Grass see Dactylis

Ornamental and Table Crabapples see Malus

Osmaronia cerasiformis Bird Cherry

Macrosiphum osmaroniae

Osmorhiza chilensis

Myzus ascalonicus

Sweet Cicely

Oxalis deppei Wood Sorrel

Aphis fabae

Ox-Eye Daisy see Chrysanthemum

Pacific Willow see Salix

Pansy see Viola

Paper Birch see Betula

Parsley see Petroselinum

Parsley, Water see Oenanthe

Parsnip see Pastinaca

Parsnip, Cow see Heracleum

64 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aua. 1, 1973

see Sium

Parsnip

Parsnip, Water

Pastinaca sativa

Aphis heraclella

see Paulownia

Paulownia

Paulownia imperialis

Aulacorthum solani

Peach see Prunus

Pear see Pyrus

Pelargonium hortorum Geranium

Aulacorthum circumflexus

see Delphinium

see Lupinus

see Sonchus

see Fuchsia

Perennial Delphinium

Perennial Lupine

Perennial Sowthistle

Peruvian Fuchsia

Petroselinum crispum Parsley

Myzum ornatus

Philadelphus gordonianus Mock Orange

Aphis fabae

Aulacorthum solani

Brachycaudus helichrysi

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Masonaphis spiraeae

Myzus persicae

Phragmites communis Common Reed

Hyalopterus pruni

Picea pungens Blue Sprice

Cinara braggi

Cinara coloradensis

Cinara costata

Elatobium abietinum

Picea sitchensis

Elatobium abietinum

Sitka Spruce

Picea sp Spruce

Elatobium abietinum

Pieris japonica Japanese Andromeda

Aulacorthum pterinigrum

Wahlgreniella nervata

Pineapple Weed see Matricaria

Pine, Lodgepole see Pinus

Pine, Ponderosa see Pinus

Pine, Scots see Pinus

Pinus contorta Lodgepole Pine

Cinara brevispinosa

Cinara medispinosa

Cinara murrayanae

Pinus ponderosa Ponderosa Pine

Essigella gillettei

Pinus sylvestris Scots Pine

Cinara pinea

Schizolachnus pineti

Plantago lanceolata

Myzus ascalonicus

Ribgrass

see Prunus

Low Spear Grass

Plum

Poa annua

Rhopalomyzus poae

Poa sp Meadow Grass

Rhopalosiphum padiformis

Polygonum convolvulus Bindweed

Myzus persicae

Polygonum cuspidatum Japanese Knotweed

Aulacorthum solani

Polygonum persicaria

Aphis fabae

Capitophorus hippophaes

Polypodiaceae

Lady’s Thumb

Fern Family

Idiopterus nephrelepidus

Polystichum munitum Sword Fern

Macrosiphum ptericolens

see Pinus

see Nuphar

see Populus

Balsam Poplar

Ponderosa Pine

Pond-Lily, Yellow

Poplar

Poplar, Balsam

Populus balsamifera

Pterocomma bicolor bicolor

Populus sp Poplar

Chaitophorus delicatus

Chaitophorus neglectus

Chaitophorus populicola

Populus tremuloides Trembling Aspen

Chaitophorus populicola

Populus trichocarpa Black Cottonwood

Chaitophorus populifolii

Pterocomma bicolor bicolor

Pterocomma smithiae

Thecabius gravicornis

Thecabius populimonilis

Potato

Potentilla anserina

Chaetosiphon fragaefolii

Chaetosiphon potentillae

see Solanum

Silver Weed

see Primula

Primrose

Primula sp

Aulacorthum circumflexus

Aulacorthum solani

Myzus ornatus

Prunus avium Sweet Cherry

Myzus cerasi

Prunus cerasifera var pissardi

Cherry Plum

Phorodon humuli

Prunus domestica Plum

Brachycaudus cardui

Brachycaudus helichrysi

Wild Cherry

Prunus emarginata

Myzus cerasi

Myzus lythri

Prunus japonica Dwarf Flowering Cherry

Phorodon humuli

Prunus persica Peach

Aphis pomi

Myzus persicae

Rhopalosiphum nymphaeae

J. Entomo.. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 65

Prunus sp Cherry

Hyalopterus pruni

Pseudotsuga menziesii Douglas Fir

Cinara pseudotaxifoliae

Pyrus communis Pear

Aphis pomi

Quercus borealis

Myzocallis walshii

Northern Red Oak

Quercus garryana Garry Oak

Thelaxes albipes

Thelaxes californica

Tuberculatus columbiae

Quercus rubra Red Oak

Myzocallis occulta

Myzocallis walshii

see Chaenomeles

see Raphanus

see Senecio

Tall Buttercup

Quince, Japanese

Radish

Ragwort, Tansy

Ranunculus acris

Aulacorthum solani

Myzus persicae

Ranunculus sp Buttercup

Aphis fabae

Myzus ornatus

Myzus persicae

Rape, Bird see Brassica

Raphanus raphanistrum Charlock

Myzus persicae

Raphanus sativus Radish

Brevicoryne brassicae

Raspberry, Blackcap see Rubus

Raspberry, Red see Rubus

Red Alder see Alnus

Red Clover see Trifolium

Red Currant see Ribes

Red-Fruited Elder

Red Huckleberry

see Sambucus

see Vaccinium

Red Oak see Quercus

Red Raspberry see Rubus

Reed, Common see Phragmites

Reed Grass, Indian see Cinna

Rhamnus purshiana Cascara

Macrosiphum rhamni

Rheum rhaponticum Rhubarb

Aphis fabae

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Myzus persicae

Rhododendron see Rhododendron

Rhdodendron sp Rhododendron

Masonaphis lambersi

Rhubarb see Rheum

Ribes grossularia Gooseberry

Cryptomyzus ribis

Ribes lacustre

Aphis neomexicana

Swamp Gooseberry

Ribes sativum Red Currant

Cryptomyzus ribis

Ribes sp

Cryptomyzus ribis

Currant

Ribgrass see Plantago

Robinia sp False Acacia

Appendiseta robiniae

Rock Rose see Helianthemum

(Rocky) Mountain Maple see Acer

Rosa rugosa Rugose-Leaved Rose

Chaetosiphon tetrarhodus

Macrosiphum rosae

Metopolophium dirhodum

Rosa spp Hybrid Roses

Aulacorthum clavicornis

Chaetosiphon fragaefolii

Chaetosiphon tetrarhodus

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Macrosiphum rosae

Metopolophium dirhodum

Myzus persicae

Wahlgreniella nervata

see Helleborus

see Helianthemum

see Rosa

Red Raspberry

Rose, Christmas

Rose, Rock

Rose, Rugose-Leaved

Roses, Hybrid

Rubus idaeus

Amphorophora rubi

Aphis idaei

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Macrosiphum fragariae

Rubus laciniatus Cut-Leaved Blackberry

Macrosiphum fragariae

Rubus loganobaccus Loganberry

Aphis idaei

Rubus occidentalis

Amphorophora rubi

Blackcap Raspberry

Rubus parviflorus Thimbleberry

Amphorophora parviflori

Masonaphis davidsoni

Masonaphis maxima

Rubus spectabilis Salmonberry

Amphorophora forbesi

Aulacorthum scabrosum

Rubus thyrsanthus Himalaya Blackberry

Amphorophora parviflori

Macrosiphum fragariae

Rubus vitifolius Trailing Blackberry

Amphorophora rubitoxica

see Rosa

Sheep Sorrel

Rugose-Leaved Rose

Rumex acetosella

Brachycaudus rumexicolens

Myzus ascalonicus

Pemphigus populivenae

Curled Dock

Rumex crispus

Aphis rumicis

66 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumpBria 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973

Rutabaga see Brassica

Rye see Secale

Sagebrush see Artemisia

Saintpaulia sp African Violet

Aulacorthum circumflexus

Salal

Salicornia europea

Macrosiphum salicicornii

see Gaultheria

Sand-Fire

Salix babylonica Weeping Willow

Pterocomma smithiae

Salix fragilis Brittle Willow

Pterocomma smithiae

Salix lasiandra Pacific Willow

Cavariella konoi

Pterocomma smithiae

Salix scouleriana Scouler’s Willow

Pterocomma salicis

Salix spp Willow

Chaitophorus macrostachyae

Chaitophorus nigrae

Chaitophorus pustulatus

Chaitophorus viminalis

Plocamaphis bulbosa

Plocamaphis flocculosa

Pterocomma bicolor bicolor

Pterocomma pilosum

Pterocomma salicis

Tuberolachnus salignus

see Rubus

Red-Fruited Elder

Salmonberry

Sambucus racemosa

Aphis sambucifoliae

Macrosiphum stanleyi

Sand-Fire

Saskatoon Berry

Scotch Broom

see Salicornia

see Amelanchier

see Cytisus

Scots Pine see Pinus

Scouler’s Willow see Salix

Secale cereale Rye

Macrosiphum avenae

Rhopalosiphum padi

Sedge see Carex

Sedum anglicum Stonecrop

Aphis sedi

Senecio jacobaea Tansy Ragwort

Aphis lugentis

Senecio vulgaris Common Groundsel

Brachycaudus helichrysi

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Myzus ornatus

Myzus persicae

see Rumex

see Capsella

see Lilium

see Potentilla

Tall Hedge Mustard

Sheep Sorrel

Shepherd’s Purse

Showy Lily

Silver Weed

Sisymbrium officinale

Macrosiphum fragariae

Myzus ascalonicus

Sisymbrium sp Hedge Mustard

Myzus persicae

Sitka Alder see Alnus

Sitka Spruce see Picea

Sium suave

Aphis heraclella

Cavariella aegopodii

Water Parsnip

Smilacina stellata

Star-Flowered Solomon’s Seal

Macrosiphum yagasogae

Snapdragon see Antirrhinum

Snowball see Viburnum

Snowberry see Symphoricarpos

Snowbrush see Ceanothus

Solanum nigrum Nightshade

Myzus persicae

Solanum tuberosum Potato

Aphis fabae

Aulacorthum solani

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Myzus persicae

Rhopalosiphoninus latysiphon

Solidago canadensis Golden-Rod

Dactynotus erigeronensis

Dactynotus nigrotuberculatus

Solomon’s Seal, Star-Flowered see Smilacina

Sonchus arvensis Perennial Sowthistle

Hyperomyzis lactucae

Hyperomyzus pallidus

Sonchus asper

Aphis fabae

Dactynotus sonchi

Hyperomyzus lactucae

Spiny Sowthistle

Sonchus oleraceus

Hyperomyzus lactucae

Annual Sowthistle

Soncus sp Sowthistle

Hyperomyzus lactucae

Myzus ascalonicus

Soebus scopulina (Wild) Mountain Ash

Roepkea yohoensis

see Rumex

see Oxalis

see Sonchus

see Spartium

Sorrel, Sheep

Sorrel, Wood

Sowthistle, Annual

Sowthistle, Perennial

Sowthistle, Spiny

Spanish Broom

Spartium junceum Spanish Broom

Aphis craccivora

Spindle Tree, Winged

Spiny Sowthistle

Spiraea

Spiraea sp

Aspidaphis longicauda

Spotted Cat’s Ear

see Euonymus

see Sonchus

see Spiraea

Spiraea

see Hypochoeris

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBiIA 70 (1973), AuG. 1, 1973 67

Spruce see Picea

Spruce, Blue see Picea

Spruce, Sitka see Picea

see Smilacina

Common Chickweed

Star-Flowered Solomon’s Seal

Stellaria media

Myzus persicae

Stellaria sp Chickweed

Myzus ascalonicus

Sticky Geranium see Geranium

Stonecrop see Sedum

Storksbill see Erodium

Strawberry see Fragaria

Strawberry, Blueleaf see Fragaria

Strawberry, (European) Wild Wood

see Fragaria

Strawberry, Virginia

Strawberry, Wild

Strawberry, Wild Wood

Sugar Beet see Beta

Sunflower see Helianthus

Swamp Gooseberry seeRibes

Swede Turnip see Brassica

Sweet Cherry see Prunus

see Osrrorhiza

see Melilotus

see Hesperis

see Polystichum

Snowberry

Sweet Cicely

Sweet Clover

Sweet Rocket

Sword Fern

Symphoricarpos albus

Aphthargelia symphoricarpi

Targetes erecta African Marigold

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Tagetes tenuiflora var pumila

Dwarf Marigold

Brachycaudus helichrysi

Tall Buttercup

Tall Hedge Mustard

Tanacetum vulgare

Macrosiphoniella tanacetaria

see Ranunculus

see Sisymbrium

Tansy

see Tanacetum

see Senecio

Common Dandelion

Tansy

Tansy Ragwort

Taraxacum officinale

Dactynotus taraxaci

Myzus ascalonicus

Thimbleberry

Thistle

Thistle, Bull

Thistle, Canada

Thistle, Indian

Thistle, Wavy-Leafed

Tilia sp

Eucallipterus tiliae

see Rubs

see Cirsium

Linden

see Lycopersicum

see Rubus

see Populus

Red Clover

Tomato

Trailing Blackberry

Trembling Aspen

Trifolium pratense

Brachycaudus helichrysi

Roepkea sensoriata

Trifolium sp Clover

Acyrthosiphon pisum

Reopkea bakeri

Triticum aestivum Wheat

Macrosiphum avenae

Rhopalosiphum padi

Tropaeolum majus Nasturtium

Aphis fabae

Tulip see Tulipa

Tulipa gesneriana Tulip

Aulacorthum circumflexus

Aulacorthum solani

Dysaphis tulipae

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Myzus persicae

Rhopalosiphoninus staphyleae

see Brassica

see Lonicera

Turnip, Swede

Twin-Berry, Black

Ulmus americana

Tinocallis platani

Ulmus sp

Eriosoma americanum

Tinocallis ulmifolii

American Elm

Elm

Urtica lyallii

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

Lyall’s Nettle

Vaccinium corymbosum

Highbush Blueberry

Brachycaudus helichrysi

Fimbriaphis fimbriata

Vaccinium parvifolium Red Huckleberry

Macrosiphum parvifolii

Vaccinium sp Blueberry

Aulacorthum pterinigrum

Fimbriaphis fimbriata

Velvet Grass

Viburnum opulus

Ceruraphis eriophori

see Holcus

Snowball

Viburnum trilobum Highbush Cranberry

Acyrthosiphon macrosiphum

Prociphilus xylostei

Vicia faba Broad Bean

Aphis fabae

Vine Maple see Acer

Viola tricolor Pansy

Aulacorthum circumflexus

Myzus ascalonicus

Myzus ornatus

Myzus persicae

Violet, African

Virginia Strawberry

Walnut, English

Waterlily

Water Parsley

Water Parsnip

Wavy-Leafed Thistle

see Saintpaulia

see Fragaria

see Juglans

see Nymphaea

see Oenanthe

see Sium

see Cirsium

68 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRiT. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973

Weeping Birch see Betula

Weeping Willow see Salix

Western Birch see Betula

Wheat see Triticum

Wheat Grass see Agropyron

White Sweet Clover see Melilotus

Wild Cherry see Prunus

see Maianthemum

see Sorbus

see Fragaria

Wild Lily-Of-The-Valley

(Wild) Mountain Ash

Wild Strawberry

Wild Sweet Crabapple see Malus

Wild Wood Strawberry see Fragaria

Willow see Salix

Willow, Pacific see Salix

Willow, Scouler’s see Salix

Willow, Weeping see Salix

Winged Spindle Tree see Euonymus

see Oxalis

see Nuphar

Wood Sorrel

Yellow Pond-Lily

Yucca smalliana Adam’s Needle

Aulacorthum circumflexus

Myzus persicae

Zea mays Maize, Corn

Macrosiphum avenae

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

see Zinnia

Zinnia

Zinnia elegans

Aphis fabae

Macrosiphum euphorbiae

see Zygadenus

Zygadene

Zygadenus sp

Macrosiphum kiowanepum

Acknowledgments

Our sincere thanks are due to Mr. H. N. W.

Toms who reviewed the scientific and common

names of the plants in the host list. Mr. Cho-Kai

Chan did much of the work of compiling the

index.

A NOTE ON THE TAXONOMY OF THE

PSYLLIDAE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

I. D. HODKINSON:

Kitching (1971) recently published a key to

the Psyllidae of British Columbia which

contains a number of nomenclatorial and

taxonomic errors. His key is based on the

monographs of Crawford (1914) and Tuthill

(1943) and more recent work has not been

considered. The purpose of this note is to try to

bring the nomenclature in line with modern

usage.

Tuthill (1944) replaced the name Psylla

uncata Tuthill by Psylla hamata Tuthill as the

former was preoccupied by Psylla uncata

Ferris & Klyver.

Arytaina spartiophila has only one basal

metatarsal spine and would therefore not fall

within the proposed definition of the Psyllinae

(Kitching p. 38). Couplet 3 should be modified

to read — Basal tarsal segment of hind legs

with at least one black claw-like spine at tip.

This will make the key valid for North

American species but not for the world species.

‘Environmental Sciences Centre (Kananaskis),

Calgary, Calgary, Alberta.

University of

Heslop-Harrison (1961) discussed the

North American Arytaina in detail and

established four new genera, three of which are

relevant here. Arytaina robusta and A.

fuscipennis are referable to the genus

EuglyptoneuraH-H., A. ceanothi to the genus

CeanothiaH-H. and A. pubescens to the genus

Purshivora H-H. This does not alter the

validity of the key at the species level.

The American scheme of _ psyllid

classification is based on that proposed by

Crawford in 1914. Modern authors working

outside North America (Vondracek 1957,

Dobreanu & Manolache 1962, Loginova

1967) have since split certain of the genera

recognised by Crawford and these divisions

appear valid on both morphological and

biological grounds. On the modern European

classification system Livia caricisis referable to

the genus Diraphia Waga and Aphalarasensu

Crawford is split into Aphalara sensu stricta

and Craspedolepta Enderlein on the basis of

the form of the clypeus. A revision of the North

American Aphalara is thus urgently required.

References

Crawford, D. L. 1914. A monograph of the jumping plant lice or Psyllidae of the New World.

Bull. U.S. natn. Mus. 85: 1-182.

Dobreanu, E. and C. Manolache, 1962. Homoptera Psylloidea. Fauna Repub. pop. rom. Insecta

8: 376 pp.

Heslop-Harrison, G. 1961. The Arytainini of the subfamily Psyllinae, Hemiptera-Homoptera, family

Psyllidae.-II. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (ser. 13) 3: 417-439.

J. ENToMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 69

Kitching, R. L. 1971. The Psyllidae of British Columbia with a key to species. J. Entomol.

Soc. Brit. Columbia 68: 36-43.

Loginova, M. M. 1967. Psyllinea - Jumping plant lice - in Bei-Bienko et al. Keys to the

insects of the European U.S.S.R. 1. Israel Program for Scientific Translations, Jerusalem.

Tuthill. L. D. 1943. The psyllids of America north of Mexico (Psyllidae:Homoptera). Iowa St.

Coll. J. Sci. 17: 443-660.

Tuthill, L. D. 1944. Descriptions of some new North American Psyllidae with notes on others.

J. Kansas ent. Soc. 17: 1-6.

Vondracek, K. 1957. Mery Psylloidea. Fauna C.S.R. 9: 431 pp.

Loginova (1972) (Commentat. Biol. Soc. Sic. Fenn. 47: 1-37) has recently placed Arytaina

spartiophila in a new genus Arytainilla Log.

Pendergast, C. 1971. Introduction to Organic

Gardening. Nash Publishing, Los Angeles,

167 pp., $2.50 in Canada.

Null, G. and Staff. 1972. How to Grow Food

Organically. Leisure Books, Inc., New

York, 278 pp., 95c.

Tyler, H. 1972. Organic Gardening Without

Poisons. Pocket Books (Simon & Schuster),

New York, 224 pp., $1.50.

Rodale, Robert, Ed. 1971. The Basic Book of

Organic Gardening. Ballantyne Books,

Inc., New York, 377 pp., $1.25.

Harrison, J. B. 1972. Good Food Naturally. J.

J. Douglas Ltd., West Vancouver, 116 pp.,

$3.95.

As one who struggled for years to grow food

in pre-DDT days, with indifferent success, I

have a sceptic’s interest in the current outbreak

of books on organic gardening. Listing this

randomly chosen quintet of paperbacks in my

own ascending order of merit was a temptation

not to be resisted.

The first is well printed and _ bound,

carelessly proofread and without illustrations,

which might even have improved it; they could

scarcely have harmed it. The book exemplifies

everything that is half-baked about the organic

food movement. This is a pity because the

movement is a logical and healthy reaction to

the hard sell of over-refined and over-processed

convenience foods, to careless and excessive use

of chemicals, and less logically, to mass-

produced, farm-factory foods.

Much is made here of the Grand Plan of

Nature. This is never laid out in so many

words, but the phrase is repeated over and

over. Insects and insecticides are covered in 5

pages which confirm the superficiality of the

author’s knowledge. Some samples: the insect

world numbers in the millions of species; there

are 60,000 different types of pesticides; “‘It is

an established fact that insects will attack an

unhealthy plant before they will attack a

healthy, sound plant .. .”’ (the insects could

easily be trapped if only they knew this

established fact too); “‘insecticides ... began

killing large numbers of other animals in-

cluding man himself. There are lakes and

streams throughout our country which are

totally devoid of all life because of these

wonder powders. Hundreds of thousands of

acres of farm and forest lands have been

sprayed, and sprayed again, poisoning the

lands and all of the life upon it.” (P. 149.

Emphasis added). This is poor stuff for a book

published in 1971. The facts of pollution are

bad enough without piling falsehood on

exaggeration.

The author extrapolates from amateur

gardening to commercial farming without,

apparently, recognizing any difference in scale.

His treatment of gardening consists mostly of

sketchy instructions on how to make compost,

rather than on how to grow fruits and

vegetables, as stated on the cover. Nowhere

does he suggest specific methods to reduce

insect damage. The whole issue is quickly

sidestepped by stating that there is an enor-

mous number of ways, all of them easy and

available through a short trip to the library. No

bibliography is given.

The author has an irritating knack for the

wrong word, e.g.: erosion will be stifled; Sir

Howard (Sir Albert Howard) forcibly ex-

claimed his stand; scientists who regaled in

their achievements; our youth formulating a

significant number of people. The writing in

general is an abrasive mixture of high-flown

phrases, italics and colloquialisms. It includes

some completely meaningless passages about

which it is difficult to write soberly; for in-

stance: (P. 97) “A soil that is rich in

microscopic life, is rich in organic matter, and

is a fertile soil. A soil that is rich in organic

matter is naturally a soil that is rich in

microscopic life. Nature works in_ ever-

widening circles.’’ In ever-narrowing ones too,

apparently.

Only the most heady enthusiast could

70 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. COLUMBIA 70 (1973), AuG. 1, 1973

seriously wade all the way through this dull

inflated, inaccurate and repetitious potboiler. I

finished it with a sense of relief.

The second book is somewhat more

professionally written, but I seemed not to have

changed books as I| struggled through the deep

verbal muskeg of scores of pages of maun-

dering about nature’s cycles. I suspect that

authors such as these confine their reading to

each other’s books, which they paraphrase for

themselves. Whole pages could be exchanged

between them and no one would guess the

difference.

At least some instructions are given here on

how to grow plants. But the book appeals fairly

directly also to food faddists. Thus the last 41

pp. are devoted to brief descriptions of the

nutritive value of foods, from agar-agar, ale

and almonds, through carob, caviar, cola nuts,

crab meat, malt, mango, margarine and oysters

to vinegar, walnut and yogurt; obviously not

restricted to the simpler garden crops. This is

preceded by 22 pp. of tables on the vitamins of

ordinary foods and their content of vital

elements. The authors subscribe to the theory

of “plastic” vegetables, according to which

“chemicalized”’ foods are at best non-nutritious

and at worst, toxic. There is a special but

undefined meaning for the word toxic; it

appears to be a much more serious and

dangerous condition than merely poisonous.

On chemical pesticides (6 pp.), the authors

are still hung up on DDT, which is the only one

named. It is stated to be firmly linked to cancer

and capable of doubling the rate of human

mutation (P. 57). Before the 1940’s, farmers

are said to have “used natural, traditional

methods, including biological control.”’

Farmers in the 1930’s and earlier did indeed

use pyrethrum and rotenone but they also used

traditional compounds of iron, lead, mercury,

phosphorus, copper, fluorine, thallium, and

most common, effective, dangerous, and

persistent of all, the biocide, arsenic. There

were no others available.

A number of chapters have bibliographies

which refer to books rather than to articles.

Something went wrong with the already

inadequate 2-page index. In twenty tries I

could not find a page reference that was even

close.

This is not true of the book by H. A. Tyler,

which has a good index. The cover blurb states

that the author is a professional gardener,

trained in the natural sceinces. It comes

through clearly that he works from personal

experience and knows whereof he writes. There

is a fair amount of padding: the type is large;

the right margin is irregular as in typescript;

full pages and even double pages are devoted to

photos of subjects such as: earthworms,

com post, soil, tilling processes, a few pests and

useful animals, gardens in California, the

author, a handsome old dog, doing his thing,

and some drawings of birds, pests, equipment

and bird boxes. Nevertheless, it is a book that

might appeal to many gardeners. The in-

structions for growing are reasonably specific

so that the book could serve as a reference. It is

vastly superior to the two reviewed above.

The last chapter, on the wastage of manure

from large feed lots and possible solutions to

the problem, is excellent.

The Rodale name should indicate that the

next book is written by pros, and that the

information has stood the test of time. True

enough, with a few reservations. The book is

organized as follows: What is an organic

gardener? (8 pp.), Secrets of the best organic

gardeners (96 pp.), What to grow and how

(210 pp.), Protection against the bugs (50

pp-), When to harvest (16 pp.), The organic

way (22 pp.), an appendix containing ad-

dresses of distributors of natural fertilizers, etc.

(3 in B.C.) and organic gardening clubs (1 in

B.C.), a good glossary and an index. Mostly

straightforward stuff.

The section on pest control is the weakest in

the book. It includes about equal amounts of

enthusiasm, good sense, anthropomorphism,

faith, wishful thinking, and unanswered

questions. The enthusiasm is pervasive; the

good sense pops up now and then as in ad-

vocating the keeping of bantam hens in the

garden, a very old technique; the an-

thropomorphism shows, among other places, in

ladybugs feasting on scales, and various birds

relishing, delighting, deriving great joy or

satisfaction from pests; the faith and wishful

thinking go together. Aphids are said to detest

plans grown in organically rich soil—but the

aphids do not agree, at least not those in my

garden; woodpeckers are said to consume

more than 50% of codling moth larvae in

winter — perhaps so, but they are hopelessly

ineffective as controls in western North

America, according to J. A. Marshall; bird

boxes are said to attract birds that will take

care of all insect problems — but the disruptive

and aggressive starlings and English sparrows

are scarcely mentioned.

The unanswered questions are such as

these: for bean beetle control some gardeners

are said to have used a mixture of crushed

turnips and corn oil (P. 266). But how? In

what amounts? When been beetles are active

surely turnips are mostly seedlings? ‘‘Hot

pepper spray is an easy and certain control” for

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BriT. CoLuMBIA 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 (pl

root maggots (P. 271). How? As a repellant?

On the soil? In the soil? Against adult flies?

Denatured alcohol is the remedy for mealybugs

on house plants. How? No method is given. A

3% oil spray is advised for mites. Not in

summer, surely? Non-toxic sprays of “sour

milk and salt mixtures”’ are said to be effective

against cabbage maggots (P. 267). How does

one get sour milk through a spray nozzle?

What are the nontoxic but effective con-

centrations of salt? And where are they ap-

plied? The habit these authors have of skip-

ping lightly over the nitty gritty details of

pest control is disconcerting and contrasts with

210 pp. of meticulous instructions on exactly

what to grow, precisely how and where.

A spurious air of veracity is given by some

references to published scientific papers, such

as those of plant pathologists who attempted to

reduce transmission of certain viruses by

treatment with juice from pepper plants; or the

finding that sugar kills nematodes. We read

that fungi are the enemy of nematodes (P.

241), but the fungi are unspecified; the im-

pression given is any fungi. These findings are

still several removes from garden application.

The text is based on material that has

appeared in Organic Gardening Magazine, and

so is written by nearly a dozen authors, in-

cluding notably the editor. In sum the book is

worthwhile and a good one to recommend to

prospective organic gardeners who can hardly

fail to find of lead of some kind if not a cure for

most problems.

Although it is attractively printed, bound

and illustrated, it is a pity that John Harrison’s

book is so expensive, for it is by far the best of

this group in every respect. Harrison has a deft

turn of phrase and his writing is direct, fresher

and more personal than that of the hacks who

grind out material they have “‘researched’’, or

that of the dozen professional organic writers.

The first chapter, in fact, is autobiographical

and presents his personal philosophy.

Harrison’s grasp of science and scientific

method is weak, but there is nothing wrong

with his understanding of the economics of

food production, nor of his distinction between

farming and gardening. He is the only one of

these authors who appears to make any

connection between the population problem

and food mass-produced with chemical fer-

tilizers. He seems to be the only one who has

actually made a living by organic farming

rather than by writing about it. He was helped

in this by having settled close to a large and

affluent centre of population where he could

get the loyal clientele and carriage trade prices

that his methods demanded.

Having long eschewed their use, Harrison

appears to have little real knowledge of in-

secticides. He drags out tired arguments such

as the one about insects acquiring resistance

from sub-lethal doses, then needing stronger

and stronger chemicals for control. None can

‘question the logic of his argument that those

who profit from chemicals should do the work

of assaying them. In fact they do. But would

Harrison really prefer that the chemical

companies also make the final decisions on

acceptance or rejection, use patterns and

dosages. Somebody has to. Would he not prefer

that these details be worked out by responsible

public servants with no axe to grind? Only ten

pages are given to Pests and Pesticides, so that

the treatment is necessarily superficial.

The chapters on Planting and Growing,

Harvesting and Storing, are clear, quite

specific in their instructions, and_ well

illustrated; they include five pages on cooking.

The final chapter is a mixed bag of advice,

much of which seems to belong in foregoing

sections. The organization falls off, but it is

possible to find references with a good 5-page

index.

H.R. MacCarthy

72 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumpBia 70 (1973), Aue. 1, 1973 |

NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS

This society has no support except from subscriptions. It has become

necessary to institute a page charge. This has initially been set at less than

cost: $12.00. The page charge includes all extras except coloured illustrations,

provided that such extras do not comprise more than 40% of the published

pages. Coloured illustrations will be charged directly to the author. Authors, not

attached to universities or official institutions, who must pay these charges from

their personal funds and are unable to do so, may apply for assistance when sub-

mitting a manuscript.

Reprints are sold only in even hundreds and at the following prices:

Number of pages 1-4 5-8 9-12 13-16 17-20 21-24 25-28

First 100 copies $22 31 42 55 70 87 106

Each extra 100 6 8 10 1Z 14 16 18

Author’s discounts (up to 40%) may be granted to authors who certify

at the time of ordering that they are buying reprints at personal expense.

Authors ordering personal reprints in addition to those ordered by an institution

will be billed at the rate for extra hundreds.

Papers for the Journal need not have been presented at meetings of the

Entomological Society of British Columbia. nor is it mandatory, although pref-

erable, that authors be members of the society. The chief condition for publica-

tion is that the paper have some regional origin, interest, or application.

Contributions should be sent to:

H.R. MacCarthy,

6660 N.W. Marine Drive,

Vancouver 8, B.C.

Manuscripts should be typed double-spaced on one side of white, line-

spaced numbered paper if possible, leaving generous margins. The original and

two copies, mailed flat, are required. Tables should be on separate, numbered

sheets, with the caption on the sheet. Captions for illustrations should also be on

separate numbered sheets, but more than one caption may be on a sheet. Photo-

graphs should be glossy prints of good size, clarity and contrast. Line drawings

should be in black ink on good quality white paper.

The style, abbreviations and citations should conform to the Style

Manual for Biological Journals published by the American Institute of Biological

Sciences.

BACK NUMBERS

Back numbers of this journal are available from the Secretary-

Treasurer, from volume 45 (1949) to the present, at $4.00 per volume. Certain

earlier back numbers are also available, but only on special request to the

Secretary-Treasurer.

Address inquiries to:

N. V. Tonks, Secretary-Treasurer,

2819 Graham Street,

Victoria, B.C.

JOURNAL

‘ of the

-ENTOMOLOGICAL

SOCIETY of

BRITISH COLUMBIA

i a ee oe RZ

ECONOMIC

DOWNING gid MOILLIET—Control of the pear leaf blister mite and

ee bh: pear rust mite (Acarina - Eriophyidae) in British Columbia... .

GENERAL

: MACQUEEN and BEIRNE— Insects and mites associated with fresh

| - dung in the southern interior of British Columbia |

a | i HALL and DYER—Larval head-capsule widths of Dendroctonus

ae _rufipennis (Kirby) (Coleoptera: Scolytidae)

a HEDLIN and RUTH—Bearbara colfaxiana siskivouana (Kft.) a pest in

aoe cones of Abies grandis

~ MILLER and FINLAYSON — Native parasites of the larch casebearer,

Coleophora laricella (Hbn.) (Lepidoptera: Coleophoridae), in the

_ West Kootenay area of British Columbia

5 MAYER and BEIRNE— Apple leaf rollers (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae)

} | and their parasites in the Okanagan Valley, British Columbia

ag _ BRUSVEN and PRATHER— Influence of stream sediments on

1 | distribution of macrobenthos

1 | TONKS—Occurrence of a midge, Oligotrophus betheli Felt, on juniper

3 _ on Vancouver Island, British Columbia (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae) . .

>} |} FRAZER, RAWORTH and BRYAN—Rearing natural enemies of aphids

_ for ecological studies

_ VOCKEROTH—Notes on the biology of Cramptonomyia spenceri

S Alexander (Diptera: Cramptonomyiidae)

Se TAXONOMIC

1 ane FORBES. FRAZER and CHO-KAI CHAN—The aphids

A _ (Homoptera: Aphididae) of British Columbia. 3. additions and

corrections

JOURNAL

of the

ENTOMOLOGICAL

SOCIETY of

BRITISH COLUMBIA

VOL. 71 Issued October 1, 1974

ECONOMIC

DOWNING and MOILLIET—Control of the pear leaf blister mite and

the pear rust mite (Acarina - Eriophyidae) in British Columbia... . 3

GENERAL

MACQUEEN and BEIRNE—Insects and mites associated with fresh

dung in the southern interior of British Columbia .........2.~. 5S

HALL and DYER—Larval head-capsule widths of Dendroctonus

rufipennis (Kirby) (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) .............. 10

HEDLIN and RUTH—Barbara colfaxiana siskivouana (Kft.) a pest in

Gomes-Of Abies. prandis .6.6.0 6 66 a 13

MILLER and FINLAYSON— Native parasites of the larch casebearer.

Coleophora laricella (Hbn.) (Lepidoptera: Coleophoridae). in the

West Kootenay area of British Columbia ................ 14

MAYER and BEIRNE—Apple leaf rollers (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae )

and their parasites in the Okanagan Valley. British Columbia... . . 22

BRUSVEN and PRATHER Influence of stream sediments on

distribution of macrobenthos ...........0..0. 000002 ee 295

TONKS—Occurrence of a midge. Oligotrophus betheli Felt. on juniper

on Vancouver Island. British Columbia (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae) .. 33

FRAZER. RAWORTH and BRYAN —Rearing natural enemies of aphids

formecotogical studies 9) {26 Ue a ee we ha eR ee et we es 309

VOCKEROTH— Notes on the biology of Cramptonomyia spenceri

Alexander (Diptera: Cramptonomyiidae) ................4 38

TANONOMIC

FORBES. FRAZER and CHO-KAIL CHAN—The aphids

(Homoptera: Aphididae) of British Columbia. 3. additions and

COMBCCULOM Get. Meester G4 a oie ye alee ae ales He 6 apd on 3

BO OIG CINE NUE NY Bete ee ose pct Aw wood, aes FB ea aw 4 HO [2234

NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS 50

J. Entomo.u. Soc. Brit. CotumBiA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

Directors of the Entomological Society of

British Columbia for 1974 - 1975

President

THELMA FINLAYSON

Simon Fraser University, Burnaby 2

President-Elect

J. R. CARROW

Pacific Forest Research Centre,

506 West Burnside Rd., Victoria

Past President

R. D. McMULLEN

Research Station, C.D.A., Summerland

Secretary-Treasurer

N. V. TONKS

2819 Graham Street, Victoria

Honorary Auditor

P. ZUK

Research Station, C.D.A., Vancouver

Editorial Committee

H. R. MacCARTHY

Vancouver

J. CORNER

Vernon

Directors

H. GERBER B. J. R. PHILOGENE A. L. TURNBULL

Cloverdale Vancouver Burnaby

P. J. PROCTER 5B. D. FRAZER

Kelowna Vancouver

Regional Director of National Society

J. H. BORDEN

Burnaby

J. Extomo.. Soc. Brit. CotumpBra 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 3

CONTROL OF THE PEAR LEAF BLISTER MITE AND

THE PEAR RUST MITE (ACARINA: ERIOPHYIDAE)

IN BRITISH COLUMBIA’

R. S. DOWNING AND T. K. MOILLIET

Research Station, Agriculture Canada

Summerland, British Columbia

ABSTRACT

Delayed dormant applications of endosulfan plus oil or ethion plus

oil gave excellent control of both the pear leaf blister mite, Eriophyes pyri

(Pgst.), and the pear rust mite, Epitrimerus pyri (Nal.) Lime sulphur as a

dormant spray gave excellent control of the pear leaf blister mite but the

delayed dormant application gave poor control. Both applications of lime sul-

phur gave good control of the pear rust mite.

Introduction

Lime sulphur as a dormant spray

has been recommended for control of

the pear leaf blister mite, Eriophyes

pyri (Pegest.), for at least 60 years and

has been quite effective if the spray

was applied between the time the

leaves start to drop in fall and before

the buds start to swell in late winter.

Many fruitgrowers are unable to apply

sprays during this period due to snow

cover, muddy orchard soil, lack of

water for the sprayer or conflict with

other orchard operations. Lime sul-

phur is becoming difficult to obtain

and its cost has increased several fold

during the last decade. Therefore,

substitutes for the dormant appli-

cation of lime sulphur are very

desirable. Oil as a dormant or a delay-

ed dormant spray has given good con-

trol of the blister mite in Oregon

(Childs 1924) but has been less effec-

tive in British Columbia (Downing

1954). However, the combination of oil

plus an organophosphate insecticide

as a delayed dormant spray is recom-

mended for control of the pear leaf

blister mite in the State of Washing-

ton (Anonymous 1973). Endosulfan

has been very effective against rust

mites and when combined with oil has

‘Contribution No. 382, Research Station, Summerland.

been useful against other pests. Com-

parisons between these sprays and

dormant and delayed dormant appli-

cations of lime sulphur were made

for the control of pear blister mite and

pear rust mite, Epitrimerus pyri

(Nal.), in British Columbia.

Methods

Two Bartlett pear orchards, two

and three acres (0.8 and 1.2 hectare)

in size with trees spaced 15 ft. by 15 ft.

(4.57 m) and infested with the pear

rust mite and pear leaf blister mite

were selected for the experiment. The

orchards were divided into 20-to-50-

tree plots so that there were 5 plots

per treatment. Sprays were applied

with a 1969 Turbo-Mist sprayer set

to deliver 60 gallons per acre (673

litres per hectare). The dormant

sprays were applied March 5 and the

delayed dormant sprays March 16,

1973. On May 1, 1973, samples of all

the leaves from 36 spurs per plot were

examined and the numbers of blister-

ed leaves were recorded. In mid-Aug-

ust, 1000 leaves and 100 fruit from

each plot were examined and the

numbers of blistered leaves and rus-

seted fruit were recorded.

Results and Discussion

The effects of dormant and delay-

ed dormant treatments are summariZz-

ed in Table 1 for the pear leaf blister

and in Table 2 for the pear rust mite.

4 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

Table I. Average percentages of Bartlett pear leaves blistered by the pear leaf blister mite after

application of sprays.

Amount Amount i Blistered leaves, %

per per Time of

Insecticide acre hectare application May 1973 ~— Aug. 1973

Lime sulphur 15 gal. 168 1. Dormant 0

Lime sulphur 15 gal. 168 1 Delayed 19

dormant

Endosulfan 50% W.P. 3 lb. 3.35 kg Delayed 0 0

Dormant oil 6 gal. 67.2 1 dormant

Ethion 25% W.P. 8 lb. 8.96 kg Delayed 0 0

Dormant oil 6 gal. 67,2 1 dormant

Check - no treatment 52 10

An outstanding result of this in-

vestigation was the excellent control

of both the pear leaf blister mite and

the pear rust mite given by the delay-

ed dormant application of endosulfan

plus oil or ethion plus oil. Lime sul-

phur as a dormant spray also gave

excellent control of the pear leaf blis-

ter mite but the delayed dormant

application gave poor control. Ovi-

position by overwintered blister mites

had already commenced by the delay-

ed dormant period and eggs laid prior

to this apparently were not killed by

lime sulphur. Against the pear rust

mite, however, both applications of

lime sulphur gave good control.

The delayed dormant sprays of oil

plus endosulfan or oil plus ethion

could help with the control of pests

other than the blister and the rust

mite. In the State of Washington and

some other fruit growing areas, endo-

sulfan plus oil is recommended for

control of pear psylla, Psylla pyricola

Forester. Ethion plus oil provides good

control of some aphids. Both endo-

sulfan plus oil and ethion plus oil

help in the control of the European

red mite, Panonychus ulmi (Koch),

and the San Jose scale, Quadraspidio-

tus perniciosus (Comstock).

Table 2. Average percentage of Bartlett pear fruit russeted by the pear leaf rust mite after

application of sprays.

Amount Time of Percent fruit russeted at

Insecticide per acre application harvest, Aug. 14, 1973

Lime sulphur 15 gal. Dormant

Lime sulphur 15 gal. Delayed

dormant

Endosulfan 50% W.P. 3 lb. Delayed 0

Dormant oil 6 gal. dormant

Ethion 25% W.P. 8 lb. Delayed 0

Dormant oil 6 gal. dormant

Check - no treatment 40

References

Anonymous. 1973. Spray guide for tree fruits in Eastern Washington. Washington State Univ. Ext.

Bull. 419 (rev.), 41 pp.

Childs, L. 1924. Apple blister mite and its control in the northwest. Proc. 20th Ann. Meet. Washing-

ton State Hort. Assoc. 102-106.

Downing, R. S. 1954. Chemical control of the pear leaf blister mite, Eriophyes pyri (Pgst.) in

British Columbia. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia, 5: 7-9.

J. Exrosou. Soc. Brrr. Corumpra 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

INSECTS AND MITES ASSOCIATED WITH FRESH CATTLE

DUNG IN THE SOUTHERN INTERIOR OF

BRITISH COLUMBIA

ANGUS MACQUEEN! AND BRYAN P. BEIRNE

Pestology Centre, Department of Biological Sciences,

Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, British Columbia V5A 186

ABSTRACT

Sixty-seven species or genera of insects were found associated with

fresh cattle dung in the Southern Interior of British Columbia. Three species

of mites were associated with two of the insect species. About one-half of

the species of Coleoptera and Diptera concerned are known or thought to

be introduced.

Introduction

Cattle dung does not decompose

quickly in the semi-arid rangelands

of the southern Interior of British

Columbia. Dried dung pads usually

remain on the soil for long periods.

While the dung is fresh it is a food

and rearing medium for the larvae

of two dipterous pests of cattle: the

horn fly and the face fly. Later, the

dried pads clutter rangeland and pas-

tures aS a Store of undecomposed

plant nutrients.

Insects have been the most suc-

cessful group in exploiting animal

dung in various ways, and they range

from the truly coprophagous forms

such as muscoid flies and dung beetles

(Scarabaeidae) to the predators and

parasites that prey upon many of the

coprophages. It is possible and desir-

able to manipulate the insect fauna

of dung through the careful introduc-

tion of certain insect species. These

will suppress noxious Species such as

the horn fly (Macqueen and Beirne

in prep.) and will help to bury the

dung (Macqueen and Beirne in prep.).

Methods

During the summer of 1970 dung

insects were collected by hand in the

Kamloops and Summerland areas of

British Columbia. In 1971 and 1972,

as an off-shoot of field investigations

'Present address: Division of Entomology. SCIRO. Private

Bag No. 3. Indooroopilly. Queensland 4068. Australia.

into the production of horn fly from

naturally-dropped cattle dung pads

(Macqueen and Beirne in prep.) on

irrigated pasture, insects were bred

from pads that had been exposed in

the field for 24 hours and then were

removed to individual emergence

cages in a greenhouse.

Results

A large number of dung insects

emerged from the samples collected in

the field. A few species in addition to

these were taken during other field

work. Table 1 lists these insects. The

collection is not exhaustive because

this investigation was mainly con-

cerned with certain types of insects

that breed in the dung, namely:

—prevalent coprophagous species

that might be important basic

units in food chains within the

pads and which, along with the

horn fly, are probably inhabitants

only of fresh dune,

—predaceous and parasitic insects

that prey on the coprophagous

species;

—species that manipulate the dung

mass (Scarabaeidae: Aphodiinae

and Scarabaeinae).

Some species that actually breed

in dung may have been omitted be-

cause of their erratic occurrence or

low numbers, but it is highly unlikely

that any moderately prevalent dung-

breeding species are not included.

6 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 71 (1974), Ocr. 1, 1974

Table. 1. Insects associated with fresh cattle dung on range and irrigated pastures at

Kamloops, B.C., 1970-72.

SPECIES

ORDER COLEOPTERA

Histeridae

Hister abbreviatus F.

Saprinus lubricus Lec.

Saprinus oregonensis Hatch

Margarinotus umbrosus Casey

Hydrophilidae

Cercyon spp.

Sphaeridium bipustulatum F.

Sphaeridium lunatum F.

Sphaeridium scarabaeoides L.

Scarabaeidae

Boreocanthon simplex (Lec.)

Onthophagus nuchicornis (L.)

Aphodius fessor (L.)

Aphodius fimetaruis (L.)

Aphodius congregatus Mann.

Aphodius distinctus (Muell.)

Aphodius granarius (L.)

Aphodius haemorrhoidalis (L.)

Aphodius pectoralis Lec.

Aphodius tenellus Say

Aphodius vittatus Say

Staphvlinidae

Aleochara bimaculata Grav.

Hyponygrus obsidianus Melsh.

Ontholestes cingulatus Grav.

Philonthus cruentatus Gmelin

Philonthus debilis Grav.

Philonthus fuscipennis Mann.

Philonthus rectangulus Sharp

**Philonthus sanguinolentus Grav.

Platystethus americanus Erich.

Tachinus nigricornis Mann.

ORDER DIPTERA

Ceratopogonidae

Forcipomyia brevipennis (Macquart)

Stratiomyidae

Sargus cuprarius (L.)

Microchrysa flavicornis (Meig.)

Otitidae

Physiphora demandata (F.)

**First record of this species in Canada.

AUTHORIDY+

oe] NOP SNS) wwww

WWWWWWWWWW

ORIGIN

Native?

Native

Exotic

Native

Exotic

Native

Exotic

Native

Exotic

Native?

Native

Exotic

Native

Exotic

Native

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotuMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

SPECIES

Sphaeroceridae

Copromyza atra (Meig.)

Leptocera spp.

Sepsidae

Sepsis neocynipsea Mel. & Spul.

Saltella sphondylii (Schr.)

Anthomyiidae

Calythea micropteryx (Thoms.)

Scatophagidae

Scatophaga furcata (Say)

Scatophaga stercoraria (L.)

Muscidae

Haematobia irritans (L.)

Helina duplicata (Meig.)

Hydrotaea armipes (Fall.)

Morellia micans (Macquart)

Myospila meditabunda (F.)

Musca autumnalis DeGeer

Musca domestica (L.)

Orthellia caesarion (Meig.)

Pyrellia cyanicolor (Zett.)

Pegomya spp.

Calliphoridae

Eucalliphora lilaea (Walk.)

Phormia regina (Meig.)

Sarcophagidae

Ravinia l’herminieri (Rob.-Desv.)

Ravinia planifrons (Ald.)

Ravinia querula (Walk.)

ORDER HYMENOPTERA

Braconidae

Aphaereta pallipes (Say)

Trichopria (subg. Phaenopria): 2 spp.

Asobara n. sp.

Cynipidae

Kleidotoma fossa Kieff.

Figitidae

Figites n. sp.?

Xyalophora quinquelineata (Say)

Melanips ” bilineatus (Kieff.)

Pteromalidae

Muscidifurax raptor Gir. & Saund.

Muscidifurax zaraptor Kogan & Legner

Spalangia haematobiae Ashm.

ORDER ACARINA

Pyemotidae (Pygmephorini)

Pediculaster mesembrinae (R. Can.)

(associated with Haematobia

irritans (L.) )

AUTHORITY *

CO CO CO

~“

ORIGIN

Native

Exotic?

Exotic

Exotic?

Native

Exotic

Exotic?

Native?

Native

Exotic?

Native

Native?

8 J. Extostou. Soc. Brit. CotuMnBIA TL (1974) OGr a aiid

SPECIES

Parasitidae

Parasitus sp.

(associated with Aphodius fossor (L.)

Macrochelidae

Macrocheles glaber group: sp.

near Perglaber Fil. & Peg.

(associated with Aphodius fossor (L.))

AUTHORIDY? ORIGIN

*Insects were identified by (1) H. F. Howden, Department of Biology, Carleton University,

Ottawa: and the following members of the Taxonomy Section, Entomology Research Institute,

Agriculture Canada. Ottawa: (2) E. C. Becker: (3) J. M. Campbell: (4) B. Cooper: (5) L. Foster:

(6) J. F. McAlpine: (7) E. E. Lindquist: (8) L. Masner: (9) W. R. Mason: (10) B. V. Peterson:

(11) R. de Ruette: (12) G. E. Shewell: (13) H. J. Teskev: (14) J. Rx. Vockeroth:-and (15) C. Mi

Yoshimoto: and also (16) the senior author.

Where possible, the geographical

origin of each species was determined,

either from the literature or from

the authority responsible for the iden-

tification. Species are designated as

exotic if there is documentation that

they were introduced into North

America since the arrival of the Euro-

peans and native if it is considered

that they have a natural Nearctic dis-

tribution. For many species that cur-

rently have a Holarctic distribution,

it is impossible to determine an

area of origin with certainty. These

have a question mark (?) in the

column designating their origin in

Table 1. If there is some, but not

definitive, evidence for a certain

origin of these Holarctic species, the

question mark appears after the pos-

sible origin.

Discussion

Coffey (1966) and Poorbaugh, An-

derson, and Burger (1968) gave exten-

Sive lists of flies and other insects

associated with cattle dung in south-

eastern Washington and in California,

respectively. These authors collected

flies that were attracted to dung, as

well as those reared from it. It is likely

that some of the species they mention

are present at Kamloops but are not

listed here because they do not breed

in the dung.

Nearly half of the species in Table

1 were introduced accidentally from

Europe or Asia: ‘thitteen*= of, the

species of Coleoptera listed are known

as probably native whereas 15 are

known as probably exotic; the cor-

responding figures for Diptera are 9

and 10 and for the Hymenoptera(‘a

and 0. Lindroth (1957) recognized

the European origin of a number of

insects associated with cattle dung

on the east coast of North America.

Most have spread across the continent

to the west coast (Poorbaugh et al.

1968), although there have been oc-

casional separate introductions into

the West as in the case of the dung

beetle, Onthophagus nuchicornis (L.)

(Howden and Cartwright 1963; How-

den 1966). The British Columbian

dung fauna is essentially very similar

to that listed for California by Poor-

baugh et al. (1968). Comparison of the

west coast fauna with that associat-

ed with cattle dung ‘in’. Imdiana

(Sanders and Dobson 1966) and

Texas (Blume 1970) shows differen-

ces mainly in the Coleoptera.

The general spread of cattle

throughout much of North America

has afforded a means for establish-

ment of many introduced bucopro-

philous species, i.e., those attracted

to cattle dung, and may have enabled

J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 71 (1974), Ocr. 1, 1974 9

some indigenous species to expand

their original ranges. The result is

that there is now a diverse dung fauna

in the Southern Interior. The original

coprophilous fauna in the area may

have consisted of relatively few

species. Many of the introduced in-

sects that undoubtedly coexisted in

Europe are now reunited under some-

what different circumstances. Some

are Known predators and parasites

of the horn fly and the face fly. It is

fortunate that the same imperfect

quarantine precautions which per-

mitted those pest flies to enter North

America has also tempered their eco-

nomic impact by also allowing the

introduction of some of their natural

enemies.

Acknowledgements

We wish to thank Dr. Howden, Department

of Biology, Carleton University, Ottawa, and the _

members of the Taxonomy Section, ERI, Canada

Agriculture, Ottawa, tor making the identitica-

tions and providing information on certain insect

origins.

The Directors and some staff members of the

Canada Agriculture Research Stations at Kam-

loops and Summerland provided facilities for the

work and helpful advice. In particular we wish

to pay tribute to the late Mr. G. B. Rich, who

took an active interest in the work and provided

us with information on the dung insect fauna.

Literature Cited

Blume, R. R. 1970. Insects associated with bovine droppings in Kerr and Bexar Counties, Texas.

J. Econ. Entomol. 63: 1023-1024.

Cottey, M. D. 1966. Studies on the association of flies (Diptera) with dung in Southeastern Washing-

ton. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 59: 207-218.

Howden, H. F. 1966. Some possible effects of the Pleistocene on the distributions of North American

Scarabaeidae (Coleoptera). Can. Entomol. 98: 1177-1190.

Howden, H. F., and O. L. Cartwright. 1963. Scarab beetles of the genus Onthophagus Latreille

north of Mexico (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Proc. U.S. Natl Mus. 114: 1-135.

Lindroth, C. H. 1957. The taunal connections between Europe and North America. John Wiley and

Sons, New York. 344 pp.

Macqueen, A., and B. P. Beirne. In prep. Influence of other insects on production of horn

fly from cattle dung in British Columbia.

Macqueen, A., and B. P. Beirne. In prep. Burial efficiency of Onthophagus nuchicornis, an intro-

duced dung beetle in British Columbia (Coleoptera: Scarabaeinae).

Poorbaugh, J. H., J. R. Anderson, and J. F. Burger. 1968. The insect inhabitants of undisturbed

cattle droppings in Northern California. Calif. Vector Views 15: 17-36.

Sanders, D. P., and R. C. Dobson. 1966. The insect complex associated with bovine manure in

Indiana. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 59: 955-959.

10 J. Entomou. Soc. Brit. ContUMnra 71 (1974 pr Oca 194

LARVAL HEAD-CAPSULE WIDTHS OF DENDROCTONUS

RUFIPENNIS (KIRBY) (COLEOPTERA: SCOLYTIDAE) |

P. M. HALL and E. D. A. DYER

Department of the Environment, Canadian Forestry Service

Pacific Forest Research Centre, Victoria, British Columbia

ABSTRACT

Widths of larval head capsules of D. rufipennis (Kirby) were meas-

sured and analvsed. The frequency distribution had four distinct modes cor-

responding to the four larval instars. The change in mean head-capsule widths

between instars showed agreement with Dyar’s Rule.

Résumé

Les auteurs mesurerent la largeur des capsules formant les tétes des

larves de D. rufipennis (Kirby). La distribution de fréquences se divisa en

quatre modes distincts qui correspondaient aux quatre stades larvaires. Le

changement d'une largeur moyenne 4a | autre de chaque stade concordait avec

la régle de Dvar.

Introduction

Spruce beetles, Dendroctonus rufi-

pennis (Kirby), normally have a 2-

year life cycle (Massey and Wygant,

1954); however, due to variations in

environmental conditions, 1- and

3-year cycles have been reported

(Knight, 1961). Variation in length of

the life cycle is due partly to the

effects of different temperatures on

the rate of larval development. In

studies of the population biology of

the spruce beetle, determination of

larval instars is required to under-

stand how far development has pro-

eressed toward maturity. Prebble

(1933), Walters and McMullen (1956)

and Reid (1962) have shown that

larval instars of scolytids can be sep-

arated and identified by the head-

capsule width, which remains con-

stant for the duration of each instar.

The presence of four instars has been

cited for several other species in the

genus Dendroctonus: D. brevicomis

Lec. (Miller and Keen, 1960), D. fron-

talis Zimm. (Wood, 1963), D. simplex

Lec. (Prebble, 1933) and D. ponder-

osae Hopk. (Reid, 1962). The current

study was conducted to determine

the number of instars of the spruce

beetle and the corresponding mean

head-capsule widths and their varia-

bility.

Methods

Spruce beetle larvae were collected

from spruce (Picea glauca (Moench)

Voss) in the Naver forest near Prince

George, British Columbia, and pre-

served in 70% ethanol. Other larvae

were reared in spruce logs at-aicon—

stant temperature of 68°F (20°C) to

obtain additional early-instar larvae

for measurement. A dissecting mic-

roscope with ocular micrometer was

used to measure the greatest width of

each head capsule to the nearest

micron.

The head capsule widths were

grouped into 0.02 mm classes for the

construction of a histogram (Fig. 1).

This histogram had four distinct

peaks corresponding to four instars.

Because of the overlap of curves, the

class marks with the four highest

frequencies were taken as the mean

head-capsule widths of the larval in-

Stars and the standard deviations

were calculated as a function of the

mean and range. The mean and range

accurately represent the instar values

because of the large number of

samples and symmetry of the indi-

vidual curves.

Results and Discussion

This study shows that there are

four distinct larval instars in Dend-

roctonus rufipennis (Kirby) and that

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotuMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 LE

FREQUENCY

900

700

SOO

300

100

[Remmi ee en ee le ee ee ee eee eee

40 4,2 40 BO a) 40 4,9 4,0 Zo Z) 40 he) 4,0 4,0 ao

eon Oo oe eee? Be OS ee KOPN Re ee he ae

HEAD CAPSULE WIDTH (mm)

Fig. 1. Histogram of larval head-capsule widths of Dendroctonus rufipennis (Kirby)

the developmental stage of larvae can capsule widths of the four instars

be established by measurement of were significantly (p = 0.05) different

head-capsule widths. The mean head- from each other (Table I). Also, the

Table I. Dendroctonus rufipennis (Kirby) larval head-capsule widths

Range Mean

(mm) (mm)

0.396-0.615 0.505 + 0.001!

0.516-0.855 0.685 + 0.002

0.716-1.175 0.945 + 0.002

0.956-1.655 1.305 + 0.002

1/ 95% confidence belt

ale, J. ENTomMoL. Soc. Brit. CotumBia 71 (1974), Ocr. 1, 1974

mean head-capsule widths of succes-

Sive instars increase linearly with an

average growth factor of 1.37x, which

is in good agreement with Dyar’s Rule

instar identification, the range of

each instar may be taken as falling

between the lowest intermodal fre-

quencies.

(Dyar, 1890). For the purposes of

References

Dyar, H. G. 1890. The number of molts of lepidopterous larvae. Psyche 5: 420-422.

Knight, F. B. 1961. Variations in the life history of the engelmann spruce beetle. Ann. Ent. Soc.

Amer. 54: 209-214.

Massey, C. L. and N. D. Wygant. 1954. Biology and control of the engelmann spruce beetle in

Colorado. U.S. Dept. Agr. Cir. 944: 1-35.

Miller, J. M. and F. P. Keen. 1960. Biology and control of the western pine beetle. U.S. Dept. Agr.

Misc. Pub. 800; 1-381. |

Prebble, M. L. 1933. The larval development of three bark beetles. Can. Ent. 65: 145-150.

Reid, R. W. 1962. Biology of the mountain pine beetle, Dendroctonus monticolae Hopkins, in the

East Kootenay Region of British Columbia I. Life Cycle, Brood Development, and Flight

Periods. Can. Ent. 94: 531-538. .

Walters, J. and L. H. McMullen. 1956. Life history and habits of Pseudohylesinus nebulosus

(Leconte) (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) in the interior of British Columbia. Can. Ent. 88: 197-202.

Wood, S. L. 1963. A revision of the bark beetle genus Dendroctonus Erickson (Coleoptera:

Scolytidae). Gt. Basin Nat. 23: 1-117.

BOOK REVIEW

Bionomics and Embryology of the In-

land Floodwater Mosquito Aedes

vexans. W. R. HorsFALL, H. W.

FOWLER, JR., L. M. MORETTI AND J. R.

LARSEN. University of Illinois Press,

1973.

This book is presented in two

parts, the first _part-by Horsfall and

Fowler deals with the bionomics of

this major pest species, and the sec-

ond part by Moretti and Larsen des-

cribes its embryology.

The section on bionomics contains

a very large number of observations

on the egg, larva, pupa and adult,

treated rather as separate entities

than as the continuous life history

of a species. The tendency seems to

have been to catalogue rather than

to describe, and the summary (no dis-

cussion is presented in this section)

does little to synthesize. However,

the section does provide an excellent

source of references for the student of

aedine mosquitoes and it includes

very useful instructions for coloniza-

tion of the species in the laboratory.

The section on embryology pro-

vides the most detailed study of or-

eanogenesis in the genus Aedes, also

it is the only detailed study of a mos-

quito which overwinters in the egg

stage. It is straight forward histology

using the light microscope. «fhere

are 96 photographs of various stages

and organs during development, some

of those taken at the earlier stages

are good, but those taken during the

later stages would have been better

replaced by a few clear diagrams, or

at least considerably enlarged. Inter-

pretation of the illustrations is made

more difficult by the way in which

they are set up, at least six pages are

arranged so that the book has to be

turned in order to read the captions.

The book will be a useful reference

work to all those engaged in the study

of mosquitoes.

—Anne Hudson

J. Entomou. Soc. Brit. CotumBia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 13

BARBARA COLFAXIANA SISKIYOUANA (KFT.),

A PEST IN CONES OF ABIES GRANDIS.

A. F. HEDLIN and D. S. RUTH

Department of the Environment, Canadian Forestry Service,

Pacific Forest Research Centre, Victoria, British Columbia

Barbara colfaxiana siskiyouana

(Kit.) is a’ member of the family

Olethreutidae, of which a number are

cone feeders. Keen (1958) reported it

as being a pest on a number of Species

of Abies probably throughout the

range of hosts. In recent years, it has

caused considerable damage to cones

of Abies grandis (grand fir) on

southern Vancouver Island. Observa-

tions reported here were made in

1971, 1972 and 1973 on grand fir, and

they generally agree with those made

earlier by Keen for the western United

States.

In 1973 eggs were observed during

the period from April 13 to May 1 and

larvae from May 8 to July 30. Larval

head capsules, based on 346 measure-

ments, ranged in width from 0.216 to

1.410 mm, slightly larger than those

of B. colfaxiana in Douglas-fir cones

(Hedlin 1960). Pupae were first ob-

served on July 10 and were present

in cones throughout the winter until

Apri.

Adults emerge in April and ovi-

posit on the bracts of young cones.

Eges were laid on bracts near the cone

extremities; none were seen at the

mid portion of the cone. At first the

young larvae feed on the edges of the

cone scales but later tunnel within

the scales towards the axis of the

cone. By late June, they begin to feed

on the seeds and Scale tissue by tun-

neling spirally around the axis. Two

or more larvae in the Same cone con-

struct parallel separate tunnels. Dur-

ing July, the larvae construct silken

pitch-coated cocoons perpendicular

to the cone axis. Pupation occurs with

the anterior end toward the cone ex-

terior. Infested cones remain on the

tree over winter. Normally the moths

emerge the following spring but some

remain in prolonged diapause and

emerge one or more years later.

Insect feeding causes the cone

scales to die and turn brown; by the

end of July, damage is readily ap-

parent from the exterior of the cone.

The feeding causes a heavy flow of

pitch which fuses the cone scales and

prevents the normal disintegration

of cones in autumn. Of 185 cones col-

lected at random from 3 trees, 27%

were infested. Multiple infestations

are common. Twenty cones collected

in 1973 were infested by a total of 93

insects with an average of 4.65 (range

1 to 17) per cone. Cones infested by

at least two insects suffered 100%

seed loss. This suggests that seed col-

lectors should avoid all cones ob-

viously infested by this insect.

References

Hedlin, A. F. 1960. On the life history of the Douglas-fir cone moth, Barbara colfaxiana (Kft.)

(Lepidoptera: Olethreutidae), and one of its parasites Glypta evetriae Cush. (Hymenop-

tera: Ichneumonidae). Can. Ent. 92: 826-834.

Keen, F. P. 1958. Cone and seed insects of western forest trees. U.S.D.A. Tech. Bull. 1169. 168 pp.

14 J. Extowou. Soc. Brit. CoLtumMBiIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

NATIVE PARASITES OF THE LARCH CASEBEARER,

COLEOPHORA LARICELLA

(LEPIDOPTERA: COLEOPHORIDAE), IN THE WEST

KOOTENAY AREA OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

GORDON E. MILLER' and THELMA FINLAYSON!

ABSTRACT

Thirty-two species of parasites and hyperparasites were reared in

1973 trom a total of almost 103,000 larch casebearers, Coleophora laricella

(Hbn.), collected at eight locations in the West Kootenay area of British

Columbia. The two highest casebearer populations were at Fruitvale and

Shoreacres, with densities of 150 and 130 cases per 100 fascicles respectively. |

The highest incidence of parasitism was 17.7% at Rossland, where the host

density was just under 100 cases per 100 fascicles. The Dicladocerus spp.

complex comprised 40.7% of the total parasitism and was most abundant at

Rossland, Arrow Creek, Christina Lake, Sheep’s Creek, and Yahk; Spil-

chalcis albifrons (Walsh) comprised 23.6% of the total and was the most

abundant parasite at Shoreacres, Christina Lake, and Fruitvale; and Bracon

pygmaeus (Prov.) comprised 6.8% of the total and was the most abundant

parasite at Anarchist Summit.

Introduction

The larch casebearer, Coleophora

laricella (Hbn.) (Lepidoptera: Coleo-

phoridae), was first discovered in

western North America on western

larch, Larix occidentalis Nutt. at St.

Maries, Idaho, in 1957 (Denton 1958).

It apparently entered southeastern

British Columbia before 1966 and by

1973 extended along the international

border from Anarchist Summit east

to Roosville, and north to the Cran-

brook, Lardeau, and Nelson areas. Its

range seems to have been relatively

stable in British Columbia since 1968.

Little is known of the native para-

sites of the larch casebearer in west-

ern North America. Bousfield and

Lood (1973) listed 20 species of para-

sites and hyperparasites from Mon-

tana, Idaho and Washington; and

Denton (1972) found 16 Species at

Ste. Maries, Idaho, with an aggregate

parasitism of 17%. The only report on

the impact of individual native para-

Site species on casebearer populations

is by Bousfield and Lood (1970) for

Washington, Idaho and Montana. In

‘Graduate student and Associate Professor, respectively, Simon

Fraser University, Burnaby 2, B.C.

British Columbia, Andrews and Geist-

linger (1969) reared nine species of

parasites and hyperparasites from

Small numbers of casebearers col-

lected from 1966 to 1968. The total

parasitism was 0.69% in 1966, 0.22%

in 1967, and 4.0% in 1968.

The objectives of the work report-

ed upon here were to determine the

identities and impact of native para-

Sites on the larch casebearer in the

West Kootenay area of British Col-

umbia in 1973.

Materials and Methods

Casebearers were collected on May

8-9 (Collection 1), mainly as fourth

instar larvae, and on May 23-25 (Col-

lection 2), mainly as pupae. Samples

were collected at eight locations:

Anarchist Summit, Cascade, Shore-

acres, Rossland, Sheep’s Creek cut-

off (12 miles south of Salmo), Fruit-

vale, Arrow Creek, and Yahk (Fig 1).

In each collection, 10 to 15 trees

were sampled at four to six feet (1.2

to 1.8m) and at 10 to 12 feet (3.0 to

3.7 mM). Five primary branches were

taken from the full circumference

of the tree at each height. Rearing

was done mainly in 1 ft? (0.283 m3)

cages constructed from corrugated

J. EnTomo.. Soc. Brit. Cotumpia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 V5

be se

. : : Scale : miles

RO ee

Ne = |

‘ QO 30

; Q >

NZX

x“

\ NN

‘Cranbrook S

xe Ss \ AS

‘ Nw.

2 3456

LEGEN D

SC Range of Larix occidentalis

#2222 Distribution of Coleophora laricella

te fete %ece

Seale, *

evee te

Collection sites

Anarchist Summit

Christina Lake

Rossland

Shoreacres

Fruitvale

Sheep’s Creek

Arrow Creek

Yahk

Fig. 1. Distribution of the larch casebearer in British Columbia and location of the eight collecting

sites. (Adapted from R. F. Shepherd and D. A. Ross, ‘“‘Problem analysis: larch casebearer

in B.C.”’ Unpublished Internal Report BC-37, Pac. For. Res. Cent., Victoria, B.C., 1973.)

CON MOF WPr

16 J. Entrosrou. Soc: Brit. Cotumpt1a 71 (1974), Ocr, Bier

cardboard, one side of which was re-

placed by fine Dacron mesh. Parasites

were collected daily and preserved in

70% ethanol.

The number of fascicles per inch

(2.5 cm) of branch was calculated by

measuring the length and number

of fascicles in 100 branches from each

collection. When emergence of moths

and parasites had ceased, all the

branches were measured and the total

numbers of fascicles estimated from

the samples.

The number of casebearers in

each collection was determined by

removing the pupal cases by hand and

counting them. Unemerged parasites

were detected by immersing the cases

in warm 10% KOH for 15 minutes and

then examining them under the

microscope. Unemerged parasites were

not identified to species or genus.

Percentage parasitism was calcu-

lated by assuming that only one para-

site emerged from each case. This

may not be an entirely valid assump-

tion, although Bousfield and Lood

(1973) found a low incidence of more

than one parasite emerging from a

Single case.

Results

A total of 102,947 cases were col-

lected and reared, 40,695 in Collection

1, and 62,252 in Collection 2. A total

of 4,459 specimens of 32 species of

hymenopterous parasites and hyper-

parasites emerged, 543 from Collection

1 and 3,916 from Collection 2. Sixteen

of the species could be named, and

the remainder could be named to

genus only. The 32 species were com-

posed of 7 Ichneumonidae, 1 Brac-

onidae, 1 Chalcididae, 14 Eulophidae,

4 Pteromalidae, 1 Mymaridae, and 4

Diapriidae. All the parasites from

both collections emerged at the same

time.

Five of the species have not been

recorded previously from the larch

casebearer: Acrolyta sp., Hyposoter

sp. (Ichneumonidae); Melittobia sp.,

Diglyphus sp. (Eulophidae); Cyrto-

gaster vulgaris Wlkr. (Pteromalidae) ;

and Anaphes sp. (Mymaridae). As

only one specimen of each of the

first three of these and of C. vulgaris

was reared, it is possible that these

few came from hosts other than the

larch casebearer which were accident-

ally included in the collections. This

may also be true for the other

two, Diglyphus sp. and Anaphes sp.,

although they were present in suf-

ficiently large numbers, 107 and 24

specimens respectively, to suggess

that they emerged from the larch

casebearer.

The remaining parasite species

reared in this work have been record-

ed on the larch casebearer from var-

ious areas in North America. Species

that were previously recorded only

from eastern North America (Webb

1953) are: Itoplectis vesca Tow. (Ich-

neumonidae); Eulophus sp., Euderus

cushmani (Cwfd.), Elachertus pro-

teoteratis (How.), Cirrospilus pictus

(Nees), Chrysocharis (Kratochvili-

ana) laricinellae (Ratz.) (Eulophi-

dae); Telenomus spp. and Trissolcus

sp. (Diapriidae). Species taken pre-

viously in Washington, Idaho, and

Montana (Bousfield and Lood 1973;

Denton 1972) but representing new

records for British Columbia are:

Gelis sp., Pristomerus sp. (Ichneu-

monidae); Bracon pygmaeus Prov.

(Braconidae); Tetrastichus dolosus

Gah., Achrysocharella sp., Zagram-

mosoma americanum Gir. (Eulophi-

dae); and Habrocytus phycidis Ashm.,

and Catolaccus aeneoviridis (Gir.)

(Pteromalidae). Species found pre-

viously in both eastern and western

North America, including British Col-

umbia (Andrews and Geistlinger 1969;

Bousfield and Lood 1973; Denton

1972; Webb 1953) are: Gelis tenellus

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

sa1veatoOYys

"BIQUIN][OZ YSI}lIg Ul SUOTIEIOT 1YSIA 18

6-8 ABI] UO paqdaT[Od sIaIvaqased YIIL] UOT] paieval saziseied Jo sasejusaoied pue SIaGUINN "| aqe J,

"M199 M IIPOOMISIM SNIBZIOPL]IIG S9PNOUT yy %1'O UBY) SSOT,

CT s[e10 |

pueyssoy

J sajyiseieg pasieulau)

%1T'Q UB) Sse] Sotdads [eUOTIIPpY

‘ds snqojodosajq

aepl[eulola}g

I (¢) ‘dds snaad.0peoiq «x

seprydoiny

8 - ‘AOLG sneewscAd uoovig

aepluoorlg

aTeAyINI

BUlISIY )

JUIUING

ystyoIeUy

salads a}Iseleg

18 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtuMpBia 71 (1974), Oor. 1, 1974

(Say) (Ichneumonidae); Spilochal-

cis albifrons (Walsh) (Chalcididae) ;

Dicladocerus spp. (including D. west-

woodii Westw.), and Tetrastichus ecus

Wlkr. [=T. xanthops (Ratz.)]. (Eulo-

phidae). Mesopolobus sp. |=Ambdly-

merus sp.| (Pteromalidae) has been

recorded only from the western

United States and British Columbia

(Andrews and Geistlinger 1969; Bous-

field and Lood 1973; Denton 1972).

Scambus decorus Wly. (Ichneumoni-

dae) was previously recorded on the

larch casebearer only in British Col-

umbia (Andrews and Geistlinger).

Seven parasite species were reared

from Collection 1 of May 8-9 (Table

I). The highest aggregate parasitism

was 6.7% at Rossland, followed by

5.6% at Yahk and 3.0% at Christina

Lake. Three species of Dicladocerus,

including D. westwoodii, were the

most abundant parasites in this col-

lection.

Thirty-two species of parasites, i.e.

all the species found in the survey,

Number of

Parasites

Reared

were reared from Collection 2 of May

23-25 (Table II). The highest aggreg-

ate parasivism of 17.7% occurred at

Rossland, followed by Shoreacres with

6.8%, Arrow Creek with 4.0%, Anar-

chist Summit with 3.4% and Christina

Lake with 2.9%. The most abundant

species in this collection were the

Dicladocerus spp. complex, S. albi-

frons, and B. pygmaeus.

Species that occurred in percent-

ages less than 0.1% at any of the loca-

tions are not included in the tables.

They are: G. tenellus, I. vesca, Pris-

tomerus sp., Hyposoter sp., T. dolosus,

Eulophus sp., E. proteoteratis, C. pic-

tus, C. laricinellae, Melittobia sp., H.

phycidis, C. aeneoviridis, C. vulgaris,

and three species of Telenomus.

G. tenellus, Acrolyta sp., E. cush-

mani, E. proteoteratis, C. pictus, C.

aeneoviridis, and C. vulgaris were

reared only from casebearers collected

at a height of four to six feet. Eulo-

phus sp., Melittobia sp., C. laricinellae,

and Telenomus spp. were reared only

Number of | Number of

Cases Parasites

per 100 per 100

Fascicles Fascicles

Percentage

Parasitism

Collection | Number of

Place Number Cases

Arrow Creek 1 6,874

2 7,036

Anarchist Summit 1 767

2 912

Christina Lake 1 5,596

2 6,695

Fruitvale 1 9,899

2 11,867

Rossland 1 2,165

2 10,442

Shoreacres 1 8,546

Z 15,359

Sheep’s Creek 1 6,794

2 9,738

Yahk 1 54

2 193

15 02

280 2.0

10 0:2

31 0.3

168 Poel

194 1.6

48 0.7

260 2.5

146 5.5

14.0

0.1

7.8

0.5

0.08

0.02 4

Table III. Summary of rearings of larch casebearers collected at eight locations in British

Columbia showing the numbers of cases incubated, the numbers and percentages of

parasites reared, and the numbers of cases and parasites per 100 fascicles.

J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CotuMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

89 Ig0T

LLT 88

G6 096

6G V6l} FE ibe OP

C0 66 60 8 Pal

* G VO

* G

GO G

* I x

GO. =i LO i! pel

€<G TST v0

* e GG OZ v0

a[BAUINI

aye]

eulysiy)

qWuIUING

ystyoreuy

"M189 IPOOM SIM SNAIBZIOPL][IIC, SEPNOUT y »

O8%

Tél

"BIQUIN[O/D YSI}lIg Ul SUOT}BIO] IYSIa 1B CZ-EZ ABI] UO paqoa][OO SIaIvaqased YOIe] WO] paiva seyiseied Jo sasejuaoied puke sIaqUINN “[] e[qe J,

%1'0 UBYY SSO'T,

SoyIseleg pasiaweu)

% 1° ueyy

ssa] sotoads [euolIppy

‘ds sno[ossia],

sepriderd

‘ds soydeuy

seplleuUlA Ay

‘ds snqojodosafw

aepl[eulola}g

‘IIr) WNUBITIIWe BVUIOSOWWLISe7

‘ds snydA[31q

(‘pjmMQ) tueuYysnod snispny

‘ds B[JaaeyoosAIYyIYy

‘IY[M SNoo snyoiysesjay,

(¢) ‘dds snia00pe[sig «+

seprydong

(YS[e MA) SUOAJIQTS SToTBYIOoTIdS

Se eS),

‘AOIg snoeevewusAd uoseig

aepluooelg

‘ds BeyA[OINY

‘ds stjax)

‘ATM SNiOVEp SNqUIBvIC

aepluouINneUuyo]

satveds ayIseleg

20 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BriT. CoLuUMBIA 71 (1974), Ocr. 1, 1974

from casebearers collected at a height

of 10 to 12 feet. Not more than two

individuals of any of these 11 species

were obtained, except for C. laricinel-

lae and Telenomus spp. where there

were five and six respectively. Because

there were not sufficient numbers of

any of these species present at either

height to have any Significance, the

collections taken at the two heights

were pooled and are reported as single

collections in the tables.

The Dicladocerus spp. complex

comprised 40.7% of the total parasit-

ism. This complex was the most

abundant at Rossland, Arrow Creek,

Christina Lake, Sheep’s Creek, and

Yahk. Next in importance was S. albi-

frons which comprised 23.6% of the

total parasitism and was the most

abundant species at Shoreacres, Chris-

tina Lake, and Fruitvale. B. pygmaeus

comprised 6.8% of the total and was

the most abundant parasite at Anar-

chist Summit. In decreasing import-

ance were Mesopolobus sp., comprising

3.9%, T. ecus comprising 3.2%, and

Diglyphus sp. comprising 2.4%. The

remaining 24 species accounted for

19.4% of the parasitism. S. albifrons,

T. ecus and Diglyphus sp. were reared

only from cases collected on May

23-25.

Areas of highest overall host den-

sity were Fruitvale and Shoreacres

with 150 and 130 cases per 100 fas-

Cicles respectively in Collection 1

(Table III). However, the percentage

parasitism was highest in both col-

lections at Rossland where host den-

sity was 81 and 67 cases per 100 fas-

cicles in Collections 1 and 2 respect-

ively. Calculation of the number of

parasites per 100 fascicles indicated

that they were most abundant at

Rossland with 14.0 and Shoreacres

with 7.8, both in Collection 2.

Discussion

Seasonal differences in parasitism

were apparent in the two collections.

Only seven species emerged from Col-

lection 1 and these represented about

12% of the total parasitism, whereas

32 Species emerged from Collection 2,

constituting about 88% of the total.

Reasons for the relatively low parasit-

ism in early May could be either that

the host casebearers were not at the

correct stage for attack or that adults

of the majority of the parasite species

had not yet emerged. There may also

have been an accumulation of para-

sites in the hosts over a period of time

because emergence from the two col-

lections took place at the same time.

Differences in parasitism between

the various plots cannot be explained

on the basis of host density. At Shore-

acres and Fruitvale, where casebearer

densities were greatest, the aggregate

parasitism was 6.8% and 2.2% respect-

ively, whereas at Rossland, where host

density was between one-half to two-

thirds that of Shoreacres and Fruit-

vale, the parasitism of 17.7% was

highest. At Yahk, where host density

was lowest, parasitism in Collection 1

amounted to 5.6% which was the third

highest of any of the areas. Because

the parasites must have transferred

to the larch casebearer from other

hosts in the area, the most likely

cause of variation in species numbers

and densities is the extent of occur-

rence of alternate hosts at each site.

The presence of C. laricinellae at

Shoreacres and Rossland is interest-

ing because its origin in British Col-

umbia is unknown. It was imported

into the western United States from

Austria and England for release as a

biological control agent against the

larch casebearer in 1972 (Ryan and

Denton 1973). However, no releases

have been made in British Columbia

and the closest release site in the

J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLtuMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 21

United States is over 200 miles from

the locations where they were taken

here. The possible explanations for

its presence are discussed by Ryan

et ai (in press).

The previously unrecorded species

were probably found in the present

survey because of the large numbers

of cases reared. Although many of

them were present in very small num-

bers, it is significant that they will

attack the larch casebearer, and it is

conceivable that under certain con-

spp., S. albifrons, and B. pygmaeus

probably have the greatest potential

for reducing the numbers of larch

casebearer because of their wide dis-

tribution and greater abundance.

Acknowledgments

We thank Drs. C. M. Yoshimoto, W. R. M.

Mason, J. R. Barron, and L. Masner and Mr. M.

Ivanochko, Entomology Research Institute, Can-

ada Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Ont.,

for identifying the parasites; and Drs. B. P.

Beirne and J. H. Borden, Simon Fraser Univers-

ity, Burnaby 2, B.C., for advice and help with the

manuscript. The research was supported by Con-

tract OSP3-0228 trom the Pacific Forest Re-

search Centre, Canadian Forestry Service, De-

partment of the Environment, Victoria, B.C.

ditions of weather and host density

that they could become regulatory

factors of consequence. Dicladocerus

References

Andrews, R.J., and N. J. Geistlinger. 1969. Parasites of the larch casebearer, Coleophora laricella

(Hbn.) in British Columbia (Lepidoptera: Coleophoridae). J. entomol. Soc. British Columbia

66: 50-51.

Bousfield, W. E., and R. C. Lood. 1970. Impact of parasites on the larch casebearer in the northern

region — 1970. U.S.D.A. For. Serv. Rept. 71-4, 13 pp.

Bousfield, W. E., and R. C. Lood. 1973. Parasites of the larch casebearer in Montana, Idaho, and

Washington. Environ. Ent., 2: 212-213.

Denton, R. E. 1958. The larch casebearer in Idaho—a new defoliator record for western forests.

Intermt. For. Exp. Stn., U.S. For. Serv. Res. Note 51, 6 pp.

Denton, R. E. 1972. Establishment of Agathis pumila (Ratz.) for control of larch casebearer, and

notes on native parasitism and predation in Idaho. U.S.D.A. For. Serv. Res. Note INT-164,

6 pp. Intermt. For. and Range Exp. Stn., Ogden, Utah.

Ryan, R. B., W. E. Bousfield, R. E. Denton, R. L. Johnsey, and L. F. Pettinger. Release of

Chrysocharis laricinellae (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae) from several sources into the larch

casebearer infestation in the western United States. In press.

Ryan, R. B., W. E. Bousfield, G. E. Miller, and T. Finlayson. Presence of Chrysocharis

laricinellae, a parasite of the larch casebearer, in the Pacitic Northwest. In press.

Ryan, R. B., and R. E. Denton. 1973. Initial releases of Chrysocharis laricinellae and Diclad-

ocerus westwoodii for biological control of the larch casebearer in the western United

States. U.S.D.A. For. Serv. Res. Note PNW-200, 4 pp. Pac. NW For. and Range Exp. Stn.,

Portland, Oregon.

Webb, F. E. 1953. An ecological study of the larch casebearer, Coleophora laricella Hbn.

(Lepidoptera: Coleophoridae). Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., 210 pp.

29 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumBiIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

OCCURRENCE OF APPLE LEAF ROLLERS (LEPIDOPTERA:

TORTRICIDAE) AND THEIR PARASITES IN THE

OKANAGAN VALLEY,

BRITISH COLUMBIA

D. F. MAYER! AND B. P. BEIRNE

Pestology Centre, Department of Biological Sciences,

Simon Fraser University, Burnaby 2, British Columbia

ABSTRACT

Seven species of leaf rollers feed on apple in the Okanagan Valley.

Five of them, including two of the three most common species, were not pre-

viously recorded as feeding on apple there. Six of the species have alternative

host plants of which rose is the most important. A short key to final instar

larvae of six of the species is included. Thirty-seven species of parasites were

reared, of which eight may have some significance in control.

Introduction

Apple-feeding species of leaf rol-

lers in the Okanagan Valley were in-

vestigated in 1972. The species, their

food plants, and their natural enemies

are listed here; aspects of their ecol-

ogy are discussed elsewhere (Mayer

and Beirne, in press).

The Leaf Rollers

Seven species were found feeding

on apple in the Okanagan Valley,

between Kelowna and OkKanagan

Falls. An earlier survey by Venables

(1924) revealed four species of which

two were not found in the 1972 sur-

vey. All seven are univoltine. Archips

argyrospilus and A. rosanus overwin-

ter aS eggs which hatch when apple

is in the one-half-inch green bud

stage of development. The newly-

hatched larvae disperse, often wind-

borne. The five other species overwin-

ter as larvae. All seven species reduce

potential fruit set by feeding on the

developing buds and leaves. Blossom

feeding is common. On apple the larva

rolls a single leaf, often attached to

a fruit. On plants with smaller leaves

such as privet two to five leaves may

compromise the nest. The _ seven

species in approximate order of eco-

nomic significance to apple are as

follows.

‘Present address: Department of Entomology, Washington

State University, Pullman, Washington.

(a) Archips argyrospilus (Walk.),

the fruit-tree leaf roller, has been the

dominant leaf roller on apple in the

Okanagan Valley since the early

1920’s. It was still dominant in 1972,

comprising from 19 to 99% of the

apple leaf rollers in different locali-

ties, although it was exceeded in num-

bers by A. rosanus and by Pan-

demis limitata in locations near Sum-

merland. Apple, followed by rose and

antelope bush (Purshia_ tridentata

(Pursh) ), are the primary host

plants. Other food plants are birch

(Betula sp.), squaw current (Ribes

cereum Dougl.), Oregon grape (Ma-

honia nervosa (Pursh) ), Russian

olive (Eleangus angustifolia Pall.),

walnut (Juglans regia L.), and willow

(Salix sp.). Feeding tests showed that

the larvae will feed on leaves of

almost any available shrub or tree

rather than starve. This species is

closely related to A. rosanus but re-

peated laboratory attempts to inter-

breed them resulted in a _ Single

mating but no eggs. Twenty species

of parasites were reared.

(bo) A. rosanus (L.), the European

leaf roller, was common ( 25 to 80%)

on apple in the Summerland district

in 1972 but was not previously record-

ed on that plant in the Okanagan

Valley. The usual primary host plant

is privet (Ligustrum vulgare L.).

meas

Scat saan, “eels i?

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotuMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 23

Other primary host plants are rose

and red-osier dogwood (Cornus sto-

lonifera Michx.). It was also found

feeding on alder (Alnus sp.), choKe-

cherry (Prunus virginiana L.), haw-

thorn (Crataegus douglasii Lindl.),

maple (Acer sp.), Russian olive, wal-

nut, and willow. It was not found

feeding on currant though this is a

host plant in Eastern North America

(Whitehead 1926). Twenty - eight

species of parasites were reared.

three-lined leaf roller, was common

(2 to 42%) on apple in the Summer-

land district in 1972 though not re-

corded previously as feeding on it in

the Okanagan Valley. Other primary

host plants are rose and dogwood. It

was also found feeding on birch,

maple, and willow. Though univol-

tine in the Okanagan Valley it is bi-

voltine about 300 miles south in

Washington State. The feeding habits

differ from those described for East-

ern North America. In the Okanagan

Valley the larva first feeds on the

undersurface of a leaf under webbing

and later does not roll leaves; usually

it is found on leaves not fed upon by

other species of leaf rollers. In the

Kast (Hall 1929, Gilliatt 1932) the

early instar larva establishes feeding-

sites in leaves rolled and partly fed

upon by other species of leaf rollers.

Nine species of parasites were reared.

In one locality larvae were found to

be infected with a granulosis virus

that killed them in the final instar.

(d) Platynota idaeusalis (Walk.),

the tufted apple bud moth, was not

common (3%). Apple and rose are

primary host plants and it was also

found feeding on willow. In New York

the larva overwinters as two different

sizes (Chapman and Lienk 1971) but

only as one in the Okanagan Valley.

One parasite species was reared.

(e) Syndemis afflictana (Walk.),

the fall dead-leaf roller, was found

only on apple (2%). It overwinters as

a final-instar larva, whereas the other

species that do not overwinter as

eges do so as partly-grown larvae.

The majority of the larvae were found

in living rolled leaves whereas in New

York (Chapman and Lienk 1971) most

of the larvae construct nests from

dead leaves or cause a living leaf to

die by partly severing the petiole.

(f) Choristoneura rosaceana

(Harr.), the oblique - banded leaf

roller, was the dominant species on

apple in the Okanagan Valley up to

the 1920’s (Venables 1924) but it is

now rare. It was found in 1972 in a

single location near Okanagan Falls

and only in trace amounts, feeding on

apple.

(g) Argyrotaenia dorsalana (Dyar),

was found, infrequently (1%), on

apple and rose. The recorded host

plants are Pinaceae (Powell 1964)

and oak (Freeman 1958).

Parasites

The following parasites were rear-

ed from leaf-rollers in the Okanagan

Valley. The host species, when iden-

tifiable, are indicated by the letters in

parenthesis, which are from the list

above. Only eight of the 38 species

(marked with asterisks below) were

reared more than five times and are

therefore of possible control signifi-

cance.

Ichenumonidae: “Itoplectis quad-

ricingulata (Prov.) (a,b,c); Hercus

pleuralis (Prov.) (b); Scambus tec-

umseh (Harr.) (b); Exochus nigripal-

pis tectulum Townes (a); Phytodietus

sp. (b); Glypa sp. (c); Acropimpla

albortica (Cress.) (b); *“Diadegma sp.

1 (b,c,d); Diadegma sp. 2 (a); Gelis

sp. (a); Pimplinae (b).

Braconidae: *Microgaster epago-

ges Gahan (a,b,c); *“Apanteles cacoe-

cide (Riley) (a,b,c,g); *Habrobracon

ranthonotus (Ashm.) (a); Onco-

24 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumpBia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

phanes americanus (Weed) (b);

Agathis annulipes (Cress.) (a,b);

Agathis sp. (b); Apanteles sp. No. 49

(b).

Trichogrammatidae: Trichogram-

ma minutum Riley (a,b,).

Chalcididae: Spilochalcis albifrons

(Walsh) (b); Brachymeria ovata

ovata (Say) (b,c).

Eulophidae: Eulophus anomocerus

(Crawf.) (a); Sympiesis marylanden-

sis Girault (b); Elachertus aeneoniger

(Girault) (b); Elachertus cacoeciae

(Howard) (b); Elachertus poss. n. sp.

(a); Dicladocerus westwoodii West-

wood (a); Pediobius sp. near lonch-

aeae Burks (a).

Elasmidae: Elasmus atratus How-

ard (a,b).

Pteromalidae: Dibrachys cavus

(Walk.) (a); Dibrachys poss. n. sp.

(bo); Habrocytus phycidis Asn. (a,b,c) ;

Catolaccus aeneoviridis (Girault)

(a,b).

Tachinidae: * Nemorilla pyste

(Walk.) (a,b); Compsilura concin-

nata (Mg.) (b); *Hemisturmia tor-

tricis (Coq.) (a,b,c); EHumea caesar

(Ald.) (a,b); *“Pseudoperichaeta erec-

ta (Coq.) (a,b,c).

Associated Lepidoptera

The apple leaf rollers recorded

from the Okanagan Valley by Ven-

ables (1924) but not found in the 1972

Survey were Acleris maximana

(Barnes & Busck) and Aphelia allen-

1ana (Hern,):

In the 1972 survey three species of

leaf rollers were found on primary

host plants of apple-feeding species

but not themselves on apple: Acleris

forbesana (McD.) and Acleris sp. near

bowmana (McD.), on dogwood, and

Croesia albicomana (Clem.), on rose.

Species of Lepidoptera other than

leaf rollers that were found feeding

on foliage of apple were: Epinotia

rectiplicana Walsm., Epinotia sp.,

Hedia ochroleucana Hbn., and Exzart-

ema punctanum Walsm. (Olethreu-

tinae); Filalima demissae Kief. and

Trachoma walsinghamiella Busck

(Gelechiidae) ; and Lithophane georgii

Grt. (Noctuidae).

Key To Leaf Rollers

Key to final-instar larvae of six

leaf rollers on apple in the OKanagan

Valley, B.C.

1. Body light green, head darker green... . 2

—. Body dark green or brownish green, head red-

dish brown, dark brown, or black

2. Full-grown at about end of apple bloom;

relatively sluggish; usually scarce.

aha eee el ae Argyrotaenia dorsalana

—. Full-grown two or three weeks after end of

apple bloom; very active; often frequent.

Pandemis limitata

3. Head brown to black, body dark green; usual-

a: ye W™eie Se cot ter fei! giax | Jey Gre! <a ane) “confine

ly common « . «. : .ics Sse ae ee 4

—. Head reddish brown to brown, body brown-

ish to brownish green; usually scarce ... 5

4. First thoracic legs brown, remainder green;

never on privet. . . Archips argyrospilus

—. All thoracic legs greenish; often common on

DIivet. 6.00 2 Archips rosanus

5. Body brownish, sometimes with two dark

brown stripes; full grown late in summer or

early in fall Syndemis afflictana

—. Body brownish-green, not with stripes; full-

grown late in spring or early in summer.

Platynota idaeusalis

@, igeyt fel var” tei

Acknowledgements

The authors thank the following: Dr. H. Mad-

sen, Canada Department of Agriculture Research

Station, Summerland, for much advice and assist-

ance throughout this investigation; Drs. E. Rock-

burne and G. Lewis, for identifying the Lepidop-

tera, and Drs. J. Barron, M. Ivonochko, W.

Mason, D. Wood, and C. Yoshimoto, all of the

Entomology Research Institute, Canada Depart-

ment of Agriculture, Ottawa, for identifying

the parasites. The work was financed by an

operating research grant from the National Re-

search Council of Canada to B. P. Beirne.

References

Chapman, P. J. and S. E. Lienk. 1971. Tortricid fauna of apple in New York (Lepidoptera:

Tortricidae). New York Agr. Exp. Sta., Geneva, Spec. Pub. 122 pp.

Freeman, T. N. 1958. The Archipinae of North America (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Can. Entomol.

Suppl. 7, 89 pp.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLuMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 25

Gilliatt, F. C. 1932. Life history and habits of the three-lined leaf roller, Pandemis limitata

Rob., in Nova Scotia. Sci. Agr. 12(9): 506-521.

Hall, J. A. 1929. Leaf rollers attacking the apple in Norfolk County, Ontario, Rep. Entomol. Soc.

Ontario 60: 137-141.

Mayer, D. F. and B. P. Beirne. 1973. Aspects of the ecology of apple leaf rollers (Lep.: Tortric.)

in the Okanagan Valley, British Columbia. Can. Entomol. 106:349-352 .

Powell, J. A. 1964. Biological and taxonomic studies on Tortricine moths, with reference to the

species in California. Univ. California Pub. Entomol. 32. 317 pp.

Venables, E. P. 1924. Leaf-rollers attacking orchard trees in the Okanagan Valley. Proc. Entomol.

Soc. Brit. Columbia 21: 22-26.

Whitehead, W. E. 1926. Notes on the currant leaf roller (Cacoecia rosana Linn.) in Nova Scotia.

Proc. Acadian Entomol. Soc. 10: 76-79.

INFLUENCE OF STREAM SEDIMENTS ON DISTRIBUTION

OF MACROBENTHOS'

M. A. BRUSVEN AND K. V. PRATHER:

Department of Entomology

University of Idaho

Moscow, Idaho

ABSTRACT

Studies were conducted in the laboratory and field to determine the

substrate relationships of five species of stream insects representing the orders

Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, Trichoptera and Diptera. Various combinations of

pebble and sand were tested in the presence or absence of cobbles. Substrates

with cobble were generally preferred over substrates without cobble. The pre-

ference for cobble generally increased as the sediments around the cobble de-

creased in size. Substrates with unembedded cobble were slightly preferred

over half-embedded cobble; completely embedded cobble in fine sand proved

unacceptable to most species. Three types of substrate-distribution patterns

are recognized; stream insects which inhabit substrate surfaces; interstices;

and both substrate surfaces and interstices.

Introduction

Sediment pollution is of increasing

concern to stream ecologists. Exces-

sive accumulations of sediment in

mountain streams as a result of agri-

cultural practices, logging, road con-

struction, dredge mining, etc. can

have serious detrimental effects on

the stream biota. The role of Sedi-

ments in the distribution and abund-

ance of stream benthos has been re-

ported by Pervical and Whitehead

(1929), Cummins (1964, 1966), Scott

(1966) and others. This paper is con-

‘Research supported in part by the U.S. Department of the

Interior as authorized under the Water Resources Act of 1964,

Public Law 88-379. Published with the approval of the Director

of the Idaho Agriculture Experiment Station as Research Paper

No. 7461.

“Present address: Third U.S. Army Medical Laboratory, Ft.

McPherson, Georgia, U.S.A.

cerned with substrate relationships

of insects, but we recognize that other

trophic levels are also affected by

sediments. Influence upon any one

trophic level may cause profound side

effects on other components in the

ecosystem.

This paper attempts to clarify the

substrate relationships and ecology

of five stream insects studied in the

laboratory and field and suggests rea-

sons for specific affinities for certain

substrate conditions.

Materials and Methods

Insect-substrate relationships were

studied in the laboratory in artificial

streams similar to one described by

Brusven (1973). Temperature was

26 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. Cotumpia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

B C

PTERONARCYS CALIFORNICA

EPHEMERELLA GRANDIS

PERCENT

aa ae GSS UN Ml Peau Z -

oe ATHERI X VARIEGATA

(__] Unembedded Cobble [___] With cobble

(J Half-embedded Cobble (CT) Without cobble

Lp Sp Lp Cs Lp Fs Lp Cs Fs Lp Sp Cs Fs

SUBSTRATE ae ie

Figure 1. Substrate preference of five species of aquatic insects. A. Preference for two sizes

of pebble and sand; B. Preference for unembedded and half-embedded cobble when in presence

of pebble and sand; and C. Preference for substrates with and without cobble. Vertical lines

indicate extremes of three replications. Lp=large pebble; Sp==small pebble; Cs= coarse sand;

F's-fine sand. *-fewer than 25 insects recovered from test quadrants during one replication.

J. Entromot. Soc. Brit. Cotumpia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 27

maintained at approximately 5°C and

water velocity at 15 cm/sec with sub-

strates of coarse sand or larger sedi-

ments and 8 cm/sec with fine sand. As

a bed material fine sand became un-

stable at velocities greater than 8

em/sec. Alternating 12-hour dark-

light cycles were maintained with

artificial lighting and automatic

timers. Each test lasted 48 hours.

Five species of stream _ insects,

Pteronarcys californica Newport,

Ephemerella grandis Eaton, Arcto-

psyche grandis (Banks), Brachycen-

trus sp. and Atheriz variegata Walker,

representing the orders Plecoptera,

Ephemoptera, Trichoptera and Dip-

tera were studied. The insects were

collected in the field and acclimated

in a laboratory stream similar to the

test stream. Middle and late instar

larvae and nymphs were used because

they proved less subject to injury

when handled than early instars.

Substrate preference experiments

were conducted to determine the pref-

erence of the insects: among four

substrate particle sizes, for totally,

partially or unembedded cobble sub-

strates, and substrates with vs. with-

out cobble. Cobble used in this con-

text refers to rocks having diameters

of 64-256 mm. Rocks averaging 115

mm in diameter were used during

cobble preference tests; six of these

were uniformly spaced in each of the

four test quadrants of the stream.

Sediments of less than cobble size

were screened into four size classes:

large pebble (12.0-25.00 mm), small

pebble (6.0-12.0 mm), coarse sand

(2.5-6.0 mm) and fine sand (1.0-1.5

mm).

The insects were uniformly dist-

ributed in the test quadrants of the

stream at the beginning of each test.

A minimum of 35 specimens of a

species was introduced into’ the

stream; recovery of 25 live specimens

from test quadrants was considered

necessary to validate a test. Each test

was replicated three times.

In addition to recording the num-

ber of insects recovered from each

stream section and respective sub-

strate types, the number of insects on

or under cobble was recorded and ex-

pressed as a percentage of the total

number of insects in each quadrant.

This was done to determine the role

played by cobble in microhabitat dis-

tribution as the sediment surround-

ing cobble increased or decreased in

size.

In addition to laboratory studies,

numerous field investigations were

conducted and provided a basis for an

autecological analysis of the species

in question in their natural environs.

RESULTS

Comparative Insect-Substrate

Performance

Five species of aquatic insects in

the laboratory demonstrated differen-

tial preferences when tested on

various combinations of substrate

particle sizes (Fig. 1A). The stone-

fly, Pteronarcys californica Newport,

and the caddisfly, Arctopsyche gran-

dis Banks, preferred a substrate of

large pebble over small pebble and

coarse and fine sand. The mayfly,

Ephemerella grandis Eaton, and the

caddisfly, Brachycentrus sp., display-

ed a moderate preference for large

pebble over coarse and fine sand, but

little distinction between large and

Small pebble. The dipteran, Atheriz

variegata Walker, showed little pref-

erence for one sediment over another.

When embeddedness of cobble was

added as a variable, P. californica and

A. grandis preferred fully exposed

over half-embedded cobble when in

association with all four surrounding

sediment sizes (Fig. 1B). E. grandis

preferred exposed cobble with sur-

rounding sediments of small pebble

28 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. Cotumpira 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

and coarse and fine sand. Brachycen-

trus sp. and A. variegata preferred ex-

posed to half-embedded cobble with

surrounding sediment of fine sand;

however, no preference was indicated

for the two embeddedness values

when cobble was associated with large

and small pebble and coarse sand.

P. californica, E. grandis and A.

grandis preferred cobble over sub-

strates without cobble (Fig. 1C), while

Brachycentrus sp. and A. variegata

showed a high preference for cobble

only when cobble was in the presence

of fine sand. A small to moderate

preference was indicated by Brachy-

centrus sp. for cobble over substrates

without cobble when the latter had

large and small pebble and coarse

sand associated with it. A. variegata,

on the other hand, showed no prefer-

ence for substrates with cobbles un-

derlain with pebbles.

Cobbles were differentially select-

ed as places of inhabitation when

placed in various combinations with

pebble and sand (Fig. 2A). The results

from this test differed from the pre-

vious test in that specific associations

with cobble as a microenvironment

were determined as opposed to general

distribution in test quadrants having

or not having cobble. The data indi-

cate that the affinity of P. californica,

E. grandis and A. grandis for cobble

generally increased as the sediments

surrounding cobble decreasd in size.

A Similar relationship for the case-

bearing caddisfly, Brachycentrus sp.

was not noted. The dipteran, A. varie-

gata, had affinities to cobble only

when cobble was in the presence of

fine sand.

Adding the embeddedness of cobble

as a factor influencing microdistribu-

tion, the data (Fig. 2B) indicate a

weak to moderate preference for un-

embedded over half-embedded cobble.

Like the previous test (Fig. 2A),

Brachycentrus sp. had higher affini-

ties to both unembedded and half-

embedded cobbles than all other

species when these cobbles were test-

ed with various combinations of

smaller surrounding sediments. A.

variegata reflected low affinity to

cobbles except when the latter were

in the presence of fine sand. In this

respect, the results were similar to the

previous test when cobble was unem-

bedded.

Autecology

Laboratory studies provided con-

trol over such substrate variables as

sediment size and type, presence or

absence of cobble and embeddedness

of cobble but arrangement and seg-

regation of sediments in the labora-

tory was artificial. The substrate

characteristics of natural streams are

heterogeneous, often precluding mic-

roenvironmental interpretation of

insect-substrate relationships. There-

fore, in order to integrate the two

aspects of laboratory results and field

ooservations, the following is an

autecological analysis of the five

Species studied with respect to their

substrate affinities and microen-

vironment:

Ephemerella grandis Eaton. This

mayfly occurs in moderately fast,

clean to lightly sanded, cobble

streams. Nymphs occur in the inter-

stices of pebble and gravel or on the

surface of cobble. In the laboratory

they often sought refuge in depres-

sions of rocks. In heavily sanded

streambeds, nymphs demonstrated

increased affinities for cobble. Unem-

bedded cobbles were much preferred

to partially embedded cobbles when

in the presence of sands. Large num-

bers of nymphs were often encoun-

tered in filamentous tails of moss

(Fontinalis sp.) attached to the

downstream sides of rocks. Being

J. EntomMot. Soc. Brit. Coruupra 71 (1974), Ocr. 1, 1974 29

A B

PTERONARCYS CALIFORNICA

EPHEMERELLA GRANDIS

100

BRACHYCENTRUS

lll

ARCTOPS J CHE GRANDIS

100

ATHERIX VARIEGATA

100

80 [-_JUnembedded Cobble

[_JHalt-embedded Cobble

Lp Sp Lp Cs Lp Fs

SUBSTRATE TYPE

Figure 2. Substrate preference of five species of aquatic insects. A. Percentage of insects re-

covered on or under unembedded cobble-surrounding substrate test; B. Percentage of insects

recovered on or under half- and unembedded cobble when cobble was tested in relation to four

surrounding substrate sizes. Vertical lines MG extremes in replications. Lp=large pebble,

Sp-small pebble; Cs=coarse sand; Fs=fine sand. *=fewer than 25 insects recovered from test

quadrants during one replication.

PERCENT

30 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumpBra 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

cryptically colored and lethargic, they

often escape detection. The rough,

spiny body surface of this mayfly

undoubtedly restricts its distribution

to accessible microhabitats.

Pteronarcys californica Newport.

Mature nymphs of this stonefly are

some of the larger in the Plecoptera.

The species has a multiple-year

life with overlapping generations. It

occurs in moderately fast, rocky

streams where the rocks are largely

unembedded in fine sediments. Al-

though sands are often present in

small to moderate quantities, the

species still abounds where the lower

surface or Sides of cobbles are avail-

able for retreat. In substrate prefer-

ence tests in the laboratory, older

age class nymphs of this species did

not extensively utilize pebble sub-

strates when cobble substrates were

present; however, when cobble was

unavailable, pebble substrates were

highly selected over fine sediments

(Fig. 1A). Affinities with the under-

surface and sides of cobbles did not

occur except where cobbles were in

the presence of sand, particularly fine

sand (Fig. 2A). The species is secre-

tive during the day, residing com-

monly under rocks or shallow inter-

stices.

Brachycentrus sp. This is a case-

bearing caddisfly, the larvae of which

are poorly known taxonomically. The

cases are square in cross section and

made of plant material. It occurs

most commonly in slow to moderate

streams. Preferred bottom types are

usually gravel with cobble. Filamen-

tous tails of moss and algae as well

as wood pieces lodged in the stream

often harbor large concentrations.

Unlike many stream insects, this

species lives largely on the surface

of the substrate rather than in the

interstices or under rocks. Unembed-

ded cobble is only slightly preferred

over half-embedded cobble (Fig. 1B).

Owing to its nonsecretive behaviour

and clumped distribution, it is vul-

nerable to vertebrate predation.

This caddisfly shows a _ positive

correlation between body size and

transverse channel distribution, Late

instars frequent deeper, faster water

than early instars, which tend to be

close to shore.

Larvae are relatively sedentary,

at least during the day. Their orienta-

tion is upstream. The mesothoracic

and metathoracic legs are extended

and elevated, presumably aS a means

of filtering particulate organic matter

from the water for food. A conspic-

uous diel drift cycle has been reported

for this species (Brusven, 1970), drift

being the greatest during the night.

Arctopsyche grandis Banks. The

larvae of this caddisfly are net spin-

ners; the nets catch particulate or-

eanic matter upon which they feed.

The larvae occur mostly on rocky,

eravelly riffles were the nets are

usually attached to the roughened

edges of pebbles, between pebbles and

coarse sand grains, under rocks, or

in cracks and fissures in rocks. Unlike

the brachycentrid previously discuss-

ed, this caddisfly occurs primarily in’

the interstices of the substrate. A

relatively permeable substrate is pre-

requisite for successful functioning

of the nets.

Laboratory studies revealed this

species to be remarkably similar to

the stonefly, P. californica, in sub-

strate preference for all combinations

of sediment and cobble tested (Figs.

1-2), i.e. coarse sediments of pebble

were preferred over sand, cobble sub-

strates without cobble and unem-

bedded over half-embedded cobble.

Atherix variegata Walker. The

larvae of this rnagionid dipteran are

occasionally common in_ gravelly,

moderately fast mountain streams of

the western United States. The genus

is represented by this single species

J. EntTomot. Soc. Brit. CotumpBia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 5 |

in North America. Laboratory studies

indicated that the larvae had little

preference for pebble over fine and

coarse sand (Fig. 1A) and that the

presence or absence of cobble had

little influence on sediment prefer-

ence except when cobble was associat-

ed with fine sand. The larvae showed

little affinity for cobble as a micro-

habitat except when the cobble was

associated with fine sand (Fig. 2A).

Equipped with ventral prolegs and a

fusiform body, the larvae are effective

burrowers, living and moving in

the interstices of the streambed. It

appears to have one of the widest

ranges of substrate tolerance of

species studied in the laboratory and

field and its absence from some

streams is likely due to factors other

than substrate.

Discussion

The results from this study indi-

cate that sediments influence in a

major way benthic composition and

micro-distribution in streams. Cum-

mins (1964, 1966) suggested that sedi-

ment particle size is a primary factor

influencing microdistribution of ben-

thos and that current, water chemistry

and food are other important factors.

Vertical distribution was not a

principal point of investigation in this

study; however, the results reveal-

ed obvious distributional differences

among the species. Benthic insects

can be classified generally into three

categories with respect to vertical dis-

tribution: those that inhabit substrate

surfaces, interstices, and substrate

surfaces and interstices. Until re-

cently most quantitative studies have

been limited to shallow, surface sedi-

ments (5-7 cm). Recent studies by

Coleman and Hynes (1970), Mundie

(1971), and Bishop (1973), demon-

strated that a large percentage of the

benthic fauna lives at considerably

greater depths. Although the sediment

bed in the artificial streams used here

was only 7 cm deep, it was apparent

that the dipteran A. variegata was an

interstitial inhabitor, apparently cap-

able of burrowing deep within the

streambed given proper sediment

size and permeability; A. grandis was

also an interstitial inhabitor, Brachy-

centrus sp. a substrate-surface inha-

bitor, and P. californica and E. grandis

combination substrate surface-inter-

stitial inhabitors. The latter classifi-

cation would probably apply to most

species in riffle communities.

We view unembedded or partially

embedded cobble as an important

substrate component in a viable, di-

versely-productive mountain stream.

Unimpacted cobble permits maximum

inhabitation around the cobbles, par-

ticularly to insects that cannot bur-

row, have exosKeletal armature or

body size inhibiting interstitial bur-

rowing, or have the habit of living

under or on the surface of cobbles.

Fine sediments around cobbles tend

to produce a “gasket effect” by

creating a seal, thereby restricting

access to the undersurface of the

cobbles or deep sediments except to

specialized, burrowing forms such

as midge (Diptera: Chironomidae) or

tipulid (Diptera: Tiplidae) larvae.

The diversity of species is almost

always reduced in heavily silted,

sanded streams, but these streams

may Still be productive as indicated

by Hynes (1970).

Silt was not used as a test during

this study because of the low velocities

needed to avoid particle suspension.

In an artificial channel, Cummins

(1969) using velocities of 3 cm/sec,

determined that eight of 10 species

of insects tested experienced minor

effects when exposed to a skim of

silt over the streambed. In a natural

stream, Nuttall and Bielby (1973) re-

ported large adverse effects of clay

32 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. Cotumrpia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

on stream insects. Sands, particularly

fine sands are a more serious pol-

lutant than silt to riffle communities

in many Idaho batholith streams be-

cause of the associated soils, the

gradient, and discharge of the

streams. Sands impact the streambed

during low flows; silts tend to be

displaced in suspension, settling out

behind impoundments or in slow, low-

gradient reaches.

The critical nature of sediments

with respect to insect diversity and

productivity in streams is sometimes

lessened by development of a carpet

of algae over the streambed (Brusven

et al., in press). Algal filaments serve

as the effective microenvironment of

many insects and in some cases re-

place sediments as places for inhabi-

tation.

The impact of various kinds and

amounts of sediments on all stages of

insect development is still in a

conjectural state. Whereas previous

studies have dealt largely with the

critical nature of sediments on

nymphs and larvae, the egg stage

may be the most sensitive stage

with respect to sediment pollution.

Determination of age-specific effects

of sediments on insects is largely un-

resolved under field conditions. When

these questions are answered we Shall

have a much clearer undrstanding of

the role played by sediment pollution

in benthic stream ecology.

Literature Cited

Bishop, J. E. 1973. Observations on the vertical distribution of the benthos in a Malaysian stream.

Freshwater Biol. 3:147-156.

Brusven, M. A. 1970 Drift periodicity and upstream dispersion of stream insects. J. Ent. Soc.

British Columbia 67:48-59.

Brusven, M. A. 1973. A closed system plexiglas stream for studying insect-fish-substrate relation-

ships. Prog. Fish-Culturist 35:87-89.

Brusven, M. A., C. MacPhee and R. C. Biggam. (In Press). Effects of water fluctuations on benthic

insects. IN: Anatomy of a River. Pacific Northwest River Basins Commission Report.

Coleman, M. J. and H. B. Hynes. 1970. The vertical distribution of the invertebrate fauna in the

bed of a stream. Limnol. Oceanogr. 15:31-40.

Cummins, K. W. 1964. Factors limiting the micro-distribution of larvae of the caddisflies Pynopsych

lepida (Hagen) and Pynopsyche guttifer (Walker) ina Michigan stream. Ecol. Monogr.

34:271-295.

Cummins, K. W. 1966. A review and future problems in benthic ecology. IN: Cummins, K. W., C. A.

Tryon and R. T. Hartman (eds.), Organism-substrate relationships in streams. Spec. Publ.

Pymatuning Laboratory of Ecology, Univ. Pittsburgh, no. 4. 145 p.

Cummins, K. W. and C. H. Lauff. 1969. The influence of substrate particle size in the microdistribu-

tion of stream macrobenthos. Hydrobiologia 34:145-181.

Hynes, H. B. 1970. The ecology of running waters. Toronto, Univ. of Toronto Press. 555 p.

Mundie, J. H. 1971. Sampling benthos and substrate materials down to 50 microns in size in shallow

streams. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 28:849-860.

Nuttall, P. M. and G. H. Bielby. 1973. The effect of china-clay wasts on stream invertebrate

Environ. Pollution 5:77-86.

Pervical, E. and H. Whitehead. 1929. A quantitative study of the fauna of some types of stream bed.

J. Ecol. 17:283-314.

Scott, D. 1966. The substrate cover-fraction concept in benthic ecology. IN: Cummins, K. W., C. A.

Tryon and R. T. Hartman (eds.). Organism-substrate relationships in streams. Spec. Publ.

Pymatuning Laboratory of Ecology, Univ. Pittsburgh, No. 4. 145 p.

J. ENtTomMot. Soc. Brit. CotumpBia 71 (1974), Ocr. 1, 1974 33

OCCURRENCE OF A MIDGE, OLIGOTROPHUS BETHELI

FELT, ON JUNIPER ON VANCOUVER ISLAND, BRITISH

COLUMBIA (DIPTERA: CECIDOMYIIDAE)!

N. V. TONKS

Research Station, Agriculture Canada

Sidney, British Columbia

On June 2, 1969, I was asKed to ex-

amine a planting of Juniperus sabina

in a nursery at Royal Oak on southern

Vancouver Island. There were many

dead branchlet tips on each shrub

and the planting had an unsightly

brown appearance. Numerous small

flies were active around the plants

and there were many small, elongate,

orange-coloured eggs on the new

growth. The midges were later identi-

fied as Oligotrophus betheli Felt, a

species not previously recorded in

Canada.

Felt (1912) describes this species

from individuals reared on J. utahen-

sis in Colorado. Foote (1965) records

this midge from Colorado and Utah.

Appleby and Neiswander (1965) des-

cribe it and outline the life history

in Ohio under the name O. apicis,

which Gagne (1967) lists as a syno-

nym of O. betheii.

The life history of this species on

Vancouver Island is very similar to

that described in Ohio. The yellow-

orange larvae overwinter in the

branchlet tips, where they pupate in

the spring. Adults emerge in late April

and May to lay eggs on the new

growth. These eggs hatch in late May

and June and larvae enter the

‘Contribution No. 233, Research Station, Agriculture Canada,

Sidney, British Columbia.

branchlet tips to feed. Each infested

tip develops into a brown, fleshy, coni-

cal gall containing a single larva.

During 1969 there was a second

peak of adult emergence during July,

with a third occurring in September.

Counts made in August on 2,854 tips

from 20 plants in the nursery showed

a mean of 23% of the tips infested

per plant. Saleability of the crop was

seriously reduced because of the dis-

coloured and restricted growth.

Appleby (1965) obtained control

of this midge in Ohio with foliage

sprays of dimethoate applied in late

May, early June, or late June. Excel-

lent control was obtained on Van-

couver Island with a foliage spray of

Diazinon 50% E.C. at 1 pint per 100

gallons applied in late May. There

was no resurgence of midge activity

in this planting except on two isolated

unsprayed plants. A second applica-

tion of diazinon was made over the

entire planting in mid-August.

There has been no further report

of this midge infesting junipers on

southern Vancouver Island.

Acknowledgements

Dr. R. J. Gagne, Systematic Entomology

Laboratory, U.S. Department of Agriculture,

Washington, D.C., identified the flies. Dr. J. F.

McAlpine, Biosystematics Research Institute,

Canada Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, pro-

vided additional information from correspond-

ence with Dr. Gagne.

References

Appleby, J. E. 1965. Life history and control of Oligotrophus apicis sp. n. (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae)

a midge injurious to junipers: with key to species of Oligotrophus found in the United

States. Diss. Abs. 25:4869.

Appleby, J. E. and R. B. Neiswander. 1965. Oligotrophus apicis sp. n., a midge injurious to

junipers, with key to species of Oligotrophus found in the United States (Diptera:

Cecidomyiidae). Ohio J. Sci. 65:166-175.

34 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumbBtia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

Felt, E. P. 1912. New gall midges or Itonidae (Diptera). N. Y. Entomol. Soc. J. 20:148.

Foote, R. H. 1965. Family Cecidomyiidae. in A. Stone, et al. A catalogue of the Diptera of

America north of Mexico. U.S.D.A. Agric. Handb. 276:264.

Gagne, R. J. 1967. O. betheli. Zool. Record 104:622.

BOOK REVIEW

A Catalog of the Diptera of the Orien-

tal Region. Volume I. Suborder

Nematocera edited by MERCEDES D.

DELFINADO and D. E. Harpy. The

University Press of Hawaii, Hono-

lulu, 1973. Pp. 618. $18.50.

A synoptic catalogue is not an

easy work to review. When it is well

bound, clearly and attractively type-

set, and meticulously edited the task

is even more difficult. The present

work differs in two main respects

from its predecessors, the Nearctic

Catalogue edited by A. Stone et al and

the Neotropical Catalogue edited by

N. Papavero. The former is a single

volume, the latter has a_ fascicle

for each family. Publication of the

Oriental Catalogue in three volumes

is an excellent compromise. A single

volume would have been very bulky

and would, for those interested in

only one or a few families, have

involved an unnecessarily large fin-

ancial outlay. The other major diif-

ference is the inclusion of the full

journal citation with each name

rather than a date and page reference

to an accompanying bibliography.

This perhaps increases the bulk of

the book, and reduces the bibliog-

raphy to a selected rather than an

almost complete list of relevant

papers, but it makes the work so much

more convenient to use that I approve

the arrangement wholeheartedly.

The catalogue is supposed to be

complete through 1970, but a few

omissions have been noted. Eleven

species of Mycetophilidae of the gen-

era Macrocera, Boletina and Sym-

merus described or recorded from

Taiwan by Sasakawa in 1966 and by

Saigusa in 1966 and 1968 are not in-

cluded. I hope that a list of omissions

can be compiled and distributed.

The most striking feature of the

fauna as recorded by the catalogue is

the enormous number of Tipulidae.

The 3223 Oriental species make up

52% of the Nematocera; in the

Nearctic region they make up only

29%. The proportion will probably

decrease in both regions as other

families are more thoroughly studied;

the present figures are perhaps more

an indication of the zeal and enthus-

iasm of Prof. C. P. Alexander than

they are of the actual composition

of the fauna.

This is the third major regional

catalogue of Diptera to appear during

the last nine years. When one con-

siders that the last previous cata-

logues of such scope were those of

Aldrich for Nearctic Diptera in 1905

and of Becker, Kertesz et al for

Palaearctic Diptera and about half

the world Diptera in 1902-1910, this

flurry of catalogues is as remarkable

as it is welcome. For taxonomists of

Diptera, and indeed for all biologists

interested in the order, these publica-

tions are of inestimable value. For

all biological taxonomists they pro-

vide convincing evidence that the

discipline, which Ehrlich in a famous

forecast had seen as extinct by 1970,

is alive and flourishing.

—J.R.Vockeroth

J. ENToMo.L. Soc. Brit. CotumBra 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 25

REARING NATURAL ENEMIES OF APHIDS

FOR ECOLOGICAL STUDIES!

B. D. FRAZER, D. RAWORTH AND A. BRYAN?

Introduction

Recent books on _ parasites of

aphids (Stary, 1970) and on coccinel-

lids (Hodek, 1973) include rearing

methods but in passing only, when

discussing the biology of the species

concerned. A text on biological con-

trol (De Bach et al., 1964) deals with

rearing but like Smith (1966) it em-

phasizes economy in mass rearing

and the use of artificial diets. We

needed a system of rearing which was

simple and efficient yet easily adapt-

ed to the different needs of Coccinel-

lids, Chrysopids, Aphidiids and hyper-

parasites. We were not interested in

long term or mass rearing but in rear-

ing small numbers of different species

just long enough to measure some

biological attribute needed for our

studies on the impact of natural

enemies on the population dynamics

of the prey. Because of the number of

species to be reared, our philosophy is

based on the view that the insects

Should do most of the work, which

obviously saves labour and also seems

to result in more vigorous insects.

This paper reports our general

methods and the modifications that

have allowed us to maintain stocks

of 3 parasites and 3 hyperparasites

of aphids; 2 chrysophids and 7 coc-

cinellids.

Methods and Discussion

The basic rearing system requires

continuity in production of plants

and aphids and a controlled, uniform

environment. Stable conditions reduce

the amount of attention needed by

the colonies, permit accurate sched-

uling of the work and give predictable

results.

‘Contribution No. 324, Research Station, Vancouver.

“Present address: Agriculture Canada, Research Station, 6660

N. W. Marine Drive, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1X2.

Plant and Aphid culture. We plant

10 broad bean seeds (Vicia faba L.,

cv. Exhibition Long Pod) per pot in

UC mix C, Fertilizer I (Matkin and

Chandler, 1957) in 15 cm round, plas-

tic pots. This is done four times per

week. When the plants are newly

sprouted they are heavily infested

with pea aphids, Acyrthosiphon pisum

(Harris), and the pots are placed in

a room maintained at 20 + 2°, 60 +

10% RH and provided with 1000 + 100

lux of light, 16 hr per day ( + indi-

cates the normal ranges). The plants

and aphids are ready for use in 7-8

days, when the plants are 20-40 cm

high but are still actively growing.

The pots of infested plants are then

either moved into rearing cages or

the aphids from the plants are har-

vested. It is advantageous to hold the

aphid stock colonies in another room,

distant from the parasite rearing

area, Otherwise the aphids must be

caged.

We use UC mix because of its

homogeneity and constant composi-

tion over time; but more importantly,

one pot can retain about 500 cc of

water and absorb this amount in 5-10

sec, This reduces watering to 2 times

per week and minimizes the risk of

accidental drought. The environmen-

tal conditions are ideal for the rapid

production of high numbers of large

pea aphids. The stock of aphids we

use is an ‘ecotype’ selected over 15

years and is ideally suited to these

conditions, In fact, it does poorly at

o° warmer or in cooler or dryer condi-

tions.

Rearing cages. We use cages of

varying sizes and construction. We

have not found dimensions or shape

to be important except for syrphids

(Frazer, 1972), provided that the

36 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

cages have transparent roofs and

forced air supply. Air movement

is essential in maintaining constant

favourable conditions inside the cages.

A squirrel cage fan (1/6 hp) assembly

fitted with a rheostat to control the

flow, supplies air to the cages through

cardboard or wooden ducts. The

supply is minimal, only enough to

prevent condensation and heat build

up, yet insufficient to cause excessive

evapotranspiration from the plants.

A large number of cages can be sup-

plied by one fan, provided that each

cage is connected in parallel to a

larger duct to give an equal air flow

to the cages. We have one unit with 6

cages on both sides of a built-in air

duct, from which another worker

supplies air to 60 single pot cages,

using the same small fan assembly.

In fact, a plant in a plastic bag sup-

plied with forced air makes a Suitable

temporary cage.

Rearing coccinellids, Field collect-

ed adults are placed in a cage with

as many pots of aphid infested broad

bean plants as the cage will hold.

The object here is to adjust the ratio

of adult coccinellids to the number of

aphids on the actively growing plants

so that the coccinellids neither eat

all the aphids in a few days nor allow

the aphids to increase greatly, there-

by killing the plants. The starting

ratio is not critical but a good ratio

prevents unscheduled maintenance.

A suitable ratio is 200 adults with 4

pots of 10 plants each.

The coccinellids will oviposit on

the plants but handling eggs on plants

involves considerable time and dis-

turbance to the aphids. We found

that coccinelids prefer to oviposit

in crevices in the cages, in folded

leaves and under the rims of pots.

If single faced, corrugated, cardboard

strips are placed in the cage with

the corrugations running across the

width, almost all egg laying will occur

under and in the corrugations. Eggs

deposited on exposed areas are soon

eaten by the adults. Egg cannibalism

is minimal with corrugated card-

board, unless the strips are left in the

cage for days. If the strips are re-

moved and replaced daily, vast num-

bers of eggs can be produced. How-

ever, we use the strips only to start

another generation, which happens

every other month.

The cardboard strips for oviposi-

tion have other advantages: large

numbers of eggs are deposited in a

short period thus allowing synchro-

nization of hatching; and the card-

board has a large surface area to

volume ratio. The last two factors

greatly reduce the mortality caused

by young larvae eating unhatched

eggs of neighboring batches and by

older larvae eating younger ones.

We put about 10 feet of the strips

bearing eggs in a 1/2 gal ice cream

carton and when the eggs are ready

to hatch, after about five days, we

add a surplus of aphids. When the

larvae have moulted once, they and

the cardboard strips are placed in a

large cage and maintained like the

adults. When the larvae reach the

fourth instar, pots of aphid-infested

plants must be added every 2-3 days

to prevent cannibalism. Again the

cardboard reduces mortality, because

the larvae seek out secluded areas

before moulting or pupating. Pupa-

tion, however, also occurs in other

areas.

We have reared the following

species using these methods: Adalia

bipunctata L., Coccinella californica

Mannerheim, C. undecimpunctata L.,

C. trifasciata perplexa Mulsant, C.

johnsoni Casey, Cycloneda munda Say

and a Mulsantina species.

Rearing chrysopids. We reared two

Chrysopa species using essentially

the same methods as for coccinellids.

Corrugated cardboard is useful for

chrysopids for the same reasons as

for coccinellids, except that adults do

J. EntomMot. Soc. Brit. CotumBiaA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 oT

not oviposit on it preferentially. We

simply ensure that cages of larvae

are well supplied with the cardboard

strips for moulting and pupating. The

most important requirement is to use

newly sprouted bean plants. This pro-

motes synchronous rearing of the

aphids with the chrysopid larvae.

Rearing parasites. We have reared

Aphidus ervi Haliday, A. smithi

Sharma and Subba Rao and Praon

pequedorum Viereck.

Cannibalism does not occur with

the parasites, which greatly simplifies

rearing. Newly sprouted plants are

used, 5-10 cm high, so that the aphids:

are reared in the cage with adult pa-

rasites. If more than 20 @ parasites

are introduced into a new cage, they

‘oversting’ and eliminate the aphids;

if fewer than 20 2 are used, aphid

reproduction appears to keep up with

Oviposition pressure and thus ensur-

ing a large number of parasites in

the next generation. If too few para-

sites are used, the aphids increase

rapidly and kill the plants before the

parasites have time enough to pupate.

If parasites of uniform age are need-

ed, larger plants with more aphids

are used. But here a large number of

? parasites are put in the cage and

removed 24 hr later. Such synchro-

nous colonies are essential for rear-

ing hyperparasites.

The two Aphidius species present

no problems, but P. pequodorum does

well only when we shut off the air

flow , place a dish of water in the cage

and let honeydew accumulate. We add

a previously heavily infested pot of

plants to provide honeydew. Our ex-

perience is that messy cages promote

good production of this sp. We supply

honey as droplets on pieces of wax

paper taped to the side of the cages

for all parasite species.

Rearing hyperparasites. We have

successfully reared Asaphes vulgaris

Walker, A. californicus Girault and a

Dendrocerus sp. on Aphidus ervi in

pea aphids. The only problems are to

synchronize the plant, aphid and

primary parasite production; and to

ensure the proper ratio of aphids to

primary parasites. We use synchro-

nous parasite rearing for this purpose.

When the primary parasites are re-

moved after 2-3 days association with

the aphids, a maximum of 20 9? hy-

perparasites are added. The hyper-

parasites then oviposit in the previ-

ously parasitized aphids in the prefer-,

red stage of development. The cage

conditions for P. pequodorum also

suit the hyperparasites but honey is

not essential. _

Mass rearing conditions. The basic

rearing systems described are easily

upgraded to produce very large num-

bers of coccinellid eggs and parasite

adults. From a young stock of 100 ¢

and 100 2 coccinellids, 500 eggs per

day may be produced for up to four

months. The maintenance involves at

most 1 hr per week, much of which is

spent in cutting cardboard. The eggs

may be safely stored at 10°C for 10

days, but such treatment greatly in-

creases the hatching time when they

are returned to warmer conditions.

The most critical aspect of the system

is to have plants and aphids in excess,

particulaly when coccinellid larvae

are in their 3rd and 4th instars.

References

Frazer, B. D. 1972. A simple and efficient method of rearing aphidophagous Hoverflies (Diptera:

Syrphidae). J. Ent. Soc. Brit. Col. 69: 23-24.

Hodek, I. 1973. Biology of coccinellidae. Dr. W. Junk, N. V.-The Hague, 260 p.

Markin, O. A. and P. A. Chandler. 1957. The UC system for producing healthy container-grown

plants. K. F. Baker (Ed.) Calif. Agr. Exp. Sta. Man. 23, p. 73.

Smith, C. N. (Ed.) 1966. Insect colonization and mass production. Academic Press, New York and

London. 618 p.

Stary, P. 1970. Biology of aphid parasites with respect to integrated control. Dr. W. Junk, N. V. -

The Hague, 643 p.

38 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CorumBiaA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY. OF CRAMPTONOMYIA

SPENCERI ALEXANDER (DIPTERA: CRAMPTONOMYIIDAE)

J. R. VOCKEROTH!

'Biosystematics Research Institute

Agriculture Canada, Ottawa -

ABSTRACT

Adults of Cramptonomyia spenceri were abundant in the lower

Fraser Valley, British Columbia, from late February to early April of 1973.

Eggs, larvae and pupal skins were found on or in dead fallen stems of Alnus

rubra. Wing frequency measurements of both sexes indicate that auditory

stimuli are not involved in finding of mates.

Cramptonomyia spenceri Alexan-

der 1931 was described from a female

collected in Vancouver, B.C. on 30

March, 1930 by the late professor G. J.

Spencer. Alexander referred it to the

family Bibionidae, but thought that

it might belong to the family Pachy-

neuridae, a family with the single

Palaearctic species Pachyneura ele-

gans Zetterstedt. In 1965 Alexander

referred Cramptonomyia to the

Pachyneuridae. Hennig (1969) pro-

posed a family Cramptonomylidae for

Cramptonomyia and the Japanese

species Harukea elegans Okada. Kri-

vosheina and Mamajev (1970) des-

cribed the larva, pupa, male and

female of Pergratospes holoptica, a

third species of the family Crampton-

omyiidae and the first of which the

immature stages were Known. The

larvae were found under bark of dead

but standing Maackia amurensis trees

(Leguminosae) in the Ussuri district,

Maritime Territory, Siberia. In my

Opinion all four genera mentioned

above are closely related and should

be referred to the family Pachyneuri-

dae.

Additional specimens of C. spenceri

were collected in the University of

British Columbia (UBC) Forest, Van-

couver by J. K. Jacob, at Langley

Prairie, B.C. by K. Graham (Jacob,

1937), and in the campus forest in

'Biosvstematics Research Institute. Agriculture

Canada. Ottawa.

1942 by R. E. Foster (UBC collection).

Alexander (1965) recorded the species

also from Washington and Oregon.

He told me (in litt.) that he has no

record of the Washington locality,

but the Oregon specimens were taken

by K. E. Fender in northwestern Ore-

gon at Wallace Bridge, 31. III. 1948

and near the coast at Castle Rock,

on the Grande Ronde-Hebo highway,

31. III. 1949.

From 28 February to 6 April, 1973

I collected about 400 adult Crampton-

omyia in the lower Fraser Valley of

British Columbia. They were taken

mostly at Point Grey (Vancouver),

but also on Mt. Seymour (North Van-

couver), at Hope and at White Rock,

at altitudes from sea level to 400 m.

They were taken in moderate numbers

in mixed conifer and deciduous for-

est (Fig. 1) at all these localities, but

in large numbers in an almost pure

stand of young red alder, Alnus rubra,

along Chancellor Blvd. on the UBC

endowment lands on Point Grey (Fig.

4). The largest numbers were taken

here on 20 March which indicates

either considerable longevity or a pro-

longed emergence period. The number

of adults at this locality declined

rapidly after this date; extensive

sweeping on 6 April yielded one male.

A woodland where the species was

not found was a mixture of Betula

and Pinus contorta on Lulu Island in

the Fraser River delta. Twenty min-

J. ENTomMot. Soc. Brit. CoLtumMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

Vancouver

int Grey

ands,

ia spencer

Fig. 1. Mixed conifer and deciduous forest, UBC endowment

, Vancouver.

Grey

int

C endowment lanas, Po

spencer

’

Fig. 3. Male of C

Fig. 2. Female of Cramptonomy

Fig. 4. Pure stand of young red alder, Alnus rubra

40 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

utes of sweeping in early March pro-

duced no specimens.

After these collections were made

I learned that Mr. William Dean, of

Simon Fraser University (SFU), Bur-

naby, B.C. has for several years taken

specimens of Cramptonomyia on the

windows of the university buildings.

He thought the insects were more

abundant in 1973 than in previous

years. The SFU campus is surrounded

by second growth alders but these

are mostly several hundred meters

away so it appears that the flies some-

times leave the forested areas where

they breed.

Females confined in vials with

pieces of rotten wood laid from one to

66 eggs each. Fallen alder stems, re-

ferred to here as logs, from the stand

on Chancellor Blvd. were found to

have many eggs on the surface. The

logs varied in diameter from 3 to 12

cm. Eggs occurred on all surfaces of

the logs; most were in crevices or

along the edges of broken pieces of

bark, but some were on bare wood or

on unbroken bark. The logs ranged

in condition from quite hard to rather

soft and rotten. The eggs were laid

singly but the density varied consid-

erably. The greatest abundance ob-

served was 54 on one log 35 cm in

length and about 5 cm in diameter.

Four dead standing trunks were ex-

amined but the single egg found was

about 3 cm above the ground. Eggs

(Figs. 5-7) are orange-brown, 0.95 mm

long and 0.25 mm in greatest width.

The surface is very strongly sculp-

tured.

A first instar larva (Fig. 8) was

found on 29 April on a log stored at

6°C for about one month. By 8 May

logs from the field had approximately

90% of the eggs hatched; one hatched

on that date while the log was being

examined. The age of the eggs was

not Known but since they were abund-

ant in late March the incubation

period under field conditions is prob-

ably at least six weeks. Larvae could

usually be found near empty egg

Shells either in a shallow burrow

under nearby bark or, if no bark was

present, in a burrow about 1 mm

below the surface of the wood. On 18

June empty egg shells and larvae,

apparently still in the first instar,

were found on field-collected logs.

In late March two larger larvae,

11.8 and 12.2 mm long, were found in

alder logs. The position in the logs

was not determined. These larvae

were about the same length as the

adults. Mature larvae of the Siberian

Pergratospes are about twice as long

as adults, so these Cramptonomyia

larvae were probably about half

grown. It seems probable therefore

that the life cycle takes at least two

years.

During late March and early April

empty pupal skins were found pro-

truding from alder logs. The two lar-

vae mentioned, and the pupal skins,

are almost identical with those des-

cribed for Pergratospes and are there-

fore undoubtedly those of C. spence7i.

About the anterior third of the pupal

skin protrudes from the tunnel, which

runs parallel to the surface of the

wood and about 2 mm below it. The

tunnel is clear for about 2 cm and is

then packed with frass. At the outer

end of the frass the head capsule and

sometimes the cast larval skin of the

last instar can be found. Pupal skins

were found only in logs soft enough

to be broken easily by hand. Dr. R.\S.

Smith, Western Forest Products Lab-

oratory, Department of the Environ-

ment, Vancouver, examined several of

these and estimated that they had

been on the ground for at least three

and possibly four years. Pupal skins

were found in logs ranging from 3.1 to

11.3 cm in diameter.

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. COLUMBIA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 41

Fig. 5. Egg of C. spenceri (stereoscan photograph, X 55).

Fig. 6. Surface of egg of C. spenceri (stereoscan photograph, X 275).

Fig. 7. Surface of egg of C. spenceri (stereoscan photograph, X 1100).

Fig. 8. First instar larva of C. spenceri in opened burrow.

Almost all adults taken were swept

from vegetation up to about 1 m above

the ground. A few were seen flying

Slowly at heights up to about 2 m.

Consistently more males than females

were collected; the most marked im-

balance was 113 males and 7 females

collected on 20 March. However, the

pupal skins of 23 males and 19 females

were found, so it is probable the sexes

are produced in about equal numbers,

Mating was not observed. The an-

tenna of the male (Fig. 4) is very

much longer than that of the female

(Fig. 3). I thought it possible that

the male antenna might function as

42 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. BRIT. CoLuMBIA 71 (1974), Ocr. 1, 1974

an auditory organ which would res-

pond to the sound produced by the

female during flight. Dr. Peter Belton,

Department of Biological Sciences,

SFU, cetermined the wing frequency

of two specimens of each Sex. He gave

me the following information:

Sound was recorded with a Sony

ECM condenser microphone and a

Sony 355 tape deck at a temperature

of 21+ 1°C. Owing to the low fre-

quency of the wing beat, sound pres-

sure showed above the noise level only

when the insects were within about

2 cm of the microphone (+56 db

SPL). Frequency of individuals varied

about 5% during flight. Males and fe-

males flying together could not be

distinguished by an _ experienced

human ear. Three readings for each

of the four specimens gave the fol-

lowing averages: male 1, 74 Hz; male

2, 52 Hz; female 1, 60 Hz; female 2,

56 Hz. In those Diptera Nematocera

(e.g. some Culicidae, Chironomidae,

Ceratopogonidae) in which males

respond to auditory stimuli produced

by the females, the wing frequency

of the sexes is markedly different. It

is therefore very unlikley that the

males of Cramptonomyia respond to

auditory stimuli from the females.

In Pergratospes holoptica the eyes

of the male are much larger than

those of the female and visual rec-

ognition in flight is probably involved

in the finding of a mate. The eyes of

both sexes of Cramptonomyia are of

about the size of those of the female

of Pergratospes so it is unlikely that

the male recognizes the female in

this manner.

The long male antennae may carry

chemoreceptors which respond to a

pheromone produced by the female.

The female palpi are about twice as

long as those of the male, an unusual

and possibly even unique condition in

the Nematocera, but their function is

unknown. Further observations are

required to determine the reasons for

the marked sexual dimorphism in the

length of antennae and palpi.

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank Mr. J. H. Severson, Research

Station, Agriculture Canada, Vancouver for the

photographs of adults and larva, and Dr. A. R.

Forbes and Mr. F. Skelton, of the same Station,

for the photographs of the egg.

References

Alexander, C. P. 1965. Family Pachyneuridae. p. 196. In A catalog of the Diptera of America north

Mexico, ed. A. Stone et al. U.S. Dept. Agric., Washington.

Hennig, W. 1969. Die Stammesgeschichte der Insekten. Waldemar Kramer, Frankfurt am Main.

Jacob, J. K. 1937. Winter insects in British Columbia. Diptera: Cramptonomyia spenceri Alex-

ander. Proc. Ent. Soc. Br. Columb. (1936) 33: 30-31.

Krivosheina, N. P. and B. M. Mamajev. 1970. The family Cramptonomyiidae (Dipera, Nematocera),

new for the fauna of the U.S.S.R.,

its morphology, phylogeny, ecology and phylogenetic

relationships. Ent. Obozr. 49: 886-898. (English translation in Ent. Rev., Wash. 49:

541-548, 1970).

J. Enromot. Soc. Brit. CorumMBIA 71 (1974), Ocr. 1, 1974 43

THE APHIDS (HOMOPTERA: APHIDIDAE) OF

BRITISH COLUMBIA

3. ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS '!

A. R. FORBES, B. D. FRAZER AND CHO-KAI CHAN

Research Station, Agriculture Canada

Vancouver, British Columbia

ABSTRACT

Forty-eight species of aphids are added to the basic taxonomic list of

the aphids of British Columbia. New host records, corrections, and some name

changes are also included.

Introduction

The basic taxonomic list of the

aphids of British Columbia was pub-

lished last year in this Journal

(Forbes, Frazer, and MacCarthy

1973). That list recorded 213 species

collected from 255 hosts or in traps.

The present list adds 48 species of

aphids (indicated with an asterisk

in the list) and 128 aphid-host plant

associations to the first list. Thirty-

nine of the new aphid-host plant

combinations involve plant species

not in the previous list. The additions

recorded here bring the number of

known aphid species in British Co-

lumbia to 261.

This new information is based on

collections made by the staff of the

‘Contribution No. 325, Research Station, 6660 N. W. Marine

Drive, Vancouver, British Columbia, V6T 1X2.

Vancouver Research Station, on rec-

ords supplied by Dr. A. G. Robinson

of material he collected in British Co-

lumbia, and on records supplied by

Dr. G. A. Bradley of Cinera species

collected in the province. Five records

from literature are included.

The present paper also includes

certain corrections to the basic taxo-

nomic list and some changes in gen-

eric and specific names in conformity

with current usage in aphid taxon-

omy.

As in the previous list, the aphids

are arranged alphabetically by spec-

ies. The location of each collection

site can be determined from Table 1

of the basic list or from Table 1 of the

present list. The reference points are

the same as those shown on the map

which accompanies the basic list.

Table 1. Localities where aphids were collected, with airline distances

from 8 reference points.

Reference Distance

Locality point Dir. km mi

Alice Lake Vancouver N 53 33

Barkerville Williams Lake NE 114 71

Boston Bar Vancouver NE 144 9()

Boulder Creek Creston E 107 67

Cascade Creston W 125 78

Clearwater Kamloops NE 110 69

Comox Victoria NW 179 112

Cordova Bay Victoria E 5 3

Cowichan Lake Victoria NW 83 52

Dawson Creek Prince George NE 259 162

Englishman River Victoria NW 114 fl

Falls Park

Granite Falls Vancouver NE 34 21

Horseshoe Bay Vancouver N iu} 8

Jordan River Victoria W 0) 31

Kaslo Creston N 96 60

Keremeos Kelowna S 78 49

Kootenay Park Creston N 72 45

Reference Distance

Locality point Dir. km mi

Malakwa Kamloops E iy 70

Nanaimo Victoria NW 9] 57

Nitinat Lake Victoria W 102 64

Okanagan Lake Kelowna N 21 13

Princeton Vancouver E 198 124

Radium Hotsprings Creston N 176 110

Rutland Kelowna N 6 4

Sechelt Vancouver NW 45 298

Shingle Creek Kelowna S 45 28

Shuswap Falls Kamloops NE 69 43

Shuswap Lake Kamloops NE 50 3]

Slocan Creston NW 104 65

Surrey Vancouver E 24 15

Tofino Victoria NW 202 126

Trout Creek Kelowna S 37 23

Tsawwassen Vancouver S 29 18

Vernon Kelowna N 48 30

Westbank Kelowna W it 8

44 J. ENToMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumMbBiA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

LIST OF SPECIES

ABIETICOLA (Cholodkovsky), CINARA

Abies grandis: Chilliwack, Jun 9 / 64.

Abies lasiocarpa: Vernon, Jun 16/ 56.

ABIETINUM (Walker), ELATOBIUM

Picea sp: Vancouver, Mar 11 / 73,

May 16/73.

AEGOPODII (Scopoli), CAVARIELLA

Apium graveolens: Cloverdale, Aug

7/59, Aug. 18/59.

Daucus carota: Cloverdale, Jun 19 / 59;

Saanich, Jul 10 /59; Vancouver, Aug

6 / 66.

Pastinaca sativa: Vancouver, May

23 / 58.

AGATHONICA — Hottes, AMPHORO.

PHORA

Previously listed as AMPHOROPHORA

RUBI (Kaltenbach).

ALBIFRONS Essig, MACROSIPHUM

Lupinus sp: Vancouver, Aug 3/66.

ALNI (DeGeer), PTEROCALLIS

Alnus rubra: Granite Falls, Jun 26/ 66:

Vancouver (UBC), Aug 25/72.

ALNIFOLIAE Williams, PROCIPHILUS

Previously listed as PROCIPHILUS

CORRUGATANS (Sirrine).

AMBROSIAE (Thomas), DACTYNOTUS

Hvpochoeris radicata: Vancouver

(UBC), Aug 25/72.

*ANNULATUS — (Hartig).

LOIDES

Quercus robur: Chilliwack, Jun 22/ 66:

Vancouver, Aug 29/72.

*ARIZONICA (Wilson), CINARA

Pinus ponderosa: Okanagan Lake, Jun

18/ 62.

*ARUNDINARIA (Essig), TAKECALLIS

Pseudosasa japonica: North Vancouver,

Oct 7/72.

ATRIPLICIS

COLUS

Chenopodium album: Grand Forks, Jul

297 59,

AVENAE (Fabricius), MACROSIPHUM

Avena sativa: Agassiz, Aug 2/57; Cres-

ton, Jul 31/57; Vancouver, Jul 2/57,

Aug 29/ 57; Vancouver (UBC), Jun

9/58, Aug 1/56.

* Aphid species not in the previous list.

TUBERCU.-

BRACHY-

(Linnaeus).

BERBERIDIS (Kaltenbach),

PHIS

Berberis thunbergit: Chilliwack, Jun

7/64.

* BETULAECOLENS (Fitch), CALAPHIS

Betula sp: Vancouver, May 16/59.

BETULICOLA (Kaltenbach), CALAPHIS

Betula pendula: Victoria, Aug 2/65.

BICOLOR BICOLOR (Oestlund, PTERO-

COMMA

Populus trichocarpa: Summerland, Sep

9/65.

BRAGGII (Gillette), CINARA

Previously listed as BRAGGI due to a

typographical error.

Picea abies: Chilliwack, Jun 7/64.

Picea sitchensis: Nitinat Lake, Jun 2/56.

BRASSICAE (Linnaeus), BREVICORYNE

Brassica napobrassica: Barnhartvale, Oct

4/56; Cloverdale, Aug 30/ 56; Cor-

dova Bay, Aug 11/ 53; Ladner, Aug

29/56; Saanich, Aug 21/60; Surrey,

Aug 29/56.

Brassica oleracea var capitata: Agassiz,

Jul 16/58. |

Brassica oleracea var gemmifera: Abbots-

ford, Sep 13/ 65; Vancouver, Feb

29 (Dd.

*BREVIPILOSA Borner, BETULAPHIS

Betula sp: Vancouver, Jul 13/59.

BREVISPINOSA (Gillette & Palmer),

CINARA

Pinus contorta: Cowichan Lake, Jun

8/56.

BULBOSA (Richards), FULLAWAYA

Previously listed as PLOCAMAPHIS

BULBOSA Richards.

CALIFORNICUM (Clarke),

PHUM

Salix sp: Chilliwack, Jun 8/64.

CALIFORNIENSIS (Shinji), PERIPHYL-

LUS

Acer circinatum: Vancouver, May

16/73; Vancouver (UBC), May 21/73.

Acer negundo: Vancouver, May 13/ 73.

*CANADENSIS Robinson, KAKIMIA

Lonicera involucrata: Granite Falls, Jun

26/66 (Robinson, 1968).

LIOSOMA.-

MACROSI.-

J. Entomot. Soc. Brir. CotumpBra 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 45

*CAPILANOENSIS Robinson, AULACOR-

THUM

Rubus spectabilis: Vancouver, Jul 19/68

(Robinson, 1969).

*CARAGANAE (Cholodkovsky),

THOSIPHON

Colutea arborescens: Vancouver (UBC).

Apr 26/72.

CEANOTHI Clarke, APHIS

Ceanothus velutinus: Clearwater, Aug

297-71.

CERASI (Fabricius), MYZUS

Prunus avium: Victoria, Jun 5/59.

Prunus cerasifera: Chilliwack, Jun

25/66.

Prunus sp: Oliver, Jun 3/56.

*CERASIFOLIAE (Fitch).

SIPHUM

Prunus sp: Soda Creek, Jun 15/56.

Prunus virginiana var demissa: Pentic-

ton, Sep 3/ 65; Williams Lake, May

15/56.

*CERTUS (Walker), MYZUS

Spergularia rubra: Vancouver, Sep

14/72.

* CHRYSOTHAMNI Wilson, APHIS

Chrvysothamnus nauseosus: Summerland,

Jul 26/68.

CIRCUMFLEXUS (Buckton), AULACOR.

THUM

Chrysanthemum morifolium: Vancouv-

er, Jun 14/66 (in greenhouse).

COLORADENSIS (Gillette), CINARA

Picea sitchensis: Comox, May 23/62.

COLU MBIAE Richards, SITOMYZUS

Agropvron repens:

18/538.

CORYLI (Goeze), MYZOCALLIS

Corvlus sp: Vancouver, Aug 7/66.

COSTATA (Zetterstedt), CINARA

Picea glauca: Boulder Creek, Jul 15/58.

CRYSTLEAE (Smith & Knowlton), MAS-

ONAPHIS

Previously listed as CRYSTLEA due to

a typographical error.

CURVIPES (Patch), CINARA

Abies grandis: Cowichan Lake, Jun

2] 30;

*CURVISPINOSUS, Hottes, Essig &

Knowlton, SCHIZOLACHNUS

ACYR-

RHOPALO-

Vancouver,

May

Pinus ponderosa: Slocan, Jul 5/63.

CYPERI (Walker), TRICHOCALLIS

Carex sp: Vancouver, Sep 25/72.

CYTISORUM Hartig, APHIS

Laburnum waterert: Chilliwack, Jun

7/64.

DIRHODUM

PHON

Previously listed as METOPOLOPHI-

UM DIRHODUM (Walker).

Avena sativa: Vancouver, Jul 2/ 57:

Vancouver (UBC), Jun 5/58.

Rosa sp: Erickson, Oct 8/58: Ladner,

Jan 7/56; Vancouver, Mar 21/73, Mar

25/73. Apr 23/66.

ERIOPHORI (Walker), CERURAPHIS

Carex sp: Vancouver, Sep 28/72.

ERYSIMI (Kaltenbach), HYADAPHIS

Brassica oleracea var gemmifera: Agas-

siz, Aug 22/58.

Sisvmbrium officinale: Vancouver, Jul

24/68.

ESSIGI (Gillette & Palmer), KAKIMIA

Aquilegia sp: Vancouver, Sep 7/72.

EUPHORBIAE (Thomas), MACROSI-

PHUM

Brassica oleracea var gemmifera: Agas-

siz, Aug 22/58; Vancouver, Jul 18/58.

Chenopodium album: Agassiz, Jul 12/

96; Brentwood, Jul 5/59.

Chrysanthemum morifolium: Vancouv-

er, Aug 22/58.

Geum macrophyvllum: Vancouver, Sep

ZO7 az.

Hvypochoeris radicata: Vancouver

(UBC), Aug 25/72.

Lactuca sativa: Cloverdale, May 15/ 59,

May 26/59, Jun 12 /59, Jun 22/59.

Rosa rugosa: Vancouver (UBC), Jul

15/59.

Rosa sp: Brentwood, Jun 5/59; Creston,

May 4/59: Milner, Jun 10/59; Pem-

berton, Aug 24/56; Soda Creek, Jun

15/56: Vancouver, Jun 17/59.

FABAE Scopoli, APHIS

Bidens cernua: Vancouver, Sep 9/72.

Chenopodium album: Brentwood, Jul

9/59; Ladner, Sep 25/56; Lulu Island,

Jul 8/58; Vancouver, Jul 7/56.

Impatiens glandulifera: Horseshoe Bay,

Aug 14/72.

(Walker), ACYRTHOSI-

46 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumpBia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

Lactuca sativa: Cloverdale, Aug 7/ 59,

Aug 18/59.

Matricaria matricarioides: Vancouver,

Aug 29/72.

Meconopsis cambrica: Vancouver, Aug

21/7 (2e5ep 17/72,

Mvosotis arvensis: Vancouver, Sep 17/

T2.

FAGI (Linnaeus), PHYLLAPHIS

Fagus grandifolia: Chilliwack, Jun

22/66.

*FARINOSA Gmelin, APHIS

Salix sitchensis: Vancouver, Jun 27/ 56.

Salix sp: Boston Bar, Jul 14/56; Gran-

ite Falls, Jun 26/66; Kootenay Park,

Jul 26/67.

*FERRISI (Swain), CINARA

Pinus monticola: Sechelt, Aug 22/56.

FIMBRIATA Richards, FIMBRIAPHIS

Rosa sp: Ladner, Jun 7/56; Milner, Jun

10/59; Soda Creek, Jun 15/56; Van-

couver, Jun 17/59.

Vaccinium sp: Richmond, Jul 21/72.

FLAVA (Davidson), OESTLUNDIELLA

Alnus sp: Alice Lake, Jun 21/68.

Alnus tenuifolia: Penticton, Sep 5/65.

FORBESI Richards, AMPHOROPHORA

Previously listed as FORBESI (Richards)

due to a typographical error.

FORNACULA Hottes, CINARA

Picea sitchensis: Tofino, Jun 24 /62.

Picea sp: Vancouver, May 29/73.

FRAGAEFOLIL (Cockerell), CHAETOSI-

PHON

Rosa sp: Ladner, Jun 7/ 56; Soda Creek,

Jun 15/56.

FRAGARIAE (Walker), MACROSIPHUM

Calamagrostis sp: Vancouver, Jul 24/68.

Gramineae: Surrey, Jul 7/59.

Rubus sp: Vancouver (CDA), Jun 21/72

(in rearing room).

GILLETTEI Davidson, EUCERAPHIS

Alnus rubra: Vancouver (UBC), Nov

Ly, 2.

Betula sp: Chilliwack, Jul 21/59.

HELICHRYSI (Kaltenbach), BRACHY-

CAUDUS

Anaphalis margaritacea: Granite Falls,

Jun 26/66.

Chrysanthemum frutescens: Vancouver,

Apr 30/58.

Chrysanthemum morifolium: Vancouv-

er, Jan 13/57, Jan 14/57, May 28/59,

Dec 25/52.

Gnaphalium uliginosum: Vancouver,

Sep 12/72.

Prunus domestica: Vancouver, May

12/58, May 26/56; Victoria, Jun 5/59.

HIPPOPHAES (Walker), CAPITOPHOR.-

Polygonum persicaria: Vancouver, Sep

9/72.

*HOTTESI (Gillette & Palmer), CINARA

Picea glauca: Shuswap Falls, Jun 10/59.

HUMILIS Walker, HYALOPTEROIDES

Previously listed as HYALOPTER.-

OIDES DACTYLIDIS (Hayhurst).

HUMULI (Schrank), PHORODON

Prunus cerasifera var pissardii: Chilli-

wack, Jun 8/64.

*INSCRIPTA Hottes & Essig, CINARA

Pinus albicaulis: Westbank, Jun 13/56.

*INTERMEDIUS Gillette & Palmer, SY-

MYDOBIUS

Betula occidentalis: Shingle Creek, Sep

9/65.

KIOWANEPUM

PHUM

Previously listed as KIOWANEPHUM

due to a typographical error.

KONOI Takahashi, CAVARIELLA

Apium graveolens: Victoria, Aug 6/53.

*KUCHEA Hottes, CINARA

Pinus monticola: Kaslo, Jun 22/56.

LACTUCAE (Linnaeus), HYPEROMYZUS

Sonchus asper: Vancouver (UBC), Aug

10/72.

*LACTUCAE

PHON

Lactuca serriola: Saanich, Aug 21/59.

LANIGERUM (Hausmann), ERIOSOMA

Cotoneaster sp: Vancouver (UBC), Oct

22/69.

*LARICIFOLIAE (Wilson), CINARA

Larix occidentalis: Lumby, Jun 16/ 62.

*LIGUSTRI (Mosley), MYZUS

Ligustrum vulgare: Vancouver, Ma

& &

30/59, Aug 25 69.

(Hottes), MACROSI.-

ACYRTHOSI.-

(Passerini),

J. Entomo.u. Soc. Brir. CorumBia 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 ry

MACROSTACHY AE

PHORUS

Salix argophyvlla: Penticton, Sep 3/65.

MAIDIS (Fitch), RHOPALOSIPHUM

(Essig),

Hordeum vulgare: Dawson Creek, Aug

3/60.

MAXIMA (Mason), MASONAPHIS

Rubus parviflorus: Chilliwack, Jun

25/66.

MEDISPINOSA (Gillette & Palmer), CIN-

ARA

Pinus contorta: Lumby, Jun 16/ 62.

*MONELLI (Essig), CHAITOPHORUS

Salix sp: Creston, Aug 13/58.

*MONOPHAGUS Maxson, PEMPHIGUS

Populus sp: Quesnel, Jul /46.

*MULTISETIS Boudreaux & Tissot, MY-

ZOCALLIS

Quercus coccinea: Chilliwack, Jun 7/64.

MURRAYANAE (Gillette & Palmer), CIN-

ARA

Pinus contorta: Jordan River, Jun 2/55.

NEGLECTUS Hottes & Frison, CHAITO-

PHORUS

Populus tremuloides: Radium Hot-

springs, Jul 26/67.

NERVATA (Gillette),

Rosa sp: Ladner, Jun 7/56; Soda Creek,

Jun 15/56.

NIGRAE Oestlund, CHAITOPHORUS

Salix sp: Princeton, Sep 7/65.

*NIGRIPES Bradley, CINARA

Picea sitchensis: Comox, May 23/62.

*NIGROMACULOSUM Macdougall, MA-

CROSIPHUM

Rosa nutkana: Summerland, Sep 5/65.

*OBSCURA Bradley, CINARA

Picea engelmannii: Barkerville, Jul

4/62.

OCCIDENTALIS (Davidson), CINARA

Abies grandis: Duncan, Jun 4/56.

*OREGONI Hottes & Essig, CINARA

Pinus albicaulis: Westbank, Jun 29/62.

ORNATUS Laing, MYZUS

Chrysanthemum morifolium: Vancouv-

er, Feb 12/58.

Viola tricolor: Vancouver, Aug 6/66.

CHAITO.

WAHLGRENIEL-

PADI (Linnaeus), RHOPALOSIPHUM

Avena sativa: Vancouver, Aug 29/57.

Prunus domestica: Vancouver (UBC),

May 23/56.

Scirpus sp: Clearwater, Aug 29/71.

*PATRICIAE Robinson, MASONAPHIS

Tsuga heterophylla: Vancouver, Jul

19/68 (Robinson, 1969).

PERGANDEI (Wilson), CINARA

Pinus contorta: Cascade, Jul 29/59.

PERSICAE (Sulzer), MYZUS

Apium graveolens: Creston, Apr 22/59.

Bidens cernua: Vancouver, Sep 9/72.

Brassica oleracea var capitata: Saanich,

Aug 21/59.

Brassica oleracea var gemmifera: Agas-

siz, Jul 14/59, Jul 29/60; Vancouver,

Jul 18/58.

Chenopodium album: Vancouver, Jul

7/56.

Cuscuta sp: Vancouver, Jul 13/72 (in

greenhouse); Vancouver (CDA), May

25/71 (in rearing room).

Galium aparine: Langley, Apr 19 73.

Lactuca sativa: Cloverdale, May 26/59,

Aug 7/59, Aug 18/59; Oliver, Jun

3/36.

Prunus domestica: Summerland, Aug

2/56.

Sisvmbrium officinale: Vancouver, Jul

24/68.

*PHILADELPHI MacGillivray, GLEN-

DENNINGIA

Philadelphus gordonianus: Agassiz, Jun

22/51 (MacGillivray, 1954).

PISUM (Harris), ACYRTHOSIPHON

Lupinus sp: Vancouver, no date.

PANTAGINEA (Passerini), DYSAPHIS

Malus sylvestris: Vancouver, Jun 27/72;

Vancouver (UBC), Apr 27/72; Vie-

toria, Jun 5/59.

PLATANOIDES (Schrank), DREPANOSI-

PHUM

Acer macrophvyllum: Vancouver, May

24/73.

Acer platanoides: Chilliwack, Jun 7/ 64.

POMI DeGeer, APHIS

Cotoneaster sp: Vancouver, Sep 15/72.

Crataegus sp: Vancouver. Sep 19/56.

Malus sylvestris: Vancouver, Jun 30/72.

48 J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CotumMbBtra 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974

*PONDEROSAE (Williams), CINARA

Pinus ponderosa: Vernon, Jun 13/56.

POPULICOLA (Thomas). CHAITO-

PHORUS

Populus sp: Soda Creek, Jun 15/56.

Populus tremuloides: Kamloops. Jul

1/ 36.

Populus trichocarpa: Summerland. Sep

5/65.

POPULIFOLII (Essig), CHAITOPHORUS

Populus trichocarpa: Summerland, Sep

9/65: Vancouver, Aug 11/ 57:

couver (UBC), Jun 27 56.

POPULIMONILIS (Riley). THECABIUS

Populus trichocarpa: Princeton, Jul

28/67.

POPULIVENAE Fitch, PEMPHIGUS

Lactuca sativa: Agassiz, Jul 12/56:

Chilliwack. Aug 10/59; Cloverdale,

Jun 22/59.

Populus sp: Cloverdale, Jun 15/59.

PRUNI (Geoffroy), HYALOPTERUS

Prunus domestica: Summerland, Sep

3/65.

*PSEUDAMBROSIAE Olive, DACTYNO.-

TUS

Lactuca biennis: Vancouver (UBC),

Sep / 72.

PSEUDOTAXIFOLIAE Palmer, CINARA

Pseudotsuga menziesii: Cowichan Lake,

May 12/56.

*PSEUDOTSUGAE (Wilson), CINARA

Pseudotsuga menziesii: Shuswap Lake,

Jun 11/59.

PUNCTIPENNIS Zetterstedt, EUCER-

APHIS

Betula occidentalis: Keremeos, Jul

28/67.

Betula sp: Burnaby, Apr 6/ 61: Lulu

Island. May 4/65.

QUADRITUBERCULATA (Kaltenbach),

BETULAPHIS

Betula pendula: Trout Creek, Sep 3/65.

Betula sp: Chilliwack, Jul 21/59.

*RANDYKEI Wilson, CINARA

Picea sitchensis: Nitinat Lake, Jun 10/

36.

RHAMNI Clarke, MACROSIPHUM

Rhamnus purshiana: Vancouver, May

24 73; Victoria, May 20/73.

Van-

*RICHARDSI MacGillivray, MASON-

APHIS

Anaphalis margaritacea: Vancouver, Jul

19/68.

RIEHMI (Borner), THERIOAPHIS

Does not breed on Medicago; those pre-

viously recorded on Medicago were al-

most certainly strays from Melilotus.

ROSAE (Linnaeus), MACROSIPHUM

Rosa rugosa: Vancouver (UBC), Jul

135/59.

Rosa sp: Milner, Jun 10/59; Soda Creek,

Jun 15/56: Vancouver, Jan 7/57, Apr

23/66, Jun 21/ 67, Jul 24/57, Aug

18/72:

*ROSAE Richards. PPEUDOCERCIDIS

Rosa sp: Ladner, Jun 7/56.

*ROSETTEI Maxson, ASIPHUM

Betula papvrifera: Manning Park, Sep

7/65.

RUBITOXICA Knowlton, AMPHORO.

PHORA

Previously listed as RUBITOXICA

(Knowlton) due to a typographical

error.

Rubus vitifolius: Chilliwack, Jun 25/ 66.

RUSSELLAE Hille Ris Lambers, DACTY-

NOTUS

Anaphalis margaritacea: Alice Lake, Jul

21/68.

*SABINAE (Gillette & Palmer), CINARA

Juniperus scopulorum: Rutland, Jun

15/62.

SALICIS (Linnaeus), PTEROCOMMA

Populus sp: Soda Creek, Jun 15/56.

SALIGNUS (Gmelin), TUBEROLACH-

NUS

Salix sp: Vancouver, Sep/32.

SAMBUCIFOLIAE Fitch, APHIS

Sambucus racemosa var pubens: Van-

couver, Jul 20/68.

SANBORNI Gillette, MACROSIPHONI-

ELLA

Chrysanthemum morifolium: Vancou-

ver, Jun 29/ 58, Jul 27/58, Aug 22/58.

*SANGUICEPS Richards, PTEROCOMMA

Salix babylonica: Vancouver, Jul 25/ 65

(Richards, 1967).

Salix sp: Nanaimo, Aug 6/65; Terrace,

Jul 5/60 (Richards, 1967).

J. ENTOMOL. Soc. Brit. CoLumBiA 71 (1974), Oct. 1, 1974 49

*SASKENSIS Bradley, CINARA

Picea engelmanni: Malakwa, Jun 14/62.

SETOSA (Kaltenbach), CTENOCALLIS

Cytisus scoparius: Victoria, Aug 25/71.

*SIJPKENSI Hille Ris Lambers, MACU-

LOLACHNUS

Rosa sp: Soda Creek. Jun 16 56.

SOLANI (Kaltenbach), AULACORTHUM

Apium graveolens: Creston, Apr 22/59.

Daucus carota: Cloverdale, Jun 19/59.

Geranium sp: Vancouver, Nov/68.

*SONATA Hottes. CINARA

Abies grandis: Englishman River Falls

Park, Jun 17/55.

Abies sp: Tsawwassen, Jul 5/71.

*SPINOSUS Shimer, HAMAMELISTES

Betula sp: Unknown location, Jun

207/72.

SPIRAEAE (MacGillivray), MASON.

APHIS

Previously listed as SPIRAEA due to a

typographical error.

SPLENDENS (Gillette & Palmer), CIN-

ARA

Pseudotsuga menziesit: Chilliwack, Jun

8/64: Cowichan Lake, May 16/56.

STANLEYE (Wilson), MACROSIPHUM

Sambucus racemosa var pubens: Van-

couver, Jul 20/68.

TESTU DINACEA

LUS

Acer circinatum: Vancouver, May 24/

73: Vancouver (UBC), May 21/73.

Acer macrophyllum: Vancouver, May

12/73, May 24/73.

Acer negundo: Chilliwack, Jun 8 / 64:

Vancouver, May 13/73.

PERIPHYL.-

(Fernie),

Acer sp: Vancouver, May 13/73: Van-

couver (UBC), May 11/73.

TETRARHODUS (Walker),

PHON

Rosa sp: Vancouver (UBC), Sep 19/56.

*THATCHERI Knowlton & Smith, CIN-

ARA

Pinus ponderosa: Okanagan Lake, Jun

18/62.

*TRIRHODUS (Walker), LONGICAU-

DUS

Aquilegia sp: Vancouver, Sep 7/72.

*TSUGAE Bradley. CINARA

Tsuga heterophylla: Cowichan Lake,

Jun 6/56.

*VARIANS Patch. APHIS

Epilobium anagallidifolium:

Falls. Jun 26/66.

VERRUCOSA (Gillette), ALLAPHIS

Carex sp: Vancouver, Sep 25/72, Sep

28/72.

VIMINALIS Monell. CHAITOPHORUS

Salix sp: Creston, Aug 13/58.

*WILSONI Hottes. ESSIGELLA

Pseudotsuga menziesii: Campbell River.

Jun 22/62.

CHAETOSI-

Granite

Acknowledgements

The authors gratefully acknowledge the con-

tinuing help of Dr. W. R. Richards, Biosystem-

atics Research Institute, Ottawa, with identi-

fications and other advice. We also thank Dr.

G. A. Bradley, of the same Institute and Dr.

A. G. Robinson, University of Manitoba, Win-

nipeg, for allowing us to include their records.

We appreciate the suggestions and advice of Mr.

D. Hille Ris Lambers, Bennekom, The Nether-

lands.

References

Forbes, A. R., B. D. Frazer, and H. R. MacCarthy. 1973. The aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of

British Columbia. 1. A basic taxonomic list. J. ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia 70: 43-57.

MacGillivray, M. E. 1954. A new genus and species of Aphidae (Homoptera) on Philadelphus sp.

Canad. Ent. 86 (8): 346-348.

Richards, W. R. 1967. The Pterocomma of Canada and Greenland with notes on the phyletic position

of the Pterocommatini (Homoptera: Aphididae). Canad. Ent. 99 (10): 1029-1032.

Robinson, A. G. 1968. Two new species of aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) from Canada. Canad. Ent.

100 (3): 276-279.

1969. Four new specias of aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) from Western Canada.

Canad. Ent. 101 (10): 1115-1120.

50 J. EnToMO.. Soc. Brit. CotumbBia 71 (1974), Oot. 1, 1974

NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS

This society has no support except from subscriptions. It has become neces-

sary to institute a page charge. This has now been set at $20.00. The page charge

includes all extras except coloured illustrations, provided that such extras do not

comprise more than 40% of the published pages. Coloured illustrations will be

charged directly to the author. Authors, not attached to universities or official

institutions, who must pay these charges from their personal funds and are unable

to do so, may apply for assistance when submitting a manuscript.

Reprints are sold only in even hundreds and at the following prices:

Number of pages. 1-4 5-8 9-12 “13-16 17-20 21-24 25-28

First 100 copies $33.00 46.50 63.00 82.50 105.00 130.50 159.00

Each extra 100 9.00 12.00 15.00 18.00 21.00 24.00 27.00.

Author’s discounts (up to 40%) may be granted to authors who certify

at the time of ordering that they are buying reprints at personal expense.

Authors ordering personal reprints in addition to those ordered by an institution

will be billed at the rate for extra hundreds.

Papers for the Journal need not have been presented at meetings of the

Entomological Society of British Columbia. nor is it mandatory, although pref-

erable, that authors be members of the society. The chief condition for publica-

tion is that the paper have some regional origin, interest, or application.

Contributions should be sent to:

H.R. MacCarthy,

6660 N.W. Marine Drive,

Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1X2

Manuscripts should be typed double-spaced on one side of white, line-

spaced numbered paper if possible, leaving generous margins. The original and

two copies, mailed flat, are required. Tables should be on separate, numbered

sheets, with the caption on the sheet. Captions for illustrations should also be on

separate numbered sheets, but more than one caption may be on a sheet. Photo-

graphs should be glossy prints of good size, clarity and contrast. Line drawings

should be in black ink on good quality white paper.

The style, abbreviations and citations should conform to the Style

Manual for Biological Journals published by the American Institute of Biological

Sciences.

BACK NUMBERS

Back numbers of this journal are available from the Secretary-

Treasurer, from volume 45 (1949) to the present, at $4.00 per volume. Certain

earlier back numbers are also available, but only on special request to the

Secretary-Treasurer.

Address inquiries to:

N. V. Tonks, Secretary-Treasurer,

2819 Graham Street,

Victoria, B.C. V8T 3Z3

Coat @ eee ee a) ee ee on ee | ae = eee ee Ne Cae eee

Ae < il = . z=

ww = Ww 2s wo o

u si 7 = x jew

> aa > = >

es) ral “a “ei 8) ve

- 2p) wn ” pins am

a Z D Ne i eZ

UTION NOILNLILSNI SAlYVEGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

| w z ” = ey )

Sag s Pipes ae 4 = \ ae <

SF 3 2 if fp 5 NN 2 5

N ap) 79) CO Ff 2% W”) NX Wy. w Be

N O i oO Uy dp E WK O 2

y 2 = z Ly ES NS 2 =

‘ > = > at = > = |

a, = ” Zz a9) * rad Y) 4

/YG1) LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWNS S31YY

Pr ie Zz “” > eat op) 3

on = Paz, HA WSN -

= pe = 2 = Z

: <

c oc = a er oc

oS ae O oO -

Pa =A z oa PM PAE oe q

UTION NOILNLILSN! NVINOSHLINS S31uvygiq LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITI

: = ee : 5 a oe

= wy a w = ) .

> 9) ~ ms) > ee

ra > rm > “i %, >

= it rus a a )

uw? YW) ee: Ww) — <P>

2 2 z Z z :

= = Zz ts ~

BEET OMBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI _ NVINOSHIMS $3i1uu

+ * ‘§ ob se P

Py =F : = = wy, = = Yj

“iy, ® =. 1 Ciy, = i G

oe Bra. Y no?) : YY 7 4 Y A s oe

ee = 3 KAS 2 . S

= = Ww =» =i 5

v”) < Zz ” z

JTION NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31YVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITL

ARIES

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

LIBRARIES

NOILONLILSNI

NOILLNLILSNI

NOILNLILSNI

Ydi1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Sa1uV

SSaigveEai

INSTITUTION

JTION NOILOALILSNI SJINVUEIT LIBRARIES

SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITL

NVINOSHLINS SSIYVYUEIT LIBR

NVINOSHLINS S3ZIYVYSIT

| : S . < \

e = iS ¢ fz t =z WSs S wg

ee a “iy = a .

a > er = ii = .. ame ~ An

ane = uv) mo) , i UF 4

YGiIt LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS SaluW

NOILALILSNI

LIBRARIES

TION NOILNLILSNI SAIYVUdIT LIBRARIES INSTITL

rel,

SAIdYVeYeit LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI

INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI

INSTITUTION

Satyvudiy

saluyvuag

| Tee AB Le <S CAAITLIOCRILIA KL TALC "Re, com ra ae on ee er ae ee oe ee re era he Penn ee Re eye:

Do yt : : : :

i > me : i a

re a - a = =

Spee OSHUNS SSIUVESIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NOLL

ae re ae 2 gE

Pd > “; ae ea . 4 =

. S t (if J & WB = S ss

a BGG ERX 8 2 g

E z “yy E “OG 2 F: Z

= = oa = ls = >

no a ” ‘2 ” . 2

VARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI S3IUVYRIT LIBR

: ee Zz fa Zz vu >

Wl w = a7) smi ”

e : z z =

, <<

oe he cc 2 oc 5

faa} ~o oO _ m =

a O one Oo a O

oad rd pe = ae A

S3SIYVYUGIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILS

J ra ie rs = Zz

= ae a Oo

5 ed he - a

> _ > ree > i

i a = = a

” on is

MARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S3iuvugi7_LIBR

| 2) we w ed oe) = .

= ae = = = =

| A > eal z =| z \

NSS L oO — oe & + O

MQ @ Oo _o o wn n %

R z t a = = \

~ & > carnal J eal = -

* 2 7 x 2 - > on

NLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS SJIUVUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIL

NOILALILSNI

LIBRARIES

NOILOLILSNI

RARIES LIB!

}

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1uVUudII

INLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUEIT LIBRARIES

S31UVUSIT LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLINS S3!1Y¥VUEtt LIBRARIES

NVINOSHLINS SSI1uVvug

= w < pe z

1 ee = niece, fakes \\ . <

if fs = 4 ystl fy = WSS va ny

i hip 9 5 pip : Re 2 yy,

iy ho CO Gy Z5% J SS \\. a My

Ul = Es “fy = KY bs 7,

= > as = — :

Ww) z WY Ww?

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNINVINOSHLIWS SaiUVUdIT_ LIB!

Ww ee Ww) nen (ep) ee

rd —- =

as am nn a le

cc = : = oc =

8 of n=l 8 har ~~ on

oc” F S om ° a S

3 a ae Zz a aoe

INLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SSI1YVYdIt INSTITUTION NOI

| Spit Sy . cc _. ~ =

- be -

si 7 a on a =

a es a i ee i

a = ie I = Fe

‘ mM m m

i My i n = wn =

ae) ae a ae ee RILSERICROCUT PEP PETALS en oa £ AAR eT tS 2a |